Form S-1/A Amendment #1
Table of Contents

Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 28, 2012

Registration No. 333-180190

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

AMENDMENT N0. 1

TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

DUNKIN’ BRANDS GROUP, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   5810   20-4145825

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary standard industrial

classification code number)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification number)

130 Royall Street

Canton, Massachusetts 02021

(781) 737-3000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Nigel Travis

Chief Executive Officer

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc.

130 Royall Street

Canton, Massachusetts 02021

(781) 737-3000

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Craig E. Marcus

Ropes & Gray LLP

Prudential Tower

800 Boylston Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02199-3600 Telephone: (617) 951-7000

Facsimile: (617) 951-7050

 

Richard Emmett

Senior Vice President and General Counsel

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc.

130 Royall Street

Canton, Massachusetts 02021

Telephone: (781) 737-3360

Facsimile: (781) 737-4360

 

D. Rhett Brandon

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Telephone: (212) 455-2000

Facsimile: (212) 455-2502

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated Filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨   Non-accelerated filer  x     Smaller reporting company   ¨
         (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)      

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and we are not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated March 28, 2012

Prospectus

22,000,000 Shares

 

LOGO

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc.

Common stock

The selling stockholders named in this prospectus are offering 22,000,000 shares of our common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of our common stock by the selling stockholders.

Our common stock is listed on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “DNKN.” On March 27, 2012, the last sale price of our common stock as reported on The NASDAQ Global Select Market was $30.38 per share.

 

      Per share      Total  

Public offering price

   $                          $                      

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $         $     

Proceeds to selling stockholders, before expenses

   $         $     

Delivery of the shares of common stock is expected to be made on or about                     , 2012. The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase, on the same terms and conditions as set forth above, up to an additional 3,300,000 shares of our common stock. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by these selling stockholders if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock.

Investing in our common stock involves substantial risk. Please read “Risk factors” beginning on page 13.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

J.P. Morgan   Barclays   Morgan Stanley
  BofA Merrill Lynch  
Baird   William Blair & Company   Raymond James
Stifel Nicolaus Weisel   Wells Fargo Securities   Moelis & Company
SMBC Nikko   Ramirez & Co., Inc.   The Williams Capital Group, L.P.

                    , 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

Table of contents

 

Prospectus summary

     1   

Risk factors

     13   

Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements

     32   

Use of proceeds

     34   

Market price of our common stock

     35   

Dividend policy

     36   

Capitalization

     37   

Selected consolidated financial and other data

     38   

Unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations

     42   

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

     46   

Business

     73   

Management

     94   

Related party transactions

     128   

Description of indebtedness

     130   

Principal and selling stockholders

     133   

Description of capital stock

     137   

Material U.S. federal tax considerations for Non-U.S. Holders of common stock

     140   

Underwriting

     144   

Legal matters

     152   

Experts

     152   

Where you can find more information

     152   

Index to consolidated financial statements

     F-1   

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus that we authorize be distributed to you. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with additional or different information. This document may only be used where it is legal to sell these securities. You should assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus.

 

 

 

 

i


Table of Contents

Market and other industry data

In this prospectus, we rely on and refer to information regarding the restaurant industry, the quick service restaurant (“QSR”) segment of the restaurant industry and the QSR segment categories and subcategories that include coffee, donuts, muffins, bagels, breakfast sandwiches, hard serve ice cream, soft serve ice cream, frozen yogurt, shakes, malts and floats, all of which has been sourced from the industry research firms The NPD Group, Inc. (which prepares and disseminates Consumer Reported Eating Share Trends (“CREST® data”)), Nielsen, Euromonitor International, or Technomic Information Services (“Technomic”) or compiled from market research reports, analyst reports and other publicly available information. Unless otherwise indicated in this prospectus, market data relating to the United States QSR segment and QSR segment categories and subcategories listed above, including Dunkin’ Donuts’ and Baskin-Robbins’ market positions in the QSR segment or such categories and subcategories, was prepared by, or was derived by us from, CREST® data. CREST® data with respect to each of Dunkin’ Donuts and Baskin-Robbins and the QSR segment and the categories and subcategories in which each of them competes, unless otherwise indicated, is for the 12 months ended December 31, 2011, as reported by The NPD Group, Inc. as of such date. In addition, we refer to the Customer Loyalty Engagement Index® prepared by Brand Keys, Inc. (“Brand Keys”), a customer loyalty research and strategic planning consultancy. Brand Keys’ Customer Loyalty Engagement Index® is an annual syndicated study that currently examines customers’ relationships with 598 brands in 83 categories. Other industry and market data included in this prospectus are from internal analyses based upon data available from known sources or other proprietary research and analysis. We believe these data to be accurate as of the date of this prospectus. However, this information may prove to be inaccurate because this information cannot always be verified with complete certainty due to the limitations on the availability and reliability of raw data, the voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other limitations and uncertainties. As a result, you should be aware that market and other similar industry data included in this prospectus, and estimates and beliefs based on that data, may not be reliable.

Trademarks, service marks and copyrights

We own or have rights to trademarks, service marks or trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business, including our corporate names, logos and website names. Other trademarks, service marks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Some of the trademarks we own include Dunkin’ Donuts® and Baskin-Robbins®. We also sell products under several licensed brands, including, but not limited to, Oreo® and Reese’s®. In addition, we own or have the rights to copyrights, patents, trade secrets and other proprietary rights that protect the content of our products and the formulations for such products. Solely for convenience, some of the trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights referred to in this prospectus are listed without the ©, ® and ™ symbols, but we will assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights to our copyrights, trademarks, service marks and trade names.

Our initial public offering

In July 2011, we issued and sold 22,250,000 shares of common stock and certain of our stockholders sold 3,337,500 shares of common stock at a price of $19.00 per share in our initial public offering (the “IPO”). Upon the completion of the IPO, our common stock became listed on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “DNKN.” Immediately prior to the IPO, we effected a 1-for-4.568 reverse split of our Class A common stock, reclassified our Class A common stock into common stock and converted each outstanding share of Class L common stock into approximately 2.43 shares of common stock. Unless otherwise indicated, all share data gives effect to the reclassification.

 

ii


Table of Contents

Prospectus summary

This summary highlights information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should carefully read the entire prospectus, including the financial data and related notes and the section entitled “Risk factors” before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to the “Company,” “Dunkin’ Brands,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. References in this prospectus to our franchisees include our international licensees. References in this prospectus to years are to our fiscal years, which end on the last Saturday in December. Data regarding number of restaurants or points of distribution are calculated as of December 31, 2011, unless otherwise indicated. All information in this prospectus assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, unless otherwise noted.

Our company

We are one of the world’s leading franchisors of quick service restaurants (“QSRs”) serving hot and cold coffee and baked goods, as well as hard serve ice cream. We franchise restaurants under our Dunkin’ Donuts and Baskin-Robbins brands. With approximately 16,800 points of distribution in 58 countries, we believe that our portfolio has strong brand awareness in our key markets. Dunkin’ Donuts holds the #1 position in the U.S. by servings in each of the QSR subcategories of “Hot regular/decaf/flavored coffee,” “Iced coffee,” “Donuts,” “Bagels” and “Muffins” and holds the #2 position in the U.S. by servings in each of the QSR subcategories of “Total coffee” and “Breakfast sandwiches.” Baskin-Robbins is the #1 QSR chain in the U.S. for servings of hard serve ice cream and has established leading market positions in Japan and South Korea. QSR is a restaurant format characterized by counter or drive-thru ordering and limited or no table service.

We believe that our nearly 100% franchised business model offers strategic and financial benefits. For example, because we do not own or operate a significant number of stores, our Company is able to focus on menu innovation, marketing, franchisee coaching and support, and other initiatives to drive the overall success of our brand. Financially, our franchised model allows us to grow our points of distribution and brand recognition with limited capital investment by us.

We operate our business in four segments: Dunkin’ Donuts U.S., Dunkin’ Donuts International, Baskin-Robbins International and Baskin-Robbins U.S. In 2011, our Dunkin’ Donuts segments generated revenues of $453.0 million, or 75% of our total segment revenues, of which $437.7 million was in the U.S. segment, and $15.3 million was in the international segment. In 2011, our Baskin-Robbins segments generated revenues of $150.3 million, of which $108.6 million was in the international segment and $41.7 million was in the U.S. segment. As of December 31, 2011, there were 10,083 Dunkin’ Donuts points of distribution, of which 7,015 were in the U.S. and 3,068 were international, and 6,711 Baskin-Robbins points of distribution, of which 4,254 were international and 2,457 were in the U.S. Our points of distribution consist of traditional end-cap, in-line and stand-alone restaurants, many with drive thrus, and gas and convenience locations, as well as alternative points of distribution (“APODs”), such as full- or self-service kiosks in grocery stores, hospitals, airports, offices, colleges and other smaller-footprint properties.

For fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009, we generated total revenues of $628.2 million, $577.1 million and $538.1 million, respectively, operating income of $205.3 million, $193.5 million and $184.5 million, respectively, and net income of $34.4 million, $26.9 million and $35.0 million, respectively. Our net income for fiscal year 2011 included $34.2 million of pre-tax losses on debt extinguishment and refinancing transactions, an $18.8 million impairment of our Korea joint venture investment and a $14.7 million fee associated with the termination of our

 

 

- 1 -


Table of Contents

Sponsor management agreement in connection with our initial public offering. Our net income for fiscal year 2010 included a $62.0 million pre-tax loss on debt extinguishment primarily associated with our November 2010 refinancing transaction.

Our history and recent accomplishments

Both of our brands have a rich heritage dating back to the 1940s. For many years, we operated as a subsidiary of Allied Domecq PLC, which was acquired in July 2005 by Pernod Ricard S.A. Pernod Ricard made the decision to divest Dunkin’ Brands in order to remain a focused global spirits company. As a result, in March of 2006, we were acquired by investment funds affiliated with Bain Capital Partners, LLC, The Carlyle Group and Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (collectively, the “Sponsors”). In July 2011, we issued and sold 22,250,000 shares of common stock and certain of our stockholders sold 3,337,500 shares of common stock at a price of $19.00 per share in our initial public offering (the “IPO”). Upon the completion of the IPO, our common stock became listed on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “DNKN.”

We have experienced positive growth globally for both our Dunkin’ Donuts and Baskin-Robbins brands in systemwide sales in each of the last ten years. In addition, other than in 2007 with respect to Baskin-Robbins, we have experienced positive year over year growth globally for both of our Dunkin’ Donuts and Baskin-Robbins brands in points of distribution in each of the last ten years. During this ten-year period we have grown our global Dunkin’ Donuts points of distribution and systemwide sales by compound annual growth rates of 6.6% and 8.9%, respectively. During the same period, we have also grown our global Baskin-Robbins total points of distribution and systemwide sales by compound annual growth rates of 4.1% and 7.0%, respectively. In 2011, 2010 and 2009, our Dunkin’ Donuts global points of distribution at year end totaled 10,083, 9,760 and 9,186, respectively. Dunkin’ Donuts systemwide sales for the same three years grew 9.4%, 5.6% and 2.7%, respectively. In 2011, 2010 and 2009, our Baskin-Robbins global points of distribution at year end totaled 6,711, 6,433 and 6,207, respectively. Baskin-Robbins systemwide sales for the same three years grew 8.2%, 10.6% and 9.8%, respectively.

Our largest operating segment, Dunkin’ Donuts U.S., had experienced 45 consecutive quarters of positive comparable store sales growth until the first quarter of 2008. Since fiscal year 2008, we believe we have demonstrated comparable store sales resilience during the recession, and invested for future growth. These investments were in three key areas—expanding menu and marketing initiatives to drive comparable store sales growth, expanding our store development team and investing in proprietary tools to assess new store opportunities and increasing management resources for our international business. During fiscal year 2011, Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. experienced sequential improvement in comparable store sales growth with comparable store sales growth of 2.8%, 3.8%, 6.0% and 7.4% in the first through the fourth quarters, respectively. The fiscal year 2011 comparable store sales growth of 5.1% for Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. was our highest annual comparable store sales growth since 2005, while the 7.4% comparable store sales growth in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2011 represented our highest quarterly performance in the past seven years.

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. comparable store sales growth(1)

 

LOGO

 

(1)   Data for fiscal year 2002 through fiscal year 2005 represent results for the fiscal years ended August. All other fiscal years represent results for the fiscal years ended the last Saturday in December.

 

 

- 2 -


Table of Contents

Our Baskin-Robbins U.S. operating segment, which represented approximately 6.6% of our total revenues in 2011, experienced comparable store sales growth of 0.5% in 2011, and decreased comparable store sales in 2010 and 2009 of (5.2)% and (6.0)%, respectively.

Our competitive business strengths

We attribute our success in the QSR segment to the following strengths:

Strong and established brands with leading market positions

We believe our Dunkin’ Donuts and Baskin-Robbins brands have well-established reputations for delivering high-quality beverage and food products at a good value through convenient locations with fast and friendly service. Today both brands are leaders in their respective QSR categories, with aided brand awareness (where respondents are provided with brand names and asked if they have heard of them) of over 90% in the U.S., and a growing presence overseas. For the sixth consecutive year, Dunkin’ Donuts was recognized in 2012 by Brand Keys, a customer satisfaction research company, as #1 in the U.S. on its Customer Loyalty Engagement Index® in the coffee category. Our customer loyalty is particularly evident in New England, where we have our highest penetration per capita in the U.S. and where, according to CREST® data, we hold a 59% market share of breakfast daypart visits and a 62% market share of total QSR coffee based on servings. Further demonstrating the strength of our brand, in 2011, the Dunkin’ Donuts 12 oz. original blend bagged coffee was the #1 grocery stock-keeping unit nationally in the premium coffee category, with double the sales of our closest competitor, according to Nielsen.

Similarly, Baskin-Robbins is the #1 QSR chain in the U.S. for servings of hard serve ice cream and has established leading market positions in Japan and South Korea.

Franchised business model provides a platform for growth

Nearly 100% of our locations are franchised, allowing us to focus on our brand differentiation and menu innovation, while our franchisees expand our points of distribution with operational guidance from us. This expansion requires limited financial investment by us, given that new store development and substantially all of our store advertising costs are funded by our franchisees. Consequently, we achieved an operating income margin of approximately 33% in fiscal year 2011. For our domestic businesses, our revenues are largely derived from royalties based on a percentage of franchisee sales rather than their net income, as well as contractual lease payments and other franchise fees.

Store-level economics generate franchisee demand for new Dunkin’ Donuts restaurants in the U.S.

In the U.S., new traditional format Dunkin’ Donuts stores opened during fiscal year 2011, excluding gas and convenience locations, generated annualized unit volumes of approximately $858,000 on a 52 week-basis, while the average capital expenditure required to open a new traditional restaurant site in the U.S., excluding gas and convenience locations, was approximately $461,000 in 2011. While we do not directly benefit from improvements in store-level profitability, we believe that strong store-level economics is important to our ability to attract and retain successful franchisees and grow our business. Of our fiscal year 2011 openings and existing commitments, approximately 91% have been made by existing franchisees.

 

 

- 3 -


Table of Contents

Highly experienced management team

Our senior management team has significant QSR, foodservice and franchise company experience. Prior to joining Dunkin’ Donuts, our CEO Nigel Travis served as the CEO of Papa John’s International Inc. and previously held numerous senior positions at Blockbuster Inc. and Burger King Corporation. Other key members of the management team have previously held senior positions at various leading QSR and public consumer and retail companies, including Starbucks Corporation, The Home Depot, McDonald’s, Procter & Gamble, Burger King Corporation, the Autogrill Group and Panera Bread Company.

Our growth strategy

We believe there are significant opportunities to grow our brands globally, further support the profitability of our franchisees, expand our leadership in the coffee, baked goods and ice cream categories of the QSR segment of the restaurant industry and deliver shareholder value by executing on the following strategies:

Increase comparable store sales and profitability in Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

We intend to continue building on our comparable store sales growth momentum and improve profitability through the following initiatives:

Further increase coffee and beverage sales. Since the late 1980s, we have transformed Dunkin’ Donuts into a brand focused on coffee and other beverages, which now represent approximately 60% of U.S. systemwide sales for fiscal year 2011 and, we believe, generate increased customer visits to our stores and higher unit volumes, and which produce higher margins than our other products. We plan to increase our coffee and beverage revenue through continued new product innovations and related marketing, including advertising campaigns such as “America Runs on Dunkin’” and “What are you Drinkin’?” In the summer of 2011, Dunkin’ Donuts began offering Dunkin’ Donuts coffee in Keurig® K-Cups exclusively at participating Dunkin’ Donuts restaurants across the U.S. We believe this alliance is a significant long-term growth opportunity that will generate incremental sales and profits for our Dunkin’ Donuts franchisees. We believe there has been no significant cannibalization of our other coffee businesses to date from the sale of K-Cups.

Extend leadership in breakfast daypart while growing afternoon daypart. As we maintain and grow our current leading market position in the breakfast daypart through innovative products like the Angus Steak & Egg Sandwich, the Big N’ Toasted™ and the Wake-Up Wrap®, we believe that our extensive coffee- and beverage-based menu, coupled with new “hearty snack” introductions, such as bakery sandwiches and tuna and chicken salad sandwiches, position us to grow share in the afternoon daypart (between 2:00 p.m. and 5:00 p.m.).

Continue to develop enhancements in restaurant operations. We will continue to maintain a highly operations-focused culture to help our franchisees maximize the quality and consistency of their customers’ in-store experience, as well as to increase franchisee profitability, particularly through training programs and new technology. As evidence of our recent success in these areas, over 164,000 respondents, representing approximately 93% of all respondents, to our Guest Satisfaction Survey program in December 2011 rated their overall experience as “Satisfied” or “Highly Satisfied.”

Continue Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. contiguous store expansion

We believe there is a significant opportunity to grow our points of distribution for Dunkin’ Donuts in the U.S. given the strong potential outside of the Northeast region to increase our per-capita penetration to levels closer

 

 

- 4 -


Table of Contents

to those in our core markets. Our development strategy resulted in 243 net new U.S. store openings in fiscal year 2011. In fiscal year 2012, we expect our franchisees to open approximately 260 to 280 net new points of distribution in the U.S., principally in existing developed markets. We believe that our strategy of focusing on contiguous growth has the potential to, over approximately the next 20 years, more than double our current U.S. footprint and reach a total of 15,000 points of distribution in the U.S. The following table details our per-capita penetration levels in our U.S. regions.

 

Region    Population
(in millions)
     Stores1      Penetration  

 

 

Core

     36.0         3,768         1:9,560   

Eastern Established

     53.8         2,227         1:24,160   

Eastern Emerging

     88.7         891         1:99,600   

West

     130.0         129         1:1,1008,100   

 

 

 

1   As of December 31, 2011

The key elements of our future domestic development strategy are:

Increase penetration in existing markets. In the near term, we intend to focus our development primarily on existing markets east of the Mississippi River. In certain established Eastern U.S. markets outside of our core markets, such as Philadelphia, Chicago and South Florida, we have already achieved per-capita penetration of one Dunkin’ Donuts store for every 24,160 people.

Expand into new markets using a disciplined approach. We believe that the Western part of the U.S. represents a significant growth opportunity for Dunkin’ Donuts. However, we believe that a disciplined approach to development is the best one for our brand and franchisees. Specifically, in the near-term, we intend to focus on development in markets that are adjacent to our existing base, and generally move westward in a contiguous fashion to less penetrated markets, providing for operational, marketing and supply chain efficiencies within each new market.

Focus on store-level economics. In recent years, we have undertaken significant initiatives to further enhance store-level economics for our franchisees that we believe have increased franchisee profitability. For example, we reduced the upfront capital expenditure costs to open an end-cap restaurant with a drive-thru by approximately 24% between fiscal years 2008 and 2011. Additionally, between fiscal years 2008 and 2011, we believe we have facilitated approximately $247 million in franchisee cost reductions primarily through strategic sourcing, as well as through other initiatives, such as rationalizing the number of product offerings to reduce waste and reducing costs on branded packaging by reducing the color mix in graphics. We recently entered into an agreement with our franchisee-owned supply chain cooperative that provides for a three-year phase-in of flat invoice pricing across the franchise system, which, coupled with the cost reductions noted above, should lead to cost savings across the entire franchise system. We believe that the majority of these cost savings represent sustainable improvements to our franchisees’ supply costs, with the remainder dependent upon the outcome of future supply contract re-negotiations, which typically occur every two to four years. However, there can be no assurance that these cost reductions will be sustainable in the future.

Drive accelerated international growth of both brands

We believe there is a significant opportunity to grow our points of distribution for both brands in international markets. Our international expansion strategy has resulted in more than 3,500 net new openings in the last 10 years. During fiscal year 2012, we expect our franchisees and licensees to open approximately 350 to 450 net new points of distribution internationally, principally in our existing markets.

 

 

- 5 -


Table of Contents

The key elements of our future international development strategy are:

Grow in our existing core markets. For the Dunkin’ Donuts brand, we intend to focus on growth in South Korea and the Middle East. For Baskin-Robbins, we intend to focus on Japan, South Korea and key markets in the Middle East. In 2011, we had the #1 market share positions in the Fast Food Ice Cream category in Japan and South Korea.

Capitalize on other markets with significant growth potential. We intend to expand in certain international focus markets where our brands do not have a significant store presence, but where we believe there is consumer demand for our products as well as strong franchisee partners with knowledge of local business practices and consumer preferences. In 2011, we announced an agreement with an experienced QSR franchisee to enter the Indian market with our Dunkin’ Donuts brand with the development of at least 500 Dunkin’ Donuts restaurants throughout India, the first of which are expected to open by the end of the second quarter of 2012.

Further develop our franchisee support infrastructure. We plan to increase our focus on providing our international franchisees with operational tools and services such as native-language restaurant training programs and new international retail restaurant designs that can help them to efficiently operate in their markets and become more profitable.

Increase comparable store sales growth of Baskin-Robbins U.S.

In the U.S., Baskin-Robbins’ core strengths are its national brand recognition, 65 years of heritage and #1 position in the QSR industry for servings of hard serve ice cream. While the Baskin-Robbins U.S. segment has experienced decreasing comparable store sales in three of the last four years, due primarily to increased competition and decreased consumer spending, and the number of Baskin-Robbins U.S. stores has decreased since 2008, we believe that we can capitalize on the brand’s strengths and generate renewed excitement for the brand through several initiatives including our recently introduced “More Flavors, More FunTM” marketing campaign. In addition, at the restaurant level, we seek to improve sales by focusing on operational and service improvements, by increasing cake and beverage sales, and through product innovation, marketing and technology.

Bill Mitchell leads our Baskin-Robbins U.S. operations, serving as our Senior Vice President and Brand Officer of Baskin-Robbins U.S. Prior to joining us in August 2010, he served in a variety of senior industry roles. Under Mr. Mitchell’s leadership, comparable store sales for Baskin-Robbins U.S. increased 0.5% in fiscal 2011, with the fourth quarter of 2011 yielding comparable store sales growth of 5.8%. Further, over 4,400 respondents, representing approximately 90% of all respondents, to our Guest Satisfaction Survey program in December 2011 rated their overall experience as “Satisfied” or “Extremely Satisfied.”

Recent Developments

Fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2012

Our fiscal quarter will end on March 31, 2012 and accordingly, our results for the quarter are not yet available. We track comparable store sales growth on a weekly basis and, as a result, are able to provide preliminary range expectations for the full fiscal quarter for that metric below based on available information to date. We do not, however, track revenue or net income on a weekly basis and accordingly have not included any preliminary range expectations for those amounts.

 

 

- 6 -


Table of Contents

Based on available information to date, we expect to report Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. comparable store sales growth of between 6.7% and 7.0%, compared to 2.8% for the fiscal quarter ended March 26, 2011, and Baskin-Robbins U.S. comparable stores sales growth of between 7.8% and 8.3%, compared to 0.5% for the fiscal quarter ended March 26, 2011. The range presented above for Baskin-Robbins U.S. comparable store sales growth is slightly larger than the range presented for Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. comparable store sales growth due to the fact that Baskin-Robbins U.S. sales have historically fluctuated more than Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. sales based on weather and, as a result, we believe that, for the remaining weeks of the fiscal quarter, the Baskin-Robbins U.S. sales are subject to greater fluctuation than the Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. sales depending on the weather.

Our unaudited comparable store sales growth data for the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2012 presented above are preliminary, based upon our estimates and preliminary information provided to us by our franchisees and subject to completion of the fiscal quarter and completion of our financial closing procedures. All of the data presented above have been prepared by and are the responsibility of management or have been reported to us by our franchisees. This summary is not a comprehensive statement of our financial results for the period and our actual results may differ materially from these estimates as a result of the financial results during the remainder of the quarter, which remain subject to external factors such as unusual or unseasonal weather, completion of our financial closing procedures, final adjustments and other developments that may arise between now and the time the financial results for this period are finalized, including receipt of additional information reported to us by our franchisees.

We have provided ranges for the expectations described above because our fiscal quarter is not yet complete and remains subject to our financial closing procedures once complete and we expect to receive further updated information reported to us by our franchisees before finalizing our financial results for the fiscal quarter. We expect that our final results upon the completion of the fiscal quarter and our financial closing procedures will be within the ranges described above. Data regarding comparable store sales growth are not audited or reviewed by our independent registered public accounting firm.

Risk factors

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Any of the factors set forth under “Risk factors” may limit our ability to successfully execute our business strategy. You should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this prospectus and, in particular, should evaluate the specific factors set forth under “Risk factors” in deciding whether to invest in our common stock. Among these important risks are the following:

 

 

As of December 31, 2011, we had total indebtedness of approximately $1.5 billion and our substantial debt could limit our ability to pursue our growth strategy;

 

 

our plans depend on initiatives designed to increase sales and improve the efficiencies, costs and effectiveness of our operations, and failure to achieve or sustain these plans could affect our performance adversely;

 

 

general economic factors and changes in consumer preference may adversely affect our performance;

 

 

we face competition that could limit our growth opportunities; and

 

 

our planned future growth will be impeded, which would adversely affect revenues, if our franchisees cannot open new domestic and international restaurants as anticipated.

 

 

- 7 -


Table of Contents

The Sponsors

Bain Capital Partners, LLC

Bain Capital, LLC is a global private investment firm headquartered in Boston whose affiliates, including Bain Capital Partners, LLC, manage several pools of capital including private equity, venture capital, public equity, high-yield assets and mezzanine capital with approximately $59 billion in assets under management as of September 30, 2011. Since its inception in 1984, funds sponsored by Bain Capital have made private equity investments and add-on acquisitions in over 300 companies in a variety of industries around the world.

The Carlyle Group

Established in 1987, The Carlyle Group (“Carlyle”) is a global alternative asset management firm with more than $147 billion in assets under management across 89 funds and 52 fund of funds vehicles as of December 31, 2011. Carlyle operates its business across four segments: corporate private equity, real assets, global market strategies and fund of funds solutions. Carlyle has approximately 1,300 employees, including more than 600 investment professionals in 33 offices across six continents, and serves over 1,400 active carry fund investors from 72 countries. Across its corporate private equity and real assets segments, Carlyle has investments in over 200 portfolio companies that employ more than 650,000 people.

Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P.

Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (“THL”) is one of the world’s oldest and most experienced private equity firms. THL invests in growth-oriented companies, and focuses on global businesses headquartered primarily in North America. Since the firm’s founding in 1974, THL has acquired more than 100 portfolio companies and have completed over 200 add-on acquisitions, representing a combined value of more than $150 billion. The firm’s two most recent private equity funds comprise more than $14 billion of aggregate committed capital.

Upon completion of this offering, the Sponsors will continue to hold a significant interest in us and will continue to have significant influence over us and decisions made by stockholders and may have interests that differ from yours. See “Risk factors—Risks related to this offering and our common stock.”

Company information

Our principal executive offices are located at 130 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021, our telephone number at that address is (781) 737-3000 and our internet address is www.dunkinbrands.com. Our website, and the information contained on our website, is not part of this prospectus.

 

 

- 8 -


Table of Contents

The offering

 

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

22,000,000 shares

 

Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares

The selling stockholders have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional 3,300,000 shares.

 

Use of proceeds

We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders.

 

Risk factors

You should read carefully the “Risk factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

 

NASDAQ Global Select Market symbol

“DNKN”

 

 

- 9 -


Table of Contents

Summary consolidated financial and other data

The following table sets forth our summary historical and unaudited pro forma consolidated financial and other data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The summary historical financial data as of December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011 presented in this table have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 26, 2009 have been derived from our historical audited financial statements for such year, which are not included in this prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for future periods. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 have been derived from our historical financial statements for such fiscal years, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus, after giving effect to the transactions specified under “Unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations.” The data in the following table related to points of distribution, comparable store sales growth, franchisee-reported sales and systemwide sales growth are unaudited for all periods presented. The data for fiscal year 2011 reflects the results of operations for a 53-week period. All other periods presented reflect the results of operations for 52-week periods.

This summary historical and unaudited pro forma consolidated financial and other data should be read in conjunction with the disclosures set forth under “Capitalization,” “Unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

 

- 10 -


Table of Contents
      Fiscal Year  
     2011     2010     2009  

 

 
     ($ in thousands, except per share data
or as otherwise noted)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

      

Franchise fees and royalty income

   $ 398,474        359,927        344,020   

Rental income

     92,145        91,102        93,651   

Sales of ice cream products

     100,068        84,989        75,256   

Other revenues

     37,511        41,117        25,146   
  

 

 

 

Total revenues

     628,198        577,135        538,073   
  

 

 

 

Amortization of intangible assets

     28,025        32,467        35,994   

Impairment charges

     2,060        7,075        8,517   

Other operating costs and expenses(1)

     389,329        361,893        323,318   
  

 

 

 

Total operating costs and expenses

     419,414        401,435        367,829   
  

 

 

 

Equity in net income (loss) of joint ventures(2)

     (3,475     17,825        14,301   
  

 

 

 

Operating income

     205,309        193,525        184,545   
  

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

     (104,449     (112,532     (115,019

Gain (loss) on debt extinguishment and refinancing transactions

     (34,222     (61,955     3,684   

Other gains, net

     175        408        1,066   
  

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     66,813        19,446        74,276   

Net income

   $ 34,442        26,861        35,008   

Earnings (loss) per share:

      

Class L—basic and diluted

   $ 6.14        4.87        4.57   

Common—basic and diluted

   $ (1.41     (2.04     (1.69

Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations Data(3):

      

Pro forma net income

   $ 88,030       

Pro forma earnings per share:

      

Basic

   $ 0.74       

Diluted

   $ 0.73       

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding:

      

Basic

     119,382,200       

Diluted

     120,446,787       

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

      

Total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash(4)

   $ 246,984        134,504        171,403   

Total assets

     3,224,018        3,147,288        3,224,717   

Total debt(5)

     1,473,469        1,864,881        1,451,757   

Total liabilities

     2,478,082        2,841,047        2,454,109   

Common stock, Class L(6)

            840,582        1,232,001   

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)(6)

     745,936        (534,341     (461,393

Other Financial Data:

      

Capital expenditures

   $ 18,596        15,358        18,012   

Adjusted operating income(7)

     270,740        233,067        229,056   

Adjusted net income(7)

     101,744        87,759        59,504   

Points of Distribution(8):

      

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

     7,015        6,772        6,566   

Dunkin’ Donuts International

     3,068        2,988        2,620   

Baskin-Robbins U.S.

     2,457        2,547        2,597   

Baskin-Robbins International

     4,254        3,886        3,610   
  

 

 

 

Total distribution points

     16,794        16,193        15,393   
  

 

 

 

Comparable Store Sales Growth (U.S. Only)(9):

      

Dunkin’ Donuts

     5.1%        2.3%        (1.3)%   

Baskin-Robbins

     0.5%        (5.2)%        (6.0)%   

Franchisee-Reported Sales ($ in millions)(10):

      

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

   $ 5,919        5,403        5,174   

Dunkin’ Donuts International

     636        584        508   

Baskin-Robbins U.S.

     496        494        524   

Baskin-Robbins International

     1,292        1,158        970   
  

 

 

 

Total Franchisee-Reported Sales

   $ 8,343        7,639        7,176   
  

 

 

 

Company-Owned Store Sales ($ in millions)(11):

      

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

   $ 12        17        2   

Baskin-Robbins U.S.

     1                 

Systemwide Sales Growth(12):

      

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

     9.4%        4.7%        3.4%   

Dunkin’ Donuts International

     9.1%        15.0%        (4.0)%   

Baskin-Robbins U.S.

     0.4%        (5.5)%        (6.4)%   

Baskin-Robbins International

     11.6%        19.4%        21.3%   
  

 

 

 

Total Systemwide Sales Growth

     9.1%        6.7%        4.1%   

 

 

 

 

- 11 -


Table of Contents
(1)   Includes fees paid to the Sponsors of $16.4 million for fiscal year 2011, and $3.0 million for each of the fiscal years 2010 and 2009, under a management agreement, which was terminated in connection with our IPO.

 

(2)   Fiscal year 2011 includes an impairment of the investment in the Korea joint venture of $19.8 million, less a reduction in depreciation and amortization, net of tax, resulting from the impairment of the underlying intangible and long-lived assets of $976,000. Amounts also include amortization expense, net of tax, related to intangible franchise rights established in purchase accounting of $868,000, $897,000 and $899,000 for fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

(3)   See “Unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations.”

 

(4)   Amount as of December 26, 2009 includes cash held in restricted accounts pursuant to the terms of the securitization indebtedness. Following the redemption and discharge of the securitization indebtedness in fiscal year 2010, such amounts are no longer restricted. The amounts also include cash held as advertising funds or reserved for gift card/certificate programs.

 

(5)   Includes capital lease obligations of $5.2 million, $5.4 million and $5.4 million as of December 31, 2011, December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009, respectively.

 

(6)   Prior to our IPO in fiscal year 2011, the Company had two classes of common stock, Class L and common. Class L common stock was classified outside of permanent equity at its preferential distribution amount, as the Class L stockholders controlled the timing and amount of distributions. Immediately prior to our IPO, each share of Class L common stock converted into 2.4338 shares of common stock, and the preferential distribution amount of Class L common stock at the date of conversion was reclassified into additional paid-in capital within permanent equity.

 

(7)   Adjusted operating income and adjusted net income are non-GAAP measures reflecting operating income and net income adjusted for amortization of intangible assets, impairment charges, Sponsor management agreement termination fee, and secondary offering costs, and, in the case of adjusted net income, gain (loss) on debt extinguishment and refinancing transactions, net of the tax impact of such adjustments. The Company uses adjusted operating income and adjusted net income as key performance measures for the purpose of evaluating performance internally. We also believe adjusted operating income and adjusted net income provide our investors with useful information regarding our historical operating results. These non-GAAP measurements are not intended to replace the presentation of our financial results in accordance with GAAP. Use of the terms adjusted operating income and adjusted net income may differ from similar measures reported by other companies. Adjusted operating income and adjusted net income are reconciled from operating income and net income, respectively, determined under GAAP as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (Unaudited, $ in thousands)  

Operating income

   $ 205,309        193,525        184,545   

Adjustments:

      

Sponsor termination fee

     14,671                 

Amortization of other intangible assets

     28,025        32,467        35,994   

Impairment charges

     2,060        7,075        8,517   

Korea joint venture impairment, net(i)

     18,776                 

Secondary offering costs

     1,899                 
  

 

 

 

Adjusted operating income

   $ 270,740        233,067        229,056   
  

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 34,442        26,861        35,008   

Adjustments:

      

Sponsor termination fee

     14,671                 

Amortization of other intangible assets

     28,025        32,467        35,994   

Impairment charges

     2,060        7,075        8,517   

Korea joint venture impairment, net(i)

     18,776                 

Secondary offering costs

     1,899                 

Loss (gain) on debt extinguishment and refinancing transactions

     34,222        61,955        (3,684

Tax impact of adjustments(ii)

     (32,351     (40,599     (16,331
  

 

 

 

Adjusted net income

   $ 101,744        87,759        59,504   
  

 

 

 

 

  (i)   Amount consists of an impairment of the investment in the Korea joint venture of $19.8 million, less a reduction in depreciation and amortization, net of tax, of $976,000 resulting from the allocation of the impairment charge to the underlying intangible and long-lived assets of the joint venture.

 

  (ii)   Tax impact of adjustments calculated at a 40% effective tax rate for each period presented, excluding the Korea joint venture impairment in fiscal year 2011 as there was no tax impact related to that charge.

 

(8)   Represents period end points of distribution.

 

(9)   Represents the growth in average weekly sales for franchisee- and company-owned restaurants that have been open at least 54 weeks that have reported sales in the current and comparable prior year week.

 

(10)   Franchisee-reported sales include sales at franchisee restaurants, including joint ventures.

 

(11)   Company-owned store sales include sales at restaurants owned and operated by Dunkin’ Brands.

 

(12)   Systemwide sales growth represents the percentage change in sales at both franchisee- and company-owned restaurants from the comparable period of the prior year. Changes in systemwide sales are driven by changes in average comparable store sales and changes in the number of restaurants.

 

 

- 12 -


Table of Contents

Risk factors

An investment in our common stock involves various risks. You should carefully consider the following risks and all of the other information contained in this prospectus before investing in our common stock. The risks described below are those which we believe are the material risks that we face. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment in our common stock.

Risks related to our business and industry

Our financial results are affected by the operating results of our franchisees.

We receive a substantial majority of our revenues in the form of royalties, which are generally based on a percentage of gross sales at franchised restaurants, rent and other fees from franchisees. Accordingly, our financial results are to a large extent dependent upon the operational and financial success of our franchisees. If sales trends or economic conditions worsen for franchisees, their financial results may deteriorate and our royalty, rent and other revenues may decline and our accounts receivable and related allowance for doubtful accounts may increase. In addition, if our franchisees fail to renew their franchise agreements, our royalty revenues may decrease which in turn could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

Our franchisees could take actions that could harm our business.

Our franchisees are contractually obligated to operate their restaurants in accordance with the operations, safety and health standards set forth in our agreements with them. However, franchisees are independent third parties whom we do not control. The franchisees own, operate and oversee the daily operations of their restaurants. As a result, the ultimate success and quality of any franchised restaurant rests with the franchisee. If franchisees do not successfully operate restaurants in a manner consistent with required standards, franchise fees paid to us and royalty income will be adversely affected and brand image and reputation could be harmed, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

Although we believe we generally enjoy a positive working relationship with the vast majority of our franchisees, active and/or potential disputes with franchisees could damage our brand reputation and/or our relationships with the broader franchisee group.

Sub-franchisees could take actions that could harm our business and that of our master franchisees.

In certain of our international markets, we enter into agreements with master franchisees that permit the master franchisee to develop and operate restaurants in defined geographic areas. As permitted by our master franchisee agreements, certain master franchisees elect to sub-franchise rights to develop and operate restaurants in the geographic area covered by the master franchisee agreement. Our master franchisee agreements contractually obligate our master franchisees to operate their restaurants in accordance with specified operations, safety and health standards and also require that any sub-franchise agreement contain similar requirements. However, we are not party to the agreements with the sub-franchisees and, as a result, are dependent upon our master franchisees to enforce these standards with respect to sub-franchised restaurants. As a result, the ultimate success and quality of any sub-franchised restaurant rests with the master franchisee. If sub-franchisees do not successfully operate their restaurants in a manner consistent with required standards, franchise fees and royalty income paid to the applicable master franchisee and, ultimately, to us could be adversely affected and our brand image and reputation may be harmed, which could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

- 13 -


Table of Contents

Our success depends substantially on the value of our brands.

Our success is dependent in large part upon our ability to maintain and enhance the value of our brands, our customers’ connection to our brands and a positive relationship with our franchisees. Brand value can be severely damaged even by isolated incidents, particularly if the incidents receive considerable negative publicity or result in litigation. Some of these incidents may relate to the way we manage our relationship with our franchisees, our growth strategies, our development efforts in domestic and foreign markets, or the ordinary course of our, or our franchisees’, business. Other incidents may arise from events that are or may be beyond our ability to control and may damage our brands, such as actions taken (or not taken) by one or more franchisees or their employees relating to health, safety, welfare or otherwise; litigation and claims; security breaches or other fraudulent activities associated with our electronic payment systems; and illegal activity targeted at us or others. Consumer demand for our products and our brands’ value could diminish significantly if any such incidents or other matters erode consumer confidence in us or our products, which would likely result in lower sales and, ultimately, lower royalty income, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

The quick service restaurant segment is highly competitive, and competition could lower our revenues.

The QSR segment of the restaurant industry is intensely competitive. The beverage and food products sold by our franchisees compete directly against products sold at other QSRs, local and regional beverage and food operations, specialty beverage and food retailers, supermarkets and wholesale suppliers, many bearing recognized brand names and having significant customer loyalty. In addition to the prevailing baseline level of competition, major market players in noncompeting industries may choose to enter the restaurant industry. Key competitive factors include the number and location of restaurants, quality and speed of service, attractiveness of facilities, effectiveness of advertising, marketing and operational programs, price, demographic patterns and trends, consumer preferences and spending patterns, menu diversification, health or dietary preferences and perceptions and new product development. Some of our competitors have substantially greater financial and other resources than us, which may provide them with a competitive advantage. In addition, we compete within the restaurant industry and the QSR segment not only for customers but also for qualified franchisees. We cannot guarantee the retention of any, including the top-performing, franchisees in the future, or that we will maintain the ability to attract, retain, and motivate sufficient numbers of franchisees of the same caliber, which could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results. If we are unable to maintain our competitive position, we could experience lower demand for products, downward pressure on prices, the loss of market share and the inability to attract, or loss of, qualified franchisees, which could result in lower franchise fees and royalty income, and materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

We cannot predict the impact that the following may have on our business: (i) new or improved technologies, (ii) alternative methods of delivery or (iii) changes in consumer behavior facilitated by these technologies and alternative methods of delivery.

Advances in technologies or alternative methods of delivery, including advances in vending machine technology and home coffee makers, or certain changes in consumer behavior driven by these or other technologies and methods of delivery could have a negative effect on our business. Moreover, technology and consumer offerings continue to develop, and we expect that new or enhanced technologies and consumer offerings will be available in the future. We may pursue certain of those technologies and consumer offerings if we believe they offer a sustainable customer proposition and can be successfully integrated into our business model. However, we cannot predict consumer acceptance of these delivery channels or their impact on our business. In addition, our

 

- 14 -


Table of Contents

competitors, some of whom have greater resources than us, may be able to benefit from changes in technologies or consumer acceptance of alternative methods of delivery, which could harm our competitive position. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully respond to changing consumer preferences, including with respect to new technologies and alternative methods of delivery, or to effectively adjust our product mix, service offerings and marketing and merchandising initiatives for products and services that address, and anticipate advances in, technology and market trends. If we are not able to successfully respond to these challenges, our business, financial condition and operating results could be harmed.

Economic conditions adversely affecting consumer discretionary spending may negatively impact our business and operating results.

We believe that our franchisees’ sales, customer traffic and profitability are strongly correlated to consumer discretionary spending, which is influenced by general economic conditions, unemployment levels and the availability of discretionary income. Recent economic developments have weakened consumer confidence and impacted spending of discretionary income. Our franchisees’ sales are dependent upon discretionary spending by consumers; any reduction in sales at franchised restaurants will result in lower royalty payments from franchisees to us and adversely impact our profitability. If the economic downturn continues for a prolonged period of time or becomes more pervasive, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, the pace of new restaurant openings may be slowed and restaurants may be forced to close, reducing the restaurant base from which we derive royalty income. As long as the weak economic environment continues, our franchisees’ sales and profitability and our overall business and operating results could be adversely affected.

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition.

We have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of December 31, 2011, we had total indebtedness of approximately $1.5 billion, excluding $11.2 million of undrawn letters of credit and $88.8 million of unused commitments under our senior credit facility.

Subject to the limits contained in the credit agreement governing our senior credit facility and our other debt instruments, we may be able to incur substantial additional debt from time to time to finance working capital, capital expenditures, investments or acquisitions, or for other purposes. If we do so, the risks related to our high level of debt could intensify. Specifically, our high level of debt could have important consequences, including:

 

 

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other general corporate requirements;

 

 

requiring a substantial portion of our cash flow to be dedicated to debt service payments instead of other purposes, thereby reducing the amount of cash flow available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;

 

 

increasing our vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions;

 

 

exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates as certain of our borrowings, including borrowings under the senior credit facility, are at variable rates of interest;

 

 

limiting our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in the industry in which we compete;

 

 

placing us at a disadvantage compared to other, less leveraged competitors or competitors with comparable debt at more favorable interest rates; and

 

 

increasing our cost of borrowing.

 

- 15 -


Table of Contents

Our variable rate debt exposes us to interest rate risk which could adversely affect our cash flow.

The borrowings under our senior credit facility bear interest at variable rates. Other debt we incur also could be variable rate debt. If market interest rates increase, variable rate debt will create higher debt service requirements, which could adversely affect our cash flow. While we may in the future enter into agreements limiting our exposure to higher interest rates, any such agreements may not offer complete protection from this risk.

The terms of our indebtedness restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes or to take certain actions.

The credit agreement governing our senior credit facility contains a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and may limit our ability to engage in acts that may be in our long-term best interest, including restrictions on our ability to:

 

 

incur certain liens;

 

 

incur additional indebtedness and guarantee indebtedness;

 

 

pay dividends or make other distributions in respect of, or repurchase or redeem, capital stock;

 

 

prepay, redeem or repurchase certain debt;

 

 

make investments, loans, advances and acquisitions;

 

 

sell or otherwise dispose of assets, including capital stock of our subsidiaries;

 

 

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

 

alter the businesses we conduct;

 

 

enter into agreements restricting our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends; and

 

 

consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets.

In addition, the restrictive covenants in the credit agreement governing our senior credit facility require us to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy other financial condition tests. Our ability to meet those financial ratios and tests can be affected by events beyond our control.

A breach of the covenants under the credit agreement governing our senior credit facility could result in an event of default under the applicable indebtedness. Such a default may allow the creditors to accelerate the related debt and may result in the acceleration of any other debt to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies. In addition, an event of default under the credit agreement governing our senior credit facility would permit the lenders under our senior credit facility to terminate all commitments to extend further credit under that facility. Furthermore, if we were unable to repay the amounts due and payable under our senior credit facility, those lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness, which could force us into bankruptcy or liquidation. In the event our lenders accelerate the repayment of our borrowings, we and our subsidiaries may not have sufficient assets to repay that indebtedness.

If our operating performance declines, we may in the future need to obtain waivers from the required lenders under our senior credit facility to avoid being in default. If we breach our covenants under our senior credit facility and seek a waiver, we may not be able to obtain a waiver from the required lenders. If this occurs we would be in default under our senior credit facility, the lenders could exercise their rights, as described above,

 

- 16 -


Table of Contents

and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Liquidity and capital resources,” and “Description of indebtedness.”

Infringement, misappropriation or dilution of our intellectual property could harm our business.

We regard our Dunkin’ Donuts® and Baskin-Robbins® trademarks as having significant value and as being important factors in the marketing of our brands. We have also obtained trademark protection for several of our product offerings and advertising slogans, including “America Runs on Dunkin’®” and “What are you Drinkin’?®” . We believe that these and other intellectual property are valuable assets that are critical to our success. We rely on a combination of protections provided by contracts, as well as copyright, patent, trademark, and other laws, such as trade secret and unfair competition laws, to protect our intellectual property from infringement, misappropriation or dilution. We have registered certain trademarks and service marks and have other trademark and service mark registration applications pending in the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions. However, not all of the trademarks or service marks that we currently use have been registered in all of the countries in which we do business, and they may never be registered in all of those countries. Although we monitor trademark portfolios both internally and through external search agents and impose an obligation on franchisees to notify us upon learning of potential infringement, there can be no assurance that we will be able to adequately maintain, enforce and protect our trademarks or other intellectual property rights. We are aware of names and marks similar to our service marks being used by other persons in certain geographic areas in which we have restaurants. Although we believe such uses will not adversely affect us, further or currently unknown unauthorized uses or other infringement of our trademarks or service marks could diminish the value of our brands and may adversely affect our business. Effective intellectual property protection may not be available in every country in which we have or intend to open or franchise a restaurant. Failure to adequately protect our intellectual property rights could damage our brands and impair our ability to compete effectively. Even where we have effectively secured statutory protection for our trade secrets and other intellectual property, our competitors may misappropriate our intellectual property and our employees, consultants and suppliers may breach their contractual obligations not to reveal our confidential information, including trade secrets. Although we have taken measures to protect our intellectual property, there can be no assurance that these protections will be adequate or that third parties will not independently develop products or concepts that are substantially similar to ours. Despite our efforts, it may be possible for third-parties to reverse-engineer, otherwise obtain, copy, and use information that we regard as proprietary. Furthermore, defending or enforcing our trademark rights, branding practices and other intellectual property, and seeking an injunction and/or compensation for misappropriation of confidential information, could result in the expenditure of significant resources and divert the attention of management, which in turn may materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

Although we monitor and restrict franchisee activities through our franchise and license agreements, franchisees may refer to our brands improperly in writings or conversation, resulting in the dilution of our intellectual property. Franchisee noncompliance with the terms and conditions of our franchise or license agreements may reduce the overall goodwill of our brands, whether through the failure to meet health and safety standards, engage in quality control or maintain product consistency, or through the participation in improper or objectionable business practices. Moreover, unauthorized third parties may use our intellectual property to trade on the goodwill of our brands, resulting in consumer confusion or dilution. Any reduction of our brands’ goodwill, consumer confusion, or dilution is likely to impact sales, and could materially and adversely impact our business and operating results.

Under certain license agreements, our subsidiaries have licensed to Dunkin’ Brands the right to use certain trademarks, and in connection with those licenses, Dunkin’ Brands monitors the use of trademarks and the quality of the licensed products. While courts have generally approved the delegation of quality-control

 

- 17 -


Table of Contents

obligations by a trademark licensor to a licensee under appropriate circumstances, there can be no guarantee that these arrangements will not be deemed invalid on the ground that the trademark owner is not controlling the nature and quality of goods and services sold under the licensed trademarks.

The restaurant industry is affected by consumer preferences and perceptions. Changes in these preferences and perceptions may lessen the demand for our products, which could reduce sales by our franchisees and reduce our royalty revenues.

The restaurant industry is affected by changes in consumer tastes, national, regional and local economic conditions and demographic trends. For instance, if prevailing health or dietary preferences cause consumers to avoid donuts and other products we offer in favor of foods that are perceived as more healthy, our franchisees’ sales would suffer, resulting in lower royalty payments to us, and our business and operating results would be harmed.

If we fail to successfully implement our growth strategy, which includes opening new domestic and international restaurants, our ability to increase our revenues and operating profits could be adversely affected.

Our growth strategy relies in part upon new restaurant development by existing and new franchisees. We and our franchisees face many challenges in opening new restaurants, including:

 

 

availability of financing;

 

 

selection and availability of suitable restaurant locations;

 

 

competition for restaurant sites;

 

 

negotiation of acceptable lease and financing terms;

 

 

securing required domestic or foreign governmental permits and approvals;

 

 

consumer tastes in new geographic regions and acceptance of our products;

 

 

employment and training of qualified personnel;

 

 

impact of inclement weather, natural disasters and other acts of nature; and

 

 

general economic and business conditions.

In particular, because the majority of our new restaurant development is funded by franchisee investment, our growth strategy is dependent on our franchisees’ (or prospective franchisees’) ability to access funds to finance such development. We do not provide our franchisees with direct financing and therefore their ability to access borrowed funds generally depends on their independent relationships with various financial institutions. If our franchisees (or prospective franchisees) are not able to obtain financing at commercially reasonable rates, or at all, they may be unwilling or unable to invest in the development of new restaurants, and our future growth could be adversely affected.

To the extent our franchisees are unable to open new stores as we anticipate, our revenue growth would come primarily from growth in comparable store sales. Our failure to add a significant number of new restaurants or grow comparable store sales would adversely affect our ability to increase our revenues and operating income and could materially and adversely harm our business and operating results.

 

- 18 -


Table of Contents

Increases in commodity prices may negatively affect payments from our franchisees and licensees.

Coffee and other commodity prices are subject to substantial price fluctuations, stemming from variations in weather patterns, shifting political or economic conditions in coffee-producing countries and delays in the supply chain. In particular, the cost of commodity inputs for a number of goods, including ice cream and coffee, rose in fiscal year 2011. If commodity prices rise, franchisees may experience reduced sales, due to decreased consumer demand at retail prices that have been raised to offset increased commodity prices, which may reduce franchisee profitability. Any such decline in franchisee sales will reduce our royalty income, which in turn may materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

Through our wholly-owned subsidiary Dunkin’ Brands Canada Ltd. (“DBCL”), we manufacture ice cream at a facility located in Peterborough, Ontario, Canada (the “Peterborough Facility”). We sell such ice cream to certain international franchisees for their resale. As a result, we are subject to risks associated with dairy products and sugar, the primary ingredients used in the production of ice cream at the Peterborough Facility, including price fluctuations and interruptions in the supply chain of these commodities. If the prices of these commodities rise, we may increase the cost of ice cream sold to such international franchisees, but only after a thirty day notice period required under our franchise agreements, during which our margin on such sales would decline.

Our joint ventures in Japan and South Korea (the “International JVs”), as well as our licensees in Russia and India, do not rely on the Peterborough Facility and, instead, manufacture ice cream products independently. Each of the International JVs owns a manufacturing facility in its country of operation. The revenues derived from the International JVs differ fundamentally from those of other types of franchise arrangements in the system because the income that we receive from the International JVs is based in part on the profitability, rather than the gross sales, of the restaurants operated by the International JVs. Accordingly, in the event that the International JVs experience staple ingredient price increases that adversely affect the profitability of the restaurants operated by the International JVs, that decrease in profitability would reduce distributions by the International JVs to us, which in turn could materially and adversely impact our business and operating results.

Shortages of coffee could adversely affect our revenues.

If coffee consumption continues to increase worldwide or there is a disruption in the supply of coffee due to natural disasters, political unrest or other calamities, the global coffee supply may fail to meet demand. If coffee demand is not met, franchisees may experience reduced sales which, in turn, would reduce our royalty income. Such a reduction in our royalty income may materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

We and our franchisees rely on computer systems to process transactions and manage our business, and a disruption or a failure of such systems or technology could harm our ability to effectively manage our business.

Network and information technology systems are integral to our business. We utilize various computer systems, including our FAST System and our EFTPay System, which are customized, web-based systems. The FAST System is the system by which our U.S. and Canadian franchisees report their weekly sales and pay their corresponding royalty fees and required advertising fund contributions. When sales are reported by a U.S. or Canadian franchisee, a withdrawal for the authorized amount is initiated from the franchisee’s bank after 12 days (from the week ending or month ending date). The FAST System is critical to our ability to accurately track sales and compute royalties due from our U.S. and Canadian franchisees. The EFTPay System is used by our U.S. and Canadian franchisees to make payments against open, non-fee invoices (i.e., all invoices except royalty and advertising funds). When a franchisee selects an invoice and submits the payment, on the following day a withdrawal for the selected amount is initiated from the franchisee’s bank. Despite the implementation of

 

- 19 -


Table of Contents

security measures, our systems, including the FAST System and the EFTPay System, are subject to damage and/or interruption as a result of power outages, computer and network failures, computer viruses and other disruptive software, security breaches, catastrophic events and improper usage by employees. Such events could result in a material disruption in operations, a need for a costly repair, upgrade or replacement of systems, or a decrease in, or in the collection of, royalties paid to us by our franchisees. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of, or damage to, our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability which could materially affect our results of operations.

Interruptions in the supply of product to franchisees and licensees could adversely affect our revenues.

In order to maintain quality-control standards and consistency among restaurants, we require through our franchise agreements that our franchisees obtain food and other supplies from preferred suppliers approved in advance. In this regard, we and our franchisees depend on a group of suppliers for ingredients, foodstuffs, beverages and disposable serving instruments including, but not limited to, Rich Products Corp., Dean Foods Co., DBCL, PepsiCo, Inc. and Silver Pail Dairy, Ltd. as well as five primary coffee roasters and three primary donut mix suppliers. In 2011, we and our franchisees purchased products from over 450 approved domestic suppliers, with approximately 15 of such suppliers providing half, based on dollar volume, of all products purchased domestically. We look to approve multiple suppliers for most products, and require any single sourced supplier, such as PepsiCo, Inc., to have audited contingency plans in place to ensure continuity of supply. In addition we believe that, if necessary, we could obtain readily available alternative sources of supply for each product that we currently source through a single supplier. To facilitate the efficiency of our franchisees’ supply chain, we have historically entered into several preferred-supplier arrangements for particular food or beverage items.

The Dunkin’ Donuts system is supported domestically by the franchisee-owned purchasing and distribution cooperative known as the National Distributor Commitment Program. We have a long-term agreement with the National DCP, LLC (the “NDCP”) for the NDCP to provide substantially all of the goods needed to operate a Dunkin’ Donuts restaurant in the U.S. The NDCP also supplies some international markets. The NDCP aggregates the franchisee demand, sends requests for proposals to approved suppliers and negotiates contracts for approved items. The NDCP also inventories the items in its four regional distribution centers and ships products to franchisees at least one time per week. We do not control the NDCP and have only limited contractual rights under our agreement with the NDCP associated with supplier certification and quality assurance and protection of our intellectual property. While the NDCP maintains contingency plans with its approved suppliers and has a contingency plan for its own distribution function to restaurants, our franchisees bear risks associated with the timeliness, solvency, reputation, labor relations, freight costs, price of raw materials and compliance with health and safety standards of each supplier (including DBCL and those of the International JVs) including, but not limited to, risks associated with contamination to food and beverage products. We have little control over such suppliers other than DBCL, which produces ice cream for resale by us. Disruptions in these relationships may reduce franchisee sales and, in turn, our royalty income.

Overall difficulty of suppliers (including DBCL and those of the International JVs) meeting franchisee product demand, interruptions in the supply chain, obstacles or delays in the process of renegotiating or renewing agreements with preferred suppliers, financial difficulties experienced by suppliers, or the deficiency, lack, or poor quality of alternative suppliers could adversely impact franchisee sales which, in turn, would reduce our royalty income and could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

- 20 -


Table of Contents

We may not be able to recoup our expenditures on properties we sublease to franchisees.

Pursuant to the terms of certain prime leases we have entered into with third-party landlords, we may be required to construct or improve a property, pay taxes, maintain insurance and comply with building codes and other applicable laws. The subleases we enter into with franchisees related to such properties typically pass through such obligations, but if a franchisee fails to perform the obligations passed through to them, we will be required to perform those obligations, resulting in an increase in our leasing and operational costs and expenses. Additionally, in some locations, we may pay more rent and other amounts to third-party landlords under a prime lease than we receive from the franchisee who subleases such property. Typically, our franchisees’ rent is based in part on a percentage of gross sales at the restaurant, so a downturn in gross sales would negatively affect the level of the payments we receive.

If the international markets in which we compete are affected by changes in political, social, legal, economic or other factors, our business and operating results may be materially and adversely affected.

As of December 31, 2011, we had 7,322 restaurants located in 57 foreign countries. The international operations of our franchisees may subject us to additional risks, which differ in each country in which our franchisees operate, and such risks may negatively affect our result in a delay in or loss of royalty income to us.

The factors impacting the international markets in which restaurants are located may include:

 

 

recessionary or expansive trends in international markets;

 

 

changes in foreign currency exchange rates and hyperinflation or deflation in the foreign countries in which we or the International JVs operate;

 

 

the imposition of restrictions on currency conversion or the transfer of funds;

 

 

availability of credit for our franchisees, licensees and International JVs to finance the development of new restaurants;

 

 

increases in the taxes paid and other changes in applicable tax laws;

 

 

legal and regulatory changes and the burdens and costs of local operators’ compliance with a variety of laws, including trade restrictions and tariffs;

 

 

interruptions in the supply of product;

 

 

increases in anti-American sentiment and the identification of the Dunkin’ Donuts brand and Baskin-Robbins brand as American brands;

 

 

political and economic instability; and

 

 

natural disasters and other calamities.

Any or all of these factors may reduce distributions from our International JVs or other international partners and/or royalty income, which in turn may materially and adversely impact our business and operating results.

Termination of an arrangement with a master franchisee could adversely impact our revenues.

Internationally, and in limited cases domestically, we enter into relationships with “master franchisees” to develop and operate restaurants in defined geographic areas. Master franchisees are granted exclusivity rights with respect to larger territories than the typical franchisee, and in particular cases, expansion after minimum requirements are met is subject to the discretion of the master franchisee. In fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009,

 

- 21 -


Table of Contents

we derived approximately 15.1%, 14.6% and 14.1%, respectively, of our total revenues from master franchisee arrangements. The termination of an arrangement with a master franchisee or a lack of expansion by certain master franchisees could result in the delay of the development of franchised restaurants, or an interruption in the operation of one of our brands in a particular market or markets. Any such delay or interruption would result in a delay in, or loss of, royalty income to us whether by way of delayed royalty income or delayed revenues from the sale of ice cream products by us to franchisees internationally, or reduced sales. Any interruption in operations due to the termination of an arrangement with a master franchisee similarly could result in lower revenues for us, particularly if we were to determine to close restaurants following the termination of an arrangement with a master franchisee.

Our contracts with the U.S. military are non-exclusive and may be terminated with little notice.

We have contracts with the U.S. military, including with the Army & Air Force Exchange Service and the Navy Exchange Service Command. These military contracts are predominantly between the U.S. military and Baskin-Robbins. We derive revenue from the arrangements provided for under these contracts mainly through the sale of ice cream to the U.S. military (rather than through royalties) for resale on base locations and in field operations. While revenues derived from arrangements with the U.S. military represented less than 1% of our total revenues and less than 4% of our international revenues for 2011, because these contracts are non-exclusive and cancellable with minimal notice and have no minimum purchase requirements, revenues attributable to these contracts may vary significantly year to year. Any changes in the U.S. military’s domestic or international needs, or a decision by the U.S. military to use a different supplier, could result in lower revenues for us.

Fluctuations in exchange rates affect our revenues.

We are subject to inherent risks attributed to operating in a global economy. Most of our revenues, costs and debts are denominated in U.S. dollars. However, sales made by franchisees outside of the U.S. are denominated in the currency of the country in which the point of distribution is located, and this currency could become less valuable prior to calculation of our royalty payments in U.S. dollars as a result of exchange rate fluctuations. As a result, currency fluctuations could reduce our royalty income. Unfavorable currency fluctuations could result in a reduction in our revenues. Cost of ice cream produced in the Peterborough Facility in Canada, as well as income we earn from our joint ventures, is also subject to currency fluctuations. These currency fluctuations affecting our revenues and costs could adversely affect our business and operating results.

Adverse public or medical opinions about the health effects of consuming our products, as well as reports of incidents involving food-borne illnesses or food tampering, whether or not accurate, could harm our brands and our business.

Some of our products contain caffeine, dairy products, sugar and other active compounds, the health effects of which are the subject of increasing public scrutiny, including the suggestion that excessive consumption of caffeine, dairy products, sugar and other active compounds can lead to a variety of adverse health effects. There has also been greater public awareness that sedentary lifestyles, combined with excessive consumption of high-calorie foods, have led to a rapidly rising rate of obesity. In the U.S. and certain other countries, there is increasing consumer awareness of health risks, including obesity, as well as increased consumer litigation based on alleged adverse health impacts of consumption of various food products. While we offer some healthier beverage and food items, including reduced fat items, an unfavorable report on the health effects of caffeine or other compounds present in our products, or negative publicity or litigation arising from other health risks such as obesity, could significantly reduce the demand for our beverages and food products.

 

- 22 -


Table of Contents

Similarly, instances or reports, whether true or not, of unclean water supply, food-borne illnesses and food tampering have in the past severely injured the reputations of companies in the food processing, grocery and QSR segments and could in the future affect us as well. Any report linking us or our franchisees to the use of unclean water, food-borne illnesses or food tampering could damage our brands’ value immediately, severely hurt sales of beverages and food products, and possibly lead to product liability claims. In addition, instances of food-borne illnesses or food tampering, even those occurring solely at the restaurants of competitors, could, by resulting in negative publicity about the foodservice or restaurant industry, adversely affect our sales on a regional or global basis. A decrease in customer traffic as a result of these health concerns or negative publicity could materially and adversely affect our brands and our business.

We may not be able to enforce payment of fees under certain of our franchise arrangements.

In certain limited instances, a franchisee may be operating a restaurant pursuant to an unwritten franchise arrangement. Such circumstances may arise where a franchisee arrangement has expired and new or renewal agreements have yet to be executed or where the franchisee has developed and opened a restaurant but has failed to memorialize the franchisor-franchisee relationship in an executed agreement as of the opening date of such restaurant. In certain other limited instances, we may allow a franchisee in good standing to operate domestically pursuant to franchise arrangements which have expired in their normal course and have not yet been renewed. As of December 31, 2011, approximately 1% of our stores were operating without a written agreement. There is a risk that either category of these franchise arrangements may not be enforceable under federal, state and local laws and regulations prior to correction or if left uncorrected. In these instances, the franchise arrangements may be enforceable on the basis of custom and assent of performance. If the franchisee, however, were to neglect to remit royalty payments in a timely fashion, we may be unable to enforce the payment of such fees which, in turn, may materially and adversely affect our business and operating results. While we generally require franchise arrangements in foreign jurisdictions to be entered into pursuant to written franchise arrangements, subject to certain exceptions, some expired contracts, letters of intent or oral agreements in existence may not be enforceable under local laws, which could impair our ability to collect royalty income, which in turn may materially and adversely impact our business and operating results.

Our business activities subject us to litigation risk that could affect us adversely by subjecting us to significant money damages and other remedies or by increasing our litigation expense.

In the ordinary course of business, we are the subject of complaints or litigation from franchisees, usually related to alleged breaches of contract or wrongful termination under the franchise arrangements. In addition, we are, from time to time, the subject of complaints or litigation from customers alleging illness, injury or other food-quality, health or operational concerns and from suppliers alleging breach of contract. We may also be subject to employee claims based on, among other things, discrimination, harassment or wrongful termination. Finally, litigation against a franchisee or its affiliates by third parties, whether in the ordinary course of business or otherwise, may include claims against us by virtue of our relationship with the defendant-franchisee. In addition to decreasing the ability of a defendant-franchisee to make royalty payments and diverting our management resources, adverse publicity resulting from such allegations may materially and adversely affect us and our brands, regardless of whether such allegations are valid or whether we are liable. Our international operations may be subject to additional risks related to litigation, including difficulties in enforcement of contractual obligations governed by foreign law due to differing interpretations of rights and obligations, compliance with multiple and potentially conflicting laws, new and potentially untested laws and judicial systems and reduced or diminished protection of intellectual property. A substantial unsatisfied judgment against us or one of our subsidiaries could result in bankruptcy, which would materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

- 23 -


Table of Contents

Our business is subject to various laws and regulations and changes in such laws and regulations, and/or failure to comply with existing or future laws and regulations, could adversely affect us.

We are subject to state franchise registration requirements, the rules and regulations of the Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”), various state laws regulating the offer and sale of franchises in the U.S. through the provision of franchise disclosure documents containing certain mandatory disclosures and certain rules and requirements regulating franchising arrangements in foreign countries. Although we believe that the Franchisors’ Franchise Disclosure Documents, together with any applicable state-specific versions or supplements, and franchising procedures that we use comply in all material respects with both the FTC guidelines and all applicable state laws regulating franchising in those states in which we offer new franchise arrangements, noncompliance could reduce anticipated royalty income, which in turn may materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

Our franchisees are subject to various existing U.S. federal, state, local and foreign laws affecting the operation of the restaurants including various health, sanitation, fire and safety standards. Franchisees may in the future become subject to regulation (or further regulation) seeking to tax or regulate high-fat foods or requiring the display of detailed nutrition information, which would be costly to comply with and could result in reduced demand for our products. In connection with the continued operation or remodeling of certain restaurants, the franchisees may be required to expend funds to meet U.S. federal, state and local and foreign regulations. Difficulties in obtaining, or the failure to obtain, required licenses or approvals could delay or prevent the opening of a new restaurant in a particular area or cause an existing restaurant to cease operations. All of these situations would decrease sales of an affected restaurant and reduce royalty payments to us with respect to such restaurant.

The franchisees are also subject to the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, and various other laws in the U.S. and in foreign countries governing such matters as minimum-wage requirements, overtime and other working conditions and citizenship requirements. A significant number of our franchisees’ food-service employees are paid at rates related to the U.S. federal minimum wage, and past increases in the U.S. federal minimum wage have increased labor costs, as would future increases. Any increases in labor costs might result in franchisees inadequately staffing restaurants. Understaffed restaurants could reduce sales at such restaurants, decrease royalty payments and adversely affect our brands.

Our and our franchisees’ operations and properties are subject to extensive U.S. federal, state and local laws and regulations, including those relating to environmental, building and zoning requirements. Our development of properties for leasing or subleasing to franchisees depends to a significant extent on the selection and acquisition of suitable sites, which are subject to zoning, land use, environmental, traffic and other regulations and requirements. Failure to comply with legal requirements could result in, among other things, revocation of required licenses, administrative enforcement actions, fines and civil and criminal liability. We may incur investigation, remediation or other costs related to releases of hazardous materials or other environmental conditions at our properties, regardless of whether such environmental conditions were created by us or a third party, such as a prior owner or tenant. We have incurred costs to address soil and groundwater contamination at some sites, and continue to incur nominal remediation costs at some of our other locations. If such issues become more expensive to address, or if new issues arise, they could increase our expenses, generate negative publicity, or otherwise adversely affect us.

 

- 24 -


Table of Contents

Our tax returns and positions are subject to review and audit by foreign, federal, state and local taxing authorities, and adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income or other tax returns could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

We are subject to income taxes in both the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. The federal income tax returns of the Company for fiscal years 2006 through 2009 are currently under audit by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), and the IRS has proposed adjustments for fiscal years 2006 and 2007 to increase our taxable income as it relates to our gift card program, specifically to record taxable income upon the activation of gift cards. We have filed a protest to the IRS’s proposed adjustments. (See Note 15 of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included herein.) As described in Note 15 of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included herein, if the IRS were to prevail in this matter the proposed adjustments would result in additional taxable income of approximately $58.9 million for fiscal years 2006 and 2007 and approximately $26.8 million of additional federal and state taxes and interest owed, net of federal and state benefits. If the IRS prevails, a cash payment would be required, and the additional taxable income would represent temporary differences that will be deductible in future years. Therefore, the potential tax expense attributable to the IRS adjustments for fiscal years 2006 and 2007 would be limited to $3.1 million, consisting of federal and state interest, net of federal and state benefits. In addition, if the IRS were to prevail in respect of fiscal years 2006 and 2007 it is likely to make similar claims for years subsequent to fiscal year 2007 and the potential additional federal and state taxes and interest owed, net of federal and state benefits, for fiscal years 2008 through 2010, computed on a similar basis to the IRS method used for fiscal years 2006 and 2007, and factoring in the timing of our gift card uses and activations, would be approximately $19.7 million. The corresponding potential tax expense impact attributable to these later fiscal years, 2008 through 2010, would be approximately $0.8 million. During the fourth quarter of 2011, representatives of the Company met with the IRS appeals officer. Based on that meeting, the Company proposed a settlement related to this issue and is awaiting a response from the IRS. If our settlement proposal is accepted as presented, we expect to make a cash tax payment in an amount that is less than the amounts proposed by the IRS to cumulatively adjust our tax method of accounting for our gift card program through the fiscal year ended December 25, 2010. No assurance can be made that a settlement can be reached, or that we will otherwise prevail in the final resolution of this matter. An unfavorable outcome from any tax audit could result in higher tax costs, penalties and interest, thereby negatively and adversely impacting our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

We are subject to a variety of additional risks associated with our franchisees.

Our franchise system subjects us to a number of risks, any one of which may impact our ability to collect royalty payments from our franchisees, may harm the goodwill associated with our brands, and/or may materially and adversely impact our business and results of operations.

Bankruptcy of U.S. Franchisees. A franchisee bankruptcy could have a substantial negative impact on our ability to collect payments due under such franchisee’s franchise arrangements and, to the extent such franchisee is a lessee pursuant to a franchisee lease/sublease with us, payments due under such franchisee lease/sublease. In a franchisee bankruptcy, the bankruptcy trustee may reject its franchise arrangements and/or franchisee lease/sublease pursuant to Section 365 under the United States bankruptcy code, in which case there would be no further royalty payments and/or franchisee lease/sublease payments from such franchisee, and there can be no assurance as to the proceeds, if any, that may ultimately be recovered in a bankruptcy proceeding of such franchisee in connection with a damage claim resulting from such rejection.

Franchisee Changes in Control. The franchise arrangements prohibit “changes in control” of a franchisee without our consent as the franchisor, except in the event of the death or disability of a franchisee (if a natural person) or a principal of a franchisee entity. In such event, the executors and representatives of the franchisee are

 

- 25 -


Table of Contents

required to transfer the relevant franchise arrangements to a successor franchisee approved by the franchisor. There can be, however, no assurance that any such successor would be found or, if found, would be able to perform the former franchisee’s obligations under such franchise arrangements or successfully operate the restaurant. If a successor franchisee is not found, or if the successor franchisee that is found is not as successful in operating the restaurant as the then-deceased or disabled franchisee or franchisee principal, the sales of the restaurant could be adversely affected.

Franchisee Insurance. The franchise arrangements require each franchisee to maintain certain insurance types and levels. Certain extraordinary hazards, however, may not be covered, and insurance may not be available (or may be available only at prohibitively expensive rates) with respect to many other risks. Moreover, any loss incurred could exceed policy limits and policy payments made to franchisees may not be made on a timely basis. Any such loss or delay in payment could have a material and adverse effect on a franchisee’s ability to satisfy its obligations under its franchise arrangement, including its ability to make royalty payments.

Some of Our Franchisees are Operating Entities. Franchisees may be natural persons or legal entities. Our franchisees that are operating companies (as opposed to limited purpose entities) are subject to business, credit, financial and other risks, which may be unrelated to the operations of the restaurants. These unrelated risks could materially and adversely affect a franchisee that is an operating company and its ability to make its royalty payments in full or on a timely basis, which in turn may materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

Franchise Arrangement Termination; Nonrenewal. Each franchise arrangement is subject to termination by us as the franchisor in the event of a default, generally after expiration of applicable cure periods, although under certain circumstances a franchise arrangement may be terminated by us upon notice without an opportunity to cure. The default provisions under the franchise arrangements are drafted broadly and include, among other things, any failure to meet operating standards and actions that may threaten our licensed intellectual property.

In addition, each franchise agreement has an expiration date. Upon the expiration of the franchise arrangement, we or the franchisee may, or may not, elect to renew the franchise arrangements. If the franchisee arrangement is renewed, the franchisee will receive a “successor” franchise arrangement for an additional term. Such option, however, is contingent on the franchisee’s execution of the then-current form of franchise arrangements (which may include increased royalty payments, advertising fees and other costs), the satisfaction of certain conditions (including modernization of the restaurant and related operations) and the payment of a renewal fee. If a franchisee is unable or unwilling to satisfy any of the foregoing conditions, the expiring franchise arrangements will terminate upon expiration of the term of the franchise arrangements.

Product Liability Exposure. We require franchisees to maintain general liability insurance coverage to protect against the risk of product liability and other risks and demand strict franchisee compliance with health and safety regulations. However, franchisees may receive through the supply chain (from central manufacturing locations (“CMLs”), NDCP or otherwise), or produce defective food or beverage products, which may adversely impact our brands’ goodwill.

Americans with Disabilities Act. Restaurants located in the U.S. must comply with Title III of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended (the “ADA”). Although we believe newer restaurants meet the ADA construction standards and, further, that franchisees have historically been diligent in the remodeling of older restaurants, a finding of noncompliance with the ADA could result in the imposition of injunctive relief, fines, an award of damages to private litigants or additional capital expenditures to remedy such noncompliance. Any imposition of injunctive relief, fines, damage awards or capital expenditures could adversely affect the ability of a franchisee to make royalty payments, or could generate negative publicity, or otherwise adversely affect us.

 

- 26 -


Table of Contents

Franchisee Litigation. Franchisees are subject to a variety of litigation risks, including, but not limited to, customer claims, personal-injury claims, environmental claims, employee allegations of improper termination and discrimination, claims related to violations of the ADA, religious freedom, the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”) and intellectual-property claims. Each of these claims may increase costs and limit the funds available to make royalty payments and reduce the execution of new franchise arrangements.

Potential Conflicts with Franchisee Organizations. Although we believe our relationship with our franchisees is open and strong, the nature of the franchisor-franchisee relationship can give rise to conflict. In the U.S., our approach is collaborative in that we have established district advisory councils, regional advisory councils and a national brand advisory council for each of the Dunkin’ Donuts brand and the Baskin-Robbins brand. The councils are comprised of franchisees, brand employees and executives, and they meet to discuss the strengths, weaknesses, challenges and opportunities facing the brands as well as the rollout of new products and projects. Internationally, our operations are primarily conducted through joint ventures with local licensees, so our relationships are conducted directly with our licensees rather than separate advisory committees. No material disputes exist in the U.S. or internationally at this time.

Failure to retain our existing senior management team or the inability to attract and retain new qualified personnel could hurt our business and inhibit our ability to operate and grow successfully.

Our success will continue to depend to a significant extent on our executive management team and the ability of other key management personnel to replace executives who retire or resign. We may not be able to retain our executive officers and key personnel or attract additional qualified management personnel to replace executives who retire or resign. Failure to retain our leadership team and attract and retain other important personnel could lead to ineffective management and operations, which could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

If we or our franchisees or licensees are unable to protect our customers’ credit card data, we or our franchisees could be exposed to data loss, litigation, and liability, and our reputation could be significantly harmed.

Privacy protection is increasingly demanding and the introduction of electronic payment methods exposes us and our franchisees to increased risk of privacy and/or security breaches as well as other risks. In connection with credit card sales, our franchisees (and we from our company-operated restaurants) transmit confidential credit card information by way of secure private retail networks. Although we use private networks, third parties may have the technology or know-how to breach the security of the customer information transmitted in connection with credit card sales, and our franchisees’ and our security measures and those of our technology vendors may not effectively prohibit others from obtaining improper access to this information. If a person is able to circumvent these security measures, he or she could destroy or steal valuable information or disrupt our operations. Any security breach could expose us to risks of data loss, litigation, liability, and could seriously disrupt our operations. Any resulting negative publicity could significantly harm our reputation and could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

Catastrophic events may disrupt our business.

Unforeseen events, including war, terrorism and other international, regional or local instability or conflicts (including labor issues), embargos, public health issues (including tainted food, food-borne illnesses, food tampering, or water supply or widespread/pandemic illness such as the avian or H1N1 flu), and natural disasters such as earthquakes, tsunamis, hurricanes, or other adverse weather and climate conditions, whether occurring in the U.S. or abroad, could disrupt our operations or that of our franchisees, or suppliers; or result in political

 

- 27 -


Table of Contents

or economic instability. For example, the March 2011 earthquake and tsunami in Japan resulted in the temporary closing of a number of Baskin-Robbins restaurants, two of which remained closed as of December 31, 2011. These events could reduce traffic in our restaurants and demand for our products; make it difficult or impossible for our franchisees to receive products from their suppliers; disrupt or prevent our ability to perform functions at the corporate level; and/or otherwise impede our or our franchisees’ ability to continue business operations in a continuous manner consistent with the level and extent of business activities prior to the occurrence of the unexpected event or events, which in turn may materially and adversely impact our business and operating results.

Risks related to this offering and our common stock

We are subject to certain phase-in provisions of the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules and, as a result, we will not immediately be subject to certain corporate governance requirements.

After completion of this offering, the Sponsors will no longer control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we will no longer be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of The NASDAQ Global Select Market. However, we will be entitled to rely on phase-in provisions for certain corporate governance requirements, including:

 

 

the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors;

 

 

the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors; and

 

 

the requirement that we have a majority of independent directors on our board of directors.

Following this offering, we intend to utilize these phase-in provisions. As a result, our compensation committee does not, and upon the completion of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will not, consist entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of The NASDAQ Global Select Market for up to the expiration of the phase-in period one year from the completion of this offering.

Our stock price could be extremely volatile and, as a result, you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the price you paid for them.

Since our initial public offering in July 2011, the price of our common stock, as reported by NASDAQ, has ranged from a low of $23.24 on December 15, 2011 to a high of $32.44 on March 14, 2012. In addition, the stock market in general has been highly volatile. As a result, the market price of our common stock is likely to be similarly volatile, and investors in our common stock may experience a decrease, which could be substantial, in the value of their stock, including decreases unrelated to our operating performance or prospects, and could lose part or all of their investment. The price of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to a number of factors, including those described elsewhere in this prospectus and others such as:

 

 

variations in our operating performance and the performance of our competitors;

 

 

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly or annual operating results;

 

 

publication of research reports by securities analysts about us or our competitors or our industry;

 

 

our failure or the failure of our competitors to meet analysts’ projections or guidance that we or our competitors may give to the market;

 

- 28 -


Table of Contents
 

additions and departures of key personnel;

 

 

strategic decisions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions, divestitures, spin-offs, joint ventures, strategic investments or changes in business strategy;

 

 

the passage of legislation or other regulatory developments affecting us or our industry;

 

 

speculation in the press or investment community;

 

 

changes in accounting principles;

 

 

terrorist acts, acts of war or periods of widespread civil unrest;

 

 

natural disasters and other calamities; and

 

 

changes in general market and economic conditions.

As we operate in a single industry, we are especially vulnerable to these factors to the extent that they affect our industry or our products, or to a lesser extent our markets. In the past, securities class action litigation has often been initiated against companies following periods of volatility in their stock price. This type of litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources, and could also require us to make substantial payments to satisfy judgments or to settle litigation.

Your percentage ownership in us may be diluted by future issuances of capital stock, which could reduce your influence over matters on which stockholders vote.

Pursuant to the terms of our amended and restated charter and bylaws, our board of directors has the authority, without action or vote of our stockholders, to issue all or any part of our authorized but unissued shares of common stock, including shares issuable upon the exercise of options, or shares of our authorized but unissued preferred stock. Issuances of common stock or voting preferred stock would reduce your influence over matters on which our stockholders vote, and, in the case of issuances of preferred stock, would likely result in your interest in us being subject to the prior rights of holders of that preferred stock.

There may be sales of a substantial amount of our common stock after this offering by our current stockholders, and these sales could cause the price of our common stock to fall.

As of March 9, 2012, there were 120,280,012 shares of common stock outstanding. Following completion of this offering, approximately 37.3% of our outstanding common stock (or approximately 34.7% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares from certain of the selling stockholders) will be held by investment funds affiliated with the Sponsors.

Each of our directors (including our chief executive officer), our chief financial officer and certain significant equity holders (including affiliates of the Sponsors) have entered into a lock-up agreement with J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters which regulates their sales of our common stock for a period of 90 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions and automatic extensions in certain circumstances. Such lock-up agreements cover, in the aggregate, 45,955,433 outstanding shares of our common stock and vested options to purchase an additional 824,674 shares of our common stock. See “Shares eligible for future sale—Lock-up agreements.”

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that such sales will occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and make it difficult for us to raise funds through securities offerings in the future. The shares sold in this offering are eligible for immediate sale in the public market without restriction by persons other than our affiliates.

 

- 29 -


Table of Contents

Beginning 90 days after this offering, subject to certain exceptions and automatic extensions in certain circumstances, holders of shares of our common stock may require us to register their shares for resale under the federal securities laws, and holders of additional shares of our common stock would be entitled to have their shares included in any such registration statement, all subject to reduction upon the request of the underwriter of the offering, if any. See “Related party transactions—Arrangements with our investors.” Registration of those shares would allow the holders to immediately resell their shares in the public market. Any such sales or anticipation thereof could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

In addition, we have registered shares of common stock that are reserved for issuance under our 2011 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan.

Provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law may deter takeover efforts that you feel would be beneficial to stockholder value.

In addition to the Sponsors’ beneficial ownership of a substantial percentage of our common stock, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions which could make it harder for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so might be beneficial to our stockholders. These provisions include a classified board of directors and limitations on actions by our stockholders. In addition, our board of directors has the right to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval that could be used to dilute a potential hostile acquirer. Our certificate of incorporation also imposes some restrictions on mergers and other business combinations between us and any holder of 15% or more of our outstanding common stock other than the Sponsors. As a result, you may lose your ability to sell your stock for a price in excess of the prevailing market price due to these protective measures and efforts by stockholders to change the direction or management of the company may be unsuccessful. See “Description of capital stock.”

If you purchase shares in this offering, you will suffer immediate and substantial dilution.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the pro forma net tangible book value of your stock of $(44.18) per share as of December 31, 2011, based on an assumed offering price of $30.38 (the closing price of our common stock on March 27, 2012), because the price that you pay will be substantially greater than the net tangible book value per share of the shares you acquire. You will experience additional dilution upon the exercise of options and warrants to purchase our common stock, including those options currently outstanding and those granted in the future, and the issuance of restricted stock or other equity awards under our stock incentive plans. To the extent we raise additional capital by issuing equity securities, our stockholders will experience substantial additional dilution.

Because certain of our officers and directors hold restricted stock or option awards that will vest upon a change of control if the Sponsors achieve certain minimum rates of return on their initial investment in us, these individuals may have interests in us that conflict with yours.

As of December 31, 2011, certain of our officers and directors hold, in the aggregate, 580,214 shares of restricted stock and options to purchase 2,693,274 shares that are subject to vesting upon a change in control if the Sponsors achieve certain minimum rates of return on their initial investment in us. See “Management—Potential payments upon termination or change in control—Change in control” for additional information regarding the required minimum rate of return. As a result, these officers and directors may view certain change of control transactions more favorably than an investor in this offering due to the vesting opportunities available to them and, as a result, may have an economic incentive to support a transaction that you may not believe to be favorable to stockholders who purchased shares in this offering.

 

- 30 -


Table of Contents

Because the Sponsors will continue to own a significant portion of our outstanding common stock, if they act collectively, the influence of our public shareholders over significant corporate actions may be limited, and conflicts of interest between the Sponsors and us or you could arise in the future.

Upon the completion of this offering, the Sponsors will beneficially own approximately 37.3% of our common stock (approximately 34.7% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholders). As a result, if such Sponsors act collectively, they could exercise substantial influence over the composition of our board of directors and the vote of our common stock. If this were to occur, the Sponsors could have a significant amount of control over our decisions to enter into any corporate transaction and could make it very difficult for us to enter into any transaction that requires the approval of our stockholders even if other equity holders believe that any such transactions are in their own best interests. If the Sponsors act collectively, they could also exercise substantial control over our decision to make acquisitions that increase our indebtedness or sell revenue-generating assets. Additionally, the Sponsors are in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. One or more of the Sponsors may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. So long as the Sponsors continue to own a significant amount of our equity, if they exercise their shareholder rights collectively, they would be able to significantly influence our decisions.

 

- 31 -


Table of Contents

Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements

This prospectus includes statements that express our opinions, expectations, beliefs, plans, objectives, assumptions or projections regarding future events or future results and therefore are, or may be deemed to be, “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). These forward-looking statements can generally be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, including the terms “believes,” “estimates,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “seeks,” “projects,” “intends,” “plans,” “may,” “will” or “should” or, in each case, their negative or other variations or comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements include all matters that are not historical facts. They appear in a number of places throughout this prospectus and include statements regarding our intentions, beliefs or current expectations concerning, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, prospects, growth, strategies and the industry in which we operate.

By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that may or may not occur in the future. We believe that these risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those described in the “Risk factors” section of this prospectus, which include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

 

the ongoing level of profitability of our franchisees and licensees;

 

 

changes in working relationships with our franchisees and licensees and the actions of our franchisees and licensees;

 

 

our master franchisees’ relationships with sub-franchisees;

 

 

the strength of our brand in the markets in which we compete;

 

 

changes in competition within the quick service restaurant segment of the food service industry;

 

 

changes in consumer behavior resulting from changes in technologies or alternative methods of delivery;

 

 

economic and political conditions in the countries where we operate;

 

 

our substantial indebtedness;

 

 

our ability to protect our intellectual property rights;

 

 

consumer preferences, spending patterns and demographic trends;

 

 

the success of our growth strategy and international development;

 

 

changes in commodity and food prices, particularly coffee, dairy products and sugar, and other operating costs;

 

 

shortages of coffee;

 

 

failure of our network and information technology systems;

 

 

interruptions or shortages in the supply of products to our franchisees and licensees;

 

 

inability to recover our capital costs;

 

 

changes in political, legal, economic or other factors in international markets;

 

 

termination of master franchisee agreements or contracts with the U.S. military;

 

 

currency exchange rates;

 

- 32 -


Table of Contents
 

the impact of food borne-illness or food safety issues or adverse public or medical opinions regarding the health effects of consuming our products;

 

 

our ability to collect royalty payments from our franchisees and licensees;

 

 

uncertainties relating to litigation;

 

 

changes in regulatory requirements or our and our franchisees and licensees ability to comply with current or future regulatory requirements;

 

 

review and audit of certain of our tax returns;

 

 

the ability of our franchisees and licensees to open new restaurants and keep existing restaurants in operation;

 

 

our ability to retain key personnel;

 

 

our inability to protect customer credit card data; and

 

 

catastrophic events.

Those factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read with the other cautionary statements in this prospectus.

Although we base these forward-looking statements on assumptions that we believe are reasonable when made, we caution you that forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and that our actual results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the industry in which we operate may differ materially from those made in or suggested by the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. In addition, even if our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the industry in which we operate, are consistent with the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus, those results or developments may not be indicative of results or developments in subsequent periods.

Given these risks and uncertainties, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement that we make in this prospectus speaks only as of the date of such statement, and we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements or to publicly announce the results of any revisions to any of those statements to reflect future events or developments. Comparisons of results for current and any prior periods are not intended to express any future trends or indications of future performance, unless specifically expressed as such, and should only be viewed as historical data.

 

- 33 -


Table of Contents

Use of proceeds

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders.

 

- 34 -


Table of Contents

Market price of our common stock

Our common stock has been listed on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “DNKN” since July 27, 2011. Prior to that time, there was no public market for our common stock. The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the high and low sale prices of our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Select Market.

 

Fiscal Quarter    High      Low  

 

 

2011

     

Third Quarter (13 weeks ended September 24, 2011)(1)

   $ 31.94       $ 24.97   

Fourth Quarter (14 weeks ended December 31, 2011)

   $ 29.93       $ 23.24   

2012

     

First Quarter (through March 27, 2012)

   $ 32.44       $ 24.35   

 

 

 

(1)   Represents period from July 27, 2011, the date of our initial public offering, through the end of the quarter.

A recent reported closing price for our common stock is set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC is the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock. On March 27, 2012, we had 204 holders of record of our common stock.

 

- 35 -


Table of Contents

Dividend policy

On December 3, 2010, we paid a cash dividend of $500.0 million on the outstanding shares of our Class L common stock. On March 5, 2012, our board of directors determined that, subject to compliance with the covenants contained in our senior credit facility and other considerations, we would endeavor to pay dividends to holders of our common stock at regular intervals in the future. In furtherance of this dividend policy, we declared a cash dividend of $0.15 per share on the outstanding shares of our common stock that was paid on March 28, 2012 to holders of record of our common stock on March 19, 2012.

 

- 36 -


Table of Contents

Capitalization

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our consolidated capitalization as of December 31, 2011. This table should be read in conjunction with “Use of proceeds,” “Selected consolidated financial and other data,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

      As of
December 31, 2011
 

 

 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

   $ 246,715   
  

 

 

 

Long-term debt, including current portion;

  

Revolving credit facility(2)

   $   

Term loan facility

     1,468,309   

Capital leases

     5,160   
  

 

 

 

Total secured debt

     1,473,469   
  

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

     1,473,469   
  

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity (deficit) :

  

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding

       

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 475,000,000 shares authorized and 120,136,631 shares issued and outstanding

     119   

Additional paid-in capital

     1,478,291   

Accumulated deficit

     (752,075

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     19,601   
  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     745,936   
  

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 2,219,405   

 

 

 

(1)   Includes an aggregate of $123.1 million of cash held for advertising funds or reserved for gift card/certificate programs.

 

(2)   Excludes $11.2 million of undrawn letters of credit.

 

- 37 -


Table of Contents

Selected consolidated financial and other data

The following table sets forth our selected historical and unaudited pro forma consolidated financial and other data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The selected historical financial data as of December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011 presented in this table have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical financial data as of and for the fiscal years ended December 26, 2009, December 27, 2008 and December 29, 2007 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements for such years, which are not included in this prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for future periods. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 have been derived from our historical financial statements for such fiscal year, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus, after giving effect to the transactions specified under “Unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations.” The data in the following table related to adjusted operating income, adjusted net income, points of distribution, comparable store sales growth, franchisee-reported sales, company-owned store sales, and systemwide sales growth are unaudited for all periods presented. The data for fiscal year 2011 reflects the results of operations for a 53-week period. All other periods presented reflect the results of operations for 52-week periods.

This selected consolidated financial and other data should be read in conjunction with the disclosure set forth under “Capitalization,” “Unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

- 38 -


Table of Contents
     Fiscal Year  
    2011     2010     2009     2008    

2007

 

 

 
    ($ in thousands, except per share data or as otherwise noted)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

         

Franchise fees and royalty income

  $ 398,474        359,927        344,020        349,047        325,441   

Rental income

    92,145        91,102        93,651        97,886        98,860   

Sales of ice cream products

    100,068        84,989        75,256        71,445        63,777   

Other revenues

    37,511        41,117        25,146        26,551        28,857   
 

 

 

 

Total revenues

    628,198        577,135        538,073        544,929        516,935   
 

 

 

 

Amortization of intangible assets

    28,025        32,467        35,994        37,848        39,387   

Impairment charges(1)

    2,060        7,075        8,517        331,862        4,483   

Other operating costs and expenses(2)

    389,329        361,893        323,318        330,281        311,005   
 

 

 

 

Total operating costs and expenses

    419,414        401,435        367,829        699,991        354,875   
 

 

 

 

Equity in net income (loss) of joint ventures(3)

    (3,475)        17,825        14,301        14,169        12,439   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    205,309        193,525        184,545        (140,893)        174,499   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

    (104,449)        (112,532)        (115,019)        (115,944)        (111,677)   

Gain (loss) on debt extinguishment and refinancing transactions

    (34,222)        (61,955)        3,684                 

Other gains (losses), net

    175        408        1,066        (3,929)        3,462   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

    66,813        19,446        74,276        (260,766)        66,284   

Income (loss) from continuing operations

    34,442        26,861        35,008        (269,898)        39,331   

Net income (loss)(4)

  $ 34,442        26,861        35,008        (269,898)        34,699   

Earnings (loss) per share:

         

Class L—basic and diluted

  $ 6.14        4.87        4.57        4.17        4.12   

Common—basic and diluted

  $ (1.41)        (2.04)        (1.69)        (8.95)        (1.48)   

Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations Data(5):

         

Pro forma net income

  $ 88,030           

Pro forma earnings per share:

         

Basic

  $ 0.74           

Diluted

  $ 0.73           

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding:

         

Basic

    119,382,200           

Diluted

    120,446,787           

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

         

Total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash(6)

  $ 246,984        134,504        171,403        251,368        147,968   

Total assets

    3,224,018        3,147,288        3,224,717        3,341,649        3,608,753   

Total debt(7)

    1,473,469        1,864,881        1,451,757        1,668,410        1,603,561   

Total liabilities

    2,478,082        2,841,047        2,454,109        2,614,327        2,606,011   

Common stock, Class L(8)

           840,582        1,232,001        1,127,863        1,033,450   

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)(8)

    745,936        (534,341)        (461,393)        (400,541)        (30,708)   

Other Financial Data:

         

Capital expenditures

  $ 18,596        15,358        18,012        27,518        37,542   

Adjusted operating income(9)

    270,740        233,067        229,056        228,817        218,369   

Adjusted net income(9)

    101,744        87,759        59,504        69,719        61,021   

Points of Distribution(10):

         

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

    7,015        6,772        6,566        6,395        5,769   

Dunkin’ Donuts International

    3,068        2,988        2,620        2,440        2,219   

Baskin-Robbins U.S.

    2,457        2,547        2,597        2,692        2,763   

Baskin-Robbins International

    4,254        3,886        3,610        3,321        3,111   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total distribution points

    16,794        16,193        15,393        14,848        13,862   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comparable Store Sales Growth (U.S. Only)(11):

         

Dunkin’ Donuts

    5.1%        2.3%        (1.3)%        (0.8)%        1.3%   

Baskin-Robbins

    0.5%        (5.2)%        (6.0)%        (2.2)%        0.3%   

Franchisee-Reported Sales ($ in millions)(12):

         

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

  $ 5,919        5,403        5,174        5,004        4,792   

Dunkin’ Donuts International

    636        584        508        529        476   

Baskin-Robbins U.S.

    496        494        524        560        572   

Baskin-Robbins International

    1,292        1,158        970        800        723   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Franchisee-Reported Sales

  $ 8,343        7,639        7,176        6,893        6,563   

 

 

 

- 39 -


Table of Contents
     Fiscal Year  
    2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

 

   

 

 

 
   

($ in thousands, except per share data or as otherwise noted)

 

Company-Owned Store Sales ($ in millions)(13):

         

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

  $ 12        17        2                 

Baskin-Robbins U.S.

    1                               

Systemwide Sales Growth(14):

         

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

    9.4%        4.7%        3.4%        4.4%        5.7%   

Dunkin’ Donuts International

    9.1%        15.0%        (4.0)%        11.1%        8.5%   

Baskin-Robbins U.S.

    0.4%        (5.5)%        (6.4)%        (2.1)%        (1.3)%   

Baskin-Robbins International

    11.6%        19.4%        21.3%        10.7%        9.7%   
 

 

 

 

Total Systemwide Sales Growth

    9.1%        6.7%        4.1%        5.0%        5.6%   

 

 
(1)   Fiscal year 2008 includes $294.5 million of goodwill impairment charges related to Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. and Baskin-Robbins International, as well as a $34.0 million trade name impairment related to Baskin-Robbins U.S.

 

(2)   Includes fees paid to the Sponsors of $16.4 million for fiscal year 2011 and $3.0 million for each of the fiscal years 2010, 2009, 2008, and 2007 under a management agreement, which was terminated in connection with our IPO.

 

(3)   Fiscal year 2011 includes an impairment of the investment in the Korea joint venture of $19.8 million, less a reduction in depreciation and amortization, net of tax, resulting from the impairment of the underlying intangible and long-lived assets of $976,000. Amounts also include amortization expense, net of tax, related to intangible franchise rights established in purchase accounting of $868,000, $897,000, $899,000, $907,000 and $1.8 million for fiscal years 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.

 

(4)   We completed the sale of our Togo’s brand on November 30, 2007. Net income for fiscal year 2007 includes a loss from discontinued operations of $4.6 million related to the Togo’s operations and sale.

 

(5)   See “Unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations.”

 

(6)   Amounts as of December 26, 2009, December 27, 2008, and December 29, 2007 include cash held in restricted accounts pursuant to the terms of the securitization indebtedness. Following the redemption and discharge of the securitization indebtedness in fiscal year 2010, such amounts are no longer restricted. The amounts also include cash held as advertising funds or reserved for gift card/certificate programs. Our cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash balance at December 27, 2008 increased primarily as a result of short-term borrowings.

 

(7)   Includes capital lease obligations of $5.2 million, $5.4 million, $5.4 million, $4.2 million, and $3.6 million as of December 31, 2011, December 25, 2010, December 26, 2009, December 27, 2008, and December 29, 2007, respectively.

 

(8)   Prior to our IPO in fiscal year 2011, the Company had two classes of common stock, Class L and common. Class L common stock was classified outside of permanent equity at its preferential distribution amount, as the Class L stockholders controlled the timing and amount of distributions. Immediately prior to our IPO, each share of Class L common stock converted into 2.4338 shares of common stock, and the preferential distribution amount of Class L common stock at the date of conversion was reclassified into additional paid-in capital within permanent equity.

 

(9)   Adjusted operating income and adjusted net income are non-GAAP measures reflecting operating income and net income adjusted for amortization of intangible assets, impairment charges, Sponsor management agreement termination fee, and secondary offering costs, and, in the case of adjusted net income, loss on debt extinguishment and refinancing transactions, net of the tax impact of such adjustments. The Company uses adjusted operating income and adjusted net income as key performance measures for the purpose of evaluating performance internally. We also believe adjusted operating income and adjusted net income provide our investors with useful information regarding our historical operating results. These non-GAAP measurements are not intended to replace the presentation of our financial results in accordance with GAAP. Use of the terms adjusted operating income and adjusted net income may differ from similar measures reported by other companies. Adjusted operating income and adjusted net income are reconciled from operating income (loss) and net income (loss), respectively, determined under GAAP as follows:

 

    Fiscal Year  
    2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
   

(Unaudited, $ in thousands)

 

Operating income (loss)

  $   205,309        193,525        184,545        (140,893     174,499   

Adjustments:

         

Sponsor termination fee

    14,671                               

Amortization of other intangible assets

    28,025        32,467        35,994        37,848        39,387   

Impairment charges

    2,060        7,075        8,517        331,862        4,483   

Korea joint venture impairment, net(i)

    18,776                               

Secondary offering costs

    1,899                               
 

 

 

 

Adjusted operating income

  $ 270,740        233,067        229,056        228,817        218,369   
 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ 34,442        26,861        35,008        (269,898     34,699   

Adjustments:

         

Sponsor termination fee

    14,671                               

Amortization of other intangible assets

    28,025        32,467        35,994        37,848        39,387   

Impairment charges

    2,060        7,075        8,517        331,862        4,483   

Korea joint venture impairment, net(i)

    18,776                               

Secondary offering costs

    1,899                               

Loss (gain) on debt extinguishment and refinancing transactions

    34,222        61,955        (3,684              

Tax impact of adjustments(ii)

    (32,351     (40,599     (16,331     (30,093     (17,548
 

 

 

 

Adjusted net income

  $ 101,744        87,759        59,504        69,719        61,021   
 

 

 

 

 

- 40 -


Table of Contents
  (i)   Amount consists of an impairment of the investment in the Korea joint venture of $19.8 million, less a reduction in depreciation and amortization, net of tax, of $976,000 resulting from the allocation of the impairment charge to the underlying intangible and long-lived assets of the joint venture.

 

  (ii)   Tax impact of adjustments calculated at a 40% effective tax rate for each period presented, excluding the Korea joint venture impairment in fiscal year 2011 as there was no tax impact related to that charge, and the goodwill impairment charge in fiscal year 2008, as the goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes.

 

(10)   Represents period end points of distribution.

 

(11)   Represents the growth in average weekly sales for franchisee- and company-owned restaurants that have been open at least 54 weeks that have reported sales in the current and comparable prior year week.

 

(12)   Franchisee-reported sales include sales at franchisee restaurants, including joint ventures.

 

(13)   Company-owned store sales include sales at restaurants owned and operated by Dunkin’ Brands.

 

(14)   Systemwide sales growth represents the percentage change in sales at both franchisee- and company-owned restaurants from the comparable period of the prior year. Changes in systemwide sales are driven by changes in average comparable store sales and changes in the number of restaurants.

 

- 41 -


Table of Contents

Unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations

The following unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 is based on the historical consolidated statement of operations of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc., which is included elsewhere in this prospectus. An unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet is not presented herein as all of the transactions noted below occurred prior to and are reflected in the audited consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011 included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 gives effect to (a) adjustments to interest expense as a result of the February 2011 and May 2011 re-pricing transactions, and the repayment of the remaining outstanding amount of senior notes from the proceeds of our IPO and (b) the termination of our management agreement with the Sponsors in connection with our IPO, as if each had occurred on the first day of the first fiscal quarter of 2011.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations is presented for informational purposes only and does not purport to represent what the actual results of operations of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. would have been if such transactions had been completed as of the dates or for the periods indicated above or that may be achieved as of any future date or for any future period. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes, “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations,” and the historical consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc., included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

- 42 -


Table of Contents

Unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2011

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     Historical
As Reported
Fiscal Year
Ended
December 31,
2011
    Adjustments
Related to
the IPO
   

Pro Forma
for the IPO
Fiscal Year

Ended

December 31,

2011

    Adjustments for  Other
Transactions
    Pro Forma
Fiscal Year
Ended
December 31,
2011
 
        Termination
of Sponsor
Management
Agreement
   

Refinancing

and Debt-
Related
Transactions

   

 

 

Revenues:

           

Franchise fees and royalty income

  $ 398,474               398,474                      398,474   

Rental income

    92,145               92,145                      92,145   

Sales of ice cream products

    100,068               100,068                      100,068   

Other revenues

    37,511               37,511                      37,511   
 

 

 

 

Total revenues

    628,198               628,198                      628,198   
 

 

 

 

Operating costs and expenses:

           

Occupancy expenses—franchised restaurants

    51,878               51,878                      51,878   

Cost of ice cream products

    72,329               72,329                      72,329   

General and administrative expenses, net

    240,625               240,625        (19,035 )(3)             221,590   

Depreciation

    24,497               24,497                      24,497   

Amortization of other intangible assets

    28,025               28,025                      28,025   

Impairment charges

    2,060               2,060                      2,060   
 

 

 

 

Total operating costs and expenses

    419,414               419,414        (19,035            400,379   

Equity in net income (loss) of joint ventures:

                

Net income, excluding impairment

    16,277               16,277                      16,277   

Impairment charge

    (19,752            (19,752                   (19,752
 

 

 

 

Total equity in net loss of joint ventures

    (3,475            (3,475                   (3,475
 

 

 

 

Operating income

    205,309               205,309        19,035               224,344   
 

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

           

Interest income

    623               623                      623   

Interest expense

    (105,072     25,372 (1)      (79,700            10,685 (4)      (69,015

Loss on debt extinguishment and refinancing transactions

    (34,222            (34,222            34,222 (5)        

Other income, net

    175               175                      175   
 

 

 

 

Total other expense

    (138,496     25,372        (113,124            44,907        (68,217
 

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

    66,813        25,372        92,185        19,035        44,907        156,127   

Provision for income taxes

    32,371        10,149 (2)      42,520        7,614 (2)      17,963 (2)      68,097   
 

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 34,442        15,223        49,665        11,421        26,944        88,030   
 

 

 

 

Pro forma earnings per share:

           

Basic

            $ 0.74 (6) 

Diluted

            $ 0.73 (6) 

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding:

           

Basic

              119,382,200 (6) 

Diluted

              120,446,787 (6) 

 

 

 

- 43 -


Table of Contents
(1)   To adjust interest expense to reflect the use of proceeds from the IPO to repay $375.0 million of senior notes as of the first day of fiscal year 2011. The pro forma adjustments to historical interest expense are as follows:

 

Interest Expense:    Historical
As Reported
Fiscal Year
Ended
December 31,
2011
     Adjustments
Related to
the IPO
   

Pro Forma for
the IPO

Fiscal Year
Ended
December 31,
2011

 

 

 

Senior notes

   $ 32,763         (24,623 )(a)      8,140   

Term loan borrowings

     64,014                64,014   

Revolving credit facility

     901                901   

Deferred financing fees and original issue discount

     6,278         (749 )(b)      5,529   

Capital leases

     481                481   

Other

     635                635   
  

 

 

 
   $ 105,072         (25,372     79,700   
  

 

 

 

 

  (a)   Elimination of historical interest expense related to $375.0 million of senior notes that was incurred during fiscal year 2011, as the proceeds from the IPO would be used to repay $375.0 million of senior notes which accrued interest at an annual rate of 9.625% for approximately eight months during the fiscal year.

 

  (b)   Reduce amortization of deferred financing costs and original issue discount to reflect the repayment of $375.0 million of senior notes.

 

(2)   To reflect the tax effect of the pro forma adjustments at an estimated statutory tax rate of 40.0%.

 

(3)   To reflect a reduction of expenses as a result of the termination of the management agreement with the Sponsors. During fiscal year 2011, we incurred expenses of approximately $1.7 million for management services through date of the IPO. Upon completion of the IPO, we incurred an expense of approximately $14.7 million related to the termination of the Sponsor management agreement. Additionally, the Company recorded additional share-based compensation expense of approximately $2.6 million upon completion of the IPO related to restricted shares granted to employees that were not eligible to vest until completion of an initial public offering or change of control, which has been excluded from the pro forma statement of operations.

 

(4)   The adjustments related to the refinancing and debt-related transactions reflect the impact on interest expense as if the additional term loan borrowings in February 2011 and May 2011 were used to fully repay the outstanding $250.0 million of senior notes, after giving effect to the IPO, on the first day of fiscal year 2011, which would have resulted in $1.5 billion of term loan borrowings outstanding as of the first day of fiscal year 2011. Pro forma adjustments were as follows:

 

Interest Expense:   

Pro Forma for
the IPO

Fiscal Year
Ended
December 31,
2011

     Refinancing and
Debt-Related
Transactions
    Pro Forma
Fiscal Year
Ended
December 31,
2011
 

 

 

Senior notes

   $ 8,140         (8,140 )(a)        

Term loan borrowings

     64,014         (2,423 )(b)      61,591   

Revolving credit facility

     901         (95 )(c)      806   

Deferred financing fees and original issue discount

     5,529         (27 )(d)      5,502   

Capital leases

     481                481   

Other

     635                635   
  

 

 

 
   $ 79,700         (10,685     69,015   
  

 

 

 
  (a)   Elimination of historical interest expense on $250.0 million of senior notes that was incurred during fiscal year 2011 after reflecting the pro forma reduction in the senior notes of $375.0 million discussed in note 1. The remaining $250.0 million senior notes balance would be repaid as part of the additional term loan borrowings in February and May 2011, if those transactions had occurred at the beginning of fiscal year 2011. The senior notes accrue interest at an annual rate of 9.625%.

 

- 44 -


Table of Contents
  (b)   Decrease in interest expense on the term loan borrowings to reflect an initial term loan outstanding of $1.5 billion at an annual rate of 4.00%, reduced by principal payments of $3.75 million paid at the end of each calendar quarter and a voluntary principal payment of $11.8 million paid in December 2011. The annual rate of 4.00%, which is the rate in effect as of December 31, 2011, is based on a 360-day year, resulting in a daily rate of 0.011%. Interest expense is calculated as follows:

 

Period    Principal
Outstanding
During
Quarter
     Daily
Rate
     Days
Outstanding
     Pro
Forma
Interest
Expense
 

 

 

Q1 2011

   $ 1,500,000         0.011%         91         15,167   

Q2 2011

     1,496,250         0.011%         91         15,129   

Q3 2011

     1,492,500         0.011%         91         15,091   

Q4 2011

     1,488,750         0.011%         94         15,549   

Q4 2011

     1,473,250         0.011%         4         655   
           

 

 

 
              61,591   
           

 

 

 

 

  (c)   Decrease in interest expense on the revolving credit facility which was driven by a decrease in the annual interest rate in May 2011 from 4.375% to 3.125%. Interest expense on the revolving credit facility is calculated based on approximately $11.1 million utilized under the revolving credit facility for letters of credit at an annual rate of 3.125%, and a rate of 0.5% on the $88.9 million unused portion of the revolving credit facility.

 

  (d)   Decrease in amortization of deferred financing costs and original issue discount due to additional amortization related to the term loan borrowings of $0.2 million, offset by the elimination of $0.2 million of amortization related to the senior notes.

 

(5)   To eliminate the loss on debt extinguishment and refinancing transactions, as the repricing of the term loans and repayments of the senior notes that occurred during fiscal year 2011 would not have occurred if the IPO and related transactions had been consummated at the beginning of fiscal year 2011.

 

(6)   Gives effect to the assumed conversion of all outstanding shares of Class L common stock as if the initial public offering was completed at the beginning of fiscal year 2011. Class L common stock converted into approximately 2.4338 shares of common stock immediately prior to the IPO. Basic earnings per share is computed on the basis of the weighted average number of Class L and common shares that were outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share includes the dilutive effect of 1,064,587 common restricted shares and stock options, using the treasury stock method. There were no Class L common stock equivalents outstanding during fiscal year 2011. Shares sold in the IPO are included in the pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share calculations. The following table sets forth the computation of pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share:

 

      Basic     Diluted  

 

 

Pro forma net income (in thousands)

   $ 88,030      $ 88,030   

Pro forma weighted average number of common shares:

    

Weighted average number of Class L shares over period in which Class L shares were outstanding(a)

     22,845,378        22,845,378   

Adjustment to weight Class L shares over respective fiscal period(a)

     (9,790,933     (9,790,933
  

 

 

 

Weighted average number of Class L shares over respective fiscal period

     13,054,445        13,054,445   

Class L conversion factor

     2.4338        2.4338   
  

 

 

 

Weighted average number of converted Class L shares

     31,772,244        31,772,244   

Weighted average number of common shares

     74,835,697        75,900,284   

Adjustment to reflect shares issued in IPO as outstanding for entire fiscal period

     12,774,259        12,774,259   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average number of common shares

     119,382,200        120,446,787   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma earnings per common share

   $ 0.74      $ 0.73   

 

  (a)   The weighted average number of Class L shares in the actual Class L earnings per share calculation for fiscal year 2011 represents the weighted average from the beginning of the fiscal year up through the date of conversion of the Class L shares into common shares. As such, the pro forma weighted average number of common shares includes an adjustment to the weighted average number of Class L shares outstanding to reflect the length of time the Class L shares were outstanding prior to conversion relative to the respective fiscal year. The converted Class L shares are already included in the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period after their conversion.

 

- 45 -


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of

financial condition and results of operations

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the “Selected historical consolidated financial data” and the audited and unaudited historical consolidated financial statements and related notes. This discussion contains forward-looking statements about our markets, the demand for our products and services and our future results and involves numerous risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts and generally contain words such as “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “seeks,” “approximately,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” or “anticipates” or similar expressions. Our forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, which may cause actual results to differ materially from those projected or implied by the forward-looking statement. Forward-looking statements are based on current expectations and assumptions and currently available data and are neither predictions nor guarantees of future events or performance. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. See “Risk factors” and “Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements” for a discussion of factors that could cause our actual results to differ from those expressed or implied by forward-looking statements.

Introduction and overview

We are one of the world’s leading franchisors of quick service restaurants (“QSRs”) serving hot and cold coffee and baked goods, as well as hard serve ice cream. We franchise restaurants under our Dunkin’ Donuts and Baskin-Robbins brands. With 16,794 points of distribution in 58 countries, we believe that our portfolio has strong brand awareness in our key markets. QSR is a restaurant format characterized by counter or drive-thru ordering and limited or no table service. As of December 31, 2011, Dunkin’ Donuts had 10,083 global points of distribution with restaurants in 36 U.S. states and the District of Columbia and in 31 foreign countries. Baskin-Robbins had 6,711 global points of distribution as of the same date, with restaurants in 44 U.S. states and the District of Columbia and in 48 foreign countries.

We are organized into four reporting segments: Dunkin’ Donuts U.S., Dunkin’ Donuts International, Baskin-Robbins U.S. and Baskin-Robbins International. We generate revenue from four primary sources: (i) royalty income and franchise fees associated with franchised restaurants, (ii) rental income from restaurant properties that we lease or sublease to franchisees, (iii) sales of ice cream products to franchisees in certain international markets and (iv) other income including fees for the licensing of our brands for products sold in non-franchised outlets, the licensing of the right to manufacture Baskin-Robbins ice cream sold to U.S. franchisees, refranchising gains, transfer fees from franchisees, revenue from our company-owned restaurants, and online training fees.

Approximately 63% of our revenue for fiscal year 2011 was derived from royalty income and franchise fees. Sales of ice cream products to Baskin-Robbins franchisees in certain international markets accounted for 16% of our revenue for fiscal year 2011. An additional 15% of our revenue for fiscal year 2011 was generated from rental income from franchisees that lease or sublease their properties from us. The balance of our revenue for fiscal year 2011 consisted of license fees on products sold in non-franchised outlets, license fees on sales of ice cream products to Baskin-Robbins franchisees in the U.S., refranchising gains, transfer fees from franchisees, revenue from our company-owned restaurants and online training fees.

Franchisees fund the vast majority of the cost of new restaurant development. As a result, we are able to grow our system with lower capital requirements than many of our competitors. With only 31 company-owned points of distribution as of December 31, 2011, we are less affected by store-level costs and profitability and fluctuations in commodity costs than other QSR operators.

 

- 46 -


Table of Contents

Our franchisees fund substantially all of the advertising that supports both brands. Those advertising funds also fund the cost of our marketing personnel. Royalty payments and advertising fund contributions typically are made on a weekly basis for restaurants in the U.S., which limits our working capital needs. For fiscal year 2011, franchisee contributions to the U.S. advertising funds were $316.3 million.

We operate and report financial information on a 52- or 53-week year on a 13-week quarter (or 14-week fourth quarter, when applicable) basis with the fiscal year ending on the last Saturday in December and fiscal quarters ending on the 13th Saturday of each quarter (or 14th Saturday of the fourth quarter, when applicable). The data periods contained within fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009 reflect the results of operations for the 53-week, 52-week and 52-week periods ending on December 31, 2011, December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009, respectively. Certain financial measures and other metrics have been presented with the impact of the additional week on the results for fiscal year 2011. The impact of the additional week in fiscal year 2011 reflects our estimate of the 53rd week on systemwide sales growth, revenues and expenses.

Critical accounting policies

Our significant accounting policies are more fully described under the heading “Summary of significant accounting policies” in Note 2 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements. However, we believe the accounting policies described below are particularly important to the portrayal and understanding of our financial position and results of operations and require application of significant judgment by our management. In applying these policies, management uses its judgment in making certain assumptions and estimates.

These judgments involve estimations of the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain and may have a significant impact on our quarterly and annual results of operations or financial condition. Changes in estimates and judgments could significantly affect our result of operations, financial condition and cash flow in future years. The following is a description of what we consider to be our most significant critical accounting policies.

Revenue recognition

Initial franchise fee revenue is recognized upon substantial completion of the services required of us as stated in the franchise agreement, which is generally upon opening of the respective restaurant. Fees collected in advance are deferred until earned. Royalty income is based on a percentage of franchisee gross sales and is recognized when earned, which occurs at the franchisees’ point of sale. Renewal fees are recognized when a renewal agreement with a franchisee becomes effective. Rental income for base rentals is recorded on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Contingent rent is recognized as earned, and any amounts received from lessees in advance of achieving stipulated thresholds are deferred until such threshold is actually achieved. Revenue from the sale of ice cream is recognized when title and risk of loss transfers to the buyer, which is generally upon shipment. Licensing fees are recognized when earned, which is generally upon sale of the underlying products by the licensees. Retail store revenues at company-owned restaurants are recognized when payment is tendered at the point of sale, net of sales tax and other sales-related taxes. Gains on the refranchise or sale of a restaurant are recognized when the sale transaction closes, the franchisee has a minimum amount of the purchase price in at risk equity, and we are satisfied that the buyer can meet its financial obligations to us.

Allowances for franchise, license and lease receivables / guaranteed financing

We reserve all or a portion of a franchisee’s receivable balance when deemed necessary based upon detailed review of such balances, and apply a pre-defined reserve percentage based on an aging criteria to other balances. We perform our reserve analysis during each fiscal quarter or when events or circumstances indicate

 

- 47 -


Table of Contents

that we may not collect the balance due. While we use the best information available in making our determination, the ultimate recovery of recorded receivables is also dependent upon future economic events and other conditions that may be beyond our control.

In limited instances, we issue guarantees to financial institutions so that our franchisees can obtain financing with terms of approximately five to ten years for various business purposes. We recognize a liability and offsetting asset for the fair value of such guarantees. The fair value of a guarantee is based on historical default rates of our total guaranteed loan pool. We monitor the financial condition of our franchisees and record provisions for estimated losses on guaranteed liabilities of our franchisees if we believe that our franchisees are unable to make their required payments. As of December 31, 2011, if all of our outstanding guarantees of franchisee financing obligations came due simultaneously, we would be liable for approximately $6.9 million. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had recorded reserves for such guarantees of $0.4 million. We generally have cross-default provisions with these franchisees that would put the franchisee in default of its franchise agreement in the event of non-payment under such loans. We believe these cross-default provisions significantly reduce the risk that we would not be able to recover the amount of required payments under these guarantees and, historically, we have not incurred significant losses under these guarantees due to defaults by our franchisees.

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

Goodwill and trade names (indefinite lived intangibles) have been assigned to our reporting units, which are also our operating segments, for purposes of impairment testing. Our reporting units, which have indefinite lived intangible assets associated with them, are Dunkin’ Donuts U.S., Dunkin’ Donuts International, Baskin-Robbins U.S. and Baskin-Robbins International.

We evaluate the remaining useful life of our trade names to determine whether current events and circumstances continue to support an indefinite useful life. In addition, all of our indefinite lived intangible assets are tested for impairment annually. The trade name intangible asset impairment test consists of a comparison of the fair value of each trade name with its carrying value, with any excess of carrying value over fair value being recognized as an impairment loss. The fair value of trade names is estimated using the relief from royalty method, an income approach to valuation, which includes projecting future systemwide sales and other estimates. The goodwill impairment test consists of a comparison of each reporting unit’s fair value to its carrying value. The fair value of a reporting unit is an estimate of the amount for which the unit as a whole could be sold in a current transaction between willing parties. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, goodwill is written down to its implied fair value. Fair value of a reporting unit is estimated based on a combination of comparative market multiples and discounted cash flow valuation approaches. Currently, we have selected the first day of our fiscal third quarter as the date on which to perform our annual impairment tests for all indefinite lived intangible assets. We also test for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the fair value of such indefinite lived intangibles has been impaired. No impairment of indefinite lived intangible assets was recorded during fiscal years 2011, 2010 or 2009.

We have intangible assets other than goodwill and trade names that are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives or terms of their related agreements. Other intangible assets consist primarily of franchise and international license rights (franchise rights), ice cream manufacturing and territorial franchise agreement license rights (license rights) and operating lease interests acquired related to our prime leases and subleases (operating leases acquired). Franchise rights recorded in the consolidated balance sheets were valued using an excess earnings approach. The valuation of franchise rights was calculated using an estimation of future royalty income and related expenses associated with existing franchise contracts at the acquisition date. Our valuation included assumptions related to the projected attrition and renewal rates on those existing franchise arrangements being valued. License rights recorded in the consolidated balance sheets were valued

 

- 48 -


Table of Contents

based on an estimate of future revenues and costs related to the ongoing management of the contracts over the remaining useful lives. Favorable and unfavorable operating leases acquired were recorded on purchased leases based on differences between contractual rents under the respective lease agreements and prevailing market rents at the lease acquisition date. Favorable operating leases acquired are included as a component of other intangible assets in the consolidated balance sheets. Due to the high level of lease renewals made by our Dunkin’ Donuts franchisees, all lease renewal options for the Dunkin’ Donuts leases were included in the valuation of the favorable operating leases acquired. Amortization of franchise rights, license rights, and favorable operating leases acquired is recorded as amortization expense in the consolidated statements of operations and amortized over the respective franchise, license, and lease terms using the straight-line method. Unfavorable operating leases acquired related to our prime leases and subleases are recorded in the liability section of the consolidated balance sheets and are amortized into rental expense and rental income, respectively, over the base lease term of the respective leases using the straight-line method. Our amortizable intangible assets are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the intangible asset may not be recoverable. An intangible asset that is deemed impaired is written down to its estimated fair value, which is based on discounted cash flow.

Common stock valuation

For all stock-based awards, we measure compensation cost at fair value on the date of grant and recognize compensation expense over the service period that the awards are expected to vest. Prior to our initial public offering, the key assumption in determining the fair value of stock-based awards on the date of grant is the fair value of the underlying common stock. From fiscal year 2008 through our initial public offering on July 26, 2011, we granted restricted shares and stock options to employees with a fair value of the underlying common stock as follows:

 

Grant date    Number of
restricted
shares
     Number of
executive
options
     Number of
nonexecutive
options
     Fair value per
common share
 

 

 

6/24/2008

                     69,615         5.44   

7/1/2008

     160,902                         5.44   

5/15/2009

                     14,908         1.92   

2/23/2010

             4,575,306                 3.01   

7/26/2010

             169,658         19,702         5.02   

8/6/2010

             5,473         202,496         5.02   

3/9/2011

             637,040         21,891         7.31   

7/26/2011

     65,000         191,000         28,600         19.00   

 

 

For the awards granted on July 26, 2011, the fair value per common share was determined based on the initial public offering price of the Company’s common stock. For awards granted prior to July 26, 2011, the fair value of common stock underlying the Company’s restricted shares and options was determined based on contemporaneous valuations performed by an independent third-party valuation specialist in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. The valuation methodology utilized by the independent third-party valuation specialist was consistent for all valuations completed from 2006 through the first quarter of fiscal year 2011. Financial projections underlying the valuation were determined by management based on long-range projections that were prepared on at least an annual basis and reviewed with the board of directors. Due to the Company’s two classes of common stock, Class L and common, the valuation approach was a two-step process in which the overall equity value of the Company was determined, and then allocated between the two classes of stock.

 

- 49 -


Table of Contents

Overall enterprise and equity values were estimated using a combination of both market and income approaches in order to corroborate the values derived under the different methods. The market-based approach was based on multiples of historical and projected earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (“EBITDA”) utilizing trading multiples of a selected peer group of quick service restaurant companies. The selected peer group was generally consistent in each valuation and included a consistent focus on three core peer comparables. The selected multiples from the peer group were then applied to the Company’s historical and projected EBITDA to derive indicated values of the total enterprise. The income approach utilized the discounted cash flow method, which determined enterprise value based on the present value of estimated future net cash flows the business is expected to generate over a forecasted five-year period plus the present value of estimated cash flows beyond that period based on a level of growth in perpetuity. These cash flows were discounted to present value using a weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”), which reflects the time value of money and the appropriate degree of risks inherent in the business. Net debt as of the valuation date was then deducted from the total enterprise values determined under both the market and income approaches to determine the equity values. Once calculated, the market and income valuation approaches were then weighted to determine a single total equity value, with 60% of the weighting allocated to the market approach and 40% of the weighting allocated to the income approach. The weighting was consistent for all periods.

The total equity value at each valuation date was then allocated to common stock and Class L based on the probability weighted expected return method (the “PWERM methodology”), which involved a forward-looking analysis of possible future exit valuations based on a range of EBITDA multiples at various future exit dates, the estimation of future and present value under each outcome, and the application of a probability factor to each outcome. Returns to each class of stock as of each possible future exit date and under each EBITDA multiple scenario were calculated by (i) first allocating equity value to the Class L shares up to the amount of its preferential distribution amount at the assumed exit date and (ii) allocating any residual equity value to the common stock and Class L on a participating basis. The position of the common stock as the lowest security in the capital structure and only participating in returns after the Class L preferential distribution amount is satisfied results in greater volatility in the common stock fair value.

The significant assumptions underlying the common stock valuations at each grant date were as follows:

 

                   Discounted cash flow     PWERM  
Grant Date(s)   Fair value
per common
share
    Market
approach
EBITDA
multiples
    Perpetuity
growth rate
    Discount
rate
(WACC)
    Core
EBITDA
multiple
    Weighted
average
years to exit
    Common
stock
discount
rate
    Class L
discount
rate
 

 

 

6/24/2008, 7/1/2008 .

  $ 5.44        10.0x-11.0x        3.5%        9.5%        10.5x        2.0        40.0%        12.0%   

5/15/2009

  $ 1.92        10.0x        3.5%        10.4%        10.0x        2.5        45.0%        13.0%   

2/23/2010

  $ 3.01        10.0x-10.5x        3.5%        9.8%        10.5x        2.3        42.5%        12.5%   

7/26/2010, 8/6/2010

  $ 5.02        10.5x-11.0x        3.0%        10.2%        10.5x        2.0        42.5%        12.5%   

3/9/2011

  $ 7.31        10.0x-11.0x        3.0%        10.6%        10.5x        1.6        32.5%        11.5%   

 

 

A 0.5x change in the EBITDA multiples used under the market approach for the three most recent valuation dates listed in the table above would have resulted in a 5% to 9% change in the common stock value per share, while a 1.0x change in the EBITDA multiples would have resulted in a 10% to 16% change in the common stock value per share. A 50 basis point change in the perpetuity growth rate used in the discounted cash flow calculation under the income approach for the three most recent valuation dates listed in the table above would have resulted in a 3% to 7% change in the common stock value per share. A 100 basis point change in the

 

- 50 -


Table of Contents

discount rate used in the discounted cash flow calculation under the income approach for the three most recent valuation dates listed in the table above would have resulted in a 9% to 16% change in the common stock value per share.

From 2008 through the first fiscal quarter of 2011, the overall equity value of the Company trended consistent with overall stock market indices and companies within the restaurant industry. The Company’s equity value declined towards the end of 2008 and into early 2009 driven by broad economic trends that impacted both internal financial results and projections, as well as overall market multiples and values. Since that time period, the overall equity markets partially recovered, and the Company’s total equity value has tracked along with that recovery. The Company’s common stock realized greater volatility over this period than the Company’s overall equity value due to its placement within the capital structure, where the Class L shares are entitled to receive a 9% preferred return.

Income taxes

Our major tax jurisdictions are the U.S. and Canada. The majority of our legal entities were converted to limited liability companies (“LLCs”) on March 1, 2006 and a number of new LLCs were created on or about March 15, 2006. All of these LLCs are single member entities which are treated as disregarded entities and included as part of us in the consolidated federal income tax return. Dunkin’ Brands Canada Ltd. (“DBCL”) files separate Canadian and provincial tax returns, and Dunkin Brands (UK) Limited, Dunkin’ Brands Australia Pty. Ltd (“DBA”) and Baskin-Robbins Australia Pty. Ltd (“BRA”) file separate tax returns in the United Kingdom and Australia, as applicable. The current income tax liabilities for DBCL, Dunkin Brands (UK) Limited, DBA and BRA are calculated on a stand-alone basis. The current federal tax liability for each entity included in our consolidated federal income tax return is calculated on a stand-alone basis, including foreign taxes, for which a separate company foreign tax credit is calculated in lieu of a deduction for foreign withholding taxes paid. As a matter of course, we are regularly audited by federal, state, and foreign tax authorities.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for the expected future tax consequences of items that have been included in our consolidated financial statements or tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and the respective tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates that are expected to apply in years in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse. The effects of changes in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations in the year in which the law is enacted. Valuation allowances are provided when we do not believe it is more likely than not that we will realize the benefit of identified tax assets.

A tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return is recognized in the financial statements when it is more likely than not that the position would be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. A recognized tax position is then measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Estimates of interest and penalties on unrecognized tax benefits are recorded in the provision for income taxes.

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.

 

- 51 -


Table of Contents

Selected operating and financial highlights

 

      Fiscal year  
     2011      2010      2009  

 

    

 

 

 

Systemwide sales growth

     9.1%         6.7%         4.1%   

Comparable store sales growth (U.S. only):

        

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

     5.1%         2.3%         (1.3)%   

Baskin-Robbins U.S.

     0.5%         (5.2)%         (6.0)%   

Total revenues

     628,198         577,135       $ 538,073   

Operating income

     205,309         193,525         184,545   

Adjusted operating income

     270,740         233,067         229,056   

Net income

     34,442         26,861         35,008   

Adjusted net income

     101,744         87,759         59,504   

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted operating income and adjusted net income are non-GAAP measures reflecting operating income and net income adjusted for amortization of intangible assets, impairment charges, and Sponsor management agreement termination fee, and, in the case of adjusted net income, loss on debt extinguishment and refinancing transactions, net of the tax impact of such adjustments. The Company uses adjusted operating income and adjusted net income as key performance measures for the purpose of evaluating performance internally. We also believe adjusted operating income and adjusted net income provide our investors with useful information regarding our historical operating results. These non-GAAP measurements are not intended to replace the presentation of our financial results in accordance with GAAP. Use of the terms adjusted operating income and adjusted net income may differ from similar measures reported by other companies. Adjusted operating income and adjusted net income are reconciled from operating income and net income determined under GAAP as follows:

 

      Fiscal year  
     2011     2010     2009  

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     205,309        193,525      $ 184,545   

Adjustments:

      

Sponsor termination fee

     14,671                 

Amortization of other intangible assets

     28,025        32,467        35,994   

Impairment charges

     2,060        7,075        8,517   

Korea joint venture impairment(1)

     18,776                 

Secondary offering costs

     1,899                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted operating income

     270,740        233,067      $ 229,056   

Net income

     34,442        26,861      $ 35,008   

Adjustments:

      

Sponsor termination fee

     14,671                 

Amortization of other intangible assets

     28,025        32,467        35,994   

Impairment charges

     2,060        7,075        8,517   

Korea joint venture impairment(1)

     18,776                 

Secondary offering costs

     1,899                 

Loss (gain) on debt extinguishment and refinancing transactions

     34,222        61,955        (3,684

Tax impact of adjustments(2)

     (32,351     (40,599     (16,331
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted net income

     101,744        87,759      $ 59,504   

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)   Amount consists of an impairment of the investment in the Korea joint venture of $19.8 million, less a reduction in depreciation and amortization, net of tax, resulting from the impairment of the underlying intangible and long-lived assets of $976,000.

 

(2)   Tax impact of adjustments calculated at a 40% effective tax rate for each period presented, excluding the Korea joint venture impairment in fiscal year 2011 as there was no tax impact related to that charge.

 

- 52 -


Table of Contents

Fiscal year 2011 compared to fiscal year 2010

Overall growth in systemwide sales of 9.1% for fiscal year 2011, or 7.4% on a 52-week basis, resulted from the following:

 

 

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. systemwide sales growth of 9.4%, which was the result of comparable store sales growth of 5.1% driven by both increased average ticket and transaction counts, net restaurant development of 243 restaurants in 2011, and approximately 190 basis points of growth attributable to the extra week in fiscal year 2011;

 

 

Dunkin’ Donuts International systemwide sales growth of 9.1% as a result of sales increases in South Korea and Southeast Asia driven by net new restaurant development, comparable store sales growth, and favorable foreign exchange;

 

 

Baskin-Robbins U.S. systemwide sales growth of 0.4% resulting primarily from comparable store sales growth of 0.5% and the extra week in fiscal year 2011 contributing approximately 140 basis points of growth, offset by a slightly reduced restaurant base; and

 

 

Baskin-Robbins International systemwide sales growth of 11.6% resulting from increased sales in South Korea and Japan, which resulted from both sales growth and favorable foreign exchange, as well as in the Middle East, and approximately 190 basis points of growth attributable to the extra week in fiscal year 2011.

The increase in total revenues of $51.1 million, or 8.8%, for fiscal year 2011 primarily resulted from increased franchise fees and royalty income of $38.5 million, driven by the increase in Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. systemwide sales, as well as a $15.1 million increase in sales of ice cream products. Approximately $8.0 million of the increase in total revenues was attributable to the extra week in fiscal year 2011, consisting primarily of additional royalty income and sales of ice cream products.

Operating income increased $11.8 million, or 6.1%, for fiscal year 2011 driven by the increase in franchise fees and royalty income noted above, as well as a $10.3 million reduction in depreciation, amortization, and impairment charges. Offsetting these increases in operating income was an increase in general and administrative expenses of $17.0 million driven by a $14.7 million expense related to the termination of the Sponsor management agreement upon the Company’s initial public offering in 2011, as well as a $21.3 million reduction in equity in net income of joint ventures driven by an impairment of the investment in the Korea joint venture.

Adjusted operating income increased $37.7 million, or 16.2%, for fiscal year 2011 driven by the increase in franchise fees and royalty income.

Net income increased $7.6 million, or 28.2%, for fiscal year 2011 as a result of the $11.8 million increase in operating income, a $27.7 million decrease in loss on debt extinguishment and refinancing transactions, and a $7.8 million decrease in interest expense, offset by a $39.8 million increase in income tax expense driven by increased profit before tax and benefits from state tax rate changes realized in the prior year.

Adjusted net income increased $14.0 million, or 15.9%, for fiscal year 2011 resulting primarily from a $37.7 million increase in adjusted operating income and a $7.8 million decrease in interest expense, offset by a $31.5 million increase in income tax expense.

Fiscal year 2010 compared to fiscal year 2009

Overall growth in systemwide sales of 6.7% for fiscal 2010 resulted from the following:

 

 

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. systemwide sales growth of 4.7%, which was the result of net restaurant development of 206 restaurants in 2010 and comparable store sales growth of 2.3% driven by both increased transaction counts and average ticket;

 

- 53 -


Table of Contents
 

Dunkin’ Donuts International systemwide sales growth of 15.0%, which resulted from results in South Korea and Southeast Asia driven by a combination of new restaurant development and comparable store sales growth;

 

 

Baskin-Robbins U.S. systemwide sales decline of 5.5% resulting from a comparable store sales decline of 5.2% in addition to a slightly reduced restaurant base; and

 

 

Baskin-Robbins International systemwide sales growth of 19.4% as a result of increased sales in South Korea and Japan, which resulted from both strong sales growth and favorable foreign exchange, as well as the Middle East.

The increase in total revenues of $39.1 million, or 7.3%, for fiscal 2010 primarily resulted from increased franchise fees and royalty income of $15.9 million, driven primarily by the increase in Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. systemwide sales, as well as a $16.0 million increase in other revenues resulting from additional company-owned restaurants held during the year.

Operating income increased $9.0 million, or 4.9%, for fiscal 2010 driven by the increase in franchise fees and royalty income noted above, as well as a $3.5 million increase in equity in net income of joint ventures and a $6.5 million reduction in depreciation, amortization and impairment charges. Increases in general and administrative expenses, excluding cost of sales for company-owned restaurants, offset the additional revenues and joint venture income.

Adjusted operating income increased $4.0 million, or 1.8%, for fiscal 2010 driven by the increases in franchise fees and royalty income and equity in net income of joint ventures, offset by increased general and administrative expenses, excluding cost of sales for company-owned restaurants.

Net income decreased $8.1 million for fiscal 2010 driven by a $62.0 million pre-tax loss on debt extinguishment, offset by a $46.7 million decrease in tax expense due to reduced profit before tax, as well as a $9.0 million increase in operating income.

Adjusted net income increased $28.3 million, or 47.5%, for fiscal 2010 resulting primarily from a $22.4 million decrease in the provision for income taxes, a $4.0 million increase in adjusted operating income, and a $2.6 million decrease in interest expense.

Earnings per share

Earnings and adjusted earnings per common share and pro forma common share were as follows:

 

      Fiscal year  
     2011     2010     2009  

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share—basic and diluted:

      

Class L

   $ 6.14        4.87        4.57   

Common

     (1.41     (2.04     (1.69

Diluted earnings per pro forma common share

     0.32        0.28        0.36   

Diluted adjusted earnings per pro forma common share

     0.94        0.90        0.61   

 

   

 

 

 

On August 1, 2011, the Company completed an initial public offering in which 22,250,000 shares of common stock were sold at an initial public offering price of $19.00 per share. Immediately prior to the offering, each share of the Company’s Class L common stock converted into 2.4338 shares of common stock. The number of common shares used in the calculations of diluted earnings per pro forma common share and diluted adjusted earnings per pro forma common share for fiscal years 2011, 2010, and 2009 give effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of Class L common stock at the conversion factor of 2.4338 common shares for each Class L share, as if the conversion was completed at the beginning of the respective fiscal year. The calculations of

 

- 54 -


Table of Contents

diluted earnings per pro forma common share and diluted adjusted earnings per pro forma common share also include the dilutive effect of common restricted shares and stock options, using the treasury stock method. Shares sold in the offering are included in the diluted earnings per pro forma common share and diluted adjusted earnings per pro forma common share calculations beginning on the date that such shares were actually issued. Diluted earnings per pro forma common share is calculated using net income in accordance with GAAP. Diluted adjusted earnings per pro forma common share is calculated using adjusted net income, as defined above.

Diluted earnings per pro forma common share and diluted adjusted earnings per pro forma common share are not presentations made in accordance with GAAP, and our use of the terms diluted earnings per pro forma common share and diluted adjusted earnings per pro forma common share may vary from similar measures reported by others in our industry due to the potential differences in the method of calculation. Diluted earnings per pro forma common share and diluted adjusted earnings per pro forma common share should not be considered as alternatives to earnings (loss) per share derived in accordance with GAAP. Diluted earnings per pro forma common share and diluted adjusted earnings per pro forma common share have important limitations as an analytical tool and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because of these limitations, we rely primarily on our GAAP results. However, we believe that presenting diluted earnings per pro forma common share and diluted adjusted earnings per pro forma common share is appropriate to provide additional information to investors to compare our performance prior to and after the completion of our initial public offering and related conversion of Class L shares into common as well as to provide investors with useful information regarding our historical operating results. The following table sets forth the computation of diluted earnings per pro forma common share and diluted adjusted earnings per pro forma common share:

 

      Fiscal year  
     2011     2010      2009  

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per pro forma common share:

       

Net income (in thousands)

   $ 34,442        26,861         35,008   

Pro forma weighted average number of common shares—diluted:

       

Weighted average number of Class L shares over period in which Class L shares were outstanding(1)

     22,845,378        22,806,796         22,859,274   

Adjustment to weight Class L shares over respective fiscal year(1)

     (9,790,933               
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of Class L shares over fiscal year

     13,054,445        22,806,796         22,859,274   

Class L conversion factor

     2.4338        2.4338         2.4338   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of converted Class L shares

     31,772,244        55,507,768         55,635,490   

Weighted average number of common shares

     74,835,697        41,295,866         41,096,393   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average number of common shares—basic

     106,607,941        96,803,634         96,731,883   

Incremental dilutive common shares(2)

     1,064,587        275,844         656,949   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average number of common shares—diluted

     107,672,528        97,079,478         97,388,832   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per pro forma common share

   $ 0.32        0.28         0.36   

Diluted adjusted earnings per pro forma common share:

       

Adjusted net income (in thousands)

   $ 101,744        87,759         59,504   

Pro forma weighted average number of common shares—diluted

     107,672,528        97,079,478         97,388,832   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted adjusted earnings per pro forma common share

   $ 0.94        0.90         0.61   

 

    

 

 

 

 

- 55 -


Table of Contents
(1)   The weighted average number of Class L shares in the actual Class L earnings per share calculation for fiscal year 2011 represents the weighted average from the beginning of the fiscal year up through the date of conversion of the Class L shares into common shares. As such, the pro forma weighted average number of common shares includes an adjustment to the weighted average number of Class L shares outstanding to reflect the length of time the Class L shares were outstanding prior to conversion relative to the respective fiscal year. The converted Class L shares are already included in the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period after their conversion.

 

(2)   Represents the dilutive effect of restricted shares and stock options, using the treasury stock method.

Results of operations

Fiscal year 2011 compared to fiscal year 2010

Consolidated results of operations

 

      Fiscal year
2011
     Fiscal year
2010
    

  Increase (Decrease)

 
                       $     %  

 

   

 

 

 
    

(In thousands, except percentages)

 

Franchise fees and royalty income

   $   398,474         359,927         38,547        10.7%   

Rental income

     92,145         91,102         1,043        1.1%   

Sales of ice cream products

     100,068         84,989         15,079        17.7%   

Other revenues

     37,511         41,117         (3,606     (8.8)%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 628,198         577,135         51,063        8.8%   

 

   

 

 

 

The increase in total revenues for fiscal year 2011 of $51.1 million was driven by an increase in royalty income of $30.7 million, or 9.2%, mainly as a result of Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. systemwide sales growth, and a $6.8 million increase in franchise renewal income. Sales of ice cream products also increased $15.1 million, or 17.7%, driven by strong sales in the Middle East and Australia, a December 2010 price increase that was implemented to offset higher commodity costs, and an additional week of sales in fiscal year 2011. These increases in revenue were offset by a decrease in other revenues of $3.6 million primarily as a result of a decline in the average number of company-owned stores held during fiscal year 2011. Approximately $8.0 million of the increase in total revenues was attributable to the extra week in fiscal year 2011, consisting primarily of additional royalty income and sales of ice cream products.

 

      Fiscal year
2011
    Fiscal year
2010
     Increase (Decrease)  
                  $     %  

 

   

 

 

 
    

(In thousands, except percentages)

 

Occupancy expenses—franchised restaurants

   $ 51,878        53,739         (1,861     (3.5)%   

Cost of ice cream products

     72,329        59,175         13,154        22.2%   

General and administrative expenses, net

     240,625        223,620         17,005        7.6%   

Depreciation and amortization

     52,522        57,826         (5,304     (9.2)%   

Impairment charges

     2,060        7,075         (5,015     (70.9)%   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating costs and expenses

     419,414      $ 401,435         17,979        4.5%   

Equity in net income (loss) of joint ventures

     (3,475     17,825         (21,300     (119.5)%   

Operating income

   $   205,309        193,525         11,784        6.1%   

 

   

 

 

 

Occupancy expenses for franchised restaurants for fiscal year 2011 decreased $1.9 million resulting primarily from additional lease reserves recorded in the prior year and a decline in the number of leased properties. Cost of ice cream products increased 22.2% from the prior year, as compared to a 17.7% increase in sales of ice cream products, resulting from unfavorable commodity prices and foreign exchange, slightly offset by increases in selling prices.

General and administrative expenses for fiscal year 2011 includes certain expenses related to our initial public offering completed in August 2011 and a secondary offering completed in December 2011. Upon completion of

 

- 56 -


Table of Contents

the initial public offering, the Sponsor management agreement was terminated resulting in a $13.4 million increase in management fees, consisting of a $14.7 million expense incurred upon termination offset by no longer incurring the $3.0 million annual management fee expense post-termination. Additionally, $2.6 million of share-based compensation expense was recorded upon completion of the initial public offering related to approximately 0.8 million restricted shares granted to employees that were not eligible to vest until completion of an initial public offering or change of control (performance condition). No future expense will be recorded related to this tranche of restricted shares. The Company also recorded incremental share-based compensation expense of approximately $0.9 million upon completion of the secondary offering in December 2011, related to approximately 0.3 million stock options granted to employees that were not eligible to vest until the sale or disposition of shares held by our Sponsors (performance condition). Finally, the Company incurred approximately $1.0 million of transaction costs related to the secondary offering in fiscal year 2011. The Company expects to record incremental share-based compensation expense within general and administrative expenses of approximately $1.0 million upon completion of this offering, related to approximately 0.8 million stock options granted to employees that were not eligible to vest until the sale or disposition of the shares held by our Sponsors that are being sold in this offering (performance condition). See “Management—Compensation discussion and analysis—Long-term equity incentive program.”

Excluding the offering-related costs above, general and administrative expenses declined $0.9 million, or 0.4%, in fiscal year 2011. This decrease was driven by a decline of $9.0 million in professional fees and legal costs resulting from reduced information technology expenses and legal settlement reserves. Additionally, other general and administrative expenses declined $5.2 million primarily as a result of reduced cost of sales for company-owned restaurants due to a reduction in the average number of company-owned stores, net of expenses incurred related to the roll-out of a new point-of-sale system for Baskin-Robbins franchisees. Offsetting these declines was an increase in personnel costs of $13.2 million, of which approximately $2.4 million was attributable to the extra week in fiscal year 2011, with the remaining increase related to investment in our Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. contiguous growth strategy and higher projected incentive compensation payouts, offset by prior year costs associated with our executive chairman transition.

Depreciation and amortization declined $5.3 million in fiscal year 2011 resulting primarily from a license right intangible asset becoming fully amortized in July 2010, as well as terminations of lease agreements in the normal course of business resulting in the write-off of favorable lease intangible assets, which thereby reduced future amortization. Additionally, depreciation declined due to assets becoming fully depreciated and the write-off of leasehold improvements upon terminations of lease agreements, slightly offset by depreciation on capital purchases.

The decrease in impairment charges in fiscal year 2011 of $5.0 million resulted primarily from the timing of lease terminations in the ordinary course, which results in the write-off of favorable lease intangible assets and leasehold improvements.

 

- 57 -


Table of Contents

Equity in net income (loss) of joint ventures decreased $21.3 million in fiscal year 2011 primarily as a result of a $19.8 million impairment charge recorded on the investment in our South Korea joint venture, offset by a reduction in depreciation and amortization, net of tax, of $1.0 million resulting from the allocation of the impairment charge to the underlying intangible and long-lived assets of the joint venture. The remaining decline in equity in net income (loss) of joint ventures resulted from higher expenses for our South Korea joint venture, slightly offset by stronger earnings from our Japan joint venture.

 

      Fiscal year
2011
    Fiscal year
2010
   

Increase (Decrease)

 
       $     %  

 

 
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Interest expense, net

   $   104,449        112,532        (8,083     (7.2)%   

Loss on debt extinguishment and refinancing transactions

     34,222        61,955        (27,733     (44.8)%   

Other gains, net

     (175     (408     233        57.1%   
  

 

 

 

Total other expense

     138,496      $ 174,079        (35,583     (20.4)%   

 

 

The decrease in net interest expense for fiscal year 2011 resulted primarily from reductions in the average cost of borrowing due to refinancing and re-pricing transactions, offset by an increase in the weighted average long-term debt outstanding and an extra week of interest expense in fiscal year 2011. As the senior notes were fully repaid upon completion of the initial public offering on August 1, 2011, interest expense is expected to decrease in the future and remain consistent with the net interest expense realized in the fourth quarter of 2011 on a 13-week basis.

The loss on debt extinguishment and refinancing transactions incurred in fiscal year 2011 resulted from the completion of the initial public offering and related repayment of senior notes, as well as term loan re-pricing and upsize transactions completed in the first half of 2011. Loss on debt extinguishment and refinancing transactions in 2011 totaled $25.9 million related to the retirement of senior notes and $8.3 million related to term loans. The loss on debt extinguishment incurred in fiscal year 2010 resulted from the refinancing of existing long-term debt in the fourth quarter of 2010, which yielded a $58.3 million loss, as well as the voluntary retirement of long-term debt in the second quarter of 2010, which resulted in a $3.7 million loss.

The decline in other gains from fiscal year 2010 to fiscal year 2011 resulted primarily from reduced net foreign exchange gains.

 

      Fiscal year
2011
     Fiscal year
2010
 

 

 
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Income before income taxes

   $   66,813         19,446   

Provision for income taxes

     32,371         (7,415

Effective tax rate

     48.5%         (38.1)%   

 

 

The negative effective tax rate of 38.1% in fiscal year 2010 was primarily attributable to changes in state tax rates, which resulted in a deferred tax benefit of approximately $5.7 million in fiscal 2010, as well as a benefit of $3.1 million related to reserves for uncertain tax positions. The effective tax rate for fiscal year 2010 was also impacted by a reduced income before income taxes, driven by the loss on debt extinguishment, which magnified the impact of permanent and other tax differences. The increased effective tax rate for fiscal year 2011 primarily resulted from the impairment related to the Korea joint venture investment, which reduced income before income taxes but for which there is no corresponding tax benefit.

 

- 58 -


Table of Contents

Operating segments

We operate four reportable operating segments: Dunkin’ Donuts U.S., Dunkin’ Donuts International, Baskin-Robbins U.S. and Baskin-Robbins International. We evaluate the performance of our segments and allocate resources to them based on earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, impairment charges, foreign currency gains and losses, other gains and losses, and unallocated corporate charges, referred to as segment profit. Segment profit for the Dunkin’ Donuts International and Baskin-Robbins International segments include equity in net income (loss) from joint ventures, except for the impairment charge, net of the related reduction in depreciation and amortization, net of tax, recorded in fiscal year 2011 on the investment in our South Korea joint venture. For a reconciliation to total revenues and income before income taxes, see the notes to our consolidated financial statements. Revenues for all segments include only transactions with unaffiliated customers and include no intersegment revenues. Revenues not included in segment revenues include retail sales from company-owned restaurants, as well as revenue earned through arrangements with third parties in which our brand names are used and revenue generated from online training programs for franchisees that are not allocated to a specific segment. For purposes of evaluating segment profit, Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. includes the net operating income earned from company-owned restaurants.

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

 

      Fiscal year
2011
     Fiscal year
2010
     Increase (Decrease)  
                     $      %  

 

    

 

 

 
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Royalty income

   $     317,203         290,187         27,016         9.3%   

Franchise fees

     29,905         21,721         8,184         37.7%   

Rental income

     86,590         85,311         1,279         1.5%   

Other revenues

     4,030         3,118         912         29.2%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 437,728         400,337         37,391         9.3%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Segment profit

   $ 334,308         293,132         41,176         14.0%   

 

    

 

 

 

The increase in Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. revenues for fiscal year 2011 was primarily driven by an increase in royalty income of $27.0 million as a result of an increase in systemwide sales, as well as increases in franchise fees of $8.2 million as a result of increased franchise renewal income. Approximately $6.4 million of the increase in total revenues was attributable to the extra week in fiscal year 2011.

The increase in Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. segment profit for fiscal year 2011 was primarily driven by the increase in total revenues of $37.4 million and a decrease in professional fees, legal costs, and other general and administrative expenses of $6.2 million due to reduced legal settlement costs and reduced bad debt expenses. Also contributing to the increase in segment profit was a $2.2 million decline in occupancy expenses driven by additional lease reserves recorded in the prior year and a decline in the number of leased locations. Offsetting these increases in segment profit was an increase in personnel costs of $5.4 million, of which approximately $0.9 million was attributable to the extra week in fiscal year 2011, with the remaining increase related to investment in our Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. contiguous growth strategy and higher projected incentive compensation payouts.

 

- 59 -


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Donuts International

 

      Fiscal year
2011
     Fiscal year
2010
     Increase (Decrease)  
                     $     %  

 

   

 

 

 
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Royalty income

   $   12,657         11,353         1,304        11.5%   

Franchise fees

     2,294         2,438         (144     (5.9)%   

Rental income

     258         303         (45     (14.9)%   

Other revenues

     44         34         10        29.4%   
  

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 15,253         14,128         1,125        8.0%   
  

 

 

 

Segment profit

   $ 11,528         14,573         (3,045     (20.9)%   

 

 

The increase in Dunkin’ Donuts International revenue for fiscal year 2011 resulted primarily from an increase in royalty income of $1.3 million driven by the increase in systemwide sales, slightly offset by a decrease of $0.1 million in franchise fees driven by fewer store openings.

The decrease in Dunkin’ Donuts International segment profit for fiscal year 2011 was primarily driven by a decline in income from the South Korea joint venture of $3.1 million, as well as increases in personnel costs and travel of $0.9 million. These declines in segment profit were offset by the increase in total revenues.

Baskin-Robbins U.S.

 

      Fiscal year
2011
     Fiscal year
2010
     Increase (Decrease)  
                       $     %  

 

   

 

 

 
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Royalty income

   $ 25,177         25,039         138        0.6%   

Franchise fees

     1,271         1,709         (438     (25.6)%   

Rental income

     4,544         4,842         (298     (6.2)%   

Sales of ice cream products

     2,223         2,307         (84     (3.6)%   

Other revenues

     8,548         9,023         (475     (5.3)%   
  

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 41,763         42,920         (1,157     (2.7)%   
  

 

 

 

Segment profit

   $   20,904         27,607         (6,703     (24.3)%   

 

 

The decline in Baskin-Robbins U.S. revenue for fiscal year 2011 primarily resulted from a decline in other revenues of $0.5 million due to a decrease in licensing income related to the sale of Baskin-Robbins ice cream products to franchisees. Additionally, franchise fees declined $0.4 million driven by fewer store openings, and rental income declined $0.3 million due to a reduction in the number of leased locations. Approximately $0.3 million of the increase in total revenues was attributable to the extra week in fiscal year 2011.

Baskin-Robbins U.S. segment profit for fiscal year 2011 declined as a result of increased other general and administrative expenses of $4.5 million primarily related to the roll-out of a new point-of-sale system for Baskin-Robbins franchisees, as well as additional contributions to the Baskin-Robbins advertising fund to support national brand-building advertising. In addition to the declines in revenues, segment profit also declined due to increased personnel costs and travel of $1.2 million.

 

- 60 -


Table of Contents

Baskin-Robbins International

 

      Fiscal year
2011
     Fiscal year
2010
     Increase (Decrease)  
                       $     %  

 

   

 

 

 
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Royalty income

   $ 8,422         6,191         2,231        36.0%   

Franchise fees

     1,593         1,289         304        23.6%   

Rental income

     616         572         44        7.7%   

Sales of ice cream products

     97,845         82,682         15,163        18.3%   

Other revenues

     103         551         (448     (81.3)%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     108,579       $ 91,285         17,294        18.9%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment profit

     43,533       $ 41,596         1,937        4.7%   

 

   

 

 

 

The growth in Baskin-Robbins International revenues for fiscal year 2011 resulted from an increase in sales of ice cream products of $15.2 million, which was primarily driven by strong sales in the Middle East and Australia, a December 2010 price increase that was implemented to offset higher commodity costs, and an additional week of sales in fiscal year 2011. Royalty income also increased $2.2 million primarily as a result of higher sales and additional royalties earned in Australia directly from franchisees following the termination of a master license agreement in October 2010, as well as higher sales in Japan and South Korea. Approximately $1.3 million of the increase in total revenues was attributable to the extra week in fiscal year 2011.

The increase in Baskin-Robbins International segment profit for fiscal year 2011 resulted primarily from the increase in royalty income noted above and a $1.8 million increase in net margin on sales of ice cream products driven by higher sales volume. Offsetting these increases in segment profit was an increase in personnel costs and travel of $1.9 million.

Fiscal year 2010 compared to fiscal year 2009

Consolidated results of operations

 

     

Fiscal year

2010

    

Fiscal year

2009

     Increase (Decrease)  
                       $     %  

 

 
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Franchise fees and royalty income

   $ 359,927         344,020         15,907        4.6%  

Rental income

     91,102         93,651         (2,549     (2.7)%   

Sales of ice cream products

     84,989         75,256         9,733        12.9%  

Other revenues

     41,117         25,146         15,971        63.5%  
  

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 577,135         538,073         39,062        7.3%  

 

 

 

- 61 -


Table of Contents

The increase in total revenues from fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2010 was primarily driven by an increase in royalty income of $15.1 million, or 4.7%, from the prior year as the result of Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. systemwide sales growth. Other revenues also increased $16.0 million primarily as a result of the acquisition of company-owned restaurants, which contributed an additional $15.2 million of revenue in fiscal 2010. Sales of ice cream products also contributed to the increase in total revenues from fiscal year 2009 to fiscal year 2010, which were primarily driven by strong sales in the Middle East. These increases in revenue were offset by a decline in rental income of $2.5 million primarily as a result of a decline in the number of leased properties.

 

     

Fiscal year

2010

    

Fiscal year

2009

     Increase (Decrease)  
                       $     %  

 

 
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Occupancy expenses—franchised restaurants

   $ 53,739         51,964         1,775        3.4%  

Cost of ice cream products

     59,175         47,432         11,743        24.8%  

General and administrative expenses, net

     223,620         197,005         26,615        13.5%  

Depreciation and amortization

     57,826         62,911         (5,085     (8.1)%   

Impairment charges

     7,075         8,517         (1,442     (16.9)%   
  

 

 

 

Total operating costs and expenses

   $ 401,435         367,829         33,606        9.1%  
  

 

 

 

Equity in net income of joint ventures

     17,825         14,301         3,524        24.6%  

Operating income

   $ 193,525         184,545         8,980        4.9%  

 

 

Occupancy expenses for franchised restaurants increased $1.8 million from fiscal year 2009 to fiscal year 2010 resulting primarily from the impact of lease reserves, offset by a decline in the number of leased properties. Cost of ice cream products increased 24.8% from the prior year, as compared to a 12.9% increase in sales of ice cream products, primarily as the result of unfavorable commodity prices and foreign exchange.

The increase in other general and administrative expenses from fiscal year 2009 to fiscal year 2010 was driven by increased cost of sales for company-owned restaurants acquired during 2010 of $15.0 million. Also contributing to the increase in general and administrative expenses was an increase in payroll and related benefit costs of $6.8 million, or 6.0%, as a result of higher incentive compensation payouts and 401(k) matching contributions. Increased professional fees and legal costs driven by information technology enhancements and legal settlement reserves also contributed approximately $10.6 million to the increase in general administrative expenses. These increased expenses were offset by a decrease in bad debt and other reserves of $6.7 million.

Depreciation and amortization declined a total of $5.1 million from fiscal year 2009 to fiscal year 2010. The decrease is due primarily to a license right intangible asset becoming fully amortized, as well as terminations of lease agreements in the normal course of business resulting in the write-off of favorable lease intangible assets, which thereby reduced future amortization. Additionally, depreciation declined from the prior year due to assets becoming fully depreciated, sales of corporate assets, and the write-off of leasehold improvements upon terminations of lease agreements.

The decrease in impairment charges from fiscal year 2009 to fiscal year 2010 resulted from an impairment charge recorded in 2009 related to corporate assets, offset by additional impairment charges recorded in 2010 on favorable operating leases due to terminations of lease agreements.

 

- 62 -


Table of Contents

Equity in net income of joint ventures increased from fiscal year 2009 to fiscal year 2010 as a result of increases in income from both our Japan and South Korea joint ventures. The increases in Japan and South Korea joint venture income from 2009 were primarily driven by sales growth, as well as favorable impact of foreign exchange.

 

     

Fiscal year

2010

   

Fiscal year

2009

    Increase (Decrease)  
                   $     %  

 

   

 

 

 
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Interest expense, net

   $ (112,532     (115,019     2,487        (2.2)%   

Gain (loss) on debt extinguishment

     (61,955     3,684        (65,639     (1,781.7)%   

Other gains, net

     408        1,066        (658     (61.7)%   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense (loss)

   $ (174,079     (110,269     (63,810     57.9%  

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest expense declined from fiscal year 2009 to fiscal year 2010 due to the voluntary retirement of long-term debt with a face value of $99.8 million in the second quarter of 2010, reducing interest paid, insurer premiums, and the amortization of deferred financing costs. These decreases were slightly offset by incremental interest expense on approximately $528 million of additional long-term debt obtained in the fourth quarter of 2010.

The fluctuation in gains and losses on debt extinguishment resulted from the refinancing of existing long-term debt in the fourth quarter of 2010, which yielded a $58.3 million loss, as well as the voluntary retirement of long-term debt in the second quarter of 2010, which resulted in a $3.7 million loss. The gain on debt extinguishment of $3.7 million recorded in 2009 resulted from the voluntary retirement of long-term debt in the third quarter of 2009.

The decline in other gains from fiscal year 2009 to fiscal year 2010 resulted from reduced net foreign exchange gains, primarily as a result of significant weakening of the U.S. dollar against the Canadian dollar in 2009.

 

     

Fiscal year

2010

    

Fiscal year

2009

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Income before income taxes

   $ 19,446         74,276   

Provision for income taxes

     (7,415)         39,268   

Effective tax rate

     (38.1)%         52.9%   

 

    

 

 

 

The negative effective tax rate of 38.1% in fiscal year 2010 was primarily attributable to changes in state tax rates, which resulted in a deferred tax benefit of approximately $5.7 million in fiscal year 2010. The effective tax rate for both years was also impacted by changes in reserves for uncertain tax positions, which are not driven by changes in income before income taxes. Reserves for uncertain tax positions were $9.1 million in fiscal year 2009, as compared to a benefit of $3.1 million in fiscal year 2010. The effective tax rate for fiscal year 2010 was also impacted by a reduced income before income taxes, driven by the loss on debt extinguishment, which magnified the impact of permanent and other tax differences. Additionally, the higher effective tax rate in fiscal year 2009 resulted from a $5.8 million additional valuation allowance recorded on capital loss carryforwards.

 

- 63 -


Table of Contents

Operating segments

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

 

     

Fiscal year

2010

    

Fiscal year

2009

     Increase (Decrease)  
                       $                 %  

 

 
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Royalty income

   $ 290,187         275,816         14,371        5.2%   

Franchise fees

     21,721         21,797         (76     (0.3)%   

Rental income

     85,311         87,163         (1,852     (2.1)%   

Other revenues

     3,118         2,486         632        25.4%   
  

 

 

 

Total revenues

     400,337         387,262         13,075        3.4%   

Segment profit

     293,132         275,961         17,171        6.2%   

 

 

The increase in Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. revenue from fiscal year 2009 to fiscal year 2010 was driven by an increase in royalty income of $14.4 million as a result of an increase in systemwide sales.

The increase in Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. segment profit from fiscal year 2009 to fiscal year 2010 was primarily driven by the $14.4 million increase in royalty income. The increase in segment profit from fiscal year 2009 to fiscal year 2010 also resulted from a decline in general and administrative expenses of $5.1 million primarily attributable to decreases in both bad debt provisions and franchisee-related restructuring activities, offset by an increase in legal settlements and payroll-related costs due primarily to increased incentive compensation. Additionally, higher total occupancy expenses of $2.9 million from fiscal year 2009 to fiscal year 2010 resulted primarily from lease reserves recorded.

Dunkin’ Donuts International

 

     

Fiscal year

2010

    

Fiscal year

2009

     Increase (Decrease)  
                       $     %  

 

 
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Royalty income

   $ 11,353         10,146         1,207        11.9%   

Franchise fees

     2,438         1,516         922        60.8%   

Rental income

     303         446         (143     (32.1)%   

Other revenues

     34         218         (184     (84.4)%   
  

 

 

 

Total revenues

     14,128         12,326         1,802        14.6%   

Segment profit

     14,573         12,628         1,945        15.4%   

 

 

The increase in Dunkin’ Donuts International revenue from fiscal year 2009 to fiscal year 2010 resulted primarily from an increase in royalty income of $1.2 million driven by the increase in systemwide sales. Also contributing to the increased revenue from the prior year was an increase of $0.9 million in franchise fees driven by development in China and Russia.

The increase in Dunkin’ Donuts International segment profit from fiscal year 2009 to fiscal year 2010 was primarily driven by the increases in revenues of $1.8 million, as noted above.

 

- 64 -


Table of Contents

Baskin-Robbins U.S.

 

     

Fiscal year

2010

    

Fiscal year

2009

     Increase (Decrease)  
                   $               %  

 

 
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Royalty income

   $ 25,039         26,743         (1,704     (6.4)%   

Franchise fees

     1,709         1,763         (54     (3.1)%   

Rental income

     4,842         5,409         (567     (10.5)%   

Sales of ice cream products

     2,307         2,371         (64     (2.7)%   

Other revenues

     9,023         10,007         (984     (9.8)%   
  

 

 

 

Total revenues

     42,920         46,293         (3,373     (7.3)%   

Segment profit

     27,607         33,459         (5,852     (17.5)%   

 

 

The decline in Baskin-Robbins U.S. revenue from fiscal year 2009 to fiscal year 2010 was driven by the decline in systemwide sales, which impacted both royalty income, which declined $1.7 million, and licensing income earned through the sale of ice cream to franchisees by a third-party, which declined $0.6 million. Rental income also decreased $0.6 million in fiscal year 2010 driven by a decline in the number of subleases, as well as revised sublease terms which resulted in adjustments of straight-line rental income.

Baskin-Robbins U.S. segment profit declined from fiscal year 2009 to fiscal year 2010 primarily as a result of the declines in royalty, licensing, and rental income. Also contributing to the decline in segment profit from 2009 was additional gift certificate breakage income recorded in 2009 of $2.6 million, as the Company determined during fiscal year 2009 that sufficient historical patterns existed to estimate breakage and therefore recognized a cumulative adjustment for all gift certificates outstanding.

Baskin-Robbins International

 

     

Fiscal year

2010

    

Fiscal year

2009

     Increase (Decrease)  
                   $               %  

 

 
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Royalty income

   $ 6,191         4,987         1,204        24.1%   

Franchise fees

     1,289         1,252         37        3.0%   

Rental income

     572         584         (12     (2.1)%   

Sales of ice cream products

     82,682         72,885         9,797        13.4%   

Other revenues

     551         1,056         (505     (47.8)%   
  

 

 

 

Total revenues

     91,285         80,764         10,521        13.0%   

Segment profit

     41,596         41,212         384        0.9%   

 

 

The growth in Baskin-Robbins International revenue from fiscal year 2009 to fiscal year 2010 resulted primarily from an increase in ice cream sales of $9.8 million, which was driven by higher sales in the Middle East. Royalty income also increased $1.2 million in fiscal year 2010 due to growth in systemwide sales, specifically in Japan, South Korea, and Russia.

Baskin-Robbins International segment profit remained relatively flat from fiscal year 2009 to fiscal year 2010. Joint venture income from the Baskin-Robbins businesses in South Korea and Japan increased $3.3 million from 2009, driven by systemwide sales growth in both countries. Royalty income also increased $1.2 million, as noted above. Offsetting these increases in segment profit was a decline in net margin on ice cream sales of $1.9 million, primarily as the result of unfavorable commodity prices and foreign exchange. Also offsetting the increases in segment profit were increases in travel, professional fees, and other general and administrative costs totaling $1.8 million.

 

- 65 -


Table of Contents

Quarterly financial data

The following table sets forth certain of our unaudited consolidated statements for each of the eight fiscal quarters in the fiscal years 2010 and 2011.

 

     Three months ended  
   

December 31,
2011

   

September 24,
2011

   

June 25,
2011

   

March 26,
2011

   

December 25,
2010

   

September 25,
2010

   

June 26,
2010

   

March 27,
2010

 

 

 
    (In thousands, except per share data)  

Total revenues

    168,505        163,508        156,972        139,213        149,776        149,531        150,416      $ 127,412   

Operating income

    44,567        54,112        61,794        44,836        44,380        54,574        57,886        36,685   

Net income (loss)

    11,591        7,412        17,162        (1,723     (15,256     18,842        17,337        5,938   

Earnings (loss) per share

               

Class L—basic and diluted

    n/a        4.46        0.83        0.85        1.18        1.25        1.23        1.21   

Common—basic and diluted

    0.10        (1.01     (0.04     (0.51     (1.02     (0.24     (0.26     (0.53

 

 

Liquidity and capital resources

As of December 31, 2011, we held $246.7 million of cash and cash equivalents, which included $123.1 million of cash held for advertising funds and reserved for gift card/certificate programs. In addition, as of December 31, 2011, we had a borrowing capacity of $88.8 million under our $100.0 million revolving credit facility. During fiscal year 2011, net cash provided by operating activities was $162.7 million, as compared to $229.0 million for fiscal year 2010. Net cash provided by operating activities for fiscal year 2010 included a cash inflow of $101.7 million resulting from fluctuations in restricted cash balances related to our securitization indebtedness. Following the redemption and discharge of the securitization indebtedness in the fourth quarter of 2010, such amounts are no longer restricted, and therefore, there was no operating cash flow impact from restricted cash for fiscal year 2011. Net cash provided by operating activities for fiscal year 2011 includes an increase of $40.9 million in cash held for advertising funds and reserved for gift card/certificate programs. Excluding cash held for advertising funds and reserved for gift card/certificate programs, we generated $103.3 million of free cash flow in fiscal year 2011, calculated as follows:

 

      Fiscal year
2011
 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 162,703   

Less: Increase in cash held for advertising funds and reserved for gift card/certificate programs

     (40,856

Less: Additions to property and equipment

     (18,596
  

 

 

 

Free cash flow

   $ 103,251   

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities of $162.7 million during fiscal year 2011 was primarily driven by net income of $34.4 million, increased by depreciation and amortization of $52.5 million and $35.5 million of other net non-cash reconciling adjustments, $32.9 million of changes in operating assets and liabilities and dividends received from joint ventures of $7.4 million. During fiscal year 2011, we invested $18.6 million in capital additions to property and equipment. Net cash used in financing activities was $30.1 million during fiscal year 2011, driven primarily by the repayment of long-term debt, net of proceeds from additional borrowings under the term loans, totaling $404.6 million and costs associated with the term loan re-pricing and upsize transactions of $20.1 million, offset by proceeds from our initial public offering, net of offering costs paid, of $390.0 million and proceeds from other issuances of common stock of $3.2 million.

Net cash provided by operating activities of $229.0 million during fiscal year 2010 was primarily driven by net income of $26.9 million (increased by depreciation and amortization of $57.8 million and $26.7 million of other net non-cash reconciling adjustments), $6.6 million of dividends received from international joint ventures, and $111.0 million of changes in operating assets and liabilities, including the release of approximately

 

- 66 -


Table of Contents

$101.7 million of restricted cash as a result of the November 2010 debt refinancing. During fiscal 2010, we invested $15.4 million in capital additions to property and equipment. Net cash used in financing activities was $132.6 million during fiscal year 2010, which includes dividends paid on common stock of approximately $500.0 million, offset by proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt, net of repayment and voluntary retirement of debt and debt issuance costs, of $353.4 million and a $16.1 million decrease in debt-related restricted cash balances.

On November 23, 2010, we consummated a refinancing transaction whereby Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. (i) issued and sold $625.0 million aggregate principal amount of 9 5/8% senior notes due 2018 (the “senior notes”) and (ii) borrowed $1.25 billion in term loans and secured a $100.0 million revolving credit facility from a consortium of banks (the “senior credit facility”). The senior credit facility was amended on February 18, 2011, primarily to obtain more favorable interest rate margins and to increase the term loan borrowings under the senior credit facility to $1.40 billion. The full $150.0 million increase in term loan borrowings under the senior credit facility was used to redeem an equal principal amount of the senior notes at a price of 100.5% of par on March 21, 2011. On May 24, 2011 we further increased the size of the term loan facility by an additional $100.0 million to approximately $1.50 billion, which was again used to redeem an equal principal amount of the senior notes.

On August 1, 2011, we completed an initial public offering in which we sold 22,250,000 shares of common stock at an initial public offering price of $19.00 per share, resulting in net proceeds to us of approximately $390.0 million after deducting underwriter discounts and commissions and offering-related expenses paid or payable by us. We used a portion of the net proceeds from the initial public offering to redeem the remaining $375.0 million aggregate principal amount of the senior notes at 100.5% plus accrued and unpaid interest, with the remaining net proceeds being used for working capital and general corporate purposes.

The senior credit facility is guaranteed by certain of Dunkin’ Brands, Inc.’s wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries and includes a term loan facility and a revolving credit facility. Following the May 2011 amendment, the aggregate borrowings available under the senior credit facility are approximately $1.60 billion, consisting of a full-drawn approximately $1.50 billion term loan facility and an undrawn $100.0 million revolving credit facility under which there was $88.8 million in available borrowings and $11.2 million of letters of credit outstanding as of December 31, 2011. The senior credit facility requires principal amortization repayments to be made on term loan borrowings equal to approximately $15.0 million per calendar year, payable in quarterly installments through September 2017. The final scheduled principal payment on the outstanding borrowings under the term loan is due in November 2017. Additionally, following the end of each fiscal year, if our leverage ratio, which is a measure of our cash income to outstanding debt, exceeds 4.00x, we are required to prepay an amount equal to 25% of excess cash flow (as defined in the senior credit facility) for such fiscal year. Under the terms of the senior credit facility, the first excess cash flow payment is due in the first quarter of fiscal year 2012 based on fiscal year 2011 excess cash flow and leverage ratio. In December 2011, we made an additional principal payment of $11.8 million to be applied to the 2011 excess cash flow payment that is due in the first quarter of 2012. Based on fiscal year 2011 excess cash flow, considering all payments made, the excess cash flow payment required in the first quarter of 2012 is $2.9 million, which may be deducted from future minimum required principal payments.

Borrowings under the term loan bear interest, payable at least quarterly. Borrowings under the revolving credit facility (excluding letters of credit) bear interest, payable at least quarterly. We also pay a 0.5% commitment fee per annum on the unused portion of the revolver. The fee for letter of credit amounts outstanding is 3.0%. The revolving credit facility expires in November 2015. As of December 31, 2011, borrowings under the senior credit facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to an applicable margin plus, at our option, either (1) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.5%, (b) the prime rate (c) the LIBOR rate plus 1.0%, and (d) 2.0% or (2) a LIBOR rate provided that LIBOR shall not be lower than 1.0%. The applicable margin under the senior credit facility is 2.0% for loans based upon the base rate and 3.0% for loans based upon the LIBOR rate.

 

- 67 -


Table of Contents

The senior credit facility requires us to comply on a quarterly basis with certain financial covenants, including a maximum ratio (the “leverage ratio”) of debt to adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (“EBITDA”) and a minimum ratio (the “interest coverage ratio”) of adjusted EBITDA to interest expense, each of which becomes more restrictive over time. For fiscal year 2011, the terms of the senior credit facility require that we maintain a leverage ratio of no more than 8.60 to 1.00 and a minimum interest coverage ratio of 1.45 to 1.00. The leverage ratio financial covenant will become more restrictive over time and will require us to maintain a leverage ratio of no more than 6.25 to 1.00 by the second quarter of fiscal year 2017. The interest coverage ratio financial covenant will also become more restrictive over time and will require us to maintain an interest coverage ratio of no less than 1.95 to 1.00 by the second quarter of fiscal year 2017. Failure to comply with either of these covenants would result in an event of default under our senior credit facility unless waived by our senior credit facility lenders. An event of default under our senior credit facility can result in the acceleration of our indebtedness under the facility. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure used to determine our compliance with certain covenants contained in our senior credit facility, including our leverage ratio. Adjusted EBITDA is defined in our senior credit facility as net income/(loss) before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization and impairment of long-lived assets, as adjusted, with respect to fiscal year 2011, for the items summarized in the table below. Adjusted EBITDA is not a presentation made in accordance with GAAP, and our use of the term adjusted EBITDA varies from others in our industry due to the potential inconsistencies in the method of calculation and differences due to items subject to interpretation. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net income, operating income or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP, as a measure of operating performance or as an alternative to cash flows as a measure of liquidity. Adjusted EBITDA has important limitations as an analytical tool and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because of these limitations we rely primarily on our GAAP results. However, we believe that presenting adjusted EBITDA is appropriate to provide additional information to investors to demonstrate compliance with our financing covenants. As of December 31, 2011, we were in compliance with our senior credit facility financial covenants, including a leverage ratio of 4.37 to 1.00 and an interest coverage ratio of 3.22 to 1.00, which were calculated for fiscal year 2011 based upon the adjustments to EBITDA, as provided for under the terms of our senior credit facility. The following is a reconciliation of our net income to such adjusted EBITDA for fiscal year 2011 (in thousands):

 

      Fiscal year
2011
 

 

 

Net income

   $ 34,442   

Interest expense

     105,072   

Income tax expense

     32,371   

Depreciation and amortization

     52,522   

Impairment charges

     2,060   

Korea joint venture impairment, net(a)

     18,776   
  

 

 

 

EBITDA

     245,243   

Adjustments:

  

Non-cash adjustments(b)

     6,260   

Transaction costs(c)

     1,407   

Sponsor management fees(d)

     16,420   

Loss on debt extinguishment and refinancing transactions(e)

     34,222   

Severance charges(f)

     1,204   

Other(g)

     9,307   
  

 

 

 

Total adjustments

     68,820   
  

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 314,063   

 

 

 

- 68 -


Table of Contents
(a)   Represents an impairment of the investment in the Korea joint venture of $19.8 million, less a reduction in depreciation and amortization, net of tax, of $1.0 million resulting from the allocation of the impairment charge to the underlying intangible and long-lived assets of the joint venture.

 

(b)   Represents non-cash adjustments, including stock compensation expense, legal reserves, and other non-cash gains and losses.

 

(c)   Represents direct and indirect cost and expenses related to the Company’s refinancing, initial public offering, and secondary offering transactions.

 

(d)   Represents annual fees paid to the Sponsors under a management agreement, which terminated upon the consummation of the initial public offering in July 2011, and includes $14.7 million in fees related to such termination.

 

(e)   Represents gains/losses recorded and related transaction costs associated with the refinancing and repayment of long-term debt, including the write-off of deferred financing costs and original issue discount, as well as pre-payment premiums.

 

(f)   Represents severance and related benefits costs associated with non-recurring reorganizations.

 

(g)   Represents one-time costs and fees associated with entry into new markets, costs associated with various franchisee information technology and one-time market research programs, and the net impact of other non-recurring and individually insignificant adjustments.

Based upon our current level of operations and anticipated growth, we believe that the cash generated from our operations and amounts available under our revolving credit facility will be adequate to meet our anticipated debt service requirements, capital expenditures and working capital needs for at least the next twelve months. We believe that we will be able to meet these obligations even if we experience no growth in sales or profits. There can be no assurance, however, that our business will generate sufficient cash flows from operations or that future borrowings will be available under our revolving credit facility or otherwise to enable us to service our indebtedness, including our senior secured credit facility, or to make anticipated capital expenditures. Our future operating performance and our ability to service, extend or refinance the senior secured credit facility will be subject to future economic conditions and to financial, business and other factors, many of which are beyond our control.

Off balance sheet obligations

We have entered into a third-party guarantee with a distribution facility of franchisee products that ensures franchisees will purchase a certain volume of product. As product is purchased by our franchisees over the term of the agreement, the amount of the guarantee is reduced. As of December 31, 2011, we were contingently liable for $7.8 million under this guarantee. Based on current internal forecasts, we believe the franchisees will achieve the required volume of purchases, and therefore, we would not be required to make payments under this agreement. Additionally, the Company has various supply chain contracts that provide for purchase commitments or exclusivity, the majority of which result in the Company being contingently liable upon early termination of the agreement or engaging with another supplier. Based on prior history and the Company’s ability to extend contract terms, we have not recorded any liabilities related to these commitments. As of December 31, 2011, we were contingently liable under such supply chain agreements for approximately $23.9 million.

As a result of assigning our interest in obligations under property leases as a condition of the refranchising of certain restaurants and the guarantee of certain other leases, we are contingently liable on certain lease agreements. These leases have varying terms, the latest of which expires in 2026. As of December 31, 2011, the potential amount of undiscounted payments we could be required to make in the event of nonpayment by the primary lessee was $10.5 million. Our franchisees are the primary lessees under the majority of these leases. We generally have cross-default provisions with these franchisees that would put them in default of their franchise agreement in the event of nonpayment under the lease. We believe these cross-default provisions significantly reduce the risk that we will be required to make payments under these leases, and we have not recorded a liability for such contingent liabilities.

We do not have any other material off balance sheet obligations other than the guaranteed financing arrangements discussed above in “Critical accounting policies.”

 

- 69 -


Table of Contents

Inflation

Historically, inflation has not had a material effect on our results of operations. Severe increases in inflation, however, could affect the global and U.S. economies and could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Seasonality

Our revenues are subject to fluctuations based on seasonality, primarily with respect to Baskin-Robbins. The ice cream industry generally experiences an increase during the spring and summer months, whereas Dunkin’ Donuts hot beverage sales generally increase during the fall and winter months and iced beverage sales generally increase during the spring and summer months.

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

Foreign exchange risk

We are subject to inherent risks attributed to operating in a global economy. Most of our revenues, costs and debts are denominated in U.S. dollars. Our investments in, and equity income from, joint ventures are denominated in foreign currencies, and are therefore subject to foreign currency fluctuations. For fiscal year 2011, a 5% change in foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar would have had a $0.2 million impact on equity in net income of joint ventures. Additionally, a 5% change in foreign currencies as of December 31, 2011 would have had an $8.2 million impact on the carrying value of our investments in joint ventures. In the future, we may consider the use of derivative financial instruments, such as forward contracts, to manage foreign currency exchange rate risks.

Interest rate risk

We are subject to interest rate risk in connection with our long-term debt. Our principal interest rate exposure mainly relates to the term loan outstanding under our senior credit facility. We have a $1.50 billion term loan facility bearing interest at variable rates. Each eighth of a percentage point change in interest rates above the minimum interest rate specified in the senior credit facility would result in a $1.9 million change in annual interest expense on our term loan facility. We also have a revolving credit facility, which provides for borrowings of up to $100.0 million and bears interest at variable rates. Assuming the revolver is fully drawn, each eighth of a percentage point change in interest rates above the minimum interest rate specified in the senior credit facility would result in a $0.1 million change in annual interest expense on our revolving loan facility.

In the future, we may enter into hedging instruments, involving the exchange of floating for fixed rate interest payments, to reduce interest rate volatility.

 

- 70 -


Table of Contents

Contractual obligations

The following table sets forth our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2011:

 

(In millions)    Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3
years
     3-5
years
     More than
5 years
 

 

 

Long-term debt(1)

   $ 1,859.9         76.4         147.0         165.4         1,471.1   

Capital lease obligations

     9.0         0.7         1.4         1.5         5.4   

Operating lease obligations

     617.2         53.0         101.5         89.4         373.3   

Purchase obligations(2)(3)

                                       

Short and long-term obligations(4)

     1.3         1.2         0.1                   
  

 

 

 

Total(5)

   $ 2,487.4         131.3         250.0         256.3         1,849.8   

 

 

 

(1)   Amounts include mandatory principal payments on long-term debt, as well as estimated interest of $61.4 million, $117.1 million, $135.4 million, and $72.4 million for less than 1 year, 1-3 years, 3-5 years, and more than 5 years, respectively. Interest on the $1.5 billion of term loans under our senior credit facility is variable, subject to an interest rate floor, and has been estimated based on a LIBOR yield curve. Our term loans also require us to prepay an amount equal to 25% of excess cash flow (as defined in the senior credit facility) for the preceding fiscal year beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2012 based on our leverage ratio at the end of fiscal year 2011. If our leverage ratio is less than 4.00 to 1.00, then no excess cash flow prepayment is required. An excess cash flow payment of $2.9 million payable in the first quarter of 2012 based on actual excess cash flow for fiscal year 2011 is not reflected above, as such amount may be deducted from future minimum required principal payments. Excess cash flow prepayments have not been reflected for any other future years in the contractual obligation amounts above.

 

(2)   We entered into a third-party guarantee with a distribution facility of franchisee products that ensures franchisees will purchase a certain volume of product. As of December 31, 2011, we were contingently liable for $7.8 million under this guarantee. We have various supply chain contracts that provide for purchase commitments or exclusivity, the majority of which result in our being contingently liable upon early termination of the agreement or engaging with another supplier. Based on prior history and our ability to extend contract terms, we have not recorded any liabilities related to these commitments. As of December 31, 2011, we were contingently liable under such supply chain agreements for approximately $23.9 million.

 

(3)   We are guarantors of and are contingently liable for certain lease arrangements primarily as the result of our assigning our interest. As of December 31, 2011, we were contingently liable for $10.5 million under these guarantees, which are discussed further above in “Off balance sheet obligations.” Additionally, in certain cases, we issue guarantees to financial institutions so that franchisees can obtain financing. If all outstanding guarantees, which are discussed further above in “Critical accounting policies,” came due as of December 31, 2011, we would be liable for approximately $6.9 million.

 

(4)   Amounts include obligations to former employees under transition and severance agreements.

 

(5)   As of December 31, 2011, the Company has a liability for uncertain tax positions of $58.3 million. It is possible that the liability will be reduced by approximately $28.0 million through payments or settlements during fiscal year 2012.

Recently issued accounting standards

In September 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued new guidance, which permits an entity to make a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount before applying the two-step goodwill impairment test. If an entity concludes that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, it would not need to perform the two-step impairment test for that reporting unit. This guidance is effective for the Company beginning in fiscal year 2012. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued new guidance to increase the prominence of other comprehensive income in financial statements. This guidance provides the option to present the components of net income and comprehensive income in either one single statement or in two consecutive statements reporting net income and other comprehensive income. The Company adopted this guidance in fiscal year 2011 and presents the components of net income and comprehensive income in two consecutive statements. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2011, the FASB issued new guidance to clarify existing fair value guidance and to develop common requirements for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements in accordance with GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. This guidance is effective for the

 

- 71 -


Table of Contents

Company beginning in fiscal year 2012. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In December 2010, the FASB issued new guidance to amend the criteria for performing the second step of the goodwill impairment test for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts and requires performing the second step if qualitative factors indicate that it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. This new guidance was effective for the Company beginning in fiscal year 2011. The adoption of this guidance did not have any impact on our goodwill assessment or our consolidated financial statements.

 

- 72 -


Table of Contents

Business

Our company

We are one of the world’s leading franchisors of quick service restaurants (“QSRs”) serving hot and cold coffee and baked goods, as well as hard serve ice cream. We franchise restaurants under our Dunkin’ Donuts and Baskin-Robbins brands. With approximately 16,800 points of distribution in 58 countries, we believe that our portfolio has strong brand awareness in our key markets. Dunkin’ Donuts holds the #1 position in the U.S. by servings in each of the QSR subcategories of “Hot regular/decaf/flavored coffee,” “Iced coffee,” “Donuts,” “Bagels,” and “Muffins” and holds the #2 position in the U.S. by servings in each of the QSR subcategories of “Total coffee” and “Breakfast sandwiches.” Baskin-Robbins is the #1 QSR chain in the U.S. for servings of hard serve ice cream and has established leading market positions in Japan and South Korea. QSR is a restaurant format characterized by counter or drive-thru ordering and limited or no table service.

We believe that our nearly 100% franchised business model offers strategic and financial benefits. For example, because we do not own or operate a significant number of stores, our Company is able to focus on menu innovation, marketing, franchisee coaching and support, and other initiatives to drive the overall success of our brand. Financially, our franchised model allows us to grow our points of distribution and brand recognition with limited capital investment by us.

We operate our business in four segments: Dunkin’ Donuts U.S., Dunkin’ Donuts International, Baskin-Robbins International and Baskin-Robbins U.S. In 2011, our Dunkin’ Donuts segments generated revenues of $453.0 million, or 75% of our total segment revenues, of which $437.7 million was in the U.S. segment and $15.3 million was in the international segment. In 2011, our Baskin-Robbins segments generated revenues of $150.3 million, of which $108.6 million was in the international segment and $41.7 million was in the U.S. segment. As of December 31, 2011, there were 10,083 Dunkin’ Donuts points of distribution, of which 7,015 were in the U.S. and 3,068 were international, and 6,711 Baskin-Robbins points of distribution, of which 4,254 were international and 2,457 were in the U.S. Our points of distribution consist of traditional end-cap, in-line and stand-alone restaurants, many with drive thrus, and gas and convenience locations, as well as alternative points of distribution (“APODs”), such as full- or self-service kiosks in grocery stores, hospitals, airports, offices, colleges and other smaller-footprint properties.

We generate revenue from four primary sources: (i) royalties and fees associated with franchised restaurants; (ii) rental income from restaurant properties that we lease or sublease to franchisees; (iii) sales of ice cream and ice cream products to franchisees in certain international markets; and (iv) other income including fees for the licensing of the Dunkin’ Donuts brand for products sold in non-franchised outlets (such as retail packaged coffee) and the licensing of the rights to manufacture Baskin-Robbins ice cream to a third party for ice cream and related products sold to U.S. franchisees; as well as refranchising gains, transfer fees from franchisees, revenue from our company-owned restaurants and online training fees.

For fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009, we generated total revenues of $628.2 million, $577.1 million and $538.1 million, respectively, operating income of $205.3 million, $193.5 million and $184.5 million, respectively and net income of $34.4 million, $26.9 million and $35.0 million, respectively. Our net income for fiscal year 2011 included $34.2 million of pre-tax losses on debt extinguishment and refinancing transactions, an $18.8 million impairment of our Korea joint venture investment, and a $14.7 million fee associated with the termination of our Sponsor management agreement in connection with our initial public offering. Our net income for fiscal year 2010 included a $62.0 million pre-tax loss on debt extinguishment primarily associated with our November 2010 refinancing transaction.

 

- 73 -


Table of Contents

Our history and recent accomplishments

Both of our brands have a rich heritage dating back to the 1940s, when Bill Rosenberg founded his first restaurant, subsequently renamed Dunkin’ Donuts, and Burt Baskin and Irv Robbins each founded a chain of ice cream shops that eventually combined to form Baskin-Robbins. Baskin-Robbins and Dunkin’ Donuts were individually acquired by Allied Domecq PLC in 1973 and 1989, respectively. The brands were organized under the Allied Domecq Quick Service Restaurants subsidiary, which was renamed Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. in 2004. Allied Domecq was acquired in July 2005 by Pernod Ricard S.A. Pernod Ricard made the decision to divest Dunkin’ Brands in order to remain a focused global spirits company. As a result, in March of 2006, we were acquired by investment funds affiliated with Bain Capital Partners, LLC, The Carlyle Group and Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (collectively, the “Sponsors”) through a holding company that was incorporated in Delaware on November 22, 2005, and was later renamed Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. In July 2011, we issued and sold 22,250,000 shares of common stock and certain of our stockholders sold 3,337,500 shares of common stock at a price of $19.00 per share in our initial public offering (the “IPO”). In November 2011, certain of our stockholders sold 23,937,986 shares of common stock at a price of $25.62 per share in a secondary offering. Upon the completion of the IPO, our common stock became listed on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “DNKN.”

We have experienced positive growth globally for both our Dunkin’ Donuts and Baskin-Robbins brands in systemwide sales in each of the last ten years. In addition, other than in 2007 with respect to Baskin-Robbins, we have experienced positive year over year growth globally for both of our Dunkin’ Donuts and Baskin-Robbins brands in points of distribution in each of the last ten years. During this ten-year period we have grown our global Dunkin’ Donuts points of distribution and systemwide sales by compound annual growth rates of 6.6% and 8.9%, respectively. During the same period, we have also grown our global Baskin-Robbins total points of distribution and systemwide sales by compound annual growth rates of 4.1% and 7.0%, respectively. In 2011, 2010 and 2009, our Dunkin’ Donuts global points of distribution at year end totaled 10,083, 9,760 and 9,186, respectively. Dunkin’ Donuts systemwide sales for the same three years grew 9.4%, 5.6% and 2.7%, respectively. In 2011, 2010 and 2009, our Baskin-Robbins global points of distribution at year end totaled 6,711, 6,433 and 6,207, respectively. Baskin-Robbins systemwide sales for the same three years grew 8.2%, 10.6% and 9.8%, respectively.

Our largest operating segment, Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. had experienced 45 consecutive quarters of positive comparable store sales growth until the first quarter of 2008. Since fiscal year 2008, we believe we have demonstrated comparable store sales resilience during the recession, and invested for future growth. These investments were in three key areas—expanding menu and marketing initiatives to drive comparable store sales growth, expanding our store development team and investing in proprietary tools to assess new store opportunities and increasing management resources for our international business. During fiscal year 2011, Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. experienced sequential improvement in comparable store sales growth with comparable store sales growth of 2.8%, 3.8%, 6.0% and 7.4% in the first through the fourth quarters, respectively. The fiscal year 2011 comparable store sales growth of 5.1% for Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. was our highest annual comparable store sales growth since 2005, while the 7.4% comparable store sales growth in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2011 represented our highest quarterly performance in the past seven years.

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. comparable store sales growth(1)

 

LOGO

 

(1)   Data for fiscal year 2002 through fiscal year 2005 represent results for the fiscal years ended August. All other fiscal years represent results for the fiscal years ended the last Saturday in December.

 

- 74 -


Table of Contents

Our Baskin-Robbins U.S. operating segment, which represented approximately 6.6% of our total revenues in 2011, experienced comparable store sales growth of 0.5% in 2011, and decreased comparable store sales in 2010 and 2009 of (5.2)% and (6.0)% , respectively.

Our competitive business strengths

We attribute our success in the QSR segment to the following strengths:

Strong and established brands with leading market positions

We believe our brands have well-established reputations for delivering high-quality beverage and food products at a good value through convenient locations with fast and friendly service. Today both brands are leaders in their respective QSR categories, with aided brand awareness (where respondents are provided with brand names and asked if they have heard of them) of 92% for Baskin-Robbins and 94% for Dunkin’ Donuts in the U.S., and a growing presence overseas.

In addition to our leading U.S. market positions, for the sixth consecutive year, Dunkin’ Donuts was recognized in 2012 by Brand Keys, a customer satisfaction research company, as #1 in the U.S. on its Customer Loyalty Engagement Index® in the coffee category. Our customer loyalty is particularly evident in New England, where we have our highest penetration per capita in the U.S. and where, according to CREST® data, we hold a 59% market share of breakfast daypart visits and a 62% market share of total QSR coffee based on servings. Further demonstrating the strength of our brand, in 2011 the Dunkin’ Donuts 12 oz. original blend bagged coffee was the #1 grocery stock-keeping unit nationally in the premium coffee category, with double the sales of our closest competitor, according to Nielsen.

Similarly, Baskin-Robbins is the #1 QSR chain in the U.S. for servings of hard serve ice cream and has established leading market positions in Japan and South Korea.

Franchised business model provides a platform for growth

Nearly 100% of our locations are franchised, allowing us to focus on our brand differentiation and menu innovation, while our franchisees expand our points of distribution with operational guidance from us. Gross store openings in fiscal year 2011 were 374 for Dunkin’ Donuts U.S., 341 for Dunkin’ Donuts International, 571 for Baskin-Robbins International and 49 for Baskin-Robbins U.S. Expansion requires limited financial investment by us, given that new store development and substantially all of our store advertising costs are funded by our franchisees. Consequently, we achieved an operating income margin of approximately 33% in fiscal year 2011. For our domestic businesses, our revenues are largely derived from royalties based on a percentage of franchisee sales rather than their net income, as well as contractual lease payments and other franchise fees. We seek to mitigate the challenges of a franchised business model, including a lack of direct control over day-to-day operations in our stores and restaurant development, which could prevent us from being able to quickly and unilaterally grow our business or scale back operations, through our team of more than 400 operational employees who support our franchisees and restaurant managers along with our training and monitoring programs. See “—Franchisee relationships—Franchise agreement terms.”

Store-level economics generate franchisee demand for new Dunkin’ Donuts restaurants in the U.S.

In the U.S., new traditional format Dunkin’ Donuts stores opened during fiscal 2011, excluding gas and convenience locations, generated average weekly sales of approximately $16,500, or annualized unit volumes of approximately $858,000 on a 52-week basis, while the average capital expenditure required to open a new traditional restaurant site in the U.S., excluding gas and convenience locations, was approximately $461,000 in

 

- 75 -


Table of Contents

2011. We offer our franchisees significant operational support by aiming to continuously improve restaurant profitability. One example is supporting their supply chain, where we believe we have facilitated approximately $247 million in franchisee cost reductions between fiscal years 2008 and 2011 primarily through strategic sourcing, as well as other initiatives, such as rationalizing the number of product offerings to reduce waste and reducing costs on branded packaging by reducing the color mix in graphics. We believe that the majority of these cost savings represent sustainable improvements to our franchisees’ supply costs, with the remainder dependent upon the outcome of future supply contract re-negotiations, which typically occur every two to four years. However, there can be no assurance that these cost reductions will be sustainable in the future. While we do not directly benefit from improvements in store-level profitability, we believe that strong store-level economics are important to our ability to attract and retain successful franchisees and grow our business. Of our fiscal year 2011 openings and existing commitments, approximately 91% have been made by existing franchisees who are able, in many cases, to use cash flow generated from their existing restaurants to fund a portion of their expansion costs.

As a result of Dunkin’ Donuts’ franchisee store-level economics and strong brand appeal, we are able to maintain a robust new restaurant pipeline. During 2011, our franchisees opened 243 net new Dunkin’ Donuts points of distribution in the U.S. Based on the commitments we have secured or expect to secure, we anticipate the opening of approximately 260 to 280 net new points of distribution in the U.S. in 2012. Consistent with our overall points of distribution mix, we expect that approximately 75% of our Dunkin’ Donuts openings in the U.S. will be traditional format restaurants; however, this percentage may be higher or lower in any given year as a result of specific development initiatives or other factors.

We believe our strong store-level economics and our track record of performance through economic cycles have resulted in a diverse and stable franchisee base, in which the largest franchisee in the U.S. owns no more than 3.6% of the U.S. Dunkin’ Donuts points of distribution and domestic franchisees operate, on average, 6.1 points of distribution in the U.S. Similarly, no Baskin-Robbins franchisee in the U.S. owns more than 1.0% of the U.S. Baskin-Robbins points of distribution, and domestic franchisees operate, on average, 1.8 points of distribution in the U.S.

Highly experienced management team

Our senior management team has significant QSR, foodservice and franchise company experience. Prior to joining Dunkin’ Brands, our CEO Nigel Travis served as the CEO of Papa John’s International Inc. and previously held numerous senior positions at Blockbuster Inc. and Burger King Corporation. John Costello, our Chief Global Marketing & Innovation Officer, joined Dunkin’ Brands in 2009 having previously held leadership roles at The Home Depot, Sears, Yahoo!, Nielsen Marketing Research and Procter & Gamble. Paul Twohig, our Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. Chief Operating Officer, joined in October 2009 having previously held senior positions at Starbucks Corporation and Panera Bread Company. Our CFO Neil Moses joined in November 2010, having previously held numerous senior positions with public companies, including, most recently, CFO of Parametric Technology Corporation. Giorgio Minardi, our President of International, joined Dunkin’ Brands in February 2012 having previously held senior leadership positions at the Autogrill Group, McDonald’s Corporation and Burger King Corporation.

 

- 76 -


Table of Contents

Our growth strategy

We believe there are significant opportunities to grow our brands globally, further support the profitability of our franchisees, expand our leadership in the coffee, baked goods and ice cream categories of the QSR segment of the restaurant industry, and deliver shareholder value by executing on the following strategies:

Increase comparable store sales and profitability in Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

Our largest operating segment, Dunkin’ Donuts U.S., has experienced positive comparable store sales growth in eight of the last ten fiscal years. We ended fiscal year 2011 with comparable store sales growth of 5.1%, which was our highest annual comparable store sales growth since 2005, and 7.4% for the fourth quarter of 2011, which was our highest quarterly performance in the past seven years. We intend to continue building on our comparable store sales growth momentum and improve profitability through the following initiatives:

Further increase coffee and beverage sales. Since the late 1980s, we have transformed Dunkin’ Donuts into a coffee-focused brand and have developed a significantly enhanced menu of beverage products, including Coolattas®, espressos, iced lattes and flavored coffees. Approximately 60% of Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. franchisee-reported sales for fiscal year 2011 were generated from coffee and other beverages, which we believe generate increased customer visits to our stores and higher unit volumes, and which produce higher margins than our other products. We plan to increase our coffee and beverage revenue through continued new product innovations and related marketing, including advertising campaigns such as “America Runs on Dunkin’” and “What are you Drinkin’?”

In the summer of 2011, Dunkin’ Donuts began offering 14-count boxes of authentic Dunkin’ Donuts coffee in Keurig® K-Cups, exclusively sold at participating Dunkin’ Donuts restaurants across the U.S. Using coffee sourced and roasted to Dunkin’ Donuts’ exacting specifications, Dunkin’ K-Cup portion packs are available in five popular Dunkin’ Donuts flavors, including Original Blend, Dunkin’ Decaf, French Vanilla, Hazelnut and Dunkin’ Dark®. In addition, participating Dunkin’ Donuts restaurants offer, on occasion, Keurig Single-Cup Brewers for sale. We believe this alliance is a significant long-term growth opportunity that will generate incremental sales and profits for our Dunkin’ Donuts franchisees. We believe there has been no significant cannibalization of our other coffee businesses to date from the sale of K-Cups.

Extend leadership in breakfast daypart while growing afternoon daypart. As we maintain and grow our current leading market position in the breakfast daypart through innovative bakery and breakfast sandwich products like the Angus Steak & Egg Sandwich, the Big N’ ToastedTM and the Wake-Up Wrap®, we plan to expand Dunkin’ Donuts’ position in the afternoon daypart (between 2:00 p.m. and 5:00 p.m.), which currently represents only approximately 12% of our franchisee-reported sales. We believe that our extensive coffee- and beverage-based menu, coupled with new “hearty snack” introductions, such as bakery sandwiches and tuna and chicken salad sandwiches, positions us for further growth in this daypart. We believe this will require minimal additional capital investment by our franchisees.

Continue to develop enhancements in restaurant operations. We will continue to maintain a highly operations-focused culture to help our franchisees maximize the quality and consistency of their customers’ in-store experience, as well as to increase franchisee profitability. In support of this, we have enhanced initial and ongoing restaurant manager and crew training programs and developed new in-store planning and tracking technology tools to assist our franchisees. As evidence of our recent success in these areas, over 164,000 respondents, representing approximately 93% of all respondents, to our Guest Satisfaction Survey program in December 2011 rated their overall experience as “Satisfied” or “Highly Satisfied.”

 

- 77 -


Table of Contents

Continue Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. contiguous store expansion

We believe there is a significant opportunity to grow our points of distribution for Dunkin’ Donuts in the U.S. given the strong potential outside of the Northeast region to increase our per-capita penetration to levels closer to those in our core markets. Our development strategy resulted in 243 net new U.S. store openings in fiscal 2011. In 2012, we expect our franchisees to open an additional 260 to 280 net new points of distribution in the U.S., principally in existing developed markets. We believe that our strategy of focusing on contiguous growth has the potential to, over approximately the next 20 years, more than double our current U.S. footprint and reach a total of 15,000 points of distribution in the U.S. The following table details our per-capita penetration levels in our U.S. regions.

 

Region    Population (in millions)      Stores1      Penetration  

 

 

Core

     36.0         3,768         1:9,560   

Eastern Established.

     53.8         2,227         1:24,160   

Eastern Emerging

     88.7         891         1:99,600   

West

     130.0         129         1:1,008,100   

 

 
1   As of December 31, 2011

The key elements of our future domestic development strategy are:

Increase penetration in existing markets. In our traditional core markets of New England and New York, we now have one Dunkin’ Donuts store for every 9,560 people. In the near term, we intend to focus our development primarily on other markets east of the Mississippi River, where we currently have only approximately one Dunkin’ Donuts store for every 99,600 people. In certain established Eastern U.S. markets outside of our core markets, such as Philadelphia, Chicago and South Florida, we have already achieved per-capita penetration of one Dunkin’ Donuts store for every 24,160 people.

Expand into new markets using a disciplined approach. We believe that the Western part of the U.S. represents a significant growth opportunity for Dunkin’ Donuts. However, we believe that a disciplined approach to development is the best one for our brand and franchisees. Specifically, in the near-term, we intend to focus on development in markets that are adjacent to our existing base, and generally move westward in a contiguous fashion to less penetrated markets, providing for operational, marketing and supply chain efficiencies within each new market.

Focus on store-level economics. In recent years, we have undertaken significant initiatives to further enhance store-level economics for our franchisees, including reducing the cash investment for new stores, increasing beverage sales, lowering supply chain costs and implementing more efficient store management systems. We believe these initiatives have further increased franchisee profitability. For example, we reduced the upfront capital expenditure costs to open an end-cap restaurant with a drive-thru by approximately 24% between fiscal years 2008 and 2011. Additionally, between fiscal years 2008 and 2011 we believe we have facilitated approximately $247 million in franchisee cost reductions primarily through strategic sourcing, as well as through other initiatives, such as rationalizing the number of product offerings to reduce waste and reducing costs on branded packaging by reducing the color mix in graphics. We recently entered into an agreement with our franchisee-owned supply chain cooperative that provides for a three-year phase in of flat invoice pricing across the franchise system, which, coupled with the cost reductions noted above, should lead to cost savings across the entire franchise system. We believe that this will be one of the drivers of our contiguous development strategy, by improving store-level economics in all markets, but particularly in newer markets where our growth is targeted. Store-level economics have also continued to benefit from increased national marketing and from the introduction of Dunkin’ K-Cups into our restaurants. We will continue to focus on these initiatives to further enhance operating efficiencies.

 

- 78 -


Table of Contents

Drive accelerated international growth of both brands

We believe there is a significant opportunity to grow our points of distribution for both brands in international markets. Our international expansion strategy has resulted in more than 3,500 net new openings in the last ten years.

The key elements of our future international development strategy are:

Grow in our existing core markets. Our international development strategy for both brands includes growth in our existing core markets. For the Dunkin’ Donuts brand, we intend to focus on growth in South Korea and the Middle East, where we currently have 857 and 229 points of distribution, respectively. For Baskin-Robbins, we intend to focus on Japan, South Korea, and key markets in the Middle East. In 2011, we had the #1 market share positions in the Fast Food Ice Cream category in Japan and South Korea. We intend to leverage our operational infrastructure to grow our existing store base of 2,651 Baskin-Robbins points of distribution in these markets. During fiscal 2012, we expect our franchisees to open approximately 350 to 450 net new points of distribution internationally, principally in our existing markets. However, there can be no assurance that our franchisees will be successful in opening this number of, or any, additional points of distribution.

Capitalize on other markets with significant growth potential. We intend to expand in certain international focus markets where our brands do not have a significant store presence, but where we believe there is consumer demand for our products as well as strong franchisee partners. In 2011, we announced an agreement with an experienced QSR franchisee to enter the Indian market with our Dunkin’ Donuts brand. The agreement calls for the development of at least 500 Dunkin’ Donuts restaurants throughout India, the first of which is expected to open by the end of the second quarter of 2012. By teaming with local operators, we believe we are better able to adapt our brands to local business practices and consumer preferences.

Further develop our franchisee support infrastructure. We plan to increase our focus on providing our international franchisees with operational tools and services that can help them to efficiently operate in their markets and become more profitable. For each of our brands, we plan to focus on improving our native-language restaurant training programs and updating existing restaurants for our new international retail restaurant designs. To accomplish this, we are dedicating additional resources to our restaurant operations support teams in key geographies in order to assist international franchisees in improving their store-level operations.

Increase comparable store sales growth of Baskin-Robbins U.S.

In the U.S., Baskin-Robbins’ core strengths are its national brand recognition, 65 years of heritage and its #1 position in the QSR industry for servings of hard serve ice cream. While the Baskin-Robbins U.S. segment has experienced decreasing comparable store sales in three of the last four years, due primarily to increased competition and decreased consumer spending, and the number of Baskin-Robbins U.S. stores has decreased since 2008, we believe that we can capitalize on the brand’s strengths and generate renewed excitement for the brand, through several initiatives including our recently introduced “More Flavors, More FunTM” marketing campaign. In addition, at the restaurant level, we seek to improve sales by focusing on operational and service improvements, by increasing cake and beverage sales, and through product innovation, marketing and technology.

Bill Mitchell leads our Baskin-Robbins U.S. operations, serving as our Senior Vice President and Brand Officer of Baskin-Robbins U.S. Prior to joining us, he served in a variety of management roles over a ten-year period at Papa John’s International, and before that, at Popeyes, a division of AFC Enterprises. Since joining Dunkin’ Brands in August 2010, Mr. Mitchell has led the introduction of technology improvements across the Baskin-Robbins system, which we believe will aid our franchisees in operating their restaurants more efficiently and

 

- 79 -


Table of Contents

profitably. Under Mr. Mitchell’s leadership, comparable store sales for Baskin-Robbins U.S. increased 0.5% in fiscal 2011, with the fourth quarter of 2011 yielding comparable store sales growth of 5.8%. Further, over 4,400 respondents, representing approximately 90% of all respondents, to our Guest Satisfaction Survey program in December 2011 rated their overall experience as “Satisfied” or “Extremely Satisfied.”

Industry overview

According to Technomic, the QSR segment of the U.S. restaurant industry accounted for approximately $174 billion of the total $361 billion restaurant industry sales in the U.S. in 2010. The U.S. restaurant industry is generally categorized into segments by price point ranges, the types of food and beverages offered, and service available to consumers. QSR is a restaurant format characterized by counter or drive-thru ordering and limited, or no, table service. QSRs generally seek to capitalize on consumer desires for quality and convenient food at economical prices. Technomic reports that, in 2010, QSRs comprised nine of the top ten chain restaurants by U.S. systemwide sales and ten of the top ten chain restaurants by number of units.

Our Dunkin’ Donuts brand competes in the QSR segment categories and subcategories that include coffee, donuts, muffins, bagels and breakfast sandwiches. In addition, in the U.S., our Dunkin’ Donuts brand has historically focused on the breakfast daypart, which we define to include the portion of each day from 5:00 a.m. until 11:00 a.m. While, according to CREST® data, the compound annual growth rate for total QSR daypart visits in the U.S. has been flat over the five-year period ended December 2011, the compound annual growth rate for QSR visits in the U.S. during the breakfast daypart averaged 1% over the same five-year period. There can be no assurance that such growth rates will be sustained in the future.

For the twelve months ended December 2011, there were sales of more than 7.4 billion restaurant servings of coffee in the U.S., 79% of which were attributable to the QSR segment according to CREST® data. Over the years, our Dunkin’ Donuts brand has evolved into a predominantly coffee-based concept, with approximately 60% of Dunkin’ Donuts’ U.S. franchisee-reported sales for fiscal year 2011 generated from coffee and other beverages. We believe QSRs, including Dunkin’ Donuts, are positioned to capture additional coffee market share through an increased focus on coffee offerings.

Our Baskin-Robbins brand competes primarily in QSR segment categories and subcategories that include hard-serve ice cream as well as those that include soft serve ice cream, frozen yogurt, shakes, malts and floats. While both of our brands compete internationally, over 63% of Baskin-Robbins restaurants are located outside of the U.S. and represent the majority of our total international sales and points of distribution.

Our brands

Our brands date back to the 1940s when Bill Rosenberg founded his first restaurant, subsequently renamed Dunkin’ Donuts, and Burt Baskin and Irv Robbins each founded a chain of ice cream shops that eventually combined to form Baskin-Robbins. Dunkin’ Donuts and Baskin-Robbins share the same vision of delivering high-quality beverage and food products at a good value through convenient locations.

Dunkin’ Donuts—U.S.

Dunkin’ Donuts is a leading U.S. QSR concept, with leading market positions in each of the coffee, donut, bagel, muffin and breakfast sandwich categories. Since the late 1980s, Dunkin’ Donuts has transformed itself into a coffee and beverage-based concept and is the national leader in hot regular coffee, with sales of over 1 billion servings of coffee annually. From the fiscal year ended August 31, 2001 to the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. systemwide sales have grown at an 8.7% compound annual growth rate. There can be no assurance that such growth rates will be sustained in the future. Total U.S. Dunkin’ Donuts points of

 

- 80 -


Table of Contents

distribution grew from 3,613 at August 31, 2001 to 7,015 as of December 31, 2011. Approximately 85% of these points of distribution are traditional restaurants consisting of end-cap, in-line and stand-alone restaurants, many with drive-thrus, and gas and convenience locations. In addition, we have alternative points of distribution (“APODs”), such as full- or self-service kiosks in grocery stores, hospitals, airports, offices and other smaller-footprint properties. We believe that Dunkin’ Donuts continues to have significant growth potential in the U.S. given its strong brand awareness and variety of restaurant formats. For fiscal year 2011, the Dunkin’ Donuts franchise system generated U.S. franchisee-reported sales of $5.9 billion, which accounted for approximately 71.0% of our global franchisee-reported sales, and had 7,015 U.S. points of distribution (including more than 3,100 restaurants with drive-thrus) at period end.

Baskin-Robbins—U.S.

Baskin-Robbins is the #1 QSR chain in the U.S. for servings of hard-serve ice cream and develops and sells a full range of frozen ice cream treats such as cones, cakes, sundaes and frozen beverages. While our Baskin-Robbins U.S. segment has experienced decreasing comparable store sales in three of the last four fiscal years and the number of Baskin-Robbins stores in the U.S. has decreased in each year since 2008, Baskin-Robbins enjoys 92% aided brand awareness in the U.S., and we believe the brand is known for its innovative flavors, popular “Birthday Club” program and ice cream flavor library of over 1,000 different offerings. We believe we can capitalize on the brand’s strengths and generate renewed excitement for the brand. Baskin-Robbins’ “31 flavors”, offering consumers a different flavor for each day of the month, is recognized by ice cream consumers nationwide. For fiscal year 2011, the Baskin-Robbins franchise system generated U.S. franchisee-reported sales of $496 million, which accounted for approximately 5.9% of our global franchisee-reported sales, and had 2,457 U.S. points of distribution at period end.

International operations

Our international business is primarily conducted via joint ventures and country or territorial license arrangements with “master franchisees”, who both operate and sub-franchise the brand within their licensed area. Our international franchise system, predominantly located across Asia and the Middle East, generated franchisee-reported sales of $1.9 billion for fiscal year 2011, which represented 23.1% of Dunkin’ Brands’ global franchisee-reported sales. Dunkin’ Donuts had 3,068 restaurants in 31 countries (excluding the U.S.), representing $636 million of international franchisee-reported sales for fiscal year 2011, and Baskin-Robbins had 4,254 restaurants in 48 countries (excluding the U.S.), representing approximately $1.3 billion of international franchisee-reported sales for the same period. From August 31, 2001 to December 31, 2011, total international Dunkin’ Donuts points of distribution grew from 1,581 to 3,068, and total international Baskin-Robbins points of distribution grew from 2,231 to 4,254. We believe that we have opportunities to continue to grow our Dunkin’ Donuts and Baskin-Robbins concepts internationally in new and existing markets through brand and menu differentiation.

Overview of franchising

Franchising is a business arrangement whereby a service organization, the franchisor, grants an operator, the franchisee, a license to sell the franchisor’s products and services and use its system and trademarks in a given area, with or without exclusivity. In the context of the restaurant industry, a franchisee pays the franchisor for its concept, strategy, marketing, operating system, training, purchasing power and brand recognition.

Franchisee relationships

One of the ways by which we seek to maximize the alignment of our interests with those of our franchisees is by not deriving additional income through serving as the supplier to our domestic franchisees. In addition, because

 

- 81 -


Table of Contents

the ability to execute our strategy is dependent upon the strength of our relationships with our franchisees, we maintain a multi-tiered advisory council system to foster an active dialogue with franchisees. The advisory council system provides feedback and input on all major brand initiatives and is a source of timely information on evolving consumer preferences, which assists new product introductions and advertising campaigns

Unlike certain other QSR franchise systems, we generally do not guarantee our franchisees’ financing obligations. As of December 31, 2011, if all of our outstanding guarantees of franchisee financing obligations came due, we would be liable for $6.9 million. We intend to continue our past practice of limiting our guarantee of financing for franchisees.

Franchise agreement terms

For each franchised restaurant, we enter into a franchise agreement covering a standard set of terms and conditions. A prospective franchisee may elect to open either a single-branded distribution point or a multi-branded distribution point. In addition, and depending upon the market, a franchisee may purchase the right to open a franchised restaurant at one or multiple locations (via a store development agreement, or “SDA”). When granting the right to operate a restaurant to a potential franchisee, we will generally evaluate the potential franchisee’s prior food-service experience, history in managing profit and loss operations, financial history, and available capital and financing. We also evaluate potential new franchisees based on financial measures, including (for the smallest restaurant development commitment) a liquid asset minimum of $125,000 for the Baskin-Robbins brand, a liquid asset minimum of $250,000 for the Dunkin’ Donuts brand, a net worth minimum of $250,000 for the Baskin-Robbins brand, and a net worth minimum of $500,000 for the Dunkin’ Donuts brand.

The typical franchise agreement in the U.S. has a 20-year term. The majority of our franchisees have entered into prime leases with a third-party landlord. When we sublease properties to franchisees, the sublease generally follows the prime lease term structure. Our leases to franchisees are typically structured to provide a ten-year term and two five-year options to renew.

We help domestic franchisees select sites and develop restaurants that conform to the physical specifications of our typical restaurant. Each domestic franchisee is responsible for selecting a site, but must obtain site approval from us based on accessibility, visibility, proximity to other restaurants, and targeted demographic factors including population density and traffic patterns. Additionally, the franchisee must also refurbish and remodel each restaurant periodically (typically every five and ten years, respectively).

We currently require each domestic franchisee’s managing owner and designated manager to complete initial and ongoing training programs provided by us, including minimum periods of classroom and on-the-job training. We monitor quality and endeavor to ensure compliance with our standards for restaurant operations through restaurant visits in the U.S. In addition, a formal restaurant review is conducted throughout our domestic operations at least once per year and comprises two separate restaurant visits. To complement these procedures, we use “Guest Satisfaction Surveys” in the U.S. to assess customer satisfaction with restaurant operations, such as product quality, restaurant cleanliness and customer service. Within each of our master franchisee and joint venture organizations, training facilities have been established by the master franchisee or joint venture based on our specifications. From those training facilities, the master franchisee or joint venture trains future staff members of the international restaurants. Our master franchisees and joint venture entities also periodically send their primary training managers to the U.S. for re-certification.

Store development agreements

We grant domestic franchisees the right to open one or more restaurants within a specified geographic area pursuant to the terms of SDAs. An SDA specifies the number of restaurants and the mix of the brands

 

- 82 -


Table of Contents

represented by such restaurants that a franchisee is obligated to open. Each SDA also requires the franchisee to meet certain milestones in the development and opening of the restaurant and, if the franchisee meets those obligations, we agree, during the term of such SDA, not to operate or franchise new restaurants in the designated geographic area covered by such SDA. In addition to an SDA, a franchisee signs a separate franchise agreement for each restaurant developed under such SDA.

Master franchise model and international arrangements

Master franchise arrangements are used on a limited basis domestically (the Baskin-Robbins brand has five “territory” franchise agreements for certain Midwestern and Northwestern markets) but more widely internationally for both the Baskin-Robbins brand and the Dunkin’ Donuts brand. In addition, international arrangements include single unit franchises in Canada (both brands), the United Kingdom and Australia (Baskin-Robbins brand) as well as joint venture agreements in Korea (both brands) and Japan (Baskin-Robbins brand).

Master franchise agreements are the most prevalent international relationships for both brands. Under these agreements, the applicable brand grants the master franchisee the exclusive right to develop and operate a certain number of restaurants within a particular geographic area, such as selected cities, one or more provinces or an entire country, pursuant to a development schedule that defines the number of restaurants that the master franchisee must open annually. Those development schedules customarily extend for five to ten years. If the master franchisee fails to perform its obligations, the exclusivity provision of the agreement terminates and additional franchise agreements may be put in place to develop restaurants.

The master franchisee is required to pay an upfront initial franchise fee for each developed restaurant and, for the Dunkin’ Donuts brand, royalties. For the Baskin-Robbins brand, the master franchisee is typically required to purchase ice cream from Baskin-Robbins or an approved supplier. In most countries, the master franchisee is also required to spend a certain percentage of gross sales on advertising in such foreign country in order to promote the brand. Generally, the master franchise agreement serves as the franchise agreement for the underlying restaurants operating pursuant to such model. Depending on the individual agreement, we may permit the master franchisee to subfranchise with its territory.

 

- 83 -


Table of Contents

Our brands have presence in the following countries:

 

      Dunkin’ Donuts      Baskin-Robbins  

 

 

Aruba

   ü         ü     

Australia

      ü     

Azerbaijan

      ü     

Bahamas

   ü        

Bahrain

      ü     

Bangladesh

      ü     

Bulgaria

   ü        

Canada

   ü         ü     

Cayman Islands

   ü        

Chile

   ü        

China

   ü         ü     

Colombia

   ü         ü     

Curacao

      ü     

Denmark

      ü     

Dominican Republic

      ü     

Ecuador

   ü         ü     

Egypt

      ü     

England

      ü     

Georgia

      ü     

Germany

   ü        

Honduras

   ü         ü     

India

   ü         ü     

Indonesia

   ü         ü     

Japan

      ü     

Kazakhstan

      ü     

Korea

   ü         ü     

Kuwait

   ü         ü     

Latvia

      ü     

Lebanon

   ü         ü     

Malaysia

   ü         ü     

Maldives

      ü     

Mauritius

      ü     

Mexico

      ü     

Nepal

      ü     

New Zealand

   ü        

Oman

   ü         ü     

Pakistan

   ü        

Panama

   ü         ü     

Peru

   ü        

Philippines

   ü        

Portugal

      ü     

Qatar

   ü         ü     

Russia

   ü         ü     

Saudi Arabia

   ü         ü     

Scotland

      ü     

Singapore

   ü         ü     

South Africa

      ü     

Spain

   ü         ü     

St Maarten

      ü     

Sri Lanka

      ü     

Taiwan

   ü         ü     

Thailand

   ü         ü     

UAE

   ü         ü     

Ukraine

      ü     

United States

   ü         ü     

Vietnam

      ü     

Wales

      ü     

Yemen

      ü     

 

 

 

- 84 -


Table of Contents

Franchise fees

In the U.S., once a franchisee is approved, a restaurant site is approved and a franchise agreement is signed, the franchisee will begin to develop the restaurant. Franchisees pay us an initial franchise fee for the right to operate a restaurant for one or more franchised brands. The franchisee is required to pay all or part of the initial franchise fee upfront upon execution of the franchise agreement, regardless of when the restaurant is actually opened. Initial franchise fees vary by brand, type of development agreement and geographic area of development, but generally range from $10,000 to $90,000, as shown in the table below.

 

Restaurant type    Initial franchise
fee*
 

 

 

Dunkin’ Donuts Single-Branded Restaurant

   $  40,000-80,000   

Baskin-Robbins Single-Branded Restaurant

   $ 25,000   

Baskin-Robbins Express Single-Branded Restaurant

   $ 10,000   

Dunkin’ Donuts/Baskin-Robbins Multi-Branded Restaurant

   $ 45,000-90,000   

 

 

 

*   Fees as of December 31, 2011 and excludes alternative points of distribution

In addition to the payment of initial franchise fees, our U.S. Dunkin’ Donuts brand franchisees, U.S. Baskin-Robbins brand franchisees and our international Dunkin’ Donuts brand franchisees pay us royalties on a percentage of the gross sales made from each restaurant. In the U.S., the majority of our franchise agreement renewals and the vast majority of our new franchise agreements require our franchisees to pay us a royalty of 5.9% of gross sales. During 2011, our effective royalty rate in the Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. segment was approximately 5.4% and in the Baskin-Robbins U.S. segment was approximately 5.1%. The arrangements for Dunkin’ Donuts in the majority of our international markets require royalty payments to us of 5.0% of gross sales. However, many of our larger international partners and our Korean joint venture partner have agreements at a lower rate, resulting in an effective royalty rate in the Dunkin’ Donuts international segment in 2011 of approximately 2.0%. We typically collect royalty payments on a weekly basis from our domestic franchisees. For the Baskin-Robbins brand in international markets, we do not generally receive royalty payments from our franchisees; instead we receive revenue from such franchisees as a result of our sale of ice cream products to them, and in 2011 our effective royalty rate in this segment was approximately 0.7%. Beginning in 2010, we supplemented and modified certain SDAs, and franchise agreements entered into pursuant to such SDAs, for restaurants located in certain new or developing markets, by (i) reducing the royalties for any one or more of the first four years of the term of the franchise agreements depending on the details related to each specific incentive program; (ii) reimbursing the franchisee for certain local marketing activities in excess of the minimum required; and (iii) providing certain development incentives. To qualify for any or all of these incentives, the franchisee must meet certain requirements, each of which are set forth in an addendum to the SDA and the franchise agreement. We believe these incentives will lead to accelerated development in our less mature markets.

Franchisees in the U.S. also pay advertising fees to the brand-specific advertising funds administered by us. Franchisees make weekly contributions, generally 5% of gross sales, to the advertising funds. Franchisees may elect to increase the contribution to support general brand-building efforts or specific initiatives. The advertising funds for the U.S., which received $316.3 million in contributions from franchisees in fiscal year 2011, are almost exclusively franchisee-funded and cover all expenses related to marketing, advertising and promotion, including market research, production, advertising costs, public relations and sales promotions. We use no more than 20% of the advertising funds to cover the administrative expenses of the advertising funds and for other strategic initiatives designed to increase sales and to enhance the reputation of the brands. As the administrator of the advertising funds, we determine the content and placement of advertising, which is done through print, radio, television, online, billboards, sponsorships and other media, all of which is sourced by

 

- 85 -


Table of Contents

agencies. Under certain circumstances, franchisees are permitted to conduct their own local advertising, but must obtain our prior approval of content and promotional plans.

Other franchise related fees

We lease and sublease properties to franchisees in the U.S. and in Canada, generating net rental fees when the cost charged to the franchisee exceeds the cost charged to us. For fiscal year 2011, we generated 14.7%, or $92.1 million, of our total revenue from rental fees from franchisees and incurred related occupancy expenses of $51.9 million.

We also receive a license fee from Dean Foods Co. (“Dean Foods”) as part of an arrangement whereby Dean Foods manufactures and distributes ice cream products to Baskin-Robbins franchisees in the U.S. In connection with our Dean Foods Alliance Agreement, Dunkin’ Brands receives a license fee based on total gallons of ice cream sold. For fiscal year 2011, we generated 1.2%, or $7.4 million, of our total revenue from license fees from Dean Foods.

We manufacture and supply ice cream products to a majority of the Baskin-Robbins franchisees who operate Baskin-Robbins restaurants located in certain foreign countries and receive revenue associated with those sales. For fiscal year 2011, we generated 15.9%, or $100.1 million, of our total revenue from the sale of ice cream and ice cream products to franchisees in certain foreign countries.

Other revenue sources include income from restaurants owned by us, online training fees, licensing fees earned from the sale of retail packaged coffee, net refranchising gains and other one-time fees such as transfer fees and late fees. For fiscal year 2011, we generated 4.8%, or $30.1 million, of our total revenue from these other sources

International operations

Our international business is organized by brand and by country and/or region. Operations are primarily conducted through master franchise agreements with local operators. In certain instances, the master franchisee may have the right to sub-franchise. In addition, in Japan and South Korea we have joint ventures with local companies for the Baskin-Robbins brand, and in the case of South Korea, for the Dunkin’ Donuts brand as well. By teaming with local operators, we believe we are better able to adapt our concepts to local business practices and consumer preferences. We have had an international presence since 1961 when the first Dunkin’ Donuts restaurant opened in Canada. As of December 31, 2011, there were 4,254 Baskin-Robbins restaurants in 48 countries outside the U.S. and 3,068 Dunkin’ Donuts restaurants in 31 countries outside the U.S. Baskin-Robbins points of distribution represent the majority of our international presence and accounted for 67% of international franchisee-reported sales and 88% of our international revenues for fiscal year 2011.

Our key markets for both brands are predominantly based in Asia and the Middle East, which accounted for approximately 72.4% and 14.5%, respectively, of international franchisee-reported sales for fiscal year 2011. For fiscal year 2011, $1.9 billion of total franchisee-reported sales were generated by restaurants located in international markets, which represented 23.1% of total franchisee-reported sales, with the Dunkin’ Donuts brand accounting for $636 million and the Baskin-Robbins brand accounting for $1.3 billion of our international franchisee-reported sales. For the same period, our revenues from international operations totaled $123.8 million, with the Baskin-Robbins brand generating approximately 88% of such revenues.

 

- 86 -


Table of Contents

Overview of key markets

As of December 31, 2011, the top foreign countries and regions in which the Dunkin’ Donuts brand and/or the Baskin-Robbins brand operated were:

 

Country    Type    Franchised brand(s)      Number of restaurants  

 

 

South Korea

   Joint Venture      Dunkin’ Donuts         857   
        Baskin-Robbins         983   

Japan

   Joint Venture      Baskin-Robbins         1,087   

Middle East

   Master Franchise Agreements      Dunkin’ Donuts         229   
        Baskin-Robbins         581   

 

 

South Korea

Restaurants in South Korea accounted for approximately 35% of total franchisee-reported sales from international operations for fiscal year 2011. Baskin-Robbins accounted for 54% of such sales. In South Korea, we conduct business through a 33.3% ownership stake in a combination Dunkin’ Donuts brand/Baskin-Robbins brand joint venture, with South Korean shareholders owning the remaining 66.7% of the joint venture. The joint venture acts as the master franchisee for South Korea, sub-franchising the Dunkin’ Donuts and Baskin-Robbins brands to franchisees. There are 983 Baskin-Robbins restaurants and 857 Dunkin’ Donuts restaurants located in South Korea as of December 31, 2011. The joint venture also manufactures and supplies the franchisees operating restaurants located in South Korea with ice cream, donuts and coffee products.

Japan

Restaurants in Japan accounted for approximately 28% of total franchisee-reported sales from international operations for fiscal year 2011, 100% of which came from Baskin-Robbins. We conduct business in Japan through a 43.3% ownership stake in a Baskin-Robbins brand joint venture. Fujiya Co. Ltd. also owns a 43.3% interest in the joint venture, with the remaining 13.4% owned by public shareholders. There were 1,087 Baskin-Robbins restaurants located in Japan as of December 31, 2011, with the joint venture manufacturing and selling ice cream to franchisees operating restaurants in Japan and acting as master franchisee for the country.

Middle East

The Middle East represents another key region for us. Restaurants in the Middle East accounted for approximately 15% of total franchisee-reported sales from international operations for fiscal year 2011. Baskin-Robbins accounted for approximately 80% of such sales. We conduct operations in the Middle East through master franchise arrangements.

Competition

We compete primarily in the QSR segment of the restaurant industry and face significant competition from a wide variety of restaurants, convenience stores and other outlets that provide consumers with coffee, baked goods, sandwiches and ice cream on an international, national, regional and local level. We believe that we compete based on, among other things, product quality, restaurant concept, service, convenience, value perception and price. Our competition continues to intensify as competitors increase the breadth and depth of their product offerings, particularly during the breakfast daypart, and open new units. Although new competitors may emerge at any time due to the low barriers to entry, our competitors include: 7-Eleven, Burger King, Cold Stone Creamery, Costa Coffee, Dairy Queen, McDonald’s, Quick Trip, Starbucks, Subway, Tim Hortons, WaWa and Wendy’s, among others. Additionally, we compete with QSRs, specialty restaurants and other retail concepts for prime restaurant locations and qualified franchisees.

 

- 87 -


Table of Contents

Licensing

We derive licensing revenue from agreements with Dean Foods for domestic ice cream sales, with The J.M. Smucker Co. (“Smuckers”) for the sale of packaged coffee in non-franchised outlets (primarily grocery retail) as well as from other licensees. Dean Foods manufactures and sells ice cream to U.S. Baskin-Robbins brand franchisees and pays us a royalty on each gallon sold. The Dunkin’ Donuts branded 12 oz. original blend coffee, which is distributed by Smuckers, is the #1 stock-keeping unit nationally in the premium coffee category. According to Nielsen, for the 52 weeks ending December 24, 2011, sales of our 12 oz. original blend, as expressed in total equivalent units and dollar sales, were double that of the next closest competitor.

Marketing

We coordinate domestic advertising and marketing at the national and local levels. The goals of our marketing strategy include driving comparable store sales and brand differentiation, increasing our total coffee and beverage sales, protecting and growing our morning daypart sales, and growing our afternoon daypart sales. Generally, our domestic franchisees contribute 5% of weekly gross retail sales to fund brand specific advertising funds. The funds are used for various national and local advertising campaigns including print, radio, television, online, mobile, billboards and sponsorships. Over the past ten years, our U.S. franchisees have invested approximately $2.0 billion on advertising to increase brand awareness and restaurant performance across both brands. Additionally, we have various pricing strategies, so that our products appeal to a broad range of customers.

The supply chain

Domestic

We do not typically supply products to our domestic franchisees. With the exception of licensing fees paid by Dean Foods on domestic ice cream sales, we do not typically derive revenues from product distribution. Our franchisees’ suppliers include Rich Products Corp., Dean Foods Co., PepsiCo, Inc., Green Mountain Coffee Roasters, Inc. and Silver Pail Dairy, Ltd. In addition, our franchisees’ primary coffee roasters currently are New England Tea & Coffee Co., Inc., Mother Parkers Tea & Coffee Inc., S&D Coffee, Inc. and Sara Lee Corporation, and their primary donut mix suppliers currently are General Mills, Inc. and Otis Spunkmeyer, Inc. Our franchisees also purchase coffee from Massimo Zanetti Beverage USA, Inc. and donut mix from CSM Bakery Products NA, Inc., Custom Blends and EFCO Products, Inc. We periodically review our relationships with licensees and approved suppliers and evaluate whether those relationships continue to be on competitive or advantageous terms for us and our franchisees.

Purchasing

Purchasing for the Dunkin’ Donuts brand is facilitated by National DCP, LLC (the “NDCP”), which is a Delaware limited liability company operated as a cooperative owned by its franchisee members. The NDCP is managed by a staff of supply chain professionals who report directly to the NDCP’s Executive Management Team, members of which in turn report directly to the NDCP’s Board of Directors. The NDCP has over 1,000 employees including executive leadership, sourcing professionals, warehouse staff, and drivers. The NDCP Board has eight franchisee members. In addition, the Vice President, Strategic Manufacturing & Supply from Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. is a voting member of the NDCP board. The NDCP engages in purchasing, warehousing and distribution of food and supplies on behalf of participating restaurants and some international markets. The NDCP program provides franchisee members nationwide the benefits of scale while fostering consistent product quality across the Dunkin’ Donuts brand. We do not control the NDCP and have only limited contractual rights associated with supplier certification, quality assurance and protection of our intellectual property.

 

- 88 -


Table of Contents

Manufacturing of Dunkin’ Donuts bakery goods

Centralized production is another element of our supply chain that is designed to support growth for the Dunkin’ Donuts brand. Centralized manufacturing locations (“CMLs”) are franchisee-owned and -operated facilities for the centralized production of donuts and bakery goods. The CMLs deliver freshly baked products to Dunkin’ Donuts restaurants on a daily basis and are designed to provide consistent quality products while simplifying restaurant-level operations. As of December 31, 2011, there were 99 CMLs (of varying size and capacity) in the U.S. CMLs are an important part of franchise economics, and we believe the brand is supportive of profit building initiatives as well as protecting brand quality standards and consistency.

Certain of our Dunkin’ Donuts brand restaurants produce donuts and bakery goods on-site rather than relying upon CMLs. Many of such restaurants, known as full producers, also supply other local Dunkin’ Donuts restaurants that do not have access to CMLs. In addition, in newer markets, Dunkin’ Donuts brand restaurants rely on donuts and bakery goods that are finished in restaurants. We believe that this “just baked on demand” donut manufacturing platform enables the Dunkin’ Donuts brand to more efficiently expand its restaurant base in newer markets where franchisees may not have access to a CML.

Baskin-Robbins ice cream

Prior to 2000, we manufactured and sold ice cream products to substantially all of our Baskin-Robbins brand franchisees. Beginning in 2000, we made the strategic decision to outsource the manufacturing and distribution of ice cream products for the domestic Baskin-Robbins brand franchisees to Dean Foods. The transition to this outsourcing arrangement was completed in 2003. We believe that this outsourcing arrangement was an important strategic shift and served the dual purpose of further strengthening our relationships with franchisees and allowing us to focus on our core franchising operations.

International

Dunkin’ Donuts

International Dunkin’ Donuts franchisees are responsible for sourcing their own supplies, subject to compliance with our standards. They also produce their own donuts following the Dunkin’ Donuts brand’s approved processes. In certain countries, our international franchisees source virtually everything locally within their market while in others our international franchisees may source virtually everything from the NDCP. Where supplies are sourced locally, we help identify and approve those suppliers. Supplies that cannot be sourced locally are sourced through the NDCP. In addition, we assist our international franchisees in identifying regional and global suppliers with the goal of leveraging the purchasing volume for pricing and product continuity advantages.

Baskin-Robbins

The Baskin-Robbins global manufacturing network is comprised of 14 facilities, one of which, an ice cream manufacturing facility in Peterborough, Ontario (the “Peterborough Facility”), is owned and operated by us. These facilities supply both our international and our domestic markets with ice cream products. The Peterborough Facility serves many of our international markets, including the Middle East, Australia, China, Southeast Asia and Latin America. Certain international franchisees rely on third party-owned facilities to supply ice cream and ice cream products to them, including a facility near Cork, Ireland, which supplies restaurants in Europe and the Middle East. The Baskin-Robbins brand restaurants in India and Russia are supported by master franchisee-owned facilities in those respective countries while the restaurants in Japan and South Korea are supported by the joint venture-owned facilities located within each country.

 

- 89 -


Table of Contents

Research and development

New product innovation is a critical component of our success. We believe the development of successful new products for both brands attracts new customers, increases comparable store sales and allows franchisees to expand into other dayparts. New product research and development is located in a state-of-the-art facility at our headquarters in Canton, Massachusetts. The facility includes a sensory lab, a quality assurance lab and a demonstration test kitchen. We rely on our internal culinary team, which uses consumer research, to develop and test new products.

Operational support

Substantially all of our executive management, finance, marketing, legal, technology, human resources and operations support functions are conducted from our global headquarters in Canton, Massachusetts. In the U.S. and Canada, our franchise operations for both brands are organized into regions, each of which is headed by a regional vice president and directors of operations supported by field personnel who interact directly with the franchisees. Our international businesses, excluding Canada, are organized by brand, and each brand has dedicated marketing and restaurant operations support teams. These teams, which are organized by geographic regions, work with our master licensees and joint venture partners to improve restaurant operations and restaurant-level economics. Management of a franchise restaurant is the responsibility of the franchisee, who is trained in our techniques and is responsible for ensuring that the day-to-day operations of the restaurant are in compliance with our operating standards. We have implemented a computer-based disaster recovery program to address the possibility that a natural (or other form of) disaster may impact the IT systems located at our Canton, Massachusetts headquarters.

Regulatory matters

Domestic

We and our franchisees are subject to various federal, state and local laws affecting the operation of our respective businesses, including various health, sanitation, fire and safety standards. In some jurisdictions our restaurants are required by law to display nutritional information about our products. Each restaurant is subject to licensing and regulation by a number of governmental authorities, which include zoning, health, safety, sanitation, building and fire agencies in the jurisdiction in which the restaurant is located. Franchisee-owned NDCP and CMLs are licensed and subject to similar regulations by federal, state and local governments.

We and our franchisees are also subject to the Fair Labor Standards Act and various other laws governing such matters as minimum wage requirements, overtime and other working conditions and citizenship requirements. A significant number of food-service personnel employed by franchisees are paid at rates related to the federal minimum wage.

Our franchising activities are subject to the rules and regulations of the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) and various state laws regulating the offer and sale of franchises. The FTC’s franchise rule and various state laws require that we furnish a franchise disclosure document (“FDD”) containing certain information to prospective franchisees and a number of states require registration of the FDD with state authorities. We are operating under exemptions from registration in several states based on our experience and aggregate net worth. Substantive state laws that regulate the franchisor-franchisee relationship exist in a substantial number of states, and bills have been introduced in Congress from time to time that would provide for federal regulation of the franchisor-franchisee relationship. The state laws often limit, among other things, the duration and scope of non-competition provisions, the ability of a franchisor to terminate or refuse to renew a franchise and the ability of a franchisor to designate sources of supply. We believe that our FDDs for each of our Dunkin’ Donuts

 

- 90 -


Table of Contents

brand and our Baskin-Robbins brand together with any applicable state versions or supplements, and franchising procedures comply in all material respects with both the FTC franchise rule and all applicable state laws regulating franchising in those states in which we have offered franchises.

International

Internationally, we and our franchisees are subject to national and local laws and regulations that often are similar to those affecting us and our franchisees in the U.S., including laws and regulations concerning franchises, labor, health, sanitation and safety. International Baskin-Robbins brand and Dunkin’ Donuts brand restaurants are also often subject to tariffs and regulations on imported commodities and equipment, and laws regulating foreign investment. We believe that the international disclosure statements, franchise offering documents and franchising procedures for our Baskin-Robbins brand and Dunkin’ Donuts brand comply in all material respects with the laws of the applicable countries.

Environmental

Our operations, including the selection and development of the properties we lease and sublease to our franchisees and any construction or improvements we make at those locations, are subject to a variety of federal, state and local laws and regulations, including environmental, zoning and land use requirements. Our properties are sometimes located in developed commercial or industrial areas, and might previously have been occupied by more environmentally significant operations, such as gasoline stations and dry cleaners. Environmental laws sometimes require owners or operators of contaminated property to remediate that property, regardless of fault. While we have been required to, and are continuing to, clean up contamination at a limited number of our locations, we have no known material environmental liabilities.

Employees

As of December 31, 2011, excluding employees at our company-owned restaurants, we employed 1,128 people, 1,022 of whom were based in the U.S. and 106 of whom were based in other countries. Of our domestic employees, 431 worked in the field and 591 worked at our corporate headquarters or our satellite office in California. Of these employees, 159, who are almost exclusively in marketing positions, were paid by certain of our advertising funds. In addition, our Peterborough Facility employed 71 full-time employees as of December 31, 2011. Other than the 46 employees in our Peterborough Facility who are represented by the National Automobile, Aerospace, Transportation & General Workers Union of Canada, Local 462, none of our employees is represented by a labor union, and we believe our relationships with our employees are healthy.

Our franchisees are independent business owners, so they and their employees are not included in our employee count.

Properties

Our corporate headquarters, located in Canton, Massachusetts, houses substantially all of our executive management and employees who provide our primary corporate support functions: legal, marketing, technology, human resources, financial and research and development.

Our Peterborough Facility manufactures ice cream products for sale in certain international markets.

As of December 31, 2011, we owned 96 properties and leased 952 locations across the U.S. and Canada, a majority of which we leased or subleased to franchisees. For fiscal year 2011, we generated 14.7%, or $92.1 million, of our total revenue from rental fees from franchisees who lease or sublease their properties from us.

 

- 91 -


Table of Contents

The remaining balance of restaurants selling our products are situated on real property owned by franchisees or leased directly by franchisees from third-party landlords. All international restaurants (other than 13 located in Canada) are owned by licensees and their sub-franchisees or leased by licensees and their sub-franchisees directly from a third-party landlord.

Nearly 100% of Dunkin’ Donuts and Baskin-Robbins restaurants are owned and operated by franchisees. We have construction and site management personnel who oversee the construction of restaurants by outside contractors. The restaurants are built to our specifications as to exterior style and interior decor. As of December 31, 2011, the number of Dunkin’ Donuts restaurants totaled 10,083, operating in 36 states and the District of Columbia in the U.S. and 31 foreign countries. Baskin-Robbins restaurants totaled 6,711, operating in 44 states and the District of Columbia in the U.S. and 48 foreign countries. All but 31 of the Dunkin’ Donuts and Baskin-Robbins restaurants were franchisee-operated. The following table illustrates restaurant locations by brand and whether they are operated by the Company or our franchisees.

 

      Franchisee-owned restaurants      Company-owned restaurants  

 

 

Dunkin’ Donuts—US*

     6,990         25   

Dunkin’ Donuts—International

     3,068         0   
  

 

 

 

Total Dunkin’ Donuts*

     10,058         25   
  

 

 

 

Baskin-Robbins—US*

     2,451         6   

Baskin-Robbins—International

     4,254         0   
  

 

 

 

Total Baskin-Robbins*

     6,705         6   
  

 

 

 

Total US

     9,441         31   

Total International

     7,322         0   

 

 
*   Combination restaurants, as more fully described below, count as both a Dunkin’ Donuts and a Baskin-Robbins restaurant.

Dunkin’ Donuts and Baskin-Robbins restaurants operate in a variety of formats. Dunkin’ Donuts traditional restaurant formats include free standing restaurants, end-caps (i.e., end location of a larger multi-store building) and gas and convenience locations. A free-standing building typically ranges in size from 1,200 to 2,500 square feet, and may include a drive-thru window. An end-cap typically ranges in size from 1,000 to 2,000 square feet and may include a drive-thru window. Dunkin’ Donuts also has other restaurants designed to fit anywhere, consisting of small full-service restaurants and/or self-serve kiosks in offices, hospitals, colleges, airports, grocery stores and drive-thru-only units on smaller pieces of property (collectively referred to as alternative points of distributions or APODs). APODs typically range in size between 400 to 1,800 square feet. The majority of our Dunkin’ Donuts restaurants have their fresh baked goods delivered to them from franchisee owned and operated central manufacturing locations (CMLs).

Baskin-Robbins traditional restaurant formats include free standing restaurants and end-caps. A free-standing building typically ranges in size from 600 to 1,200 square feet, and may include a drive-thru window. An end-cap typically ranges in size from 800 to 1,200 square feet and may include a drive-thru window. We also have other restaurants, consisting of small full-service restaurants and/or self-serve kiosks (collectively referred to as alternative points of distributions or APODs). APODs typically range in size between 400 to 1,000 square feet.

In the U.S., Baskin-Robbins can also be found in 1,158 combination restaurants (combos) that also include a Dunkin’ Donuts restaurant in either a free-standing or end-cap. These combos, which we count as both a Dunkin’ Donuts and a Baskin-Robbins point of distribution, typically range from 1,400 to 3,500 square feet.

Of the 9,441 U.S. franchised restaurants, 89 were sites owned by the Company and leased to franchisees, 883 were leased by us, and in turn, subleased to franchisees, with the remainder either owned or leased directly by the franchisee. Our land or land and building leases are generally for terms of ten to 20 years, and

 

- 92 -


Table of Contents

often have one or more five-year or ten-year renewal options. In certain lease agreements, we have the option to purchase or right of first refusal to purchase the real estate. Certain leases require the payment of additional rent equal to a percentage (ranging from 2.0% to 13.5%) of annual sales in excess of specified amounts.

Of the sites owned or leased by the Company in the U.S., 25 are locations that no longer have a Dunkin’ Donuts or Baskin-Robbins restaurant (surplus properties). Some of these surplus properties have been sublet to other parties while the remaining are currently vacant.

We have 13 leased franchised restaurant properties and 4 surplus leased properties in Canada. We also have leased office space in Australia, China, Spain and the United Kingdom.

The following table sets forth the Company’s owned and leased office, warehouse, manufacturing and distribution facilities, including the approximate square footage of each facility. None of these owned properties, or the Company’s leasehold interest in leased property, is encumbered by a mortgage.

 

Location    Type    Owned/Leased      Approximate Sq. Ft.  

 

 

Peterborough, Ontario, Canada (ice cream facility)

   Manufacturing      Owned         52,000   

Canton, MA

   Office      Leased         175,000   

Braintree, MA (training facility)

   Office      Owned         15,000   

Burbank, CA (training facility)

   Office      Leased         19,000   

Shanghai, China (regional office space)

   Office      Leased         1,700   

Various (regional sales offices)

   Office      Leased         Range of 150 to 300   

 

 

Legal proceedings

We are engaged in several matters of litigation arising in the ordinary course of our business as a franchisor. Such matters include disputes related to compliance with the terms of franchise and development agreements, including claims or threats of claims of breach of contract, negligence, and other alleged violations by us. At December 31, 2011, contingent liabilities totaling $4.7 million were included in other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet to reflect our estimate of the potential loss which may be incurred in connection with these matters.

While we intend to vigorously defend our positions against all claims in these lawsuits and disputes, it is reasonably possible that the losses in connection with these matters could increase by up to an additional $6.0 million based on the outcome of ongoing litigation or negotiations.

Intellectual property

We own many registered trademarks and service marks (“Marks”) in the U.S. and in other countries throughout the world, including Japan, Canada and South Korea. We believe that our Dunkin’ Donuts and Baskin-Robbins names and logos, in particular, have significant value and are important to our business. Our policy is to pursue registration of our Marks in the U.S. and selected international jurisdictions, monitor our Marks portfolio both internally and externally through external search agents and vigorously oppose the infringement of any of our Marks. We license the use of our registered Marks to franchisees and third parties through franchise arrangements and licenses. The franchise and license arrangements restrict franchisees’ and licensees’ activities with respect to the use of our Marks, and impose quality control standards in connection with goods and services offered in connection with the Marks and an affirmative obligation on the franchisees to notify us upon learning of potential infringement. In addition, we maintain a limited patent portfolio in the U.S. for bakery and serving-related methods, designs and articles of manufacture. We generally rely on common law protection for our copyrighted works. Neither the patents nor the copyrighted works are material to the operation of our business. We also license some intellectual property from third parties for use in certain of our products. Such licenses are not individually, or in the aggregate, material to our business.

 

- 93 -


Table of Contents

Management

Below is a list of the names, ages as of February 24, 2012, and positions, and a brief account of the business experience, of the individuals who serve as our executive officers, directors and certain other officers as of the date of this prospectus.

 

Name    Age      Position

 

Nigel Travis

     62       Chief Executive Officer, Dunkin’ Brands and President, Dunkin’ Donuts and Director

Neil Moses

     53       Chief Financial Officer

Paul Carbone

     45       Vice President, Financial Management

John Costello

     64       Chief Global Marketing & Innovation Officer

John Dawson

     48       Chief Development Officer

Richard Emmett

     56       Senior Vice President and General Counsel

Giorgio Minardi

     49       President – International, Dunkin’ Brands

Bill Mitchell

     47       Senior Vice President and Brand Officer, Baskin-Robbins U.S.

Karen Raskopf

     57       Senior Vice President, Chief Communications Officer

Daniel Sheehan

     49       Senior Vice President, Chief Information Officer

Paul Twohig

     58       Chief Operating Officer, Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

Jon Luther

     68       Non-executive Chairman of the Board

Todd Abbrecht

     43       Director

Anita Balaji

     34       Director

Andrew Balson

     45       Director

Anthony DiNovi

     49       Director

Michael Hines

     56       Director

Sandra Horbach

     51       Director

Mark Nunnelly

     53       Director

Joseph Uva

     56       Director

 

We hired Ginger Gregory as our Chief Human Resources Officer on March 26, 2012. Ms. Gregory, who is 44, was previously employed by Novartis AG, where she served in various senior positions since 2005, most recently as Global Head of Human Resources for Novartis Vaccines and Diagnostics. In addition, we anticipate that an additional director who is not affiliated with us or any of our stockholders will be appointed to the board of directors by July 26, 2012, resulting in a board that includes at least three independent directors.

Nigel Travis has served as Chief Executive Officer of Dunkin’ Brands since January 2009 and assumed the role of President of Dunkin’ Donuts in October 2009. From 2005 through 2008, Mr. Travis served as President and Chief Executive Officer, and on the board of directors of Papa John’s International, Inc., a publicly-traded international pizza chain. Prior to Papa John’s, Mr. Travis was with Blockbuster, Inc. from 1994 to 2004, where he served in increasing roles of responsibility, including President and Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Travis previously held numerous senior positions at Burger King Corporation. Mr. Travis currently serves on the board of directors of Office Depot, Inc. and Lorillard, Inc. Mr. Travis will not stand for re-election to the Lorillard

 

- 94 -


Table of Contents

board. Mr. Travis formerly served on the board of Bombay Company, Inc. As our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Travis brings a deep understanding of the Company, as well as domestic and international experience with franchised businesses in the QSR and retail industries, to the board.

Neil Moses joined Dunkin’ Brands as Chief Financial Officer in November 2010. Mr. Moses joined Dunkin’ Brands from Parametric Technology Corporation (PTC), a software company, where he had served as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer since 2003.

Paul Carbone was appointed to the role of Vice President, Financial Management of Dunkin’ Brands in 2008. Prior to joining Dunkin’ Brands, he most recently served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for Tween Brands, Inc. Before Tween Brands, Mr. Carbone spent seven years with Limited Brands, Inc., where his roles included Vice President, Finance, for Victoria’s Secret.

John Costello joined Dunkin’ Brands in 2009 and currently serves as our Chief Global Marketing & Innovation Officer. Prior to joining Dunkin’ Brands, Mr. Costello was an independent consultant and served as President and CEO of Zounds, Inc., an early stage developer and hearing aid retailer, from September 2007 to January 2009. Following his departure, Zounds filed for bankruptcy in March 2009. From October 2006 to August 2007, he served as President of Consumer and Retail for Solidus Networks, Inc. (d/b/a Pay By Touch), which filed for bankruptcy in March 2008. Mr. Costello previously served as the Executive Vice President of Merchandising and Marketing at The Home Depot, Senior Executive Vice President of Sears, and Chief Global Marketing Officer of Yahoo!. He has also held leadership roles at several companies, including serving as President of Nielsen Marketing Research U.S.

John Dawson has served as Chief Development Officer of Dunkin’ Brands since April 2005. Prior to joining Dunkin’ Brands, he spent 17 years at McDonald’s Corporation, most recently as Vice President of Worldwide Restaurant Development.

Richard Emmett was named Senior Vice President and General Counsel in December 2009. Mr. Emmett joined Dunkin’ Brands from QCE HOLDING LLC (Quiznos) where he served as Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary. Prior to Quiznos, Mr. Emmett served in various roles including as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary for Papa John’s International. Mr. Emmett currently serves on the board of directors of Francesca’s Holdings Corporation.

Giorgio Minardi was named President, International of Dunkin’ Brands in February 2012. Mr. Minardi joined Dunkin’ Brands from Autogrill Corporation, where he served from 2007 to 2011, most recently as Managing Director for Europe and the Middle East. He also served as Autogrill’s Chairman in Spain and Belgium, and as President in Switzerland. Mr. Minardi previously held senior positions at Burger King Corporation from 2006 to 2007 and McDonald’s Corporation from 1989 to 2005.

Bill Mitchell joined Dunkin’ Brands in August 2010. Mr. Mitchell joined Dunkin’ Brands from Papa John’s International, where he had served in a variety of roles since 2000, including President of Global Operations, President of Domestic Operations, Operations VP, Division VP and Senior VP of Domestic Operations. Prior to Papa John’s, Mr. Mitchell was with Popeyes, a division of AFC Enterprises where he served in various capacities including Senior Director of Franchise Operations.

Karen Raskopf joined Dunkin’ Brands in 2009 and currently serves as Senior Vice President and Chief Communications Officer. Prior to joining Dunkin’ Brands, she spent 12 years as Senior Vice President, Corporate Communications for Blockbuster, Inc. She also served as head of communications for 7-Eleven, Inc.

Dan Sheehan was named Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer of Dunkin’ Brands in March 2006. Prior to joining Dunkin’ Brands, Mr. Sheehan served as Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer for ADVO Inc., a full-service direct mail marketing services company, from 2000 to 2006.

 

- 95 -


Table of Contents

Paul Twohig joined Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. in October 2009 and currently serves as Chief Operating Officer. Prior to joining Dunkin’ Brands, Mr. Twohig served as a Division Senior Vice President for Starbucks Corporation from December 2004 to March 2009. Mr. Twohig also previously served as Chief Operating Officer for Panera Bread Company.

Jon Luther has served as non-executive Chairman of the Board since July 2010 and prior to that as Chairman from January 2009. He previously served as Chief Executive Officer of Dunkin’ Brands from January 2003 to March 2006 and was appointed to the additional role of Chairman in March 2006. Prior to joining Dunkin’ Brands, Mr. Luther was President of Popeyes, a division of AFC Enterprises, from February 1997 to December 2002. Prior to Popeyes, Mr. Luther was President of CA One Services, a subsidiary of Delaware North Companies, Inc. Mr. Luther is also a director of Six Flags Entertainment Corporation and Brinker International, Inc., Chairman of the Board of Arby’s Restaurant Group and a former director of Wingstop Restaurants, Inc. As our current non-executive Chairman of the Board and our former Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Luther brings unique current and historical perspective and insights into our operations to our board of directors.

Todd Abbrecht is a Managing Director at Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (“THL”). Mr. Abbrecht joined THL in 1992. Mr. Abbrecht is currently a Director of Warner Chilcott Corporation, Aramark Corporation, Intermedix Corporation and inVentiv Health, Inc. Within the last five years, Mr. Abbrecht formerly served on the boards of Michael Foods, Inc., National Waterworks Holdings, Inc. and Simmons Company. Mr. Abbrecht was selected as a director because of his experience addressing financial, strategic and operating issues as a senior executive of a financial services firm and as a director of several companies in various industries.

Anita Balaji is a Vice President at The Carlyle Group, where she focuses on buyout opportunities in the consumer and retail sector. Prior to joining Carlyle in 2006, Ms. Balaji worked at Behrman Capital, a private equity firm based in New York. Previously, she was with the mergers and acquisitions group at Goldman, Sachs & Co., focusing on consumer and retail transactions. Ms. Balaji has broad experience in transactions in the consumer and retail industries.

Andrew Balson is a Managing Director at Bain Capital Partners, LLC. Prior to joining Bain Capital Partners, LLC in 1996, Mr. Balson was a consultant at Bain & Company, where he worked in the technology, telecommunications, financial services and consumer goods industries. Previously, Mr. Balson worked in the Merchant Banking Group at Morgan Stanley & Co. and in the leveraged buyout group at SBC Australia. Mr. Balson serves on the Boards of Directors of OSI Restaurant Partners, LLC, Fleetcor Technologies, Inc. and Domino’s Pizza Inc. as well as a number of other private companies. Mr. Balson formerly served on the board of Burger King Holdings, Inc. Mr. Balson has extensive experience as a director on the board of directors of public companies, including companies in the quick service restaurant business, and brings strong strategic management and planning skills to the board.

Anthony DiNovi is Co-President of THL. Mr. DiNovi joined THL in 1988. Mr. DiNovi is currently a director of West Corporation. Within the last five years, Mr. DiNovi formerly served on the boards of Michael Foods, Inc., American Media Operations, Inc., Vertis, Inc. and Nortek, Inc. Mr. DiNovi was selected as a director because of his experience addressing financial, strategic and operating issues as a senior executive of a financial services firm and as a director of several companies in various industries.

Michael Hines served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Dick’s Sporting Goods, Inc., a sporting goods retailer, from 1995 to 2007. From 1990 to 1995, he held management positions with Staples, Inc., an office products retailer, most recently as Vice President, Finance. Mr. Hines spent 12 years in public accounting, the last eight years with the accounting firm Deloitte & Touche LLP. Mr. Hines is also a director of GNC Holdings, Inc. and of The TJX Companies, Inc. and was a director of The Yankee Candle Company, Inc. from 2003 to 2007. Mr. Hines’ experience as a financial executive and certified public accountant provides him with expertise in the retail industry, including accounting, controls, financial reporting, tax, finance, risk management and financial management.

 

- 96 -


Table of Contents

Sandra Horbach is a Managing Director of The Carlyle Group, where she serves as head of the Global Consumer and Retail team. Prior to joining Carlyle, Ms. Horbach was a General Partner at Forstmann Little, a private investment firm, and an Associate at Morgan Stanley. Ms. Horbach currently serves as a director of NBTY, Inc. and CVC Brasil Operadora e Agência de Viagens S.A., as well as a number of not-for-profit organizations. She has also served on the boards of Citadel Broadcasting Corporation and The Yankee Candle Company, Inc. Ms. Horbach has extensive experience in the retail and consumer industries, and experience on other public and private boards.

Mark Nunnelly is a Managing Director at Bain Capital Partners, LLC. Prior to joining Bain Capital Partners, LLC in 1990, Mr. Nunnelly was a Partner at Bain & Company, with experience in the U.S., Asian and European strategy practices. Mr. Nunnelly managed client relationships in a number of areas, including manufacturing, consumer goods and information services. Previously, Mr. Nunnelly worked at Procter & Gamble in product management. He has also founded and had operating responsibility for several new ventures. Mr. Nunnelly is a member of the board of directors of OSI Restaurant Partners, LLC (Outback Steakhouse), as well as a number of private companies and not-for-profit corporations, and formerly served on the board of Domino’s Pizza, Inc. and Warner Music Group Corp. Mr. Nunnelly brings significant experience in product and brand management, as well as service on the boards of other public companies, including companies in the quick service restaurant business, to the board.

Joseph Uva currently works as an independent consultant in the media and communications industry, and previously served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Univision Communications, Inc., a Spanish language media company, from April 2007 through March 2011. From 2002 to 2007, Mr. Uva was President and Chief Executive Officer of OMD Worldwide Group, a subsidiary of Omnicom Media Group Holdings, Inc., a media communications firm. Mr. Uva served as a director of Univision Communications, Inc. from 2007 until March 2011 and as a director of TiVo Inc. from 2004 through July 2011. Mr. Uva brings extensive executive experience and knowledge of media and advertising, as well as service on the boards of other public companies, to the board.

In connection with our acquisition in 2006, we entered into an investor agreement with the Sponsors that grants each of the Sponsors the contractual right to name up to three individuals to our board of directors. In connection with our IPO, the investor agreement was amended and restated. Under the investor agreement, as amended, each of the Sponsors currently has the contractual right to name up to two individuals to our board of directors. See “Related party transactions—Arrangements with our investors—Investor agreement.”

Code of business ethics and conduct

We have adopted a written code of business ethics and conduct that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. A copy of the code is posted on our website, which is located at www.dunkinbrands.com.

Board structure and committee composition

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee, and, effective upon the completion of this offering, a nominating and corporate governance committee with the composition and responsibilities described below. Each committee operates or will operate under a written charter approved by our board of directors. The members of each committee are appointed by the board of directors and serve until their successor is elected and qualified, unless they are earlier removed or resign. In addition, each of the Sponsors has a contractual right to nominate two directors to our board for as long as such Sponsor owns at least 10% of our outstanding common stock (and one director for so long as such Sponsor owns at least 3% of our outstanding common stock) and the Sponsors have agreed that, so long as the investor agreement is in effect, they will support

 

- 97 -


Table of Contents

at least one nominee from each Sponsor serving on the compensation committee. See “Related party transactions—Arrangements with our investors.” In addition, from time to time, special committees may be established under the direction of the board of directors when necessary to address specific issues.

Prior to the completion of this offering, we availed ourselves of the “controlled company” exception under the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules, and did not have a majority of independent directors, did not have a nominating committee, and our compensation committee was not composed entirely of independent directors as defined under the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules. Upon the completion of this offering, we will no longer be a “controlled company” under the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules, and will comply fully with the governance requirements of The NASDAQ Global Select Market, subject to a phase-in schedule. Accordingly, effective upon the completion of this offering we will have a nominating and corporate governance committee that includes one independent director as well as a compensation committee that includes one independent director. Within 90 days of the closing date of this offering, the majority of committee members will be independent, and all members of the nominating and corporate governance committee and compensation committee will be independent within one year of the closing date of this offering. In addition, within one year of the closing date of this offering, we will have a majority of independent directors on our board.

Audit Committee

The purpose of the audit committee is set forth in the audit committee charter. The audit committee’s primary duties and responsibilities are to:

 

 

Appoint, compensate, retain and oversee the work of any registered public accounting firm engaged for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or performing other audit, review or attest services and review and appraise the audit efforts of our independent accountants;

 

 

Establish procedures for (i) the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters and (ii) confidential and anonymous submissions by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters;

 

 

Engage independent counsel and other advisers, as necessary;

 

 

Determine funding of various services provided by accountants or advisers retained by the committee;

 

 

Review our financial reporting processes and internal controls;

 

 

Review and approve related-party transactions or recommend related-party transactions for review by independent members of our board of directors; and

 

 

Provide an open avenue of communication among the independent accountants, financial and senior management and the board.

The audit committee consists of Ms. Balaji, Mr. Hines and Mr. Uva. Each of Mr. Hines and Mr. Uva is an independent director and Mr. Hines is an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of Item 407 of Regulation S-K. Mr. Hines serves as chair of the audit committee. Our board of directors has adopted a written charter under which the audit committee operates. A copy of the charter is available on our website.

Compensation Committee

The purpose of the compensation committee is to assist the board of directors in fulfilling responsibilities relating to oversight of the compensation of our directors, executive officers and other employees and the administration of the Company’s benefit and equity-based compensation programs. The compensation committee reviews and recommends to our board of directors compensation plans, policies and programs and approves specific compensation levels for all executive officers. The compensation committee consists of

 

- 98 -


Table of Contents

Mr. DiNovi, Ms. Horbach, Mr. Nunnelly and, following the completion of the offering, Mr. Uva. Mr. Uva is an independent director. Ms. Horbach serves as chair of the compensation committee Our board of directors has adopted a written charter under which the compensation committee operates. A copy of the charter is available on our website.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will be formed effective upon the completion of this offering. The purpose of the nominating and corporate governance committee is to identify individuals qualified to become members of the board of directors, to recommend director nominees for each annual meeting of the stockholders, to recommend nominees for election, to fill any vacancies of the board of directors, and to address related matters. The nominating and corporate governance committee will also develop and recommend to the board of directors corporate governance principles applicable to the Company and will be responsible for leading the annual review of the board’s performance. The nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Mr. Abbrecht, Ms. Balaji and Mr. Hines. Mr. Hines is an independent director and will serve as chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee following the completion of the offering. Our board of directors has adopted a written charter under which the nominating and corporate governance committee will operate. A copy of the charter will be available on our website upon the completion of this offering.

Compensation committee interlocks and insider participation

None of our executive officers serves as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any other entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

Compensation discussion and analysis

This section discusses the principles underlying our policies and decisions with respect to the compensation of our executive officers who are named in the “2011 Summary Compensation Table” and the most important factors relevant to an analysis of these policies and decisions. Our “named executive officers” for fiscal 2011 are:

 

 

Nigel Travis, Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Neil Moses, Chief Financial Officer

 

 

John Costello, Chief Global Marketing & Innovation Officer

 

 

Paul Twohig, Chief Operating Officer, Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

 

 

William Mitchell, Chief Brand Officer, Baskin-Robbins U.S.

 

 

Neal Yanofsky, Former President – International, Dunkin’ Brands(1)

Overview of compensation and fiscal 2011 performance

Our compensation strategy focuses on providing a total compensation package that will attract and retain high-caliber executive officers and employees, incentivize them to achieve company and individual performance goals and align management, employee and shareholder interests over both the short-term and long-term. Our

 

(1)    Mr. Yanofsky resigned from his position as President-International, Dunkin’ Brands on September 22, 2011.

 

- 99 -


Table of Contents

approach to executive compensation reflects our focus on long-term value creation. We believe that by placing a significant equity opportunity in the hands of executives who are capable of driving and sustaining growth, our shareholders will benefit along with the executives who helped create this value.

Compensation philosophy

Our compensation philosophy centers upon:

 

 

attracting and retaining industry-leading talent by targeting compensation levels that are competitive when measured against other companies within our industry;

 

 

linking compensation actually paid to achievement of our financial, operating, and strategic goals;

 

 

rewarding individual performance and contribution to our success; and

 

 

aligning the interests of our executive officers with those of our shareholders by delivering a substantial portion of an executive officer’s compensation through equity-based awards with a long-term value horizon.

Each of the key elements of our executive compensation program is discussed in more detail below. Our executive compensation program is designed to be complementary and to collectively serve the compensation objectives described above. We have not adopted any formal policies or guidelines for allocating compensation between short-term and long-term compensation, between cash and non-cash compensation or among different forms of cash and non-cash compensation. The compensation levels of our named executive officers reflect to a significant degree the varying roles and responsibilities of these executives.

Highlights of 2011 performance

We achieved strong financial performance in fiscal 2011, and we believe that our named executive officers were instrumental in helping us to achieve these results. Highlights of our fiscal 2011 performance include the following:

 

 

Successfully completed Public Offerings: In July 2011, we successfully completed an initial public offering and our common stock became listed on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “DNKN” and in November 2011 our Sponsors completed a secondary offering of shares of our common stock.

 

 

Grew worldwide sales: Grew worldwide system-wide sales by 9.1% over fiscal year 2010 (system-wide sales grew 7.4% on a 52-week basis).

 

 

Drove profitable comparable store sales in Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. and Baskin-Robbins U.S.: Increased Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. comparable store sales by 5.1% and Baskin-Robbins U.S. comparable store sales by 0.5%.

 

 

Expanded our presence globally: Opened 601 (net) new Dunkin’ Donuts and Baskin-Robbins locations globally bringing Dunkin’ Brands total points of distribution to 16,794 as of year-end.

 

 

Increased net income: Increased net income 28.2% to $34.4 million; adjusted net income increased 15.9% to $101.7 million.

 

 

Increased operating income: Increased operating income 6.1% to $205.3 million and adjusted operating income increased 16.2% to $270.7 million.

 

 

Increased revenue: Increased revenues 8.8% to $628.2 million from $577.1 million in fiscal year 2010 (revenues increased 7.5% on a 52-week basis).

This performance translated into results that exceeded our expectations for fiscal 2011. Based on our global adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA), the measure that determined our 2011 Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. Short-Term Incentive Plan (STI Plan) funding, our Compensation Committee approved STI Plan funding at 120% of target, in accordance with the terms of this plan. Global adjusted EBITDA excludes the impact of certain items, including stock compensation, management fees paid to our Sponsors and impairment charges.

 

- 100 -


Table of Contents

“Adjusted net income” and “adjusted operating income” are non-GAAP financial measures. An explanation of how we calculate these measures is contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

Compensation framework: policies and process

Roles of Compensation Committee and Chief Executive Officer in compensation decisions

Our Compensation Committee oversees our executive compensation program and is responsible for approving the nature and amount of the compensation paid to, and any employment and related agreements entered into with, our executive officers, and administering our equity compensation plans and awards. Following the IPO, our Board generally has been responsible for approving, after receiving the recommendation or approval of the Compensation Committee, equity awards to our executive officers in order to qualify these awards as exempt awards under Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Our Chief Executive Officer provides recommendations to our Compensation Committee with respect to salary adjustments, annual cash incentive bonus targets and awards and equity incentive awards for our named executive officers, excluding himself, and the other executive officers who report to him. Our Compensation Committee meets with our Chief Executive Officer at least annually to discuss and review his recommendations for the compensation of our executive officers, excluding himself. When making compensation decisions for our named executive officers, the Compensation Committee takes many factors into account, including the officer’s experience, responsibilities, management abilities and job performance, our performance as a whole, current market conditions and competitive pay levels for similar positions at comparable companies. These factors are considered by the Compensation Committee in a subjective manner without any specific formula or weighting. Our Compensation Committee has, and it has exercised, the ability to increase or decrease amounts of compensation recommended by our Chief Executive Officer.

Competitive market data and use of compensation consultants

As part of our preparation in 2011 to become a public company, management engaged Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc. (“Cook”) to conduct a review of the competitiveness of the Company’s executive compensation levels and opportunities and provide preliminary recommendations for change, as appropriate. The analysis included a study of senior executive direct compensation levels and opportunities, as well as equity “carried interest” levels. Carried interest represents executive ownership levels attributable to unexercised stock options, outstanding full-value equity awards and directly owned shares. As part of this evaluation, Cook developed, and the Compensation Committee approved, a peer group of companies against which to assess the three key components comprising our named executive officers’ compensation: base salary, annual cash bonus and long-term equity incentives. This peer group consists of the following 14 publicly-traded restaurant companies listed below. Cook does not provide any consulting services to the Company other than as described in this section.

 

Brinker International   Darden Restaurants   Panera Bread   Wendy’s Co.
Cheesecake Factory   DineEquity   Ruby Tuesday   Yum! Brands
Chipotle Mexican Grill   Domino’s Pizza   Starbucks  
Cracker Barrel   Jack In The Box   Tim Horton’s  

In terms of size, our enterprise value as of December 2011 is between the median and the 75th percentile of the peer companies and our 2011 EBITDA is between the 25th percentile and the median.

Following the IPO, the Company, on behalf of the Compensation Committee, has retained Cook as its independent compensation consultant. Since the IPO, Cook has advised the Company’s management in connection with developing a strategy for granting long-term incentive awards in future fiscal years. The

 

- 101 -


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee may decide to have Cook or another compensation consultant provide market data on the peer group of companies identified above or such other peer group as our Compensation Committee may identify from time to time with respect to years following 2011. Our Compensation Committee intends to review this peer group at least annually to ensure that it is appropriate, reflective of our company size and includes the companies against which we compete for executive talent. Since the IPO, our Compensation Committee has not benchmarked total executive compensation or individual compensation elements against a peer group.

Elements of named executive officer compensation

The following is a discussion of the primary elements of the compensation for each of our named executive officers. Compensation for our named executive officers consists of the following elements for fiscal 2011:

 

Element   Description   Primary objectives

 

Base Salary

 

• Fixed cash payment

 

• Attract and retain talented individuals

• Recognize career experience and individual performance

• Provide competitive compensation

Short-Term Incentives

 

• Performance-based annual cash incentives

 

• Promote and reward achievement of the Company’s annual financial and strategic objectives and individualized personal goals

Long-Term Incentives

 

• Time and performance-based stock options and time-based restricted stock awards

 

• Align executive interests with shareholder interests by tying value to long-term stock performance

• Attract and retain talented individuals

Retirement and Welfare Benefits

 

• Medical, dental, vision, life insurance and disability insurance (STD & LTD)

• Retirement Savings / 401(k) Plan

• Non-qualified deferred compensation plan

 

• Provide competitive benefits

• Provide tax-efficient retirement savings

• Provide tax-efficient opportunity to supplement retirement savings

Executive Perquisites

 

• Executive physical for Vice Presidents and above

• Supplemental LTD Insurance

 

• Promote health and well being of senior executives

• Provide competitive benefits

 

Base salary

Base salaries of our named executive officers are reviewed periodically by our Chief Executive Officer (other than his own) and are approved by the Compensation Committee. They are intended to be competitive in light of the level and scope of the executive’s position and responsibilities. Adjustments to base salaries are based on the level of an executive’s responsibilities and his or her individual contributions, prior experience and sustained performance. Decisions regarding salary increases may take into account the named executive officer’s current salary, equity holdings, including stock options, and the amounts paid to individuals in

 

- 102 -


Table of Contents

comparable positions as determined through the use of executive compensation surveys. No formulaic base salary increases are provided to our named executive officers, in line with our strategy of offering total compensation that is cost-effective, competitive and based on the achievement of performance objectives.

Short-term incentive plan

In addition to receiving base salaries, executives participate in the STI Plan, our annual management incentive plan. We believe that annual incentives should be based upon actual performance against specific business objectives. The funding of the STI Plan is based on the level of achievement of our global EBITDA target. The Compensation Committee chose EBITDA as the performance metric that would establish the funding levels under the plan in order to ensure that the Company had a sufficient level of earnings to fund bonuses to be paid out of this plan. In addition, the use of EBITDA provides a link between the compensation payable to our executives and the value we create for our shareholders. The Compensation Committee sets the global EBITDA target at a level it believes is both challenging and achievable. By establishing a target that is challenging, the Compensation Committee believes that the performance of our employees, and therefore our performance, is maximized. By setting a target that is also achievable, the Compensation Committee believes that employees will remain motivated to perform at the high level required to achieve the target. The potential STI Plan payout for each eligible employee (based on the employee’s target bonus) is aggregated to create a STI Plan pool at target. The level of funding under the STI Plan ranges from 0% to 200% of that target pool based on our actual performance relative to the global EBITDA goal, with a threshold funding level established by the Compensation Committee based on the minimum level of global EBITDA performance that would result in any funding under the STI Plan.

Once our global EBITDA performance is determined after the close of the fiscal year, the funding level for the STI Plan is established. This incentive plan funding is then allocated to participants in the plan based on the achievement of relevant financial or operational business goals such as revenue, comparable store sales and system-wide sales. These specific goals are chosen due to their impact on our profitability. These goals are categorized into three categories: Primary, Secondary and Personal. Primary business goals are key financial goals which are most relevant to the executive based on his or her role within the Company and his or her ability to impact certain aspects of our business. Secondary business goals are financial goals which are influenced or impacted by the activities of a broader organization/group. The Secondary business goals are often shared among executives in order to create more cross-functional collaboration. Personal goals are measurable operational or business goals that relate directly to the duties and responsibilities of the executive. Performance against each goal category is measured separately. The goals are generally weighted as follows: Primary (35%), Secondary (30%) and Personal (35%). The achievement of Personal goals is taken into account solely on a discretionary basis. During the year, regular communication takes place within the Company to ensure that all executives are aware of progress against their goals.

 

- 103 -


Table of Contents

The table below lists the 2011 Primary and Secondary business goals for each named executive officer. The Compensation Committee establishes these goals for Mr. Travis although, under the terms of his employment agreement, he is entitled to a bonus based solely on achievement of EBITDA. See “Narrative disclosure to summary compensation table and grants of plan-based awards table” for more information about the terms of Mr. Travis’ bonus entitlement.

 

Named executive officer

Title

   Goal type    Metric

 

Nigel Travis    Primary    Dunkin’ Brands Inc. Global Total Revenue
Chief Executive Officer    Secondary   

Dunkin’ Brands Inc. U.S. Comparable Sales (80%)

Dunkin’ Brands Inc. International System-Wide Sales (20%)

Neil Moses    Primary    Dunkin’ Brands Inc. Global Total Revenue
Chief Financial Officer    Secondary    Dunkin’ Brands Inc. U.S. Comparable Sales (80%)
      Dunkin’ Brands Inc. International System-Wide Sales (20%)

John Costello

Chief Global Marketing and Innovation Officer

   Primary   

Dunkin’ Brands Inc. U.S. Comparable Sales (80%)

Dunkin’ Brands Inc. International System-Wide Sales (20%)

   Secondary   

Dunkin’ Brands Inc. Global Total Revenue

Paul Twohig    Primary    Dunkin’ Brands Inc. U.S. Comparable Sales

Chief Operating Officer,

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

   Secondary    Dunkin’ Brands Inc. Global Total Revenue
William Mitchell    Primary    Baskin Robbins U.S. Comparable Sales

Chief Brand Officer,

Baskin-Robbins U.S.

   Secondary    Baskin Robbins Total U.S. Revenue
Neal Yanofsky    Primary    Dunkin’ Brands Inc. International System-Wide Sales

Former President—

International, Dunkin’ Brands

   Secondary    Dunkin’ Brands Inc. Global Total Revenue

 

2011 Personal goals included relevant strategic and operational goals for the respective named executive officer, including:

 

 

increasing customer satisfaction scores;

 

enrolling franchisees into our new retail technology platforms;

 

developing our long-term growth strategy for our international operations;

 

increasing franchise profitability; and

 

developing future retail store concepts.

The achievement of Personal goals under the STI Plan is reviewed after the close of the relevant fiscal year and is taken into account by the Compensation Committee on a discretionary basis.

At the conclusion of the fiscal year, global EBITDA results are determined by our finance department based on audited financial results. These results are presented to the Compensation Committee for consideration and approval. The Compensation Committee retains the discretion to adjust (upwards or downwards) global EBITDA results for the occurrence of extraordinary events affecting global EBITDA performance. In addition, in setting the global EBITDA thresholds and determining our achievement of such thresholds, our Compensation Committee may exclude revenue and expenses related to our business as it deems appropriate. After the Compensation Committee sets the bonus pool under the STI Plan based on its determination of the level of our global EBITDA achieved, our Chief Executive Officer then recommends amounts payable to each named

 

- 104 -


Table of Contents

executive officer (other than himself) under the STI Plan based on that individual’s performance against his or her Primary, Secondary and Personal goals. The Compensation Committee makes all determinations with respect to Mr. Travis’ bonus. STI Plan awards may be adjusted based on considerations deemed appropriate by our Compensation Committee, including personal performance.

Long-term equity incentive program

The primary goals of our equity incentive program are to align the interests of our named executive officers with the interests of our shareholders and to encourage executive retention through the use of service-based vesting requirements. Our long-term equity program for executive officers prior to the IPO consisted of stock options that were more heavily weighted towards stock options with performance-based vesting requirements. Stock option awards granted prior to the IPO were divided so that 30% were time-vested options (tranche 4) and 70% were performance-based options that vest based on time and investment returns to the Sponsors (tranche 5). The combination of time- and performance-vesting of these awards was designed to compensate executives for their long-term commitment to the Company, while incentivizing sustained increases in our financial performance and helping to ensure that the Sponsors have received an appropriate return on their invested capital before executives receive significant value from these grants.

The tranche 4 options generally vest in equal installments of 20% on each of the first five anniversaries of the vesting commencement date, which is typically the date the option grants were approved by the Compensation Committee.

The tranche 5 options generally become eligible to vest in tandem with the vesting of tranche 4 options, but do not actually vest unless a pre-established performance condition is also achieved. The performance condition is satisfied by the Sponsors’ receipt of a targeted return on their initial investment in the Company, measured at the time of a sale or disposition by the Sponsors of all or a portion of the Company. If the Sponsors receive a specified level of investment return on such sale or disposition, the performance condition is met for a percentage of tranche 5 options equal to the percentage of shares sold by the Sponsors to that point. If, in the cumulative sale or disposition, the Sponsors receive a specified level of return on their entire original investment, the performance condition is met for 100% of the tranche 5 options. We believe this vesting schedule appropriately supports our retention objective while allowing our executives to realize compensation in line with the value they have created for our Sponsor-shareholders. If the performance condition is achieved, but the service condition is not, the tranche remains subject to the time-based vesting schedule described above. In connection with this offering, we expect that tranche 5 options covering approximately 372,000 shares of our common stock, or 428,000 shares of our common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares from certain of the selling stockholders, will vest based upon the latest sale price of our common stock included on the cover page of this prospectus. Of these shares, approximately 266,000 are held by Mr. Travis and another approximately 72,000 shares are held by our other named executive officers. These options have a weighted average exercise price per share of $3.27.

Our named executive officers received grants of stock options in connection with the commencement of their employment and, in 2011, Messrs. Costello and Twohig received grants of stock options as an additional incentive to encourage their retention. In determining the size of the long-term equity grants to be awarded to our named executive officers, the Compensation Committee takes into account a number of factors such as long-term incentive values typically awarded to executives holding positions in similarly-situated companies and internal factors such as the individual’s responsibilities, position and the size and value of the long-term incentive awards of currently employed executives. To date, there has been no program for awarding annual grants, and our Compensation Committee retains discretion to grant stock options or other equity-based awards to employees at any time, including in connection with a promotion, to reward an employee, for retention purposes or in other circumstances.

 

- 105 -


Table of Contents

The exercise price of each stock option is set at the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. For the period of fiscal 2011 prior to our IPO, the determination of fair market value was made by our Board in accordance with the 2006 Executive Incentive Plan. In the absence of a public trading market, our Board determined fair market value based on an independent, third-party valuation of our common stock. After the IPO, fair market value is determined based on the closing price of our common stock on the date of grant of the stock option.

Following the IPO, our Compensation Committee made a determination that it should re-evaluate the performance vesting conditions of our equity-based awards in light of the fact that our stock is publicly held and no longer almost wholly-owned by the Sponsors. Consequently, stock option grants made after our IPO in 2011 to our named executive officers who received them, Messrs. Costello and Twohig, were subject to only time-based vesting. Our Compensation Committee is in the process of considering the structure and terms of our equity compensation program going forward.

Equity purchase program

In addition to our long-term equity incentive program, our current named executive officers have further increased their ownership stakes in the Company by electing to purchase our shares pursuant to our management equity investment program in 2011. Messrs. Travis, Moses, Costello, Twohig and Mitchell made investments in our shares prior to our decision to go public in 2011 in an amount equal to $600,000, $250,000, $250,000, $65,195, and $176,078, respectively. All shares were purchased at fair market value.

Retirement and welfare benefits

We provide our executive officers with access to the same benefits we provide to all of our full-time employees. In addition to the standard company Long-Term Disability policy, we offer executives the opportunity to participate in a supplemental Long-Term Disability policy at no additional cost to them except for taxes on the imputed income associated with this benefit.

In addition to our standard 401(k) retirement savings plan available to all employees, we have established a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for senior employees, including our named executive officers. The plan allows participants to defer certain elements of their compensation with the potential to receive earnings on deferred amounts. We believe this plan is an important retention and recruitment tool because it helps facilitate retirement savings and provides financial flexibility for our key employees, and because many of the companies with which we compete for executive talent provide a similar plan to their key employees.

Executive perquisites

Perquisites are generally provided to help us attract and retain top performing employees for key positions. Our primary perquisite for our current named executive officers had been a flexible allowance generally in the amount of $20,000 per annum (with lesser amounts as determined by the Compensation Committee). In connection with the IPO, management recommended and the Compensation Committee approved the elimination of the flexible allowance for our named executive officers and the other direct reports of Mr. Travis. This allowance was replaced with an increase in base salary of $11,000 for Mr. Travis (which is reflected in his amended and restated employment agreement described below), $13,000 for Mr. Moses and $15,000 for Messrs. Costello, Twohig and Mitchell. We have also provided our named executive officers with relocation benefits to facilitate their relocation, including short-term cash supplements. We also provide our named executive officers with a limited number of sporting event tickets. The costs associated with all perquisites are included in the Summary Compensation table.

 

- 106 -


Table of Contents

Fiscal 2011 compensation

Base salaries

In light of the economic conditions affecting the Company at the end of 2009, none of our named executive officers received an increase in base salary during 2010. Improved economic conditions permitted the Compensation Committee to consider salary increases in calendar 2011, and two of our named executive officers received an increase in base salary as part of our annual salary review process in 2011. This review process typically occurs in March of each year. Mr. Costello received an increase of 3.0% and Mr. Mitchell received an increase of 6.7%. The salary increases granted to Messrs. Costello and Mitchell reflected their individual job performance, internal equity considerations, external competitiveness and individual job responsibilities. None of our other named executives received a salary increase as part of the annual salary review process in 2011. Mr. Travis’ salary is determined in accordance with his employment agreement; Mr. Moses commenced employment with Dunkin’ Brands in November 2010 and was considered ineligible for a 2011 salary increase due to the timing of his employment commencement relative to the salary review process; and Mr. Twohig’s salary was held flat in view of the decision made by the Compensation Committee in fiscal 2010 to forgive an outstanding loan that was made to him in connection with a lawsuit brought by his prior employer related to his employment with Dunkin’ Brands.

As described in the preceding section (“Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of named executive officer compensation—Executive perquisites”), all of our named executives received a base salary increase in connection with the elimination of their flexible allowance that took place in May 2011. Except in the case of Mr. Mitchell, the annual amount of each salary increase was less than the annual amount of the flexible allowance. Given that any increase in base salary impacts target annual bonus opportunities, the Compensation Committee decided to approve an increase that was generally lower than the value of the benefit that had been relinquished.

Short-term incentive awards

The target incentive (as a percentage of base salary) established under the STI Plan and payable to each named executive officer if achievement relative to the 2011 global EBITDA target resulted in a fully funded plan and, if applicable, the named executive officer achieved each of his or her Primary, Secondary and Personal goals was:

 

      Target STI as a % of base salary  
Named executive officer    Threshold %      Target %      Maximum %(1)  

 

 

Nigel Travis

     25%         100%         150%   

Neil Moses

     18.75%         75%         150%   

John Costello

     12.5%         50%         100%   

Paul Twohig

     12.5%         50%         100%   

William Mitchell(2)

     12.5%         50%         100%   

Neal Yanofsky(3)

     12.5%         50%         100%   

 

 

 

(1)   Mr. Travis’ maximum percentage is established by the terms of his respective employment agreement. For the other named executive officers, the maximum percentage is equal to 200% of the individual’s incentive target.

 

(2)   Mr. Mitchell’s incentive target was increased from 40% to 50% effective March 27, 2011 in connection with his promotion to Chief Brand Officer, Baskin-Robbins U.S. His effective target percentage, used to calculate his 2011 STI Plan award, was pro-rated at 47.3 %.

 

(3)   Mr. Yanofsky’s annual bonus for fiscal 2011, had he remained employed for the full fiscal year, would have been prorated based on the number of days he was employed during the year.

 

- 107 -


Table of Contents

Full funding (100% of target funding) for the STI Plan was contingent on achievement of our global EBITDA target of $300.4 million. The funding threshold level (25% of target funding) was contingent on achievement of 95% of the global EBITDA target, meaning that if global EBITDA performance achievement fell below $285.3 million, no funding would be achieved under the plan and no payments would be made under it. The maximum funding level for the STI Plan (200% of target funding) was contingent on the achievement of 105% of the global EBITDA target, or achievement of $315.4 million of global EBITDA.

Our 2011 global EBITDA performance per our STI Plan before adjustment was $303.4 million, or 101% of our EBITDA target. This translated to a funding level of 120% of target funding in accordance with the funding schedule of the STI Plan, which determines funding between target funding and maximum funding on a straight-line basis. The Compensation Committee approved this funding level for 2011.

Once the level of funding was approved, our Chief Executive Officer recommended to the Compensation Committee amounts to be paid to each named executive officer (other than himself) under the STI Plan based on that individual’s performance against his Primary, Secondary and Personal goals. The determination of the amount that each individual received that was based upon achievement of the Primary and Secondary business goals was formulaic, as shown in the table below. The determination of the amount that each individual received that was based on the achievement of Personal goals was based on the Compensation Committee’s assessment (after consideration of the Chief Executive Officer’s recommendation) of the individual’s performance against his individual goals. For 2011, each named executive officer was determined to have achieved his Personal goals in full. In addition, after considering our strong overall results, especially at the Dunkin’ Brands level, and the role each respective named executive officer played in achieving those results, our Chief Executive Officer recommended to the Compensation Committee, and the Compensation Committee approved, that each of Messrs. Moses, Costello and Twohig be entitled to receive an additional discretionary bonus to recognize the contributions they made to the strong performance of Dunkin’ Brands during fiscal 2011. The table below lists the payouts to each named executive officer as a percentage of eligible base salary earnings and as a percentage of his target award.

 

Named executive officer   

Target STI plan % payout

(% of base salary)

    

Actual award %

(% of base salary)

    

Actual award %

(% of target award)

 

 

 

Nigel Travis

     100%         123.7%         123.7%   

Neil Moses

     75%         96.0%         128.1%   

John Costello

     50%         63.9%         127.8%   

Paul Twohig

     50%         66.1%         132.2%   

William Mitchell

     47.3%         53.3%         122.1%   

Neal Yanofsky(1)

                       

 

 

 

(1)   Mr. Yanofsky forfeited his annual bonus award upon termination of his employment.

 

- 108 -


Table of Contents

The formula for calculating Mr. Travis’ incentive payout differs from all other employees. Based on the formula contained in his employment agreement, for EBITDA performance between 100% and 105% of target, which was the level achieved for 2011, Mr. Travis was entitled to receive an annual incentive payout equal to 100% of his base salary. This percentage is equal to but not greater than his target incentive. Following the close of our 2011 fiscal year, the Compensation Committee considered the calculation specified in his employment agreement, and decided instead to calculate Mr. Travis’ annual incentive payout in a manner consistent with the Dunkin’ Brands Leadership Team (Leadership Team) members, which includes all of our named executive officers. The Compensation Committee approved a payout to Mr. Travis equal to 123.7% of his target payout, which is equal to the average payout percentage of the Leadership Team. In making this decision, the Compensation Committee recognized the above-target financial performance of the Company, the substantial progress made towards key business objectives and the achievement of a successful IPO and secondary offering in 2011. We intend to modify Mr. Travis’ employment agreement in 2012 so that his annual incentive award will be calculated in the same manner as the other participants in the STI Plan. For each of the other named executive officers, the award payout was determined as follows:

 

Primary and Secondary Business Goals(1)   

Target

Performance

     Actual
Performance
    

%

Earned

 

 

 

Dunkin’ Brands Inc. Global Total Revenue ($MM)

   $ 598.4       $ 614.4         125%   

Dunkin’ Brands Inc. U.S. Comparable Sales

     3.53%         4.76%         132.5%   

Dunkin’ Brands Inc. International System Wide-Sales ($MM)

   $ 1,946.8       $ 1,830.8         70%   

Baskin Robbins U.S. Comparable Sales

     -1.70%         0.51%         172.5%   

Baskin Robbins Total U.S. Revenue ($MM)

   $ 42.7       $ 41.8         65.6%   

 

 

 

(1)   Each metric is as defined under the STI Plan or award agreements granted thereunder.

 

      Weighted Contribution Toward STI Plan Payout  

 

 
Named executive officer   

Primary and

Secondary

Business Goals

(65% of total

opportunity)(1)

    

Personal Goals
EBITDA and STI
Plan funding

(35% of total

opportunity)(2)

     Adjustment
to Personal
Goals(3)
    

Actual award %

(% of target award)

 

 

 

Neil Moses

     79.8%         42%         6.3%         128.1%   

John Costello

     79.5%         42%         6.3%         127.8%   

Paul Twohig

     83.9%         42%         6.3%         132.2%   

William Mitchell

     80.1%         42%                 122.1%   

Neal Yanofsky

                               

 

 

 

(1)   Represents the earned portion of the award with respect to each of our named executive officer’s Primary and Secondary business goals based on performance results described in the preceding table and the applicable weightings described above under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of named executive officer compensation—Short-term incentive plan”.

 

(2)   Represents the preliminary EBITDA-based funding level multiplied by the remaining portion of the award (35%).

 

(3)   Represents the additional discretionary bonus awarded to Messrs. Moses, Costello and Twohig as described above.

Long-term equity incentive awards

In 2011, all of our named executive officers received equity-based awards except for Mr. Travis. Our Compensation Committee granted stock options to Messrs. Moses and Mitchell in connection with the commencement of their employment, which began in the latter half of 2010. They also granted Mr. Yanofsky an option award and an award of restricted stock in connection with our IPO. These grants to Mr. Yanofsky were in lieu of grants which would have been made upon his commencement of employment with us, but given that we were in the process of the IPO, the Compensation Committee decided to wait and make these grants in connection with our IPO. Our Board granted stock options to Messrs. Costello and Twohig both prior to and following the IPO primarily as a means to encourage their continued employment with the company. The

 

- 109 -


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee determined that, given the level of Mr. Travis’ equity holdings, no equity-based awards would be granted to him during fiscal 2011. Messrs. Moses, Costello, Twohig, Mitchell and Yanofsky’s option grants made prior to, or in connection with, the IPO were apportioned into two “tranches”, with tranche 4 consisting of time-based options and tranche 5 consisting of stock options containing both time- and performance-vesting criteria, as described above. Mr. Yanofsky’s restricted stock grant would have vested 40% after two years, and in 20% annual installments thereafter. Mr. Yanofsky forfeited his stock option and restricted stock grants upon his termination of employment. As noted above, following our IPO we have only granted stock options subject to time-based vesting. The options granted to Messrs. Costello and Twohig vest in four annual installments, subject to continued employment.

Employment and termination agreements

Employment agreements and letters

Each named executive officer is entitled to certain payments and benefits upon a qualifying termination, including salary continuation, as more fully described below under “Potential payments upon termination or change in control”. These severance benefits are provided pursuant to individual employment agreements or offer letters.

Prior to the IPO, we provided substantially similar benefits to our named executive officers, other than our Chief Executive Officer, under our Executive Severance Pay Plan, in which Messrs. Moses, Costello, Twohig and Mitchell participated. To give us greater flexibility, we decided to terminate this plan and to provide, in our discretion or pursuant to individual offer letters or employment agreements, individual entitlements to severance, if any.

Equity compensation

As more fully described below in the section entitled “Potential payments upon termination or change in control,” certain of our named executive officer’s stock option and restricted stock agreements also provide for accelerated vesting upon a change in control.

Employment agreements with named executive officers

We have entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Travis and offer letters with each of our other named executive officers. We have also entered into a separation agreement with Mr. Yanofsky. The material terms of these agreements and letters are summarized below.

Employment Agreement with Mr. Travis. In connection with our IPO, we amended and restated Mr. Travis’ employment agreement to, among other things, extend the term to a five-year term commencing in May 2011. Under his amended and restated employment agreement, Mr. Travis is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $861,000 and is eligible for a target annual incentive bonus of 100% of his base salary, which can be increased up to 150% if we achieve certain EBITDA goals. The amended and restated agreement also provides for certain payments and benefits to be provided upon a qualifying termination of Mr. Travis’ employment, as described below under “Potential payments upon termination or change of control.” Mr. Travis has agreed to confidentiality obligations during and after employment and has agreed to non-competition and non-solicitation obligations during his employment and for two years following the termination of his employment. As described above under “—Fiscal 2011 compensation,” we intend to modify Mr. Travis’ employment agreement in 2012 so that his annual incentive award will be calculated in the same manner as the other participants in the STI Plan.

Letter Agreements with Messrs. Moses, Costello, Twohig and Mitchell. Messrs. Moses, Costello, Twohig and Mitchell are parties to offer letter agreements with the Company that provide for a certain level of base salary, eligibility to participate in the Company’s STI Plan with specified target bonus opportunities

 

- 110 -


Table of Contents

under this plan, a flexible allowance, and, for certain executive officers, reimbursement for relocation expenses incurred in connection with the executive’s relocation to Massachusetts. The offer letters also provide for certain payments to be provided upon a termination of the named executive officer’s employment other than for cause, as described below under “Potential payments upon termination or change of control.”

Under the terms of their respective letter agreements, each named executive officer has agreed to confidentiality obligations during and after employment and each has agreed to non-competition and non-solicitation obligations during and for one year following employment termination.

Letter and Separation Agreements with Mr. Yanofsky. Mr. Yanofsky entered into an offer letter agreement with the Company in fiscal 2011 which provided for a certain level of base salary and eligibility to participate in the Company’s STI Plan with a specified target bonus opportunity under such plan. The offer letter agreement provided that in the event of a termination of Mr. Yanofsky’s employment without cause, in exchange for a release of claims, he would be entitled to receive severance in an amount equal to twelve months of base salary, payable in the same manner and at the same time as the Company’s payroll. In connection with Mr. Yanofsky’s employment termination, we entered into a separation agreement with him pursuant to which he received, in addition to this level of severance, three months of the Company’s payment of its portion of his COBRA premiums and twelve months of outplacement services.

Employee benefits and perquisites

All of our full-time employees in the United States, including our named executive officers, are eligible to participate in our 401(k) plan. Pursuant to our 401(k) plan, employees, including our named executive officers, may elect to defer a portion of their salary and receive a Company match of up to 4% of salary for fiscal 2011, subject to limits set forth in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (Code).

All of our full-time employees in the United States, which includes all of our named executive officers, are eligible to participate in our health and welfare plans. Generally, we share the costs for such plans with the employee. The Company cost of executive-level health and welfare benefits as well as the flexible allowance and other benefits and perquisites for our named executive officers for fiscal 2011 is reflected under the “All other compensation” column in the “2011 Summary compensation table.”

Clawbacks; Risk Assessment

The Compensation Committee currently has the ability to “clawback” awards under our 2011 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan to the extent required by applicable federal or state law. In addition, the Compensation Committee intends to adopt a “clawback” policy once the SEC rules are finalized with respect to the same. We have adopted an insider trading policy that will prohibit insiders from hedging their ownership of our common stock or pledging shares of common stock. The Company does not believe that the risks arising from our compensation practices are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company.

Tax and accounting considerations

Section 162(m) of the Code disallows a tax deduction for any publicly held corporation for individual compensation exceeding $1 million in any taxable year for a company’s named executive officers, other than its chief financial officer, unless compensation qualifies as performance-based under such section. As we were not publicly traded prior to the IPO, our Compensation Committee did not previously take the deductibility limit imposed by Section 162(m) into consideration in setting compensation. At such time as we are subject to the deduction limitations of Section 162(m), we expect that our Compensation Committee may seek to qualify the

 

- 111 -


Table of Contents

variable compensation paid to our named executive officers for an exemption from the deductibility limitations of Section 162(m). However, our Compensation Committee may, in its judgment, authorize compensation payments that do not comply with the exemptions, in whole or in part, under Section 162(m) or that may otherwise be limited as to tax deductibility.

Our Compensation Committee regularly considers the accounting implications of significant compensation decisions, especially in connection with decisions that relate to our equity incentive award plans and programs. As accounting standards change, we may revise certain programs to appropriately align accounting expenses of our equity awards with our overall executive compensation philosophy and objectives.

Report of the Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed with management the foregoing Compensation Discussion and Analysis. Based on such review and discussions, the Compensation Committee recommended to the Board of Directors that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this registration statement.

Compensation Committee

Anthony DiNovi

Sandra Horbach

Mark Nunnelly

 

- 112 -


Table of Contents

2011 SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation paid to or earned by our named executive officers for fiscal 2010 and 2011:

 

Name and principal
position
  Year    

Salary

($)(2)

   

Bonus

($)(3)

   

Stock

Awards

($)(4)

   

Option

awards

($)(5)

   

Non-equity

incentive plan

compensation

($)(6)

   

All other

compensation

($)(7)

   

Total

($)

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
(a)   (b)     (c)     (d)     (e)     (f)     (g)     (h)     (i)  

Nigel Travis

Chief Executive Officer

   

 

2011

2010

  

  

  $

$

873,750

850,000

  

  

   

 


  

  

   

 


  

  

   

$


4,012,500

  

  

  $

$

1,060,086

637,500

  

  

  $

$

24,089

37,250

  

  

  $

$

1,957,925

5,533,250

  

  

Neil Moses, III

Chief Financial Officer

   

 

2011

2010

  

  

  $

$

492,635

43,698

  

  

   

 


  

  

   

 


  

  

  $

 

1,215,500

  

  

  $

$

463,861

22,978

  

  

  $

$

25,053

1,846

  

  

  $

$

2,197,049

68,522

  

  

John Costello

Chief Global Marketing and

Innovation Officer

   

 

2011

2010

  

  

  $

$

530,962

500,000

  

  

   

 


  

  

   

 


  

  

  $

$

1,308,000

324,000

  

  

  $

$

332,403

182,000

  

  

  $

$

55,539

151,257

  

  

  $

$

2,226,904

1,157,257

  

  

Paul Twohig

Chief Operating Officer,

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

   

 

2011

2010

  

  

  $

$

392,019

375,000

  

  

   

 


  

  

   

 


  

  

  $

$

817,950

275,400

  

  

  $

$

240,584

152,144

  

  

  $

$

25,543

924,995

  

  

  $

$

1,476,097

1,727,539

  

  

William Mitchell

Chief Brand Officer, Baskin-Robbins U.S.

    2011      $ 330,962                    $ 475,150      $ 187,789      $ 15,893      $ 1,009,794   

Neal Yanofsky

Former President – International, Dunkin’ Brands(1)

    2011      $ 200,624      $ 40,000      $ 1,235,000      $ 1,523,791             $ 128,017      $ 3,127,432   

 

 

 

(1)   Mr. Yanofsky commenced employment with the Company on May 2, 2011 and his employment terminated on September 22, 2011. The amounts shown for Mr. Yanofsky reflects his compensation for the portion of 2011 during which he was employed by the Company.

 

(2)   Amounts shown in column (c) are not reduced to reflect the named executive officer’s elections, if any, to defer receipt of salary into either of the Company’s Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation or 401(k) Plans.

 

(3)   Amounts shown in column (d) reflect a sign-on bonus paid to Mr. Yanofsky upon commencement of his employment in May 2011 pursuant to the terms of his offer letter agreement.

 

(4)   The amount shown in column (e) represents the dollar amount of the aggregate grant date fair value of the restricted stock awards granted to Mr. Yanofsky during 2011, determined in accordance with ASC Topic 718 and based on a grant date fair value of a share of common stock equal to $19.00, the per share offering price of our common stock in the IPO. Mr. Yanofsky forfeited his restricted stock award upon his termination of employment in September 2011.

 

(5)   The amounts shown in column (f) represent the dollar amounts of the aggregate grant date fair value of stock option awards determined in accordance with ASC Topic 718. These amounts do not reflect actual amounts paid to or realized by the named executive officers and exclude the effect of estimated forfeitures. With respect to options granted in 2010, the underlying valuation assumptions are discussed in Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 25, 2010, included in our Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on November 1, 2011. With respect to options granted in 2011, the underlying valuation assumptions are discussed in Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 30, 2011, included elsewhere in this prospectus. Mr. Yanofsky forfeited his option award upon his termination of employment in September 2011.

 

(6)   Amounts shown in column (g) represent the named executive officer’s bonus payouts pursuant to the STI Plan. These payout amounts were based on the attainment of certain pre—established performance targets. Please refer to the sections titled “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of named executive officer compensation—Short term incentive plan” and “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Fiscal 2011 compensation—Short-term incentive awards” above.

 

- 113 -


Table of Contents
(7)   Amounts shown in column (h) include the following items, as applicable to each named executive officer:

 

Name and principal position    Year     

Flexible

allowance

and event

tickets

($)(i)

    

Company-

Paid

premiums for

LTD coverage

($)

    

Relocation

expenses

($)

   

Executive

physicals

($)

    

401(k) company

match

contributions

($)

    

Other

($)

 

 

 

Nigel Travis

Chief Executive Officer

    

 

2011

2010

  

  

   $

$

12,123

24,000

  

  

    

 


  

  

    

 


  

  

  $

$

2,150

3,450

  

  

   $

$

9,800

9,800

  

  

   $

 

16

  

  

Neil Moses

Chief Financial Officer

    

 

2011

2010

  

  

   $

$

9,388

1,846

  

  

   $

 

2,695

  

  

    

 


  

  

  $

 

3,150

  

  

   $

 

9,800

  

  

   $

 

20

  

  

John Costello

Chief Global Marketing & Innovation Officer

    

 

2011

2010

  

  

   $

$

9,388

22,000

  

  

   $

$

3,640

3,224

  

  

   $

$

34,615

119,263

(ii) 

(ii) 

   

 


  

  

   $

$

9,800

8,769

  

  

   $

 

20

  

  

Paul Twohig

Chief Operating Officer,

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

    

 

2011

2010

  

  

   $

$

11,335

15,858

  

  

   $

$

4,387

3,564

  

  

    

$


518,966

  

(iii) 

   

 


  

  

   $

$

9,800

5,481

  

  

   $

$

22

383,126

  

(iv) 

William Mitchell

Chief Brand Officer, Baskin-Robbins U.S.

     2011       $ 7,144       $ 2,260                      $ 6,477       $ 13   

Neal Yanofsky

Former President – International, Dunkin’ Brands

     2011       $ 10,080       $ 1,451                      $ 1,102       $ 115,385 (v) 

 

 

 

  (i)   Amounts shown with respect to 2010 for Messrs. Travis, Moses, Costello and Twohig consist of a cash allowance paid to each named executive officer at the rate of $20,000 per annum to be used at his discretion as a car allowance or otherwise (Flexible Allowance) (Messrs. Travis and Costello, each $20,000; Mr. Moses, $1,846; and Mr. Twohig, $13,858), plus the face value of sporting event tickets provided to them. Amounts shown with respect to 2011 consist of a pro-rated Flexible Allowance (Mr. Travis $7,308; Mr. Moses, $7,692; Mr. Costello, $7,692; Mr. Twohig, $9,522; Mr. Mitchell, $5,330; and Mr. Yanofsky, $8,000) plus the face value of sporting event tickets provided to them.

 

  (ii)   Amount shown reflects costs associated with Mr. Costello’s relocation to Massachusetts, consisting of reimbursement of the costs of rental housing in Boston ($100,000 with respect to 2010 and $34,615 with respect to 2011), and with respect to 2010, $2,585 for pre-move house hunting, $7,628 for temporary living, $48 for trips between locations, $960 for property management/rental assistance and a “gross-up” of $8,042 to cover taxes on his relocation benefits. The reimbursement of the costs of rental housing in Boston ceased effective April 23, 2011.

 

  (iii)   Amount shown reflects costs associated with Mr. Twohig’s relocation to Massachusetts. Included in this amount is a reimbursement of $250,000 relating to a capital loss on the sale of his home and $208,066 in tax gross-up expenses.

 

  (iv)   Amount shown reflects the forgiveness of a $375,000 principal loan amount and related interest associated with Mr. Twohig’s settlement with his former employer regarding the alleged violation of a non-compete agreement.

 

  (v)   Amount shown reflects the severance benefits paid to Mr. Yanofsky in connection with his termination of employment and in accordance with the terms of his offer letter agreement and separation agreement.

 

- 114 -


Table of Contents

GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS TABLE IN 2011

 

       Potential Future
Payouts Under Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Awards
    Potential Future Payouts
Under Equity Incentive
Plans
 

All

Other
Stock
Awards:
Number

of
Shares
of

Stock or

Units (#)

   

All Other

Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options

(4)

   

Exercise
or Base
price of
Option
Awards

($/Sh)

(5)

   

Grant
Date

Fair
Value of
Stock
and
Awards

($)(6)

 
Name   Type of award  

Approval

Date

  Grant
date
   

Threshold

($)(2)

    Target
($)(2)
   

Maxi-
mum

($)(2)

   

Threshold

(#)

 

Target

(#)(3)

   

Maxi-

mum
(#)

       

 

 

Nigel Travis

  Annual Incentive(1)         214,245        856,981        1,285,472                 

Neil Moses

  Annual Incentive         90,563        362,250        724,500                 
 

Stock Options

      3/9/2011                168,563            72,241        7.31        1,215,500   

John Costello

  Annual Incentive         65,024        260,096        520,192                 
 

Stock Options

      3/9/2011                30,647            13,134        7.31        221,000   
 

Stock Options

      12/12/2011                      100,000        25.18        1,087,230   

Paul Twohig

  Annual Incentive         45,505        182,019        364,039                 
 

Stock Options

      3/9/2012                22,985            9,851        7.31        165,750   
 

Stock Options

      12/12/2011                      60,000        25.18        652,338   

William Mitchell

  Annual Incentive         38,462        153,846        307,692                 
 

Stock Options

      3/9/2011                65,893            28,239        7.31        475,150   

Neal Yanofsky

  Annual Incentive         41,667        166,667        333,334                 
 

Restricted

Stock Award

      7/26/2011                    65,000          19.00        1,235,000 (7) 
 

Stock Options(8)

      7/26/2011                108,500            46,500        19.00        1,523,791   

 

 

 

(1)   Non-equity incentive plan compensation for Mr. Travis is determined and defined according to the terms of his employment agreement, but is based on achievement against the performance targets established under the STI Plan. In general, Mr. Travis is entitled to receive a bonus based on the Company’s achievement of an EBITDA target. The terms of Mr. Travis’ bonus are described in the narrative summary following this table.

 

(2)   Except for Mr. Travis as noted in (1) above, these figures represent threshold, target and maximum bonus opportunities under the STI plan. For Mr. Travis, his bonus opportunities are provided in his employment agreement. The actual amount of the bonus earned by each named executive officer for fiscal 2011 is reported in the summary compensation table. For a description of the performance targets relating to the STI plan, please refer to the sections titled “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of named executive officer compensation—Short term incentive plan” and “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Fiscal 2011 compensation—Short-term incentive awards” above.

 

(3)   All stock option awards included in this column are granted under the Company’s 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and are options to purchase shares of our common stock. Stock options shown in this column are tranche 5 options subject to performance-based and service-based vesting conditions, have a ten-year term and will vest only upon satisfaction of applicable performance criteria, as described below.

 

(4)   The stock options granted to Messrs. Costello and Twohig on December 12, 2011 were granted under the Company’s 2011 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan. The stock options awarded to Messrs. Moses, Costello, Twohig and Mitchell on March 9, 2011 are tranche 4 options which were granted under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. All stock option awards in this column are options to purchase shares of our common stock, have a ten-year term and are subject to service-based vesting, as described below.

 

(5)   The exercise price of stock options is the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of the stock options granted to Messrs. Costello and Twohig on December 12, 2011 was determined using the closing price of a share of our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Select Market on the date of grant. The exercise price for the stock options granted to Mr. Yanofsky were determined based on the per share offering price of our common stock in the IPO. The exercise price of the stock options granted to Messrs. Moses, Costello, Twohig and Mitchell on March 9, 2011 was determined by the Board under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and based on a valuation provided by an independent consultant.

 

(6)   Amounts shown in this column, with respect to stock options, reflect the fair value of the stock option awards on the date of grant determined in accordance with ASC Topic 718. These amounts do not reflect actual amounts paid to or realized by the named executive officers and exclude the effect of estimated forfeitures. The underlying valuation assumptions for option awards are further discussed in Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements for fiscal year ended December 30, 2011, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(7)   The amount represents the dollar amount of the aggregate grant date fair value of the restricted stock awards granted to Mr. Yanofsky during 2011, determined in accordance with ASC Topic 718 and based on a grant date fair value of a share of common stock equal to $19.00, the per share offering price of our common stock in the IPO. Mr. Yanofsky forfeited his restricted stock award upon his termination of employment on September 22, 2011.

 

(8)   The stock options awarded to Mr. Yanofsky were granted under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and are subject to service-based vesting, as described below. Mr. Yanofsky forfeited this stock option grant upon the termination of his employment on September 22, 2011.

 

- 115 -


Table of Contents

Narrative disclosure to summary compensation table and grants of plan-based awards table

Each of our named executive officers is party to an employment agreement (in the case of Mr. Travis) or an offer letter (in the case of all other named executive officers) that provides for a base salary and other benefits, as described above in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis. Mr. Yanofsky had been a party to an offer letter during his employment with us. All of our named executive officers were eligible to participate in our Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan, the STI Plan, our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and/or our 2011 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan and our benefit plans and programs for all or a portion of fiscal 2011. Mr. Travis’ annual incentive entitlement is set forth in his employment agreement. Under Mr. Travis’ employment agreement, he is entitled to receive a bonus based on an EBITDA target set by the Board, which has delegated this authority to the Compensation Committee for each year during the term of the agreement. If targeted EBITDA is achieved, he will be entitled to receive a bonus equal to 100% of base salary. If EBITDA for the year exceeds target by at least 5% or more, he will be entitled to receive a bonus of up to 150% of base salary. If target EBITDA is not achieved, but EBITDA for the year is greater than 95% of target, he may receive a bonus at the discretion of the Compensation Committee. The EBITDA targets for Mr. Travis’ bonus are established by the Compensation Committee under the STI Plan. All other named executive officers’ bonuses are established and determined under the STI Plan, as more fully described in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis above.

With the exception of option awards granted to Messrs. Costello and Twohig, discussed below, all option awards were granted under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and have a 10-year term. Options that are subject only to service-based vesting conditions (tranche 4 options) vest in equal annual installments over five years, beginning on the vesting commencement date (typically, the first anniversary of the grant date) or, if earlier, upon or following a change of control (as described below under “Potential payments upon termination or change of control”). Options that are subject to both performance-based and service-based vesting conditions (tranche 5 options) generally become eligible to vest in equal installments over five years, beginning on the vesting commencement date or, if earlier, upon or following a change of control (as described below under “Potential payments upon termination or change of control”), but will vest and become exercisable only if and when the applicable performance condition is satisfied. The performance condition is satisfied by the Sponsors’ receipt of a targeted return on their initial investment in the Company, measured at the time of a sale or disposition by the Sponsors of all or a portion of the Company. If the Sponsors receive a specified level of investment return on such sale or disposition, the performance condition is met for a percentage of tranche 5 options equal to the percentage of shares sold by the Sponsors to that point. If, in the cumulative sale or disposition, the Sponsors receive a specified level of return on their entire original investment, the performance condition is met for 100% of the tranche 5 options. If the performance condition is achieved, but the service condition is not, the tranche remains subject to the time-based vesting schedule described above. Mr. Travis was given service credit for both his tranche 4 and tranche 5 options for the period of time that elapsed between the date he commenced employment with us and the date his stock options were granted to him, which resulted in 20% of his tranche 4 stock options being fully vested and 20% of his tranche 5 stock options being fully eligible to vest on the date granted.

Option awards were granted to Messrs. Costello and Twohig in December 2011 under our 2011 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan. These options are subject only to service-based vesting conditions, have a ten-year term and vest in equal annual installments over four years beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant.

 

- 116 -


Table of Contents

OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL-YEAR END

 

      OPTION AWARDS  
Name    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exerciseable
(1)
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexerciseable
(1)
   

Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned Options

(#)(2)

     Option
Exercise
Price
($)(3)
     Option
Expiration
Date(4)
 

 

 

Nigel Travis

     547,070         492,556        1,696,800         3.02         2/23/2020   

Neil Moses

             72,242        168,564         7.31      

John Costello

     21,881         52,539        144,493         3.02         2/23/2020   
        13,135        30,647         7.31         3/9/2021   
        100,000           25.18         12/12/2021   

Paul Twohig

     18,599         44,658        122,819         3.02         2/23/2020   
        9,851        22,986         7.31         3/9/2021   
        60,000           25.18         12/12/2021   

William Mitchell

             28,240 (1)      65,893         7.31         3/9/2021   

Neal Yanofsky

                                 

 

 

 

(1)   Reflects stock options that vest based on service-based vesting conditions. Stock option grants made on or before our IPO vest in equal annual installments over five years, beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date. 50% of outstanding options vest upon a change of control and any remaining unvested options will vest on the first anniversary of the change of control (so long as the named executive officer remains employed through that date). Option grants made after our IPO vest in annual equal installments over 4 years, beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date. For Mr. Travis, the numbers in the table reflect a decision by the Compensation Committee to accelerate the vesting of his options by one year (20%) to reflect the time that had passed between his hire date of January 20, 2009 and February 23, 2010, the grant date of the options.

 

(2)   Reflects tranche 5 options that are subject to performance-based and service-based vesting conditions for which the performance conditions had not been satisfied as of the end of fiscal 2011. These options are eligible to vest in equal annual installments over five years, beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date. 50% of outstanding options become eligible to vest immediately prior to a change of control and any remaining unvested options will become eligible to vest on the first anniversary of the change of control (so long as the named executive officer remains employed through that date). Vesting, however, will not occur unless the performance conditions associated with the stock options are achieved.

 

(3)   The exercise price of stock options is the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the grant date. This was $0.66 in the case of grants made on February 23, 2010 and $1.60 in the case of grants made on March 9, 2011. Prior to our IPO, fair market value was determined by the Board based on a valuation provided by an independent third party valuation firm. These exercise prices were adjusted to $3.02 and $7.31, respectively, in connection with the reverse stock split that occurred immediately prior to our IPO. The exercise price for grants made to Messrs. Costello and Twohig on December 12, 2011 was determined using the closing price of our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Select Market on this date.

 

(4)   All options have a ten-year term.

 

- 117 -


Table of Contents

OPTION EXERCISES AND STOCK VESTED

No named executive officer exercised stock options during fiscal 2011 and no stock awards held by our named executive officers vested during fiscal 2011.

NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION

 

Name    Executive
Contributions In Last
Fiscal Year(1)
    

Registrant

Contributions
In Last Fiscal
Year(2)

    

Aggregate

Earnings In
Last Fiscal Year(3)

    Aggregate
Withdrawals /
Distributions
    

Aggregate

Balance At
Last Fiscal
Year End

 

 

 

Nigel Travis

   $ 209,340               $ (20,064           $ 396,524   

Neil Moses

                                      

John Costello

                                      

Paul Twohig

                                      

William Mitchell

                                      

Neal Yanofsky

                                      

 

 

 

(1)   All amounts contributed by our named executive officers in the last fiscal year have also been reported in the Summary Compensation Table

 

(2)   No company contributions were made into this plan for fiscal 2011 on behalf of our named executive officers.

 

(3)   Reflects market-based earnings on amounts credited to participants under the plan. Investment choices are available within the plan and the Company provides credits or debits to deferred compensation accounts based on the performance of the investment choices selected.

The Deferred Compensation Plan is an unfunded, nonqualified deferred compensation plan that is available to executives and key employees of the Company. Under the Deferred Compensation Plan, our named executive officers and other eligible employees can elect to defer each year up to 50% of base salary and up to 100% of annual cash incentive awards (with a minimum deferral amount of $5,000). Although the Company has the discretion to provide matching credits under the plan, no matching credits were provided for fiscal 2011. All amounts credited to a participant’s account under the plan are notionally invested in mutual funds or other investments available in the market. The Company does not provide above-market or preferential earnings on deferred compensation. Amounts under the plan are generally distributed in a lump sum upon a participant’s separation from service, disability or a date selected by the participant (at least three years after the year of deferral). A participant who separates from service at or after age 50 may elect to receive distributions in a lump sum or in installments and may defer commencement of distributions following separation up to age 65. The Company has established a rabbi trust to assist in meeting a portion of its obligations under the plan. Upon a change in control, the Company will appoint an independent trustee to administer the trust and will fund the trust in an amount sufficient to satisfy all obligations under the plan. In addition, during the 12-month period following a change in control, the Company will continue to maintain the notional investment options available under the plan including, if applicable, any fixed rate fund (using an annual interest equivalent factor equal to the highest factor in effect during the 24 months prior to the change in control).

Potential payments upon termination or change in control

Each of our named executive officers is entitled to receive certain benefits upon a qualifying termination of employment.

Employment Agreement with Mr. Travis. Mr. Travis’ employment agreement was amended and restated effective May 3, 2011. Under Mr. Travis’ amended and restated employment agreement, if his employment is terminated other than for cause or performance-based cause or if he resigns for good reason, he will be

 

- 118 -


Table of Contents

entitled to receive a lump-sum payment equal to two times the average annual base salary paid to him during the two years preceding the date his employment terminates. If such termination occurred prior to January 6, 2012, he would also have been entitled to receive a lump-sum payment equal to two times the average performance-based cash bonuses paid to him during the two years preceding such termination of employment. Performance-based cause is defined in Mr. Travis’ agreement generally as a failure by Mr. Travis to perform his duties to the reasonable standards set by the Board, which failure did not rise to the level of “cause.” He will also be entitled to a pro-rata bonus for the year in which such termination occurred, determined based on actual performance. In addition, Mr. Travis will be entitled to premium costs for participation in our medical and dental plans for eighteen months following employment termination. Mr. Travis’ receipt of these severance benefits is conditioned on his signing and not revoking a full release of claims in favor of the Company.

All Other Named Executive Officers. Messrs. Moses, Costello, Twohig and Mitchell are entitled to certain severance benefits under their offer letters, as amended. In the event of a termination of employment without cause, each executive will receive severance in an amount equal to twelve months of base salary, payable in the same manner and at the same time as the Company’s payroll. In addition, if the executive makes a timely election to receive COBRA health care continuation coverage, the executive’s monthly COBRA premium for the first three months following the date of termination will equal the premiums paid by an active employee for such coverage immediately prior to the termination date. Each executive is also entitled to six months of outplacement services, which can be extended by the Company for an additional six months, in its discretion.

Each named executive officer (including Mr. Travis), upon his separation, is also entitled to receive any accrued but unpaid salary and vacation, as well as any earned but unpaid annual bonus for the preceding fiscal year.

Each named executive officer’s right to receive severance payments and benefits is conditioned upon his or her signing and not revoking a full release of claims in favor of the Company.

Mr. Yanofsky had been party to an offer letter that provided him with severance in an amount equal to twelve months of base salary paid in the form of salary continuation upon a termination of his employment by the Company without cause. In connection with Mr. Yanofsky’s employment termination in September 2011, the Company entered into a separation agreement with him pursuant to which, in exchange for a release of claims, he received twelve months of salary continuation and twelve months of outplacement services. In addition, if he made a timely election to receive COBRA health care continuation coverage, his monthly COBRA premiums for the three months following the date of termination would equal the premiums paid by an active employee for such coverage immediately prior to his termination. The aggregate amount of severance benefits that Mr. Yanofsky is entitled to is $523,665.

Restrictive Covenants. Under the terms of their respective agreements, each of Messrs. Moses, Costello, Twohig and Mitchell has agreed to confidentiality obligations during and after employment. Under his employment agreement, Mr. Travis has agreed to non-competition and non-solicitation obligations during and for two years following employment termination. Each of Messrs. Moses, Costello, Twohig and Mitchell has agreed to non-competition and non-solicitation obligations during and for one year following employment termination.

Change in control

With the exception of the stock options granted to Messrs. Costello and Twohig in December 2011, all outstanding stock options held by our named executive officers have change in control vesting provisions. According to the terms of each option grant, eligible participants are entitled to accelerated vesting, immediately upon a change in control, of 50% of their then-unvested time-based (tranche 4) stock options. Any remaining unvested time-based (tranche 4) stock options will vest on the first anniversary of the change in

 

- 119 -


Table of Contents

control (so long as the participant remains employed through that date). Similarly, up to 50% of the then-unvested performance-based (tranche 5) stock options would become eligible to vest immediately prior to the change in control, and the remaining performance-based (tranche 5) stock options would become eligible to vest on the first anniversary of the change in control (so long as the participant remains employed through that date). However, performance-based (tranche 5) stock options will only vest upon or following a change in control if the Sponsors realize a specified level of investment return on their initial investment in the Company.

As described above under “Nonqualified deferred compensation”, a change in control will have certain consequences under our Deferred Compensation Plan, including a requirement that the Company contribute additional amounts to the rabbi trust established to satisfy its obligations under this plan.

The Company does not provide tax “gross-ups” on amounts payable in connection with a change of control that are subject to an excise tax on golden parachute payments.

Summary of potential payments

The following tables summarize the payments that would have been made to our named executive officers upon the occurrence of a qualifying termination of employment or change in control, assuming that each named executive officer’s termination of employment with our Company or a change in control of the Company occurred on December 30, 2011 (the last business day of our fiscal year). If a termination of employment had occurred on this date, severance payments and benefits would have been determined, for Mr. Travis, under his employment agreement in effect on such date and, for the other named executive officers, under their respective offer letters, as in effect on such date. Amounts shown do not include (i) accrued but unpaid salary or bonus and vested benefits, and (ii) other benefits earned or accrued by the named executive officer during his or her employment that are available to all salaried employees and that do not discriminate in scope, terms or operations in favor of executive officers.

None of our named executive officers was entitled to receive any severance payments or benefits upon a voluntary termination (including retirement) or a termination due to death, disability or cause on December 30, 2011, except for earned by unpaid salary, accrued and vested benefits and benefits under any applicable insurance policies.

 

Termination of Mr. Travis’ employment   

Cash severance

(lump-sum)

     Cash incentive plan     Health benefit      Total  

 

 

Voluntary Termination for Good Reason or Involuntary Termination (other than for Cause or Performance-Based Cause)

   $ 1,706,981       $ 1,794,481 (1)    $ 26,338       $ 3,527,800   

Involuntary Termination (for Performance-Based Cause)

   $ 861,000                      $ 861,000   

 

 

 

(1)   Amount includes two-times the average performance-based cash bonuses paid to Mr. Travis during fiscal 2009 and 2010 and the annual cash bonus Mr. Travis would have been entitled to receive for fiscal 2011 pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement.

 

Termination by the company other than for cause    Cash severance
(salary continuation)
     Health benefit      Outplacement
benefit(1)
     Total  

 

 

Neil Moses

   $ 488,000       $ 4,502       $ 20,000       $ 512,502   

John Costello

   $ 530,000       $ 3,002       $ 20,000       $ 553,002   

Paul Twohig

   $ 390,000       $ 3,002       $ 20,000       $ 413,002   

William Mitchell

   $ 335,000       $ 3,916       $ 20,000       $ 358,916   

 

 

 

- 120 -


Table of Contents
Change in control   

Acceleration of

unvested stock

options(2)

     Total  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Nigel Travis

   $ 24,039,130       $ 24,039,130   

Neil Moses

   $ 2,127,518       $ 2,127,518   

John Costello

   $ 2,550,223       $ 2,550,223   

Paul Twohig

   $ 2,129,011       $ 2,129,011   

William Mitchell

   $ 831,665       $ 831,665   

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   Represents the maximum amount payable for outplacement services pursuant to each of the amended offer letters with Messrs. Moses, Costello, Twohig and Mitchell.

 

(2)   Includes outstanding time-based options that would immediately vest upon a change in control. Amounts shown in respect of options assume that the options are cashed out for a payment equal to the difference between the fair market value of a share of common stock ($24.98 per share, the closing price of our common stock on December 30, 2011) and the per share exercise price of the respective options. The performance conditions associated with performance-based tranche 5 stock options would have been satisfied if a change in control had occurred on December 30, 2011 and 50% of the then-unvested stock options would have vested as described above.

2011 director compensation

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation earned by our directors during 2011. Directors who are employees of the Company or the Sponsors do not receive any fees for their services as directors. Mr. Travis’ compensation is included above with that of our other named executive officers.

 

Name    Fees Earned Or Paid
In Cash($)
    Stock Awards
($)(2)
     Total($)  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Jon Luther

   $ 800,000 (1)            $ 800,000   

Michael Hines

   $ 33,938      $ 70,889       $ 104,827   

Joseph Uva

   $ 11,087      $ 47,489       $ 58,576   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   In accordance with Mr. Luther’s Transition Agreement dated June 30, 2010, he receives director compensation paid quarterly in arrears for his services as outside director in the amount of $50,000 per annum. He also receives compensation for his services as Chairman (“Chairman Fee”). For the period of January 1, 2011 through June 30, 2011, this Chairman Fee was equal to $500,000, paid quarterly in arrears. For the period of July 1, 2011 through December 31, 2011, this Chairman Fee was equal to $250,000, paid quarterly in arrears.

 

(2)   Reflects the grant date fair value of restricted units granted to participating nonemployee directors. The grant date fair value was calculated by multiplying the number of shares granted to the director by the per-share offering price of our common stock in the IPO, in the case of Mr. Hines and the closing price of our common stock on December 12, 2011 in the case of Mr. Uva. These grants represent the prorated value of the annual equity value we intend to deliver to our non-employee directors ($85,000) in accordance with our non-employee director compensation program, described below. Both grants were pro-rated to reflect the respective director’s partial year of service.

Mr. Luther is a party to a Transition Agreement with the Company pursuant to which he is entitled to receive compensation in respect of his service as a member and non-executive Chairman of the Board. The term of this agreement began on July 1, 2010 and ends on June 30, 2013. This agreement entitles him to an outside director’s fee at the rate of $50,000 per year and a fee for serving as Chairman. The Chairman’s fee is equal to $1,000,000 for the period from July 1, 2010 to June 30, 2011, $500,000 for the period from July 1, 2011 to June 30, 2012 and $250,000 for the period from July 1, 2012 to June 30, 2013. The Company accrued in 2010 for the entire amount of fees under this agreement except for the outside director’s fee and each fee is paid quarterly in arrears. The Company has also agreed to reimburse Mr. Luther for certain insurance-related costs during the term of the agreement, including the cost of a Medicare supplemental insurance policy for Mr. Luther and his wife, monthly premium costs for dental insurance and premium costs for basic term life insurance, executive life insurance and whole life insurance. The Company has also agreed to provide him with reimbursement of all reasonable business expenses and administrative support in his role as Chairman. If we terminate Mr. Luther’s service without cause or he ceases to serve as a director due to his death or a failure to be re-elected to the Board and no circumstances exist which would constitute cause, we are obligated to pay the balance of the Board and Chairman fees that would otherwise have been payable through the end of the

 

- 121 -


Table of Contents

term. Our obligation to pay such severance benefit is conditioned upon the execution (without revocation) of a timely and effective release of claims. Mr. Luther has agreed not to compete with us and not to solicit our employees and franchisees during his service and for two years following a termination of such service and to not disclose confidential information during and after his service with the Company.

Under our director compensation program, each member of our board of directors who is not an employee of the Company is eligible to receive compensation for his or her service as a director as follows. Each director receives an annual retainer of $60,000 for Board services. The chair of the Audit Committee receives an additional annual retainer of $15,000 and the chair of the Compensation Committee receives an additional annual retainer of $12,500. Directors may elect to take deferred stock units in lieu of cash retainers. In addition, independent directors receive an annual grant of restricted stock units with a fair market value equal to $85,000. While we are a “controlled company” for purposes of The NASDAQ Global Select Market, none of the directors affiliated with the Sponsors will be compensated for board service.

Equity incentive plans

2006 Executive Incentive Plan

The following is a description of the material terms of our 2006 Executive Incentive Plan, which we refer to in this summary as the “Plan”. This summary is not a complete description of all provisions of the Plan and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Plan, a copy of which has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Following the IPO, we no longer grant awards under the Plan and instead grant awards under our 2011 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan (described below).

Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to advance the Company’s interests by providing for the grant to participants of equity and other incentive awards. The awards are intended to align the incentives of our employees and investors and to improve Company performance.

Plan Administration. The Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee has the authority, among other things, to interpret the Plan, to determine eligibility for awards under the Plan, to determine the terms of and grant awards under the Plan, and to do all things necessary to carry out the purposes of the Plan. The Compensation Committee’s determinations under the Plan are conclusive and binding.

Authorized Shares. Subject to adjustment, the maximum number of shares of common stock that may be delivered in satisfaction of awards under the Plan is 12,191,145 (with up to 5,012,966 shares of common stock awarded as restricted stock and up to 7,178,179 shares of common stock delivered in satisfaction of stock options). Shares of common stock to be issued under the Plan may be authorized but unissued shares of common stock or previously-issued shares acquired by the Company or its subsidiaries. Any shares of common stock that do not vest and are forfeited, or that are withheld by the Company in payment of the exercise price of an award or in satisfaction of tax withholding, will again be available for issuance under the Plan.

Eligibility. The Compensation Committee selects participants from among the key employees, directors, consultants and advisors of the Company or its affiliates who are in a position to make a significant contribution to our success. Eligibility for stock options intended to be incentive stock options (ISOs) is limited to employees of the Company or certain affiliates.

Types of Awards. The Plan provides for grants of stock options, restricted and unrestricted stock and stock units, performance awards, and other awards that may be settled in cash or shares.

Vesting. The Compensation Committee has the authority to determine the vesting schedule applicable to each award, and to accelerate the vesting or exercisability of any award.

 

- 122 -


Table of Contents

Termination of Employment. Unless otherwise provided by the Compensation Committee or an award agreement, upon a termination of employment all unvested options and other awards requiring exercise will terminate and all other unvested awards will be forfeited. Vested options remain exercisable for one year following a termination of employment or service due to death or disability and three months following any other termination except a termination for cause (or, if shorter, for the remaining term of the option). If a participant’s service is terminated for cause, all options and other awards requiring exercise, whether or not vested, will terminate upon such termination of service.

Transferability. Awards under the Plan may not be transferred except through will or by the laws of descent and distribution, unless (for awards other than ISOs) otherwise provided by the Compensation Committee.

Additional Restrictions. All awards under the Plan and all shares of common stock issued under the plan are subject to the Stockholders Agreement, described below.

Corporate Transactions. In the event of certain corporate transactions (including the sale of substantially all of the assets or change in ownership of the stock of the Company, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, exchange, or other restructuring), the Compensation Committee may provide for continuation or assumption of outstanding awards, for new grants in substitution of outstanding awards, or for the accelerated vesting or delivery of shares under awards, in each case on such terms and with such restrictions as it deems appropriate. Except as otherwise provided in an award agreement, awards not assumed will terminate upon the consummation of such corporate transaction.

Adjustment. The Compensation Committee will adjust the maximum number of shares that may be delivered under the Plan in order to prevent enlargement or dilution of benefits as a result of a stock dividend or similar distribution, stock split or combination, recapitalization, conversion, reorganization, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, merger, exchange, redemption, repurchase, any change in capital structure, or other transaction or event. The Compensation Committee will also make proportionate adjustments to the number and kind of shares of stock or securities subject to awards and any exercise prices or other affected provisions, and may make similar adjustments to take into account distributions or other events to avoid distortion and preserve the value of awards.

In addition, a performance award may provide that performance criteria will be subject to appropriate adjustments reflecting the effect of significant corporate transactions and similar events for the purpose of maintaining the probability that the criteria will be satisfied. Any such adjustment will be made only in the amount deemed reasonably necessary, after consultation with the Company’s accountants, to reflect the direct and measurable effect of such event.

Amendment and Termination. The Compensation Committee may amend the Plan or outstanding awards, or terminate the Plan as to future grants of awards, except that the Compensation Committee may not alter the terms of an award if it would affect adversely a participant’s rights under the award without the participant’s consent (unless expressly provided in the Plan or reserved by the Compensation Committee).

2011 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan

In connection with our IPO, our board of directors adopted the Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. 2011 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Omnibus Plan”). The Omnibus Plan replaced the 2006 Executive Incentive Plan and all equity-based awards granted since our IPO have been, and all future equity-based awards will be, granted under the Omnibus Plan. The following summary describes the material terms of the Omnibus Plan. This summary is not a complete description of all provisions of the Omnibus Plan and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Omnibus Plan, a copy of which has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

- 123 -


Table of Contents

Purpose. The purpose of the Omnibus Plan is to advance the Company’s interests by providing for the grant to participants of equity and other incentive awards.

Plan Administration. The Omnibus Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee has the authority, among other things, to interpret the Omnibus Plan, to determine eligibility for, grant and determine the terms of awards under the Omnibus Plan, and to do all things necessary to carry out the purposes of the Omnibus Plan. The Compensation Committee’s determinations under the Omnibus Plan are conclusive and binding.

Authorized Shares. Subject to adjustment, the maximum number of shares of common stock that may be delivered in satisfaction of awards under the Omnibus Plan is 7,000,000 shares. Shares of common stock to be issued under the Omnibus Plan may be authorized but unissued shares of common stock or previously-issued shares acquired by the Company. Any shares of common stock underlying awards that are settled in cash or otherwise expire or become unexercisable without having been exercised or are forfeited to or repurchased by the Company as a result of not having vested, or that are withheld by the Company in payment of the exercise price of an award or in satisfaction of tax withholding, will again be available for issuance under the Omnibus Plan.

Individual Limits. The maximum number of shares of stock for which stock options may be granted and the maximum number of shares of stock subject to stock appreciation rights to any person in any calendar year will each be 1,750,000 shares. The maximum number of shares subject to other awards granted to any person in any calendar year will be 600,000 shares. The maximum amount payable to any person in any twelve-month period under cash awards will be $9 million.

Eligibility. The Compensation Committee will select participants from among the key employees, directors, consultants and advisors of the Company or its affiliates who are in a position to make a significant contribution to our success. Eligibility for stock options intended to be incentive stock options (ISOs) is limited to employees of the Company or certain affiliates.

Types of Awards. The Omnibus Plan provides for grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted and unrestricted stock and stock units, performance awards and cash awards. Dividend equivalents may also be provided in connection with an award under the Omnibus Plan.

 

 

Stock options: The exercise price of an option is not permitted to be less than the fair market value (or, in the case of an ISO granted to a ten-percent shareholder, 110% of the fair market value) of a share of common stock on the date of grant. The Compensation Committee will determine the time or times at which stock options become exercisable and the terms on which they remain exercisable.

 

 

Stock appreciation rights: A stock appreciation right is an award that entitles the participant to receive stock or cash upon exercise equal to the excess of the value of the shares subject to the right over the base price. The base price of a stock appreciation right is not permitted to be less than the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant. The Compensation Committee will determine the time or times at which stock appreciation rights become exercisable and the terms on which they remain exercisable.

 

 

Restricted and unrestricted stock: A restricted stock award is an award of common stock subject to forfeiture restrictions, while an unrestricted stock award is not subject to restrictions under the Omnibus Plan.

 

 

Stock units: A stock unit award is denominated in shares of common stock and entitles the participant to receive stock or cash measured by the value of the shares in the future. The delivery of stock or cash under a stock unit may be subject to the satisfaction of performance conditions or other vesting conditions.

 

 

Performance awards: A performance award is an award the vesting, settlement or exercisability of which is subject to specified performance criteria. Performance awards may be stock-based or cash-based.

 

 

Cash awards: An award that is settled in cash.

 

- 124 -


Table of Contents

Vesting. The Compensation Committee has the authority to determine the vesting schedule applicable to each award, and to accelerate the vesting or exercisability of any award.

Termination of Employment. The Compensation Committee will determine the effect of a termination of employment or service on an award. Unless otherwise provided by the Compensation Committee or in an award agreement, upon a termination of employment or service all unvested options and other awards requiring exercise will terminate and all other unvested awards will be forfeited. Unless otherwise provided for by the Compensation Committee, vested options and stock appreciation rights remain exercisable for one year following a termination of employment or service due to death and three months following any other termination of employment or service except a termination for cause (or, if shorter, for the remaining term of the option or stock appreciation right). If a participant’s employment or service is terminated for cause, all options and other awards requiring exercise, whether vested or unvested, will terminate upon such termination of employment or service.

Recovery of Compensation; Other Terms. Awards granted under the Omnibus Plan are subject to forfeiture, termination and rescission, and a participant will be obligated to return to the Company the value received with respect to awards, to the extent provided by the Compensation Committee in an award agreement, pursuant to Company policy relating to the recovery of erroneously-paid incentive compensation, or as otherwise required by law or applicable listing standards.

Performance Criteria. The Omnibus Plan provides that grants of performance awards, including cash-denominated awards and stock-based awards, will be made based upon, and subject to achieving, “performance criteria” over a performance period, which may be one or more periods as established by the Compensation Committee (provided that cash awards will have a performance period of longer than one year). Performance criteria with respect to those awards that are intended to qualify as performance-based compensation for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code are limited to an objectively determinable measure of performance relating to any or any combination of the following (measured either absolutely or by reference to an index or indices or the performance of one or more companies and determined either on a consolidated basis or, as the context permits, on a divisional, subsidiary, line of business, project or geographical basis or in combinations thereof): net sales; systemwide sales; comparable store sales; revenue; revenue growth or product revenue growth; operating income (before or after taxes); pre- or after-tax income or loss (before or after allocation of corporate overhead and bonus); earnings or loss per share; net income or loss (before or after taxes); adjusted operating income; adjusted net income; adjusted earnings per share; channel revenue; channel revenue growth; franchising commitments; manufacturing profit; manufacturing profit margin; store closures; return on equity; total stockholder return; return on assets or net assets; appreciation in and/or maintenance of the price of the shares or any other publicly-traded securities of the Company; market share; gross profits; earnings or losses (including earnings or losses before taxes, before interest and taxes, or before interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization); economic value-added models or equivalent metrics; comparisons with various stock market indices; reductions in costs; cash flow or cash flow per share (before or after dividends); return on capital (including return on total capital or return on invested capital); cash flow return on investment; improvement in or attainment of expense levels or working capital levels, including cash, inventory and accounts receivable; operating margin; gross margin; year-end cash; cash margin; debt reduction; stockholders’ equity; operating efficiencies; market share; customer satisfaction; customer growth; employee satisfaction; supply chain achievements (including establishing relationships with manufacturers or suppliers of component materials and manufacturers of the Company’s products); points of distribution; gross or net store openings; co-development, co-marketing, profit sharing, joint venture or other similar arrangements; financial ratios, including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage; cost of capital or assets under management; financing and other capital raising transactions (including sales of the Company’s equity or debt securities; factoring transactions; sales or licenses

 

- 125 -


Table of Contents

of the Company’s assets, including its intellectual property, whether in a particular jurisdiction or territory or globally; or through partnering transactions); implementation, completion or attainment of measurable objectives with respect to research, development, manufacturing, commercialization, products or projects, production volume levels, acquisitions and divestitures; factoring transactions; and recruiting and maintaining personnel.

To the extent consistent with the requirements of Section 162(m), the Compensation Committee may establish that in the case of any award intended to qualify as exempt performance-based compensation under Section 162(m), that one or more of the performance criteria applicable to such award be adjusted in an objectively determinable manner to reflect events (for example, the impact of charges for restructurings, discontinued operations, mergers, acquisitions, extraordinary items, and other unusual or non-recurring items, and the cumulative effects of tax or accounting changes, each as defined by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles) occurring during the performance period of such award that affect the applicable performance criteria.

Transferability. Awards under the plan may not be transferred except through will or by the laws of descent and distribution, unless (for awards other than ISOs) otherwise provided by the Compensation Committee.

Corporate Transactions. In the event of a consolidation, merger or similar transaction, a sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Compensation Committee may, among other things, provide for continuation or assumption of outstanding awards, for new grants in substitution of outstanding awards, or for the accelerated vesting or delivery of shares under awards, in each case on such terms and with such restrictions as it deems appropriate. Except as otherwise provided in an award agreement, awards not assumed will terminate upon the consummation of such corporate transaction.

Adjustment. In the event of certain corporate transactions (including a stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization or other change in the Company’s capital structure that constitutes an equity restructuring within the meaning of FASB ASC Topic 718), the Compensation Committee will make appropriate adjustments to the maximum number of shares that may be delivered under the Omnibus Plan and the individual limits included in the Omnibus Plan, and will also make appropriate adjustments to the number and kind of shares of stock or securities subject to awards, the exercise prices of such awards or any other terms of awards affected by such change. The Compensation Committee will also make the types of adjustments described above to take into account distributions and other events other than those listed above if it determines that such adjustments are appropriate to avoid distortion and preserve the value of awards.

Amendment and Termination. The Compensation Committee may amend the plan or outstanding awards, or terminate the plan as to future grants of awards, except that the Compensation Committee is not able alter the terms of an award if it would affect materially and adversely a participant’s rights under the award without the participant’s consent (unless expressly provided in the plan or reserved by the Compensation Committee). Shareholder approval will be required for any amendment that would reduce the exercise price of any outstanding option or constitute a repricing that requires shareholder approval under the rules of The NASDAQ Global Select Market and, without such approval, the Compensation Committee will not be permitted to approve a repurchase by the Company for cash or other property of stock options or stock appreciation rights for which the exercise price or base price, as applicable, exceeds the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of such repurchase.

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. Annual Incentive Plan

In connection with our IPO, our board of directors adopted the Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. Annual Incentive Plan (the “Annual Plan”). Starting with our 2012 fiscal year, annual award opportunities for executive officers, including our named executive officers and other employees, will be granted under the Annual Plan. As noted

 

- 126 -


Table of Contents

above in the discussion following the “Grants of plan based awards in 2011” table, Mr. Travis’ bonus is determined under the terms of his employment agreement. The following summary describes the material terms of the Annual Plan. This summary is not a complete description of all provisions of the Annual Plan and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Annual Plan, a copy of which has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Administration. The Annual Plan will be administered by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee has authority to interpret the Annual Plan, and any interpretation or decision by the Compensation Committee with regard to any questions arising under the Annual Plan is final and conclusive on all participants.

Eligibility. Executive officers and other employees of the Company and its affiliates will be selected from time to time by the Compensation Committee to participate in the Annual Plan.

Awards. Award opportunities under the Annual Plan will be granted by the Compensation Committee prior to, or within a specified period of time following the beginning of, the fiscal year of the Company (or other performance period selected by the Compensation Committee). The Compensation Committee will establish the performance criteria applicable to the award, the amount or amounts payable if the performance criteria are achieved, and such other terms and conditions as the Compensation Committee deems appropriate. The Annual Plan permits the grant of awards that are intended to qualify as exempt performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code as well as awards that are not intended to so qualify. Any awards that are intended to qualify as performance-based compensation will be administered in accordance with the requirements of Section 162(m).

Performance Criteria. Awards under the Annual Plan will be made based on, and subject to achieving, “performance criteria” established by the Compensation Committee. The performance criteria for awards intended to qualify as performance-based compensation for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code are the same as those under our Omnibus Plan, described above.

Payment. A participant will be entitled to payment under an award only if all conditions to payment have been satisfied in accordance with the Annual Plan and the terms of the award. Following the close of the performance period, the Compensation Committee will determine (and, to the extent required by Section 162(m), certify) whether and to what extent the applicable performance criteria have been satisfied. The Compensation Committee will then determine the actual payment, if any, under each award. The Compensation Committee has the sole and absolute discretion to reduce (including to zero) the actual payment to be made under any award. The Compensation Committee will determine the payment dates for awards under the Annual Plan. No payment will be made under an award unless the participant remains employed by the Company on the payment date, except as otherwise provided by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee may permit a participant to defer payment of an award under the Company’s Deferred Compensation Plan or otherwise.

Payment Limits. The maximum payment to any participant under the Annual Plan for any fiscal year will in no event exceed $5 million.

Recovery of Compensation. Awards under the Annual Plan will be subject to forfeiture, termination and rescission, and a participant who receives a payment pursuant to the Annual Plan will be obligated to return to the Company such payment, to the extent provided by the Compensation Committee in an award agreement, pursuant to Company policy relating to the recovery of erroneously-paid incentive compensation, or as otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange listing standards.

Amendment and Termination. The Compensation Committee may amend the Annual Plan at any time, provided that any amendment will be approved by the Company’s stockholders if required by Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Compensation Committee may terminate the Annual Plan at any time.

 

- 127 -


Table of Contents

Related party transactions

Arrangements with our investors

In 2006, in connection with the consummation of our acquisition by investment funds affiliated with the Sponsors (the “Acquisition”), we entered into a stockholder agreement, an investor agreement and a registration rights and coordination agreement with certain of the stockholders of the Company. These agreements contained agreements among the parties with respect to election of directors, participation rights, restrictions on transfer of shares, tag along rights, drag along rights, a call right exercisable by us upon departure of a manager, a right of first offer upon disposition of shares, registration rights and other actions requiring the approval of stockholders. In addition, we entered into a management agreement with certain affiliates of each of the Sponsors for the provision of certain consulting and management advisory services to us.

Investor agreement

In connection with the Acquisition, we entered into an investor agreement with the Sponsors. In connection with our IPO, the investor agreement was amended and restated. The investor agreement as amended grants each of the Sponsors the right, subject to certain conditions, to name representatives to our board of directors and committees of our board of directors. Each Sponsor will have the right to designate two nominees for election to our board of directors until such time as that Sponsor owns less than 10% of our outstanding common stock, and then may designate one nominee for election to our board of directors until such time as that Sponsor’s ownership level falls below 3% of our outstanding common stock. In addition, The Sponsors have agreed that, so long as the investor agreement is in effect, they will support at least one nominee from each Sponsor serving on the compensation committee. Subject to the terms of the investor agreement, each Sponsor agrees to vote its shares in favor of the election of the director nominees designated by the other Sponsors pursuant to the investor agreement. In addition, the investor agreement provides each of the Sponsors with certain indemnification rights.

Stockholders agreement

In connection with the Acquisition, we entered into a stockholders agreement with the Sponsors and certain other investors, stockholders and executive officers. In connection with our IPO, all of the provisions of the stockholder agreement, other than those relating to lock-up obligations in connection with registered offerings of our securities, were terminated in accordance with the terms of the stockholder agreement and the agreement was amended and restated to eliminate the terminated provisions.

Registration rights and coordination agreements

In connection with the Acquisition, we entered into a registration rights and coordination agreement with the Sponsors and certain other stockholders. In connection with our IPO, the registration rights and coordination agreement was amended and restated. The registration rights agreement, as amended, provides the Sponsors with certain demand registration rights. In addition, in the event that we register additional shares of common stock for sale to the public, we will be required to give notice of such registration to the Sponsors and the other stockholders party to the agreement of our intention to effect such a registration, and, subject to certain limitations, the Sponsors and such holders will have piggyback registration rights providing them with the right to require us to include shares of common stock held by them in such registration. We will be required to bear the registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, associated with any registration of shares by the Sponsors or other holders described above. The amended and restated

 

- 128 -


Table of Contents

registration rights agreement also contains certain restrictions on the sale of shares by the Sponsors. Each of the Sponsors has entered into an agreement amongst themselves to coordinate with the other Sponsors with respect to the transfer of shares of our common stock. This coordination provides each Sponsor with the right to participate in any such sale or transfer pro rata based on its percentage ownership at the time of such event. The amended and restated registration rights agreement includes customary indemnification provisions in favor of any person who is or might be deemed a controlling person within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, who we refer to as controlling persons, and related parties against liabilities under the Securities Act incurred in connection with the registration of any of our debt or equity securities. These provisions provide indemnification against certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act and certain liabilities resulting from violations of other applicable laws in connection with any filing or other disclosure made by us under the securities laws relating to any such registrations. We have agreed to reimburse such persons for any legal or other expenses incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such liability, action or proceeding, except that we will not be required to indemnify any such person or reimburse related legal or other expenses if such loss or expense arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information provided by such person.

Management agreement

In connection with the Acquisition, we entered into a management agreement with certain affiliates of each of the Sponsors (the “Management Companies”), pursuant to which the Management Companies provided us with certain consulting and management advisory services. In exchange for these services, we paid the Management Companies an aggregate annual management fee equal to $3.0 million, and we reimbursed the Management Companies for out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them, their members, or their respective affiliates in connection with the provision of services pursuant to the management agreement. In addition, the Management Companies were entitled to a transaction fee in connection with any financing, acquisition, disposition or change of control transaction equal to 1% of the gross transaction value, including assumed liabilities, for such transaction. The management agreement included customary exculpation and indemnification provisions in favor of the Management Companies, the Sponsors and their respective affiliates. In connection with our IPO, the management agreement was terminated in exchange for a payment to the Management Companies of approximately $14 million. The indemnification and exculpation provisions in favor of the Management Companies survive such termination.

 

- 129 -


Table of Contents

Description of indebtedness

We and our subsidiaries have debt outstanding under a senior credit facility.

Senior credit facility

General

On November 23, 2010, Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. (“DBI”) entered into a $1.35 billion senior credit facility with Barclays Bank PLC as administrative agent and the other lenders party thereto. The senior credit facility originally consisted of a $1.25 billion term loan facility and a $100.0 million revolving credit facility. On February 18, 2011, we amended the senior credit facility to increase the size of the term loan facility to $1.40 billion and to make certain other changes to the pricing terms and certain covenants. On May 24, 2011, we further amended the senior credit facility to increase the size of the term loan facility by an additional $100 million to approximately $1.50 billion and to provide for a reduction to certain revolving credit facility pricing terms contingent upon the consummation of a qualifying initial public offering. The reduction to certain revolving credit facility and senior credit facility pricing terms became effective on August 5, 2011 as a result of the consummation of our initial public offering on July 27, 2011 and the satisfaction of a maximum leverage ratio of 5.10 to 1.00.

The senior credit facility provides that DBI has the right at any time to request additional loans and commitments, and to the extent that the aggregate amount of such additional loans and commitments exceeds $350 million, the incurrence thereof is subject to a first lien leverage ratio being no greater than 3.75 to 1.00 or, in the case of loans secured by junior liens, a senior secured leverage ratio being no greater than 4.00 to 1.00. The lenders under these facilities are not under any obligation to provide any such additional term loans or commitments, and any additional term loans or increase in commitments are subject to several conditions precedent and limitations.

Interest rates and fees

Borrowings under the senior credit facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to an applicable margin plus, at our option, either (1) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds rate plus 1/2 of 1%, (b) the prime rate of Barclays Bank PLC (c) the LIBOR rate plus 1% and (d) 2.00% or (2) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for U.S. dollar deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs provided that LIBOR shall not be lower than 1.00%. The applicable margin under the term loan facility and revolving credit facility is 2.00% for loans based upon the base rate and 3.00% for loans based upon the LIBOR rate.

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the senior credit facility, we are required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the revolving credit facility in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder at a rate of 0.50% per annum. We also pay customary letter of credit and agency fees.

Mandatory repayments

The credit agreement governing the senior credit facility requires DBI to prepay outstanding term loans, subject to certain exceptions, with: (1) 100% of the net cash proceeds of any incurrence of indebtedness by DBI or its restricted subsidiaries other than certain indebtedness permitted under the senior credit facility, (2) 50% (which percentage will be reduced to 25% if our total leverage ratio is less than 5.25 to 1.00 and to 0% if our total leverage ratio is less than 4.00 to 1.00) of annual excess cash flow (as defined in the credit agreement

 

- 130 -


Table of Contents

governing the senior credit facility), and (3) 100% of the net cash proceeds of non-ordinary course asset sales or other dispositions of assets (including casualty events) by DBI or its restricted subsidiaries, subject to reinvestment rights and certain other exceptions.

In general, the mandatory prepayments described above are applied first, in direct order of maturities, to scheduled principal amortization payments due in the next twelve months, second, pro rata to the remaining scheduled principal amortization payments, and third, to the principal payment due on the final maturity date in November 2017.

Voluntary repayments

We may voluntarily repay outstanding loans under the senior credit facility at any time subject to customary “breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR loans.

Amortization and final maturity

The term loan facility amortizes each year in an amount equal to 1% per annum in equal quarterly installments for the first six and three quarter years, with the balance payable on the seventh anniversary of the closing date of the senior credit facility. The principal amount outstanding of the loans under the revolving credit facility becomes due and payable on the fifth anniversary of the closing date of the senior credit facility.

Guarantees and security

The senior credit facility is guaranteed by Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc. (“DBHI”) and certain of DBI’s direct and indirect wholly owned domestic subsidiaries (excluding certain immaterial subsidiaries and subject to certain other exceptions), and is required to be guaranteed by certain of DBI’s future domestic wholly owned subsidiaries. All obligations under the senior credit facility and the guarantees of those obligations, subject to certain exceptions, including that mortgages will be limited to owned real property with a fair market value above a specified threshold, are secured by substantially all of the assets of DBHI, DBI and the subsidiary guarantors, including a first-priority pledge of 100% of certain of the capital stock or equity interests held by DBHI, DBI or any subsidiary guarantor (which pledge, in the case of the stock of any foreign subsidiary (each such entity, a “Pledged Foreign Sub”) (with certain agreed-upon exceptions) and the equity interests of certain U.S. subsidiaries that hold capital stock of foreign subsidiaries and are disregarded entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes (each such entity, a “Pledged U.S. DE”) (with certain agreed-upon exceptions), is limited to 65% of the stock or equity interests of such Pledged Foreign Sub or Pledged U.S. DE, as the case may be), in each case excluding any interests in non-wholly owned restricted subsidiaries (including joint ventures) to the extent such a pledge would violate the governing documents thereof and certain other exceptions; and a first-priority security interest in substantially all other tangible and intangible assets of DBHI, DBI and each subsidiary guarantor.

Covenants and other matters

The senior credit facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict the ability of DBI and its restricted subsidiaries to:

 

 

incur certain liens;

 

 

make investments, loans, advances and acquisitions;

 

 

incur additional indebtedness;

 

- 131 -


Table of Contents
 

pay dividends on capital stock or redeem, repurchase or retire capital stock or certain other indebtedness;

 

 

engage in transactions with affiliates;

 

 

sell assets, including capital stock of its subsidiaries;

 

 

alter the business we conduct;

 

 

enter into agreements restricting our restricted subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends; and

 

 

consolidate or merge.

In addition, the credit agreement governing the senior credit facility requires DBI and its restricted subsidiaries to comply on a quarterly basis with the following financial covenants:

 

 

a maximum total leverage ratio; and

 

 

a minimum interest coverage ratio.

These financial covenants become more restrictive over time.

The credit agreement governing the senior credit facility contains certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default.

This summary describes the material provisions of the senior credit facility, but may not contain all information that is important to you. We urge you to read the provisions of the credit agreement governing the senior credit facility, a copy of which has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. See “Where you can find more information.”

 

- 132 -


Table of Contents

Principal and selling stockholders

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 9, 2012 by (i) such persons known to us to be beneficial owners of more than 5% of our common stock, (ii) each of our directors and named executive officers, (iii) all of our directors and executive officers as a group, and (iv) each other stockholder selling shares in this offering. The selling stockholders in this offering may be deemed to be underwriters.

Unless otherwise indicated below, the address for each listed director, officer and stockholder is c/o Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. 130 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021. Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act. The information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under these rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which the individual or entity has sole or shared voting or investment power and any shares as to which the individual or entity has the right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days after March 9, 2012 through the exercise of any stock option, warrant or other right. For purposes of calculating each person’s or group’s percentage ownership, shares of common stock issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days after March 9, 2012 are included as outstanding and beneficially owned for that person or group but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person or group. The inclusion in the following table of those shares, however, does not constitute an admission that the named stockholder is a direct or indirect beneficial owner. To our knowledge, except under applicable community property laws or as otherwise indicated, the persons named in the table have sole voting and sole investment control with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned. For more information regarding the terms of our common stock, see “Description of capital stock.” For more information regarding our relationship with certain of the persons named below, see “Related party transactions.”

 

- 133 -


Table of Contents

The numbers listed below are based on 120,280,012 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 9, 2012.

 

Name and address of

beneficial owner

  Shares owned
before the offering
   

Shares offered
hereby

(no option exercise)

    Shares owned
after the offering

(no option exercise)
 
  Number     Percentage       Number     Percentage  

 

 

Beneficial owners of 5% or more of our common stock:

         

Bain Capital Integral Investors 2006, LLC and Related Funds(1)

    22,154,598        18.4%        7,182,597        14,972,001        12.5%   

Carlyle Partners IV, L.P. and Related
Funds(2)

    22,154,599        18.4%        7,182,597        14,972,002        12.5%   

Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund V, L.P. and Related Funds(3)

    22,154,595        18.4%        7,182,597        14,971,998        12.5%   

FMR LLC(4)
82 Devonshire Street
Boston, MA 02109

    14,277,050        11.9%               14,277,050        11.9%   

Morgan Stanley(5)
1585 Broadway
New York, NY 10036

    7,627,846        6.3%               7,627,846        6.3%   

Other selling stockholders:

         

RGIP, LLC(6)

    48,532        *        15,734        32,798        *   

Directors and Named Executive Officers:

         

Nigel Travis(7)

    874,981        *               874,981        *   

Neil Moses(8)

    46,502        *               46,502        *   

John Costello(9)

    30,570        *               30,570        *   

Paul Twohig(10)

    46,329        *               46,329        *   

William Mitchell(11)

    32,190        *               32,190        *   

Neal Yanofsky

                                  

Jon Luther(12)

    1,721,164        1.4%        436,475        1,284,689        1.1%   

Todd Abbrecht(13)

                                  

Andrew Balson(14)

                                  

Anita Balaji(15)

                                  

Anthony DiNovi(13)

                                  

Sandra Horbach(15)

                                  

Michael Hines(16)

    3,730        *               3,730        *   

Mark Nunnelly(14)

                                  

Joseph Uva(17)

    1,887        *               1,887        *   

All executive officers and directors as a group (21 persons)(18)

    3,376,138        2.8%        436,475        2,939,663        2.4%   

 

 

 

*   Indicated less than 1%

 

(1)  

The shares included in the table consist of: (i) 21,945,076 shares of common stock owned by Bain Capital Integral Investors 2006, LLC, whose administrative member is Bain Capital Investors, LLC (“BCI”); (ii) 203,174 shares of common stock owned by BCIP TCV, LLC, whose administrative member is BCI; and (iii) 6,348 shares of common stock owned by BCIP Associates-G, whose managing general partner is BCI. As a result of the relationships described above, BCI may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by each of Bain Capital Integral Investors 2006, LLC, BCIP TCV, LLC and BCIP Associates-G (collectively, the “Bain Capital Entities”). Assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, (i) Bain Capital Integral Investors 2006, LLC will sell 7,114,669 shares of common stock, (ii) BCIP TCV, LLC will sell 65,870 shares of common stock and (iii) BCIP Associates-G will sell 2,058 shares of common stock in this offering. If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, (i) Bain Capital Integral Investors 2006, LLC will sell 8,181,869 shares of common stock, (ii) BCIP

 

- 134 -


Table of Contents
 

TCV, LLC will sell 75,751 shares of common stock and (iii) BCIP Associates-G will sell 2,367 shares of common stock in this offering. Voting and investment determinations with respect to the shares held by the Bain Capital Entities are made by an investment committee comprised of the following managing directors of BCI: Andrew Balson, Steven Barnes, Joshua Bekenstein, John Connaughton, Todd Cook, Paul Edgerley, Christopher Gordon, Blair Hendrix, Jordan Hitch, Matthew Levin, Ian Loring, Philip Loughlin, Mark Nunnelly, Stephen Pagliuca, Ian Reynolds, Mark Verdi, Michael Ward and Stephen Zide. As a result, and by virtue of the relationships described in this footnote, the investment committee of BCI may be deemed to exercise voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the Bain Capital Entities. Each of the members of the investment committee of BCI disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. Each of the Bain Capital Entities has an address c/o Bain Capital Partners, LLC, 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, MA 02116. Certain partners and other employees of Bain Capital entities may make a contribution of shares of common stock to one or more charities prior to this offering. In such case, a recipient charity, if it chooses to participate in this offering, will be the selling stockholder with respect to the donated shares.

 

(2)   The shares included in the table consist of: (i) 21,283,179 shares of common stock owned by Carlyle Partners IV, L.P.; and (ii) 871,420 shares of common stock owned by CP IV Coinvestment, L.P. (collectively, the “Carlyle Funds”). Assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, (i) Carlyle Partners IV, L.P. will sell 6,900,080 shares of common stock and (ii) CP IV Coinvestment, L.P. will sell 282,517 shares of common stock in this offering. If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares (i) Carlyle Partners IV, L.P. will sell 7,935,092 shares of common stock and (ii) CP IV Coinvestment, L.P. will sell 324,895 shares of common stock in this offering. TC Group IV, L.P. is the general partner of each of Carlyle Partners IV, L.P. and CP IV Coinvestment, L.P. TC Group IV Managing GP, L.L.C. is the general partner of TC Group IV, L.P. TC Group, L.L.C. is the managing member of TC Group IV Managing GP, L.L.C. TCG Holdings, L.L.C. is the managing member of TC Group, L.L.C. Accordingly, each of TC Group IV, L.P., TC Group IV Managing GP, L.L.C., TC Group, L.L.C. and TCG Holdings, L.L.C. may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares of our common stock owned of record by each of the Carlyle Funds. TCG Holdings L.L.C. is managed by a three person managing board, and all board action relating to the voting or disposition of these shares requires approval of a majority of the board. William E. Conway, Jr., Daniel A. D’Aniello and David M. Rubenstein, as the members of the TCG Holdings, L.L.C. managing board, may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock beneficially owned by TCG Holdings, L.L.C. Such individuals expressly disclaim any such beneficial ownership. Each of the Carlyle Funds has an address c/o The Carlyle Group, 1001 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W., Suite 220 South, Washington, D.C. 20004-2505.

 

(3)   The shares included in the table consist of: (A)(i) 16,868,118 shares of common stock owned by Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund V, L.P.; (ii) 4,376,600 shares of common stock owned by Thomas H. Lee Parallel Fund V, L.P.; and (iii) 232,418 shares of common stock owned by Thomas H. Lee Equity (Cayman) Fund V, L.P. (collectively, the “THL Funds”), (B) 326,919 shares of common stock owned by Thomas H. Lee Investors Limited Partnership (the “THL Co-Invest Fund”), and (C)(i) 114,648 shares of common stock owned by Putnam Investments Employees’ Securities Company I LLC; (ii) 102,364 shares of common stock owned by Putnam Investments Employees’ Securities Company II LLC; and (iii) 133,528 shares of common stock owned by Putnam Investment Holdings, LLC (collectively, the “Putnam Funds”). Assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, (i) Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund V, L.P. will sell 5,468,703 shares of common stock, (ii) Thomas H. Lee Parallel Fund V, L.P. will sell 1,418,909 shares of common stock, (iii) Thomas H. Lee Equity (Cayman) Fund V, L.P. will sell 75,351 shares of common stock, (iv) Thomas H. Lee Investors Limited Partnership will sell 105,988 shares of common stock, (v) Putnam Investments Employees’ Securities Company I LLC will sell 37,169 shares of common stock, (vi) Putnam Investments Employees’ Securities Company II LLC will sell 33,187 shares of common stock and (viii) Putnam Investment Holdings, LLC will sell 43,290 shares of common stock in this offering. If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, (i) Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund V, L.P. will sell 6,289,009 shares of common stock, (ii) Thomas H. Lee Parallel Fund V, L.P. will sell 1,631,745 shares of common stock, (iii) Thomas H. Lee Equity (Cayman) Fund V, L.P. will sell 86,654 shares of common stock, (iv) Thomas H. Lee Investors Limited Partnership will sell 121,886 shares of common stock, (v) Putnam Investments Employees’ Securities Company I LLC will sell 42,744 shares of common stock, (vi) Putnam Investments Employees’ Securities Company II LLC will sell 38,165 shares of common stock and (viii) Putnam Investment Holdings, LLC will sell 49,784 shares of common stock in this offering. The THL Funds’ general partner is THL Equity Advisors V, LLC, whose sole member is Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., whose general partner is Thomas H. Lee Advisors, LLC (collectively, the “THL Advisors”). Shares held by the THL Funds may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the THL Advisors. The THL Advisors disclaim any beneficial ownership of any shares held by the THL Funds. The general partner of the THL Co-Invest Fund is THL Investment Management Corp. The Putnam Funds are co-investment entities of the THL Funds. Putnam Investment Holdings, LLC (“Holdings”) is the managing member of Putnam Investments Employees’ Securities Company I LLC (“ESC I”) and Putnam Investments Employees’ Securities Company II LLC (“ESC II”). Holdings disclaims any beneficial ownership of any shares held by ESC I or ESC II. Putnam Investments LLC, the managing member of Holdings, disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares held by the Putnam Funds. The Putnam Funds and the THL Co-Invest Fund are contractually obligated to co-invest (and dispose of securities) alongside the THL Funds on a pro rata basis. Voting and investment control over securities that the THL Funds own are acted upon by majority vote of the members of a nine-member committee, the members of which are Todd M. Abbrecht, Charles A. Brizius, Anthony J. DiNovi, Thomas M. Hagerty, Scott L. Jaeckel, Seth W. Lawry, Soren L. Oberg, Scott M. Sperling and Kent R. Weldon, each of whom disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock included in the table. Each of the THL Funds and the THL Co-Invest Fund has an address c/o Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., 100 Federal Street, 35th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02110. Each of the Putnam Funds has an address c/o Putnam Investment, Inc., 1 Post Office Square, Boston, Massachusetts 02109.

 

(4)   The information regarding FMR LLC is based solely on information included in Amendment No. 1 to its Schedule 13G filed by FMR LLC with the SEC on February 14, 2012. FMR LLC reported that Fidelity Management & Research Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of FMR LLC and an investment adviser registered under Section 203 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, is the beneficial owner of 14,274,950 shares of common stock as a result of acting as investment adviser to various investment companies registered under Section 8 of the Investment Company Act of 1940. Edward C. Johnson 3d and FMR LLC, through its control of Fidelity Management & Research Company, and the funds each has sole power to dispose of the 14,274,950 shares owned by the funds. FMR LLC reported its address as 82 Devonshire Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109.

 

(5)   The information regarding Morgan Stanley is based solely on information included in its Schedule 13G filed by Morgan Stanley with the SEC on February 8, 2012. Morgan Stanley reported that the securities being reported on by Morgan Stanley as a parent holding company are owned, or may be deemed to be beneficially owned, by Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc., an investment adviser in accordance with Rule 13d-1(b)(1)(ii)(E) as amended. Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Morgan Stanley. Morgan Stanley reported its address as 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036 and reported the address of Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc. as 522 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10036.

 

- 135 -


Table of Contents
(6)   Brad Malt, Ann Milner and Alfred Rose have shared voting and investment power for RGIP, LLC. If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, RGIP, LLC will sell 18,094 shares of common stock in this offering. The address of RGIP, LLC is Prudential Tower, 800 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199-3600.

 

(7)   Includes 800,604 shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of outstanding options. Mr. Travis entered into a Rule 10b5-1 trading plan on November 4, 2011 with respect to certain shares included in the table.

 

(8)   Includes 24,070 shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of outstanding options.

 

(9)   Includes 8,138 shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of outstanding options.

 

(10)   Includes 3,282 shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of outstanding options.

 

(11)   Includes 9,408 shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of outstanding options.

 

(12)   Includes 374,864 shares of restricted common stock subject to vesting conditions, and includes 56,326 shares held by Jon L. Luther 2009-A Grantor Retained Annuity Trust (“2009 Trust”) and 68,147 shares of common stock held by Jon L Luther 2010-A Grantor Retained Annuity Trust (“2010 Trust”). The number of shares to be sold includes 18,261 shares to be sold by the 2009 Trust and 22,093 shares to be sold by the 2010 Trust. If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, Jon Luther will sell 501,945 shares of common stock in this offering, including 21,000 shares to be sold by the 2009 Trust and 25,407 shares to be sold by the 2010 Trust. The share amounts included in the table do not reflect the sales by Mr. Luther, the 2009 Trust and the 2010 Trust, in accordance with Mr. Luther’s 10b5-1 plan, of an aggregate of 35,348, 2,326 and 2,326 shares, respectively, on March 20, 2012 and March 21, 2012.

 

(13)   Does not include shares of common stock held by the THL Funds, the THL Co-Invest Fund or the Putnam Funds. Each of Messrs. Abbrecht and DiNovi is a Managing Director of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. and Mr. DiNovi is a Co-President of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. In addition, each of Messrs. Abbrecht and DiNovi serves on the nine-member committee that determines voting and investment control decisions over securities that the THL Funds own and as a result, and by virtue of the relationships described in footnote (3) above, may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by the THL Funds. Each of Messrs. Abbrecht and DiNovi disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares referred to in footnote (3) above. The address for Messrs. Abbrecht and DiNovi is c/o Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., 100 Federal Street, 35th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

 

(14)   Does not include shares of common stock held by the Bain Capital Entities. Each of Messrs. Balson and Nunnelly is a Managing Director and serves on the investment committee of BCI and as a result, and by virtue of the relationships described in footnote (1) above, may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Bain Capital Entities. Each of Messrs. Balson and Nunnelly disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Bain Capital Entities. The address for Messrs. Balson and Nunnelly is c/o Bain Capital Partners, LLC, 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.

 

(15)   Does not include shares of common stock held by the Carlyle Funds, each of which is an affiliate of The Carlyle Group. Ms. Horbach is a Managing Director, and Ms. Balaji is a Vice President, of The Carlyle Group. Each of Ms. Horbach and Ms. Balaji disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Carlyle Funds. The address for Ms. Horbach and Ms. Balaji is c/o The Carlyle Group, 520 Madison Avenue, Floor 43, New York, NY 10022.

 

(16)   Includes 3,730 shares of restricted common stock subject to vesting conditions.

 

(17)   Includes 1,887 shares of restricted common stock subject to vesting conditions.

 

(18)   Includes 941,225 shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of outstanding options and 417,617 shares of restricted common stock subject to vesting conditions.

 

- 136 -


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock

General

The total amount of our authorized capital stock consists of 475,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share and 25,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock. As of December 31, 2011, we had outstanding 120,136,631 shares of common stock and no shares of preferred stock. As of December 31, 2011, we had 203 stockholders of record of common stock, and had outstanding options to purchase 4,838,730 shares of common stock, which options were exercisable at a weighted average exercise price of $3.74 per share.

The following summary describes all material provisions of our capital stock. We urge you to read our certificate of incorporation and our by-laws, copies of which have been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws contain provisions that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of the board of directors and which may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a future takeover or change in control of our company unless such takeover or change in control is approved by our board of directors. These provisions include a classified board of directors, elimination of stockholder action by written consents (except in limited circumstances), elimination of the ability of stockholders to call special meetings (except in limited circumstances), advance notice procedures for stockholder proposals and supermajority vote requirements for amendments to our certificate of incorporation and by-laws.

Common stock

Dividend Rights. Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, holders of outstanding shares of common stock will be entitled to receive dividends out of assets legally available at the times and in the amounts as the board of directors may from time to time determine.

Voting Rights. Each outstanding share of common stock is entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Holders of shares of our common stock shall have no cumulative voting rights.

Preemptive Rights. Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive or other similar subscription rights to purchase any of our securities.

Conversion or Redemption Rights. Our common stock is neither convertible nor redeemable.

Liquidation Rights. Upon our liquidation, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata our assets which are legally available for distribution, after payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any holders of preferred stock then outstanding.

Nasdaq Listing. Our common stock is listed on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “DNKN.”

Preferred stock

Our board of directors may, without further action by our stockholders, from time to time, direct the issuance of shares of preferred stock in series and may, at the time of issuance, determine the designations, powers, preferences, privileges, and relative participating, optional or special rights as well as the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption and liquidation preferences, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of the common stock. Satisfaction of any dividend preferences of outstanding shares of preferred stock would reduce the amount of funds available for the payment of dividends on shares of our common stock. Holders of shares of

 

- 137 -


Table of Contents

preferred stock may be entitled to receive a preference payment in the event of our liquidation before any payment is made to the holders of shares of our common stock. Under specified circumstances, the issuance of shares of preferred stock may render more difficult or tend to discourage a merger, tender offer or proxy contest, the assumption of control by a holder of a large block of our securities or the removal of incumbent management. Upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of directors then in office, our board of directors, without stockholder approval, may issue shares of preferred stock with voting and conversion rights which could adversely affect the holders of shares of our common stock and the market value of our common stock. Upon consummation of this offering, there will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding, and we have no present intention to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Anti-takeover effects of our certificate of incorporation and by-laws

Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws contain certain provisions that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of the board of directors and which may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a future takeover or change in control of the company unless such takeover or change in control is approved by the board of directors.

These provisions include:

Classified Board. Our certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors shall be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible. As a result, approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year. The classification of directors has the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board. Our certificate of incorporation also provides that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors will be fixed exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by our board of directors. Our board of directors currently has ten members.

Action by Written Consent; Special Meetings of Stockholders. Our certificate of incorporation provides that stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and cannot be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting once investment funds affiliated with the Sponsors cease to beneficially own more than 50% of our outstanding shares. Our certificate of incorporation and the by-laws will also provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of the stockholders can only be called by the chairman or vice-chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, or pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the board of directors or, until the date that investment funds affiliated with the Sponsors cease to beneficially own more than 50% of our outstanding shares, at the request of holders of 50% or more of our outstanding shares. Except as described above, stockholders are not permitted to call a special meeting or to require the board of directors to call a special meeting.

Advance Notice Procedures. Our by-laws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to the board of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given our Secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholder’s intention to bring that business before the meeting. Although the by-laws do not give the board of directors the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, the by-laws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the company.

 

- 138 -


Table of Contents

Super Majority Approval Requirements. The Delaware General Corporation Law generally provides that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or by-laws, unless either a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or by-laws require a greater percentage. Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws provide that the affirmative vote of holders of at least 75% of the total votes eligible to be cast in the election of directors will be required to amend, alter, change or repeal specified provisions once investment funds affiliated with the Sponsors cease to beneficially own more than 50% of our outstanding shares. This requirement of a supermajority vote to approve amendments to our certificate of incorporation and by-laws could enable a minority of our stockholders to exercise veto power over any such amendments.

Authorized but Unissued Shares. Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock will be available for future issuance without stockholder approval. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of a majority of our common stock by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders. We have elected in our certificate of incorporation not to be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, an antitakeover law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination, such as a merger, with a person or group owning 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless (with certain exceptions) the business combination or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. Accordingly, we are not subject to any anti-takeover effects of Section 203. However, our certificate of incorporation contains provisions that have the same effect as Section 203, except that they provide that our Sponsors and their respective affiliates will not be deemed to be “interested stockholders,” regardless of the percentage of our voting stock owned by them, and accordingly will not be subject to such restrictions.

Corporate opportunities

Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce any interest or expectancy of the Company in the business opportunities of the Sponsors and of their officers, directors, agents, shareholders, members, partners, affiliates and subsidiaries and each such party shall not have any obligation to offer us those opportunities unless presented to a director or officer of the Company in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company.

Limitations on liability and indemnification of officers and directors

Our restated certificate of incorporation limits the liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law and provides that we will indemnify them to the fullest extent permitted by such law. We have entered into indemnification agreements with our current directors and executive officers and expect to enter into a similar agreement with any new directors or executive officers.

Transfer agent and registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. Its address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11219. Its telephone number is (718) 921-8200.

 

- 139 -


Table of Contents

Material U.S. federal tax considerations for Non-U.S. Holders of common stock

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock by Non-U.S. Holders (defined below). This summary does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relevant to Non-U.S. Holders of our common stock. This summary is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”), the Treasury regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as of the date hereof and all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations at any time, possibly with a retroactive effect.

This summary assumes that shares of our common stock are held as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code. This summary does not purport to deal with all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation that might be relevant to particular Non-U.S. Holders in light of their particular investment circumstances or status, nor does it address specific tax considerations that may be relevant to particular persons (including, for example, financial institutions, broker-dealers, insurance companies, partnerships or other pass-through entities, certain U.S. expatriates, tax-exempt organizations, pension plans, “controlled foreign corporations”, “passive foreign investment companies”, corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, persons in special situations, such as those who have elected to mark securities to market or those who hold common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment, or holders subject to the alternative minimum tax). In addition, except as explicitly addressed herein with respect to estate tax, this summary does not address estate and gift tax considerations or considerations under the tax laws of any state, local or non-U.S. jurisdiction.

For purposes of this summary, a “Non-U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of common stock that for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not treated as a partnership and is not:

 

 

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

 

a corporation or any other organization taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

 

an estate, the income of which is included in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

 

 

a trust, if (1) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of the trust’s substantial decisions or (2) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If an entity that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of persons treated as its partners for U.S. federal income tax purposes will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships and other entities that are classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and persons holding our common stock through a partnership or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes are urged to consult their own tax advisors.

There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described herein, and we have not obtained, nor do we intend to obtain, a ruling from the IRS with respect to the U.S. federal income or estate tax consequences to a Non-U.S. Holder of the purchase, ownership or disposition of our common stock.

 

- 140 -


Table of Contents

THIS SUMMARY IS NOT INTENDED TO BE TAX ADVICE. NON-U.S. HOLDERS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAXATION, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAXATION AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

Distributions on our common stock

As discussed under “Dividend policy” above, we currently expect to pay regular dividends on our common stock. Distributions of cash or property on our common stock generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce the holder’s basis in our common stock, but not below zero. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below in “Gain on sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock.” Any such distribution would also be subject to the discussion below under the section titled “—Withholding and information reporting requirements—FATCA.”

Dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax unless such Non-U.S. Holder provides us or our agent, as the case may be, with the appropriate IRS Form W-8, such as:

 

 

IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form) certifying, under penalties of perjury, a reduction in withholding under an applicable income tax treaty, or

 

 

IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form) certifying that a dividend paid on common stock is not subject to withholding tax because it is effectively connected with a trade or business in the United States of the Non-U.S. Holder (in which case such dividend generally will be subject to regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates as described below).

The certification requirement described above also may require a Non-U.S. Holder that provides an IRS form or that claims treaty benefits to provide its U.S. taxpayer identification number. Special certification and other requirements apply in the case of certain Non-U.S. Holders that are intermediaries or pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Each Non-U.S. Holder is urged to consult its own tax advisor about the specific methods for satisfying these requirements. A claim for exemption will not be valid if the person receiving the applicable form has actual knowledge or reason to know that the statements on the form are false.

If dividends are effectively connected with a trade or business in the United States of a Non-U.S. Holder (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment), the Non-U.S. Holder, although exempt from the withholding tax described above (provided that the certifications described above are satisfied), generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such dividends on a net income basis in the same manner as if it were a resident of the United States. In addition, if a Non-U.S. Holder is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Non-U.S. Holder may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” equal to 30% (unless reduced by an applicable income treaty) of its earnings and profits in respect of such effectively connected dividend income.

If a Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty, the holder may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amount withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

 

- 141 -


Table of Contents

Gain on sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock

Subject to the discussion below under the section titled “—Withholding and information reporting requirements—FATCA”, in general, a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on gain realized upon such holder’s sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of shares of our common stock unless (i) such Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition, and certain other conditions are met, (ii) we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation”, as defined in the Internal Revenue Code (a “USRPHC”), at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition and the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period in the shares of our common stock, and certain other requirements are met, or (iii) such gain is effectively connected with the conduct by such Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by such Non-U.S. Holder in the United States).

If the first exception applies, the Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or at a reduced rate under an applicable income tax treaty) on the amount by which such Non-U.S. Holder’s capital gains allocable to U.S. sources (including gain, if any, realized on a disposition of our common stock) exceed capital losses allocable to U.S. sources during the taxable year of the disposition. If the third exception applies, the Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to such gain on a net income basis in the same manner as if it were a resident of the United States and a Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes may also be subject to a branch profits tax with respect any earnings and profits attributable to such gain at a rate of 30% (or at a reduced rate under an applicable income tax treaty).

Generally, a corporation is a USRPHC only if the fair market value of its U.S. real property interests (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code) equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Although there can be no assurance in this regard, we believe that we are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we became a USRPHC, a Non-U.S. Holder would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock by reason of our status as a USRPHC so long as our common stock continues to be regularly traded on an established securities market and such Non-U.S. Holder does not own and is not deemed to own (directly, indirectly or constructively) more than 5% of our common stock at any time during the shorter of the five year period ending on the date of disposition and the holder’s holding period. However, no assurance can be provided that our common stock will continue to be regularly traded on an established securities market for purposes of the rules described above. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible consequences to them if we are, or were to become, a USRPHC.

Withholding and information reporting requirements—FATCA

Recently enacted legislation (commonly referred to as “FATCA”) will impose U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on payments to certain non-U.S. entities (including certain intermediaries), including dividends on and the gross proceeds from disposition of our common stock, unless such persons comply with a complicated U.S. information reporting, disclosure and certification regime. This new regime requires, among other things, a broad class of persons to enter into agreements with the IRS to obtain, disclose and report information about their investors and account holders. This new regime and its requirements are different from and in addition to the certification requirements described elsewhere in this discussion. As currently proposed, the FATCA

 

- 142 -


Table of Contents

withholding rules would apply to payments of dividends on our common stock beginning January 1, 2014, and to gross proceeds from dispositions of our common stock beginning January 1, 2015. Under certain circumstances, a Non-U.S. Holder may be eligible for refunds or credits for such taxes.

Although administrative guidance and proposed regulations have been issued, regulations implementing the new FATCA regime have not yet been finalized and the exact scope of this new regime remains unclear and potentially subject to material changes. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible impact of the FATCA rules on their investment in our common stock, and the entities through which they hold our common stock, including, without limitation, the process and deadlines for meeting the applicable requirements to prevent the imposition of this 30% withholding tax under FATCA.

Backup withholding and information reporting

We must report annually to the IRS and to each Non-U.S. Holder the gross amount of the distributions on our common stock paid to the holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to the distributions.

Non-U.S. Holders may have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish that the holder is not a United States person (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code) in order to avoid backup withholding at the applicable rate, currently 28% and scheduled to increase to 31% for taxable years 2013 and thereafter, with respect to dividends on our common stock. Dividends paid to Non-U.S. Holders subject to the U.S. withholding tax, as described above under the section titled “Distributions on our common stock,” generally will be exempt from U.S. backup withholding.

Information reporting and backup withholding will generally apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, unless the holder certifies its status as a Non-U.S. Holder and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a U.S. broker or a non-U.S. broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

Copies of information returns may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or in which the Non-U.S. Holder is incorporated under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a Non-U.S. Holder can be refunded or credited against the Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that an appropriate claim is timely filed with the IRS.

Federal estate tax

Common stock owned (or treated as owned) by an individual who is not a citizen or a resident of the United States (as defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death will be included in the individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate or other tax treaty provides otherwise, and, therefore, may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax.

 

- 143 -


Table of Contents

Underwriting

We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are acting as representatives of the underwriters. We and the selling stockholders have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

 

Name    Number of
shares
 

 

 

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

            Incorporated

  

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  

Moelis & Company LLC

  

SMBC Nikko Capital Markets Limited

  

Samuel A. Ramirez & Co., Inc.

  

The Williams Capital Group, L.P.

  
  

 

 

 

Total

     22,000,000   

 

 

The underwriters are committed to purchase all the common shares offered by the selling stockholders if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

The underwriters propose to offer the common shares directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per share. After the initial public offering of the shares, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part. The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend to confirm sales to discretionary accounts that exceed 5% of the total number of shares offered by them.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to 3,300,000 additional shares of common stock from the selling stockholders. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option to purchase additional shares. If any shares are purchased with this option, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

 

- 144 -


Table of Contents

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $         per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling stockholders assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

     

Paid by the

selling stockholders

 

 

 
     Without
option
exercise
     With
full option
exercise
 

 

 

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $         $     

 

 

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $950,000.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing (other than filings on Form S-8 relating to our employee benefit plans), or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, for a period of 90 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 90-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event relating to our company; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 90-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 90-day period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event unless J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC waive, in writing, such extension.

Our directors (including our chief executive officer), our chief financial officer and certain of our significant equity holders (including affiliates of the Sponsors) have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 90 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, (1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for

 

- 145 -


Table of Contents

our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, executive officers, managers and members in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) or (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 90-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event relating to our company; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 90-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 90-day period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event unless J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC waive, in writing, such extension.

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Our common stock is listed on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “DNKN.”

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholders referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares from us, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares from us. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on The NASDAQ Global Select Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

 

- 146 -


Table of Contents

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Notice to prospective investors in United Kingdom

This document is only being distributed to and is only directed at (i) persons who are outside the United Kingdom or (ii) to investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”) or (iii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling with Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). The securities are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such securities will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

Each underwriter has agreed that:

(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Company; and

(b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

European Economic Area

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), including each Relevant Member State that has implemented the 2010 PD Amending Directive with regard to persons to whom an offer of securities is addressed and the denomination per unit of the offer of securities (each, an “Early Implementing Member State”), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”), no offer of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus will be made to the public in that Relevant Member State (other than offers (the “Permitted Public Offers”) where a prospectus will be published in relation to the shares that has been approved by the competent authority in a Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive), except that with effect from and including that Relevant Implementation Date, offers of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

(a) to “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive, including:

(i) (in the case of Relevant Member States other than Early Implementing Member States), legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities, or any legal entity which has

 

- 147 -


Table of Contents

two or more of (A) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (B) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and (C) an annual turnover of more than 50,000,000 as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or

(ii) (in the case of Early Implementing Member States), persons or entities that are described in points (1) to (4) of Section I of Annex II to Directive 2004/39/EC, and those who are treated on request as professional clients in accordance with Annex II to Directive 2004/39/EC, or recognized as eligible counterparties in accordance with Article 24 of Directive 2004/39/EC unless they have requested that they be treated as non-professional clients; or

(b) to fewer than 100 (or, in the case of Early Implementing Member States, 150) natural or legal persons (other than “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted in the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

(c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares shall result in a requirement for the publication by the Company or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or of a supplement to a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

Any person making or intending to make any offer within the European Economic Area of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus should only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for the Company or any of the underwriters to produce a prospectus for such offer. Neither the Company nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares through any financial intermediary, other than offers made by the underwriters which constitute the final offering of shares contemplated in this prospectus.

Each person in a Relevant Member State (other than a Relevant Member State where there is a Permitted Public Offer) who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with each underwriter and the Company that: (a) it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive and (b) in the case of any shares acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, (i) the shares acquired by it in the offering have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Relevant Member State other than “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive, or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been given to the offer or resale or (ii) where shares have been acquired by it on behalf of persons in any Relevant Member State other than qualified investors, the offer of those shares to it is not treated under the Prospectus Directive as having been made to such persons.

For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression “an offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer of any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71 EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, in the case of Early Implementing Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Notice to prospective investors in Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong),

 

- 148 -


Table of Contents

or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to prospective investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Notice to prospective investors in Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Notice to prospective investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules

 

- 149 -


Table of Contents

or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to prospective investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Notice to prospective investors in the United Arab Emirates

This offering has not been approved or licensed by the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates (“UAE”), Securities and Commodities Authority of the UAE and/or any other relevant licensing authority in the UAE including any licensing authority incorporated under the laws and regulations of any of the free zones established and operating in the territory of the UAE, in particular the DFSA, a regulatory authority of the Dubai International Financial Centre (DIFC). This offering does not constitute a public offer of securities in the UAE, DIFC and/or any other free zone in accordance with the Commercial Companies Law, Federal Law No 8 of 1984 (as amended), DFSA Offered Securities Rules and NASDAQ Dubai Listing Rules, accordingly, or otherwise. The shares may not be offered to the public in the UAE and/or any of the free zones.

The shares may be offered and issued only to a limited number of investors in the UAE or any of its free zones who qualify as sophisticated investors under the relevant laws and regulations of the UAE or the free zone concerned.

Other relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities.

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. Each of the underwriters in this offering acted as underwriters in connection with our IPO. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce,

 

- 150 -


Table of Contents

Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC acted as initial purchasers in connection with the offering of senior notes. In addition, the underwriters and their affiliates act in various capacities under our senior credit facility. Barclays Bank PLC, an affiliate of Barclays Capital Inc., acts as administrative agent; Barclays Capital Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated act as lead arrangers and joint bookrunners and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC acts as syndication agent; Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated acts as co-documentation agent. Affiliates of each of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC also act as lenders under our senior credit facility. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

SMBC Nikko Capital Markets Limited is not a U.S. registered broker-dealer and, therefore, intends to participate in the offering outside of the United States and, to the extent that the offering is within the United States, as facilitated by an affiliated U.S. registered broker-dealer, SMBC Nikko Securities America, Inc. (“SMBC Nikko-SI”), as permitted under applicable law. To that end, SMBC Nikko Capital Markets Limited and SMBC Nikko-SI have entered into an agreement pursuant to which SMBC Nikko-SI provides certain referral services with respect to this offering. In return for the provision of such services by SMBC Nikko-SI, SMBC Nikko Capital Markets Limited will pay to SMBC Nikko-SI a mutually agreed fee.

 

- 151 -


Table of Contents

Legal matters

The validity of the issuance of the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering will be passed upon for us by Ropes & Gray LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. Some attorneys of Ropes & Gray LLP are members in RGIP, LLC, which is a direct investor in Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and is also an investor in certain investment funds affiliated with Bain Capital Partners, LLC and Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. RGIP, LLC directly and indirectly owns less than 1% of our common stock and is a selling stockholder in this offering. The validity of the common stock offered hereby will be passed upon on behalf of the underwriters by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York.

Experts

The consolidated financial statements of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. as of December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, and for the years ended December 31, 2011, December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The financial statements of BR Korea Co., Ltd. (our joint venture entity in Korea) as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, and for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended December 31, 2011, included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte Anjin LLC, an independent auditor, as stated in their report appearing herein (which report expresses an unqualified opinion on the financial statements and includes an explanatory paragraph referring to the nature and effect of difference between accounting Standards for Non-Public Entities in the Republic of Korea from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America), and are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The financial statements of B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd. (our joint venture entity in Japan) as of December 31, 2010 and for the year then ended included in this registration statement have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers Aarata, independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The financial statements of BR Korea Co., Ltd. and B-R Ice Cream Co., Ltd. referred to above are included herein in accordance with the requirements of Rule 3-09 of Regulation S-X.

The CREST® data included in this prospectus has been included herein with the consent of The NPD Group, Inc.

Where you can find more information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which forms a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and the shares of our common stock, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as a part thereof. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document are not necessarily complete. We are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith, we file reports and other information with the SEC. The registration statement, such reports and other information can be inspected and copied at the Public Reference Room of the SEC located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of such materials, including copies of all or any portion of the registration statement, can be obtained from the Public Reference Room of the SEC at prescribed rates. You can call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 to obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. Such materials may also be accessed electronically by means of the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

 

- 152 -


Table of Contents

Index to consolidated financial statements

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc.

     Page  

Audited financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011, December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F—2   

Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

     F—3   

Consolidated statements of operations for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011, December  25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

     F—4   

Consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011, December  25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

     F—5   

Consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity (deficit) for the fiscal years ended December  31, 2011, December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

     F—6   

Consolidated statements of cash flows for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011, December  25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

     F—7   

Notes to consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011, December  25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

     F—8   

BR Korea Co., Ltd.

  
        

Audited financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011, December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009

  

Report of Independent Auditors

     F—53   

Statements of financial position as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010

     F—54   

Statements of income for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011, December 31, 2010 and December  31, 2009

     F—55   

Statements of changes in shareholders’ equity for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     F—56   

Statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     F—57   

Notes to financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010

     F—59   

Reconciliation as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010

     F—80   
B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.   
        

Financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011, December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009

  

Report of Independent Auditors

     F—84   

Balance sheets as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010

     F—85   

Statements of income for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011, December  31, 2010 and December 31, 2009

     F—87   

Statements of changes in net assets for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     F—89   

Statements of cash flows for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     F—91   

Notes to the financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     F—92   

Reconciliation for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010

     F—108   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, December 25, 2010, and December 26, 2009. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, December 25, 2010, and December 26, 2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

February 24, 2012

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated balance sheets

(In thousands, except share data)

 

      December 31,
2011
    December 25,
2010
 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 246,715        134,100   

Accounts receivable, net

     37,122        35,239   

Notes and other receivables, net

     21,665        44,704   

Assets held for sale

     1,266        4,328   

Deferred income taxes, net

     48,387        12,570   

Restricted assets of advertising funds

     31,017        25,113   

Prepaid income taxes

            7,641   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     20,302        20,682   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     406,474        284,377   

Property and equipment, net

     185,360        193,273   

Investments in joint ventures

     164,636        169,276   

Goodwill

     890,992        888,655   

Other intangible assets, net

     1,507,219        1,535,657   

Restricted cash

     269        404   

Other assets

     69,068        75,646   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 3,224,018        3,147,288   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, Common Stock, and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

    

Current liabilities:

    

Current portion of long-term debt

   $ 14,965        12,500   

Capital lease obligations

     232        205   

Accounts payable

     9,651        9,822   

Income taxes payable, net

     15,630          

Liabilities of advertising funds

     50,547        48,213   

Deferred income

     24,918        26,221   

Other current liabilities

     200,597        183,594   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     316,540        280,555   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net

     1,453,344        1,847,016   

Capital lease obligations

     4,928        5,160   

Unfavorable operating leases acquired

     21,440        24,744   

Deferred income

     16,966        21,326   

Deferred income taxes, net

     578,660        586,337   

Other long-term liabilities

     86,204        75,909   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term liabilities

     2,161,542        2,560,492   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (note 16)

    

Common stock, Class L, $0.001 par value; no shares authorized, issued, or outstanding at December 31, 2011; 100,000,000 shares authorized and 22,994,523 shares issued and outstanding at December 25, 2010

            840,582   

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

    

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011; no shares authorized, issued, or outstanding at December 25, 2010

              

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 475,000,000 shares authorized and 120,136,631 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011; 400,000,000 shares authorized and 42,939,360 shares issued and outstanding at December 25, 2010

     119        42   

Additional paid-in capital

     1,478,291        195,212   

Treasury stock, at cost

            (1,807

Accumulated deficit

     (752,075     (741,415

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     19,601        13,627   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     745,936        (534,341
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, common stock, and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ 3,224,018        3,147,288   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Consolidated statements of operations

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

      Fiscal year ended  
     December 31,
2011
    December 25,
2010
    December 26,
2009
 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenues:

      

Franchise fees and royalty income

   $ 398,474        359,927        344,020   

Rental income

     92,145        91,102        93,651   

Sales of ice cream products

     100,068        84,989        75,256   

Other revenues

     37,511        41,117        25,146   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     628,198        577,135        538,073   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating costs and expenses:

      

Occupancy expenses—franchised restaurants

     51,878        53,739        51,964   

Cost of ice cream products

     72,329        59,175        47,432   

General and administrative expenses, net

     240,625        223,620        197,005   

Depreciation

     24,497        25,359        26,917   

Amortization of other intangible assets

     28,025        32,467        35,994   

Impairment charges

     2,060        7,075        8,517   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating costs and expenses

     419,414        401,435        367,829   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity in net income (loss) of joint ventures:

      

Net income, excluding impairment

     16,277        17,825        14,301   

Impairment charge

     (19,752              
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity in net income (loss) of joint ventures

     (3,475     17,825        14,301   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     205,309        193,525        184,545   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

      

Interest income

     623        305        386   

Interest expense

     (105,072     (112,837     (115,405

Gain (loss) on debt extinguishment and refinancing transactions

     (34,222     (61,955     3,684   

Other gains, net

     175        408        1,066   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

     (138,496     (174,079     (110,269
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     66,813        19,446        74,276   

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     32,371        (7,415     39,268   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 34,442        26,861        35,008   

Earnings (loss) per share:

      

Class L-basic and diluted

   $ 6.14        4.87        4.57   

Common-basic and diluted

   $ (1.41     (2.04     (1.69

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Consolidated statements of comprehensive income

(In thousands)

 

      Fiscal year ended  
     December 31,
2011
    December 25,
2010
    December 26,
2009
 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 34,442        26,861        35,008   

Other comprehensive income (loss), net:

      

Effect of foreign currency translation, net of deferred taxes of $295, $390, and $411 as of December 31, 2011, December 25, 2010, and December 26, 2009, respectively

     6,560        9,624        5,986   

Other

     (586     (426     7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

     5,974        9,198        5,993   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

     40,416        36,059        41,001   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity (deficit)

(In thousands)

 

     Common stock      Additional
paid-in
capital
    Treasury
stock, at cost
    Accumulated
deficit
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)
    Total  
    Shares     Amount             

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 27, 2008

    40,977      $ 41         189,407        (727     (587,698     (1,564     (400,541

Net income

                                 35,008               35,008   

Other comprehensive income

                                        5,993        5,993   

Accretion of Class L preferred return

                                 (104,560            (104,560

Issuance of common stock

    124                237                             237   

Share-based compensation expense

    431        1         1,744                             1,745   

Repurchases of common stock

                          (387                   (387

Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation

                   1,112                             1,112   
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 26, 2009

    41,532        42         192,500        (1,114     (657,250     4,429        (461,393

Net income

                                 26,861               26,861   

Other comprehensive income

                                        9,198        9,198   

Accretion of Class L preferred return

                                 (111,026            (111,026

Issuance of common stock

    28                141                             141   

Share-based compensation expense

    293                1,461                             1,461   

Repurchases of common stock

                          (693                   (693

Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation

                   1,110                             1,110   
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 25, 2010

    41,853        42         195,212        (1,807     (741,415     13,627        (534,341

Net income

                                 34,442               34,442   

Other comprehensive income

                                        5,974        5,974   

Accretion of Class L preferred return

                                 (45,102            (45,102

Conversion of Class L shares into common stock

    55,653        55         887,786                             887,841   

Issuance of common stock in connection with initial public offering

    22,250        22         389,939                             389,961   

Issuance of common stock

    129                942                             942   

Exercise of stock options

    62                266                             266   

Share-based compensation expense

    105                4,632                             4,632   

Repurchases of common stock

                          (173                   (173

Retirement of treasury stock

    (558             (1,980     1,980                        

Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation

                   1,494                             1,494   
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

    119,494      $ 119         1,478,291               (752,075     19,601        745,936   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Consolidated statements of cash flows

(In thousands)

 

     Fiscal year ended  
    December 31,
2011
    December 25,
2010
    December 26,
2009
 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

     

Net income

  $ 34,442        26,861        35,008   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

     

Depreciation and amortization

    52,522        57,826        62,911   

Amortization of deferred financing costs and original issue discount

    6,278        6,523        7,394   

Loss (gain) on debt extinguishment and refinancing transactions

    34,222        61,955        (3,684

Impact of unfavorable operating leases acquired

    (3,230     (4,320     (5,027

Deferred income taxes

    (11,363     (28,389     18,301   

Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation

    (1,494     (1,110       

Impairment charges

    2,060        7,075        8,517   

Provision for bad debt

    2,019        1,505        7,363   

Share-based compensation expense

    4,632        1,461        1,745   

Equity in net loss (income) of joint ventures

    3,475        (17,825     (14,301

Dividends received from joint ventures

    7,362        6,603        5,010   

Other, net

    (1,139     (137     123   

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

     

Restricted cash

           101,675        (32,520

Accounts, notes, and other receivables, net

    19,123        (11,815     (17,509

Other current assets

    4,406        6,701        1,832   

Accounts payable

    85        (1,115     3,008   

Other current liabilities

    17,904        29,384        16,698   

Liabilities of advertising funds, net

    (3,572     (346     19,681   

Income taxes payable, net

    473        1,341        5,737   

Deferred income

    (5,658     (12,809     (4,190

Other, net

    156        (2,040     (18
 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

    162,703        229,004        116,079   
 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

     

Additions to property and equipment

    (18,596     (15,358     (18,012

Other, net

    (1,211     (249       
 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (19,807     (15,607     (18,012
 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

     

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

    250,000        1,859,375          

Repayment and repurchases of long-term debt

    (654,608     (1,470,985     (145,183

Repayment of short-term debt

                  (64,190

Payment of deferred financing and other debt-related costs

    (20,087     (34,979     (613

Proceeds from initial public offering, net of offering costs

    389,961                 

Repurchases of common stock

    (286     (3,890     (3,457

Dividends paid on Class L common stock

           (500,002       

Change in restricted cash

    178        16,144        2,276   

Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation

    1,494        1,110          

Other, net

    3,274        644        2,702   
 

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

    (30,074     (132,583     (208,465
 

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    (207     76        (29
 

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    112,615        80,890        (110,427

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

    134,100        53,210        163,637   
 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

  $ 246,715        134,100        53,210   
 

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

     

Cash paid for income taxes

  $ 43,143        19,206        15,920   

Cash paid for interest

    103,147        100,629        107,038   

Noncash investing activities:

     

Property and equipment included in accounts payable and other current liabilities

    1,641        1,822        1,596   

Purchase of leaseholds in exchange for capital lease obligation

           178        1,381   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

  F-7  


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

(1) Description of business and organization

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. (“DBGI”) and subsidiaries (collectively, “the Company”) is one of the world’s largest franchisors of restaurants serving coffee and baked goods as well as ice cream within the quick service restaurant segment of the restaurant industry. We develop, franchise, and license a system of both traditional and nontraditional quick service restaurants and, in limited circumstances, own and operate individual locations. Through our Dunkin’ Donuts brand, we develop and franchise restaurants featuring coffee, donuts, bagels, and related products. Through our Baskin-Robbins brand, we develop and franchise restaurants featuring ice cream, frozen beverages, and related products. Additionally, our subsidiaries located in Canada and the United Kingdom (“UK”) manufacture and/or distribute Baskin-Robbins ice cream products to Baskin-Robbins franchisees and licensees in various international markets.

DBGI is majority-owned by investment funds affiliated with Bain Capital Partners, LLC, The Carlyle Group, and Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (collectively, the “Sponsors” or “BCT”).

Throughout these financial statements, “the Company,” “we,” “us,” “our,” and “management” refer to DBGI and subsidiaries taken as a whole.

(2) Summary of significant accounting policies

(a) Fiscal year

The Company operates and reports financial information on a 52- or 53-week year on a 13-week quarter basis with the fiscal year ending on the last Saturday in December and fiscal quarters ending on the 13th Saturday of each quarter (or 14th Saturday when applicable with respect to the fourth fiscal quarter). The data periods contained within fiscal years 2011, 2010, and 2009 reflect the results of operations for the 53-week period ended December 31, 2011, and the 52-week periods ended December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009, respectively.

(b) Basis of presentation and consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of DBGI and subsidiaries and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). All significant transactions and balances between subsidiaries have been eliminated in consolidation.

We consolidate entities in which we have a controlling financial interest, the usual condition of which is ownership of a majority voting interest. We also consider for consolidation an entity, in which we have certain interests, where the controlling financial interest may be achieved through arrangements that do not involve voting interests. Such an entity, known as a variable interest entity (“VIE”), is required to be consolidated by its primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary is the entity that possesses the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact its economic performance and has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that are significant to it. The principal entities in which we possess a variable interest include franchise entities, the advertising funds (see note 4), and our investments in joint ventures. We do not possess any ownership interests in franchise entities, except for our investments in various joint

 

  F-8   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

ventures that are accounted for under the equity method. Additionally, we generally do not provide financial support to franchise entities in a typical franchise relationship. As our franchise and license arrangements provide our franchisee and licensee entities the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact their economic performance, we do not consider ourselves the primary beneficiary of any such entity that might be a VIE. Based on the results of our analysis of potential VIEs, we have not consolidated any franchise or other entities. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss resulting from involvement with potential VIEs is attributable to aged trade and notes receivable balances, outstanding loan guarantees (see note 16(b)), and future lease payments due from franchisees (see note 10).

(c) Accounting estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires the use of estimates, judgments, and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and for the period then ended. Significant estimates are made in the calculations and assessments of the following: (a) allowance for doubtful accounts and notes receivables, (b) impairment of tangible and intangible assets, (c) income taxes, (d) real estate reserves, (e) lease accounting estimates, (f) gift certificate breakage, and (g) contingencies. Estimates are based on historical experience, current conditions, and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. These estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities when they are not readily apparent from other sources. We adjust such estimates and assumptions when facts and circumstances dictate. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. Illiquid credit markets, volatile equity and foreign currency markets, and declines in consumer spending have combined to increase the uncertainty inherent in such estimates and assumptions.

(d) Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash

The Company continually monitors its positions with, and the credit quality of, the financial institutions in which it maintains its deposits and investments. As of December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, we maintained balances in various cash accounts in excess of federally insured limits. All highly liquid instruments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less are considered cash equivalents.

As part of the securitization transaction (see note 8), certain cash accounts were established in the name of Citibank, N.A. (the “Trustee”) for the benefit of Ambac Assurance Corporation (“Ambac”), the Trustee, and the holders of our ABS Notes, and were restricted in their use. Historically, restricted cash primarily represented (i) cash collections held by the Trustee, (ii) interest, insurer premiums, and commitment fee reserves held by the Trustee related to our ABS Notes (see note 8), (iii) product sourcing and real estate reserves used to pay ice cream product obligations to affiliates and real estate obligations, respectively, (iv) cash collections related to the advertising funds and gift card/certificate programs, and (v) cash collateral requirements associated with our Canadian guaranteed financing arrangements (see note 16(b)). Changes in restricted cash held for interest, insurer premiums, commitment fee reserves, or other financing arrangements are presented as a component of cash flows from financing activities in the accompanying consolidated statements of cash flows. Other changes in restricted cash are presented as a component of operating activities. In connection with the repayment of the ABS Notes in December 2010 (see note 8), the cash restrictions associated with the ABS Notes were released.

 

  F-9   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

Cash held related to the advertising funds and the Company’s gift card/certificate programs are classified as unrestricted cash as there are no legal restrictions on the use of these funds; however, the Company intends to use these funds solely to support the advertising funds and gift card/certificate programs rather than to fund operations. Total cash balances related to the advertising funds and gift card/certificate programs as of December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010 were $123.1 million and $82.3 million, respectively.

(e) Fair value of financial instruments

The carrying amounts of accounts receivable, notes and other receivables, assets and liabilities related to the advertising funds, accounts payable, and other current liabilities approximate fair value because of their short-term nature. For long-term receivables, we review the creditworthiness of the counterparty on a quarterly basis, and adjust the carrying value as necessary. We believe the carrying value of long-term receivables of $4.8 million as of December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010 approximates fair value.

Financial assets and liabilities are categorized, based on the inputs to the valuation technique, into a three-level fair value hierarchy. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to the quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities and lowest priority to unobservable inputs. Observable market data, when available, is required to be used in making fair value measurements. When inputs used to measure fair value fall within different levels of the hierarchy, the level within which the fair value measurement is categorized is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2011 are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

      Quoted prices
in active
markets for
identical assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Assets:

     

Mutual funds

   $ 2,777           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 2,777           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

     

Deferred compensation liabilities

   $         6,856   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $         6,856   

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The mutual funds and deferred compensation liabilities primarily relate to the Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan (“NQDC Plan”), which allows for pre-tax salary deferrals for certain qualifying employees (see note 17). Changes in the fair value of the deferred compensation liabilities are derived using quoted prices in active markets of the asset selections made by the participants. The deferred compensation liabilities are classified within Level 2, as defined under U.S. GAAP, because their inputs are derived principally from observable market data by correlation to the hypothetical investments. The Company holds mutual funds, as well as money market funds, to partially offset the Company’s liabilities under the NQDC Plan as well as other benefit plans. The changes in the fair value of the mutual funds are derived using quoted prices in active markets for the specific funds. As such, the mutual funds are classified within Level 1, as defined under U.S. GAAP.

 

  F-10   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

The carrying value and estimated fair value of long-term debt at December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010 was as follows (in thousands):

 

      December 31, 2011      December 25, 2010  
Financial liabilities    Carrying
value
     Estimated
fair value
     Carrying
value
     Estimated
fair value
 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Term loans

   $ 1,468,309         1,447,731         1,243,823         1,266,250   

Senior notes

                     615,693         631,250   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,468,309         1,447,731         1,859,516         1,897,500   

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The estimated fair values of our term loans and senior notes are estimated based on current bid and offer prices, if available, for the same or similar instruments. Considerable judgment is required to develop these estimates.

(f) Inventories

Inventories consist of ice cream products. Cost is determined by the first-in, first-out method. Finished products are valued at the lower of cost or estimated net realizable value. Raw materials are valued at the lower of actual or replacement cost. Inventories are included within prepaid expenses and other current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

(g) Assets held for sale

Assets held for sale primarily represent costs incurred by the Company for store equipment and leasehold improvements constructed for sale to franchisees, as well as restaurants formerly operated by franchisees waiting to be resold. The value of such restaurants and related assets is reduced to reflect net recoverable values, with such reductions recorded to general and administrative expenses, net in the consolidated statements of operations. Generally, internal specialists estimate the amount to be recovered from the sale of such assets based on their knowledge of the (a) market in which the store is located, (b) results of the Company’s previous efforts to dispose of similar assets, and (c) current economic conditions. The actual cost of such assets held for sale is affected by specific factors such as the nature, age, location, and condition of the assets, as well as the economic environment and inflation.

We classify restaurants and their related assets as held for sale and suspend depreciation and amortization when (a) we make a decision to refranchise or sell the property, (b) the stores are available for immediate sale, (c) we have begun an active program to locate a buyer, (d) significant changes to the plan of sale are not likely, and (e) the sale is probable within one year.

(h) Property and equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Leasehold

 

  F-11   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life or the remaining lease term of the related asset. Estimated useful lives are as follows:

 

      Years  

 

  

 

 

 

Buildings

     20 – 35   

Leasehold improvements

     5 – 20   

Store, production, and other equipment

     3 – 10   

 

  

 

 

 

Routine maintenance and repair costs are charged to expense as incurred. Major improvements, additions, or replacements that extend the life, increase capacity, or improve the safety or the efficiency of property are capitalized at cost and depreciated. Major improvements to leased property are capitalized as leasehold improvements and depreciated. Interest costs incurred during the acquisition period of capital assets are capitalized as part of the cost of the asset and depreciated.

(i) Leases

When determining lease terms, we begin with the point at which the Company obtains control and possession of the leased properties, and we include option periods for which failure to renew the lease imposes a penalty on the Company in such an amount that the renewal appears, at the inception of the lease, to be reasonably assured, which generally includes option periods through the end of the related franchise agreement term. We also include any rent holidays in the determination of the lease term.

We record rent expense and rent income for leases and subleases, respectively, that contain scheduled rent increases on a straight-line basis over the lease term as defined above. In certain cases, contingent rentals are based on sales levels of our franchisees, in excess of stipulated amounts. Contingent rentals are included in rent income and rent expense as they are earned or accrued, respectively.

We occasionally provide to our sublessees, or receive from our landlords, tenant improvement dollars. Tenant improvement dollars paid to our sublessees are recorded as a deferred rent asset. For fixed asset and/or leasehold purchases for which we receive tenant improvement dollars from our landlords, we record the property and equipment and/or leasehold improvements gross and establish a deferred rent obligation. The deferred lease assets and obligations are amortized on a straight-line basis over the determined sublease and lease terms, respectively.

Management regularly reviews sublease arrangements, where we are the lessor, for losses on sublease arrangements. We recognize a loss, discounted using credit-adjusted risk-free rates, when costs expected to be incurred under an operating prime lease exceed the anticipated future revenue stream of the operating sublease. Furthermore, for properties where we do not currently have an operational franchise or other third-party sublessee and are under long-term lease agreements, the present value of any remaining liability under the lease, discounted using credit-adjusted risk-free rates and net of estimated sublease recovery, is recognized as a liability and charged to operations at the time we cease use of the property. The value of any equipment and leasehold improvements related to a closed store is assessed for potential impairment (see note 2(j)).

 

  F-12   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

(j) Impairment of long-lived assets

Long-lived assets that are used in operations are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable through undiscounted future cash flows. Recognition and measurement of a potential impairment is performed on assets grouped with other assets and liabilities at the lowest level where identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities. An impairment loss is the amount by which the carrying amount of a long-lived asset or asset group exceeds its estimated fair value. Fair value is generally estimated by internal specialists based on the present value of anticipated future cash flows or, if required, by independent third-party valuation specialists, depending on the nature of the assets or asset group.

(k) Investments in joint ventures

The Company accounts for its joint venture interests in B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd. (“BR Japan”) and BR-Korea Co., Ltd. (“BR Korea”) in accordance with the equity method. As a result of the acquisition of the Company by BCT on March 1, 2006 (“BCT Acquisition”), the Company recorded a step-up in the basis of our investments in BR Japan and BR Korea. The basis difference is comprised of amortizable franchise rights and related tax liabilities and nonamortizable goodwill. The franchise rights and related tax liabilities are amortized in a manner that reflects the estimated benefits from the use of the intangible asset over a period of 14 years. The franchise rights were valued based on an estimate of future cash flows to be generated from the ongoing management of the contracts over their remaining useful lives.

(l) Goodwill and other intangible assets

Goodwill and trade names (“indefinite lived intangibles”) have been assigned to our reporting units, which are also our operating segments, for purposes of impairment testing. All of our reporting units have indefinite lived intangibles associated with them.

We evaluate the remaining useful life of our trade names to determine whether current events and circumstances continue to support an indefinite useful life. In addition, all of our indefinite lived intangible assets are tested for impairment annually. The trade name intangible asset impairment test consists of a comparison of the fair value of each trade name with its carrying value, with any excess of carrying value over fair value being recognized as an impairment loss. The goodwill impairment test consists of a comparison of each reporting unit’s fair value to its carrying value. The fair value of a reporting unit is an estimate of the amount for which the unit as a whole could be sold in a current transaction between willing parties. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, goodwill is written down to its implied fair value. We have selected the first day of our fiscal third quarter as the date on which to perform our annual impairment test for all indefinite lived intangible assets. We also test for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the fair value of such indefinite lived intangibles has been impaired.

Other intangible assets consist primarily of franchise and international license rights (“franchise rights”), ice cream manufacturing and territorial franchise agreement license rights (“license rights”), and operating lease interests acquired related to our prime leases and subleases (“operating leases acquired”). Franchise rights recorded in the consolidated balance sheets were valued using an excess earnings approach. The valuation of

 

  F-13   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

franchise rights was calculated using an estimation of future royalty income and related expenses associated with existing franchise contracts at the acquisition date. Our valuation included assumptions related to the projected attrition and renewal rates on those existing franchise arrangements being valued. License rights recorded in the consolidated balance sheets were valued based on an estimate of future revenues and costs related to the ongoing management of the contracts over the remaining useful lives. Favorable and unfavorable operating leases acquired were recorded on purchased leases based on differences between contractual rents under the respective lease agreements and prevailing market rents at the lease acquisition date. Favorable operating leases acquired are included as a component of other intangible assets in the consolidated balance sheets. Due to the high level of lease renewals made by Dunkin’ Donuts’ franchisees, all lease renewal options for the Dunkin’ Donuts leases were included in the valuation of the favorable operating leases acquired. Amortization of franchise rights, license rights, and favorable operating leases acquired is recorded as amortization expense in the consolidated statements of operations and amortized over the respective franchise, license, and lease terms using the straight-line method.

Unfavorable operating leases acquired related to our prime and subleases are recorded in the liability section of the consolidated balance sheets and are amortized into rental expense and rental income, respectively, over the base lease term of the respective leases using the straight-line method. The weighted average amortization period for all unfavorable operating leases acquired is 14 years.

Management makes adjustments to the carrying amount of such intangible assets and unfavorable operating leases acquired if they are deemed to be impaired using the methodology for long-lived assets (see note 2(j)), or when such license or lease agreements are reduced or terminated.

(m) Contingencies

The Company records reserves for legal and other contingencies when information available to the Company indicates that it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Predicting the outcomes of claims and litigation and estimating the related costs and exposures involve substantial uncertainties that could cause actual costs to vary materially from estimates. Legal costs incurred in connection with legal and other contingencies are expensed as the costs are incurred.

(n) Foreign currency translation

We translate assets and liabilities of non-U.S. operations into U.S. dollars at rates of exchange in effect at the balance sheet date and revenues and expenses at the average exchange rates prevailing during the period. Resulting translation adjustments are recorded as a separate component of comprehensive income and stockholders’ equity (deficit), net of deferred taxes. Foreign currency translation adjustments primarily result from our joint ventures, as well as subsidiaries located in Canada, the UK, Australia, and Spain. Business transactions resulting in foreign exchange gains and losses are included in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

  F-14   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

(o) Revenue recognition

Franchise fees and royalty income

Domestically, the Company sells individual franchises as well as territory agreements in the form of store development agreements (“SDA agreements”) that grant the right to develop restaurants in designated areas. Our franchise and SDA agreements typically require the franchisee to pay an initial nonrefundable fee and continuing fees, or royalty income, based upon a percentage of sales. The franchisee will typically pay us a renewal fee if we approve a renewal of the franchise agreement. Such fees are paid by franchisees to obtain the rights associated with these franchise or SDA agreements. Initial franchise fee revenue is recognized upon substantial completion of the services required of the Company as stated in the franchise agreement, which is generally upon opening of the respective restaurant. Fees collected in advance are deferred until earned, with deferred amounts expected to be recognized as revenue within one year classified as current deferred income in the consolidated balance sheets. Royalty income is based on a percentage of franchisee gross sales and is recognized when earned, which occurs at the franchisees’ point of sale. Renewal fees are recognized when a renewal agreement with a franchisee becomes effective. Occasionally, the Company offers incentive programs to franchisees in conjunction with a franchise, SDA, or renewal agreement and, when appropriate, records the costs of such programs as reductions of revenue.

For our international business, we sell master territory and/or license agreements that typically allow the master licensee to either act as the franchisee or to sub-franchise to other operators. Master license and territory fees are generally recognized over the term of the development agreement or as stores are opened, depending on the specific terms of the agreement. Royalty income is based on a percentage of franchisee gross sales and is recognized when earned, which generally occurs at the franchisees’ point of sale. Renewal fees are recognized when a renewal agreement with a franchisee or licensee becomes effective.

Rental income

Rental income for base rentals is recorded on a straight-line basis over the lease term, including the amortization of any tenant improvement dollars paid (see note 2(i)). The difference between the straight-line rent amounts and amounts receivable under the leases is recorded as deferred rent assets in current or long-term assets, as appropriate. Contingent rental income is recognized as earned, and any amounts received from lessees in advance of achieving stipulated thresholds are deferred until such threshold is actually achieved. Deferred contingent rentals are recorded as deferred income in current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

Sales of ice cream products

Our subsidiaries in Canada and the UK manufacture and/or distribute Baskin-Robbins ice cream products to Baskin-Robbins franchisees and licensees in Canada and other international locations. Revenue from the sale of ice cream is recognized when title and risk of loss transfers to the buyer, which is generally upon shipment.

 

  F-15   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

Other revenues

Other revenues include fees generated by licensing our brand names and other intellectual property, retail stores sales at company-owned restaurants, and gains, net of losses and transactions costs, from the sales of our restaurants to new or existing franchisees. Licensing fees are recognized when earned, which is generally upon sale of the underlying products by the licensees. Retail store revenues at company-owned restaurants are recognized when payment is tendered at the point of sale, net of sales tax and other sales-related taxes. Gains on the refranchise or sale of a restaurant are recognized when the sale transaction closes, the franchisee has a minimum amount of the purchase price in at-risk equity, and we are satisfied that the buyer can meet its financial obligations to us. If the criteria for gain recognition are not met, we defer the gain to the extent we have any remaining financial exposure in connection with the sale transaction. Deferred gains are recognized when the gain recognition criteria are met.

(p) Allowance for doubtful accounts

We monitor the financial condition of our franchisees and licensees and record provisions for estimated losses on receivables when we believe that our franchisees or licensees are unable to make their required payments. While we use the best information available in making our determination, the ultimate recovery of recorded receivables is also dependent upon future economic events and other conditions that may be beyond our control. Included in the allowance for doubtful notes and accounts receivables is a provision for uncollectible royalty, lease, and licensing fee receivables.

(q) Share-based payment

We measure compensation cost at fair value on the date of grant for all stock-based awards and recognize compensation expense over the service period that the awards are expected to vest. The Company has elected to recognize compensation cost for graded-vesting awards subject only to a service condition over the requisite service period of the entire award.

(r) Income taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for the expected future tax consequences of items that have been included in our consolidated financial statements or tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and the respective tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates that are expected to apply in years in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse. The effects of changes in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations in the year in which the law is enacted. Valuation allowances are provided when the Company does not believe it is more likely than not that it will realize the benefit of identified tax assets.

A tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return is recognized in the financial statements when it is more likely than not that the position would be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. A recognized tax position is then measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Estimates of interest and penalties on unrecognized tax benefits are recorded in the provision (benefit) for income taxes.

 

  F-16   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

(s) Comprehensive income

Comprehensive income is primarily comprised of net income, foreign currency translation adjustments, unrealized gains and losses on investments, and pension adjustments for changes in funded status, and is reported in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income, net of taxes, for all periods presented.

(t) Deferred financing costs

Deferred financing costs primarily represent capitalizable costs incurred related to the issuance and refinancing of the Company’s long-term debt (see note 8). Deferred financing costs are being amortized over a weighted average period of approximately 7 years, based on projected required repayments, using the effective interest rate method.

(u) Concentration of credit risk

The Company is subject to credit risk through its accounts receivable consisting primarily of amounts due from franchisees and licensees for franchise fees, royalty income, and sales of ice cream products. In addition, we have note and lease receivables from certain of our franchisees and licensees. The financial condition of these franchisees and licensees is largely dependent upon the underlying business trends of our brands and market conditions within the quick service restaurant industry. This concentration of credit risk is mitigated, in part, by the large number of franchisees and licensees of each brand and the short-term nature of the franchise and license fee and lease receivables. At December 31, 2011, one master licensee accounted for approximately 17% of total accounts receivable, net. No other individual franchisee or master licensee accounts for more than 10% of total revenues or accounts and notes receivable.

(v) Recent accounting pronouncements

In September 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued new guidance, which permits an entity to make a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount before applying the two-step goodwill impairment test. If an entity concludes that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, it would not need to perform the two-step impairment test for that reporting unit. This guidance is effective for the Company beginning in fiscal year 2012. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued new guidance to increase the prominence of other comprehensive income in financial statements. This guidance provides the option to present the components of net income and comprehensive income in either one single statement or in two consecutive statements reporting net income and other comprehensive income. The Company adopted this guidance in fiscal year 2011 and presents the components of net income and comprehensive income in two consecutive statements. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2011, the FASB issued new guidance to clarify existing fair value guidance and to develop common requirements for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements in

 

  F-17   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

accordance with GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. This guidance is effective for the Company beginning in fiscal year 2012. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In December 2010, the FASB issued new guidance to amend the criteria for performing the second step of the goodwill impairment test for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts and requires performing the second step if qualitative factors indicate that it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. This new guidance was effective for the Company beginning in fiscal year 2011. The adoption of this guidance did not have any impact on our goodwill assessment or our consolidated financial statements.

(w) Subsequent events

Subsequent events have been evaluated up through the date that these consolidated financial statements were filed.

(3) Franchise fees and royalty income

Franchise fees and royalty income consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

      Fiscal year ended  
     December 31,
2011
     December 25,
2010
     December 26,
2009
 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Royalty income

   $ 363,458         332,770         317,692   

Initial franchise fees, including renewal income

     35,016         27,157         26,328   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total franchise fees and royalty income

   $ 398,474         359,927         344,020   

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The changes in franchised and company-owned points of distribution were as follows:

 

      Fiscal year ended  
     December 31,
2011
    December 25,
2010
    December 26,
2009
 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Systemwide Points of Distribution:

      

Franchised points of distribution in operation - beginning of year

     16,162        15,375        14,846   

Franchises opened

     1,335        1,618        1,601   

Franchises closed

     (735     (815     (1,055

Net transfers from (to) company-owned points of distribution

     1        (16     (17
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Franchised points of distribution in operation - end of year

     16,763        16,162        15,375   

Company-owned points of distribution - end of year

     31        31        18   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total systemwide points of distribution - end of year

     16,794        16,193        15,393   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-18   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

(4) Advertising funds

On behalf of certain Dunkin’ Donuts and Baskin-Robbins advertising funds, the Company collects a percentage, which is generally 5% of gross retail sales from Dunkin’ Donuts and Baskin-Robbins franchisees, to be used for various forms of advertising for each brand. In most of our international markets, franchisees manage their own advertising expenditures, which are not included in the advertising fund results.

The Company administers and directs the development of all advertising and promotion programs in the advertising funds for which it collects advertising fees, in accordance with the provisions of our franchise agreements. The Company acts as, in substance, an agent with regard to these advertising contributions. We consolidate and report all assets and liabilities held by these advertising funds as restricted assets of advertising funds and liabilities of advertising funds within current assets and current liabilities, respectively, in the consolidated balance sheets. The assets and liabilities held by these advertising funds consist primarily of receivables, accrued expenses, and other liabilities related specifically to the advertising funds. The revenues, expenses, and cash flows of the advertising funds are not included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations or consolidated statements of cash flows because the Company does not have complete discretion over the usage of the funds. Contributions to these advertising funds are restricted to advertising, product development, public relations, merchandising, and administrative expenses and programs to increase sales and further enhance the public reputation of each of the brands.

At December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, the Company had a net payable of $19.5 million and $23.1 million, respectively, to the various advertising funds.

To cover administrative expenses of the advertising funds, the Company charges each advertising fund a management fee for such items as rent, accounting services, information technology, data processing, product development, legal, administrative support services, and other operating expenses, which amounted to $5.7 million, $5.6 million, and $6.2 million for fiscal years 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. Such management fees are included in the consolidated statements of operations as a reduction in general and administrative expenses, net.

The Company also made discretionary contributions to certain advertising funds, which amounted to $2.0 million, $1.2 million, and $1.2 million for fiscal years 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively, for the purpose of supplementing national and regional advertising in certain markets.

(5) Property and equipment

Property and equipment at December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

      December 31,
2011
    December 25,
2010
 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Land

   $ 30,706        30,485   

Buildings

     43,380        40,093   

Leasehold improvements

     161,167        160,369   

Store, production, and other equipment

     50,105        49,072   

Construction in progress

     3,543        3,917   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     288,901        283,936   

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (103,541     (90,663
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 185,360        193,273   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-19   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

The Company recognized impairment charges on leasehold improvements, typically due to termination of the underlying lease agreement, and other corporately-held assets of $1.4 million, $4.8 million, and $6.8 million during fiscal years 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively, which are included in impairment charges in the consolidated statements of operations.

(6) Investments in joint ventures

The Company’s ownership interests in its joint ventures as of December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010 were as follows:

 

      Ownership  
Entity    December 31,
2011
     December 25,
2010
 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

BR Japan

     43.3%         43.3%   

BR Korea

     33.3         33.3   

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Summary financial information for the joint venture operations on an aggregated basis was as follows (in thousands):

 

      December 31,
2011
     December 25,
2010
 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current assets

   $ 195,977         184,608   

Current liabilities

     92,758         86,969   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Working capital

     103,219         97,639   

Property, plant, and equipment, net

     147,929         102,405   

Other assets

     156,061         141,574   

Long-term liabilities

     55,514         19,084   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Joint venture equity

   $ 351,695         322,534   

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

      Fiscal year ended  
     December 31,
2011
     December 25,
2010
     December 26,
2009
 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenues

   $ 659,319         580,671         495,146   

Net income

     44,156         47,664         41,577   

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  F-20   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

The comparison between the carrying value of our investments and the underlying equity in net assets of investments is presented in the table below (in thousands):

 

      BR Japan      BR Korea  
     December 31,
2011
     December 25,
2010
     December 31,
2011
    December 25,
2010
 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying value of investment

   $ 103,830         94,326         60,806        74,950   

Underlying equity in net assets of investment

     56,319         49,854         73,839        69,037   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying value in excess of (less than) the underlying equity in net assets(a)

   $ 47,511         44,472         (13,033     5,913   

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a)   The excess carrying values over the underlying equity in net assets of BR Japan as of December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010 and BR Korea as of December 25, 2010 is primarily comprised of amortizable franchise rights and related tax liabilities and nonamortizable goodwill, all of which were established in the BCT Acquisition. The deficit of cost relative to the underlying equity in net assets of BR Korea as of December 31, 2011 is primarily comprised of an impairment of long-lived assets, net of tax, recorded in fiscal year 2011.

Equity in net income (loss) of joint ventures in the consolidated statements of operations for fiscal years 2011, 2010, and 2009 includes $868 thousand, $897 thousand, and $899 thousand, respectively, of net expense related to the amortization of intangible franchise rights and related deferred tax liabilities noted above. As required under the equity method of accounting, such net expense is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations directly to equity in net income (loss) of joint ventures and not shown as a component of amortization expense.

During the fourth quarter of 2011, management concluded that indicators of potential impairment were present related to our investment in BR Korea based on continued declines in the operating performance and future projections of the Korea Dunkin’ Donuts business. Accordingly, the Company engaged an independent third-party valuation specialist to assist the Company in determining the fair value of our investment in BR Korea. The valuation was completed using a combination of discounted cash flow and income approaches to valuation. Based in part on the fair value determined by the independent third-party valuation specialist, the Company determined that the carrying value of the investment in BR Korea exceeded fair value by $19.8 million, and as such the Company recorded an impairment charge in that amount in the fourth quarter of 2011. The impairment charge was allocated to the underlying goodwill, intangible assets, and long-lived assets of BR Korea, and therefore resulted in a reduction in depreciation and amortization, net of tax, of $1.0 million, in fiscal year 2011, which is recorded within equity in net income (loss) of joint ventures in the consolidated statements of operations.

Total estimated amortization expense, net of deferred tax benefits, to be included in equity in net income of joint ventures for fiscal years 2012 through 2016 is as follows (in thousands):

 

Fiscal year:        

2012

   $ 710   

2013

     634   

2014

     553   

2015

     467   

2016

     375   

 

  

 

 

 

 

  F-21   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

(7) Goodwill and other intangible assets

The changes and carrying amounts of goodwill by reporting unit were as follows (in thousands):

 

Goodwill    Dunkin’
Donuts U.S.
    Dunkin’
Donuts
International
    Baskin-
Robbins
International
    Total  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 26, 2009:

        

Goodwill

   $ 1,148,016        10,275        24,037        1,182,328   

Accumulated impairment charges

     (270,441            (24,037     (294,478
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net balance at December 26, 2009

     877,575        10,275               887,850   

Goodwill acquired

     780                      780   

Effects of foreign currency adjustments

            25               25   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 25, 2010:

        

Goodwill

     1,148,796        10,300        24,037        1,183,133   

Accumulated impairment charges

     (270,441            (24,037     (294,478
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net balance at December 25, 2010

     878,355        10,300               888,655   

Goodwill acquired

     2,344                      2,344   

Effects of foreign currency adjustments

            (7            (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2011:

        

Goodwill

     1,151,140        10,293        24,037        1,185,470   

Accumulated impairment charges

     (270,441            (24,037     (294,478
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 880,699        10,293               890,992   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The goodwill acquired during fiscal years 2011 and 2010 is related to the acquisition of certain company-owned points of distribution.

Other intangible assets at December 31, 2011 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

      Weighted
average
amortization
period
(years)
     Gross
carrying
amount
     Accumulated
amortization
    Net
carrying
amount
 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Definite lived intangibles:

          

Franchise rights

     20       $ 383,786         (119,091     264,695   

Favorable operating leases acquired

     14         83,672         (34,725     48,947   

License rights

     10         6,230         (3,623     2,607   

Indefinite lived intangible:

          

Trade names

     N/A         1,190,970                1,190,970   
     

 

 

 
      $ 1,664,658         (157,439     1,507,219   

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-22   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

Other intangible assets at December 25, 2010 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

      Weighted
average
amortization
period
(years)
     Gross
carrying
amount
     Accumulated
amortization
    Net
carrying
amount
 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Definite lived intangibles:

          

Franchise rights

     20       $ 385,309         (100,296     285,013   

Favorable operating leases acquired

     13         90,406         (33,965     56,441   

License rights

     10         6,230         (2,997     3,233   

Indefinite lived intangible:

          

Trade names

     N/A         1,190,970                1,190,970   
     

 

 

 
      $ 1,672,915         (137,258     1,535,657   

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The changes in the gross carrying amount of other intangible assets from December 25, 2010 to December 31, 2011 is primarily due to the impact of foreign currency fluctuations and the impairment of favorable operating leases acquired resulting from lease terminations. Impairment of favorable operating leases acquired, net of accumulated amortization, totaled $624 thousand, $2.3 million, and $1.7 million, for fiscal years 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively, and is included in impairment charges in the consolidated statements of operations.

Total estimated amortization expense for other intangible assets for fiscal years 2012 through 2016 is as follows (in thousands):

 

Fiscal year:        

2012

   $ 26,760   

2013

     26,192   

2014

     25,681   

2015

     25,326   

2016

     22,378   

 

  

 

 

 

(8) Debt

Debt at December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

      December 31,
2011
     December 25,
2010
 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Term loans

   $ 1,468,309         1,243,823   

Senior notes

             615,693   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt

     1,468,309         1,859,516   

Less current portion of long-term debt

     14,965         12,500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

   $ 1,453,344         1,847,016   

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  F-23   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

Senior credit facility

The Company’s senior credit facility consists of $1.50 billion aggregate principal amount term loans and a $100.0 million revolving credit facility, which were entered into by DBGI’s subsidiary, Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. (“DBI”) in November 2010. The term loans and revolving credit facility mature in November 2017 and November 2015, respectively. As of December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, $11.2 million of letters of credit were outstanding against the revolving credit facility.

Borrowings under the senior credit facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to an applicable margin plus, at our option, either (1) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.5%, (b) the prime rate, (c) the LIBOR rate plus 1%, and (d) 2.00% or (2) a LIBOR rate provided that LIBOR shall not be lower than 1.00%. The applicable margin under the term loan facility is 2.00% for loans based upon the base rate and 3.00% for loans based upon the LIBOR rate. In addition, we are required to pay a 0.50% commitment fee per annum on the unused portion of the revolver and a fee for letter of credit amounts outstanding of 3.00%. The effective interest rate for term loans, including the amortization of original issue discount and deferred financing costs, was 4.4% at December 31, 2011.

Repayments are required to be made under the term loans equal to $15.0 million per calendar year, payable in quarterly installments through September 2017, with the remaining principal balance due in November 2017. Additionally, following the end of each fiscal year, if DBI’s leverage ratio, which is a measure of DBI’s cash income to outstanding debt, exceeds 4.00x, the Company is required to prepay an amount equal to 25% of excess cash flow (as defined in the senior credit facility) for such fiscal year. Under the terms of the senior credit facility, the first excess cash flow payment is due in the first quarter of fiscal year 2012 based on fiscal year 2011 excess cash flow and leverage ratio. In December 2011, the Company made an additional principal payment of $11.8 million to be applied to the 2011 excess cash flow payment that is due in the first quarter of 2012. Based on fiscal year 2011 excess cash flow, considering all payments made, the excess cash flow payment required in the first quarter of 2012 is $2.9 million, which may be deducted from future minimum required principal payments. Other events and transactions, such as certain asset sales and incurrence of debt, may trigger additional mandatory prepayments.

The senior credit facility contains certain financial and nonfinancial covenants, which include restrictions on liens, investments, additional indebtedness, asset sales, certain dividend payments, and certain transactions with affiliates. At December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, the Company was in compliance with all of its covenants under the senior credit facility.

Certain of the Company’s wholly owned domestic subsidiaries guarantee the senior credit facility. All obligations under the senior credit facility, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured, subject to certain exceptions, by substantially all assets of DBI and the subsidiary guarantors.

During 2011, the Company increased the size of the term loans from $1.25 billion to $1.50 billion. The incremental proceeds of the term loans were used to repay $250.0 million of the Company’s senior notes. Additionally, the Company completed two separate re-pricing transactions to reduce the stated interest rate on the senior credit facility. As a result of the additional term loan borrowings and the re-pricings of the term loans, the Company recorded a loss on debt extinguishment and refinancing transactions of $8.2 million in fiscal year 2011, which includes debt extinguishment of $477 thousand related to the write-off of original issuance discount and deferred financing costs, and $7.7 million of costs paid to creditors and third parties.

 

  F-24   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

The term loans were issued with an original issue discount of $6.3 million. Total debt issuance costs incurred and capitalized in relation to the senior credit facility were $32.6 million. Total amortization of original issue discount and debt issuance costs related to the senior credit facility was $5.3 million and $323 thousand for fiscal years 2011 and 2010, respectively, which is included in interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

Senior notes

DBI issued $625.0 million face amount senior notes in November 2010 with a maturity of December 2018 and interest payable semi-annually at a rate of 9.625% per annum.

The senior notes were issued with an original issue discount of $9.4 million. Total debt issuance costs incurred and capitalized in relation to the senior notes were $15.6 million. Total amortization of original issue discount and debt issuance costs related to the senior notes was $1.0 million and $182 thousand for fiscal years 2011 and 2010, respectively, which is included in interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

In conjunction with the additional term loan borrowings during 2011, the Company repaid $250.0 million of senior notes. Using funds raised by the Company’s initial public offering (see note 12) in August 2011, the Company repaid the full remaining principal balance on the senior notes. In conjunction with the repayment of senior notes, the Company recorded a loss on debt extinguishment of $26.0 million, which includes the write-off of original issuance discount and deferred financing costs totaling $22.8 million, as well as prepayment premiums and third-party costs of $3.2 million.

ABS Notes

On May 26, 2006, certain of the Company’s subsidiaries (the “Co-Issuers”) entered into a securitization transaction. In connection with this securitization transaction, the Co-Issuers issued 5.779% Fixed Rate Series 2006-1 Senior Notes, Class A-2 (“Class A-2 Notes”) with an initial principal amount of $1.5 billion and 8.285% Fixed Rate Series 2006-1 Subordinated Notes, Class M-1 (“Class M-1 Notes”) with an initial principal amount of $100.0 million. In addition, the Company also issued Class A-1 Notes (the Class A-1 Notes, together with the Class A-2 Notes and the Class M-1 Notes, the “ABS Notes”), which permitted the Co-Issuers to draw up to a maximum of $100.0 million on a revolving basis.

Total debt issuance costs incurred and capitalized in relation to the ABS Notes were $72.9 million, of which $6.0 million and $7.4 million was amortized to interest expense during fiscal years 2010 and 2009, respectively.

During fiscal year 2009, the Company repurchased and retired outstanding Class A-2 Notes with a total face value of $153.7 million. The Class A-2 Notes were repurchased using available cash for a total repurchase price of $142.7 million. As a result of these repurchases, the Company recorded a net gain on debt extinguishment of $3.7 million, which includes the write-off of deferred financing costs of $4.8 million and pre-payment premiums paid to Ambac of $2.5 million.

In 2010, all outstanding ABS Notes were repaid in full with proceeds from the term loans and senior notes, as well as available cash. As a result, a net loss on debt extinguishment of $62.0 million was recorded, which includes the write-off of deferred financing costs of $37.4 million, make whole payments of $23.6 million, and other professional and legal costs.

 

  F-25   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

Maturities of long-term debt

Excluding the impact of excess cash flow payments required by the senior credit facility as discussed above, the aggregate maturities of long-term debt for each of the next five calendar years are $15.0 million.

(9) Other current liabilities

Other current liabilities at December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

      December 31,
2011
     December 25,
2010
 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gift card/certificate liability

   $ 144,965         123,078   

Accrued salary and benefits

     31,001         21,307   

Accrued professional and legal costs

     8,085         9,839   

Accrued interest

     659         6,129   

Other

     15,887         23,241   
  

 

 

 

Total other current liabilities

   $ 200,597         183,594   

 

 

During fiscal years 2011, 2010, and 2009, the Company recognized $412 thousand, $521 thousand, and $3.2 million, respectively, of income related to gift certificate breakage within general and administrative expenses, net. The gift certificate breakage amount recognized was based upon historical redemption patterns and represents the remaining balance of gift certificates for which the Company believes the likelihood of redemption by the customer is remote. The Company determined during fiscal year 2009 that sufficient historical patterns existed to estimate breakage and therefore recognized a cumulative adjustment for all gift certificates outstanding as of December 26, 2009.

(10) Leases

The Company is the lessee on certain land leases (the Company leases the land and erects a building) or improved leases (lessor owns the land and building) covering restaurants and other properties. In addition, the Company has leased and subleased land and buildings to others. Many of these leases and subleases provide for future rent escalation and renewal options. In addition, contingent rentals, determined as a percentage of annual sales by our franchisees, are stipulated in certain prime lease and sublease agreements. The Company is generally obligated for the cost of property taxes, insurance, and maintenance relating to these leases. Such costs are typically charged to the sublessee based on the terms of the sublease agreements. The Company also leases certain office equipment and a fleet of automobiles under noncancelable operating leases.

 

  F-26   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

Included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets are the following amounts related to capital leases (in thousands):

 

      December 31,
2011
    December 25,
2010
 

 

 

Leased property under capital leases (included in property and equipment)

   $ 5,097        5,303   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (1,510     (1,379
  

 

 

 
   $ 3,587        3,924   
  

 

 

 

Capital lease obligations:

    

Current

   $ 232        205   

Long-term

     4,928        5,160   
  

 

 

 
   $ 5,160        5,365   

 

 

Capital lease obligations exclude that portion of the minimum lease payments attributable to land, which are classified separately as operating leases. Interest expense associated with the capital lease obligations is computed using the incremental borrowing rate at the time the lease is entered into and is based on the amount of the outstanding lease obligation. Depreciation on capital lease assets is included in depreciation expense in the consolidated statements of operations. Interest expense related to capital leases for fiscal years 2011, 2010, and 2009 was $481 thousand, $505 thousand, and $493 thousand, respectively.

Included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets are the following amounts related to assets leased to others under operating leases, where the Company is the lessor (in thousands):

 

      December 31,
2011
    December 25,
2010
 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Land

   $ 26,624        26,914   

Buildings

     38,472        37,680   

Leasehold improvements

     146,209        147,139   

Store, production, and other equipment

     62        245   

Construction in progress

     823        1,403   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     212,190        213,381   

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (66,622     (58,341
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 145,568        155,040   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-27   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

Future minimum rental commitments to be paid and received by the Company at December 31, 2011 for all noncancelable leases and subleases are as follows (in thousands):

 

      Payments      Receipts
Subleases
    Net
leases
 
     Capital
leases
     Operating
leases
      

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fiscal year:

          

2012

   $ 691         52,965         (60,251     (6,595

2013

     702         51,475         (59,164     (6,987

2014

     721         49,985         (58,150     (7,444

2015

     754         45,186         (56,942     (11,002

2016

     758         44,236         (56,653     (11,659

Thereafter

     5,429         373,328         (390,432     (11,675
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total minimum rental commitments

     9,055       $ 617,175         (681,592     (55,362
     

 

 

 

Less amount representing interest

     3,895           
  

 

 

         

Present value of minimum capital lease obligations

   $ 5,160           

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Rental expense under operating leases associated with franchised locations is included in occupancy expenses—franchised restaurants in the consolidated statements of operations. Rental expense under operating leases for all other locations, including corporate facilities and company-owned restaurants, is included in general and administrative expenses, net, in the consolidated statements of operations. Total rental expense for all operating leases consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

      Fiscal year ended  
     December 31,
2011
     December 25,
2010
     December 26,
2009
 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Base rentals

   $ 52,214         53,704         51,819   

Contingent rentals

     4,510         4,093         3,711   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 56,724         57,797         55,530   

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total rental income for all leases and subleases consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

      Fiscal year ended  
     December 31,
2011
     December 25,
2010
     December 26,
2009
 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Base rentals

   $ 66,061         66,630         67,825   

Contingent rentals

     26,084         24,472         25,826   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 92,145         91,102         93,651   

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  F-28   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

The impact of the amortization of our unfavorable operating leases acquired resulted in an increase in rental income and a decrease in rental expense as follows (in thousands):

 

      Fiscal year ended  
     December 31,
2011
     December 25,
2010
     December 26,
2009
 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Increase in rental income

   $ 1,392         1,806         2,157   

Decrease in rental expense

     1,838         2,514         2,870   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total increase in operating income

   $ 3,230         4,320         5,027   

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Following is the estimated impact of the amortization of our unfavorable operating leases acquired for each of the next five years (in thousands):

 

      Decrease in
rental expense
     Increase in
rental income
     Total increase
in operating
income
 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fiscal year:

        

2012

   $ 1,286         1,026         2,312   

2013

     1,118         937         2,055   

2014

     1,062         845         1,907   

2015

     958         793         1,751   

2016

     902         655         1,557   

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(11) Segment information

The Company is strategically aligned into two global brands, Dunkin’ Donuts and Baskin-Robbins, which are further segregated between U.S. operations and international operations. As such, the Company has determined that it has four operating segments, which are its reportable segments: Dunkin’ Donuts U.S., Dunkin’ Donuts International, Baskin-Robbins U.S., and Baskin-Robbins International. Dunkin’ Donuts U.S., Baskin-Robbins U.S., and Dunkin’ Donuts International primarily derive their revenues through royalty income, franchise fees, and rental income. Baskin-Robbins U.S. also derives revenue through license fees from a third-party license agreement. Baskin-Robbins International primarily derives its revenues from the manufacturing and sales of ice cream products, as well as royalty income, franchise fees, and license fees. The operating results of each segment are regularly reviewed and evaluated separately by the Company’s senior management, which includes, but is not limited to, the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer. Senior management primarily evaluates the performance of its segments and allocates resources to them based on earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, impairment charges, gains and losses on debt extinguishment and refinancing transactions, other gains and losses, and unallocated corporate charges, referred to as segment profit. When senior management reviews a balance sheet, it is at a consolidated level. The accounting policies applicable to each segment are consistent with those used in the consolidated financial statements.

Subsequent to December 25, 2010, and as part of fiscal year 2011 management reporting, intersegment royalties and rental income earned from company-owned restaurants are now eliminated from Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. segment revenues. Revenues for all periods presented in the tables below have been restated to reflect these changes.

 

  F-29   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

Revenues for all operating segments include only transactions with unaffiliated customers and include no intersegment revenues. Revenues reported as “Other” include retail sales for company-owned restaurants, as well as revenue earned through arrangements with third parties in which our brand names are used and revenue generated from online training programs for franchisees that are not allocated to a specific segment. Revenues by segment were as follows (in thousands):

 

      Revenues  
     Fiscal year ended  
     December 31,
2011
     December 25,
2010
     December 26,
2009
 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

   $ 437,728         400,337         387,262   

Dunkin’ Donuts International

     15,253         14,128         12,326   

Baskin-Robbins U.S.

     41,763         42,920         46,293   

Baskin-Robbins International

     108,579         91,285         80,764   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total reportable segments

     603,323         548,670         526,645   

Other

     24,875         28,465         11,428   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 628,198         577,135         538,073   

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenues for foreign countries are represented by the Dunkin’ Donuts International and Baskin-Robbins International segments above. No individual foreign country accounted for more than 10% of total revenues for any fiscal year presented.

For purposes of evaluating segment profit, Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. includes the net operating income earned from company-owned restaurants. Expenses included in “Corporate and other” in the segment profit table below include corporate overhead costs, such as payroll and related benefit costs and professional services, as well the impairment charge recorded in fiscal year 2011 related to our investment in BR Korea (see note 6). Segment profit by segment was as follows (in thousands):

 

      Segment profit  
     Fiscal year ended  
     December 31,
2011
    December 25,
2010
    December 26,
2009
 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

   $ 334,308        293,132        275,961   

Dunkin’ Donuts International

     11,528        14,573        12,628   

Baskin-Robbins U.S.

     20,904        27,607        33,459   

Baskin-Robbins International

     43,533        41,596        41,212   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total reportable segments

     410,273        376,908        363,260   

Corporate and other

     (150,382     (118,482     (107,287

Interest expense, net

     (104,449     (112,532     (115,019

Depreciation and amortization

     (52,522     (57,826     (62,911

Impairment charges

     (2,060     (7,075     (8,517

Gain (loss) on debt extinguishment and refinancing transactions

     (34,222     (61,955     3,684   

Other gains (losses), net

     175        408        1,066   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

   $ 66,813        19,446        74,276   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-30   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

Equity in net income (loss) of joint ventures, including amortization on intangibles resulting from the BCT Acquisition, is included in segment profit for the Dunkin’ Donuts International and Baskin-Robbins International reportable segments. Expenses included in “Other” in the segment profit table below represent the impairment charge recorded in fiscal year 2011 related to our investment in BR Korea (see note 6). Equity in net income (loss) of joint ventures by reportable segment was as follows (in thousands):

 

      Equity in net income of joint ventures  
     Fiscal year ended  
     December 31,
2011
    December 25,
2010
     December 26,
2009
 

 

 

Dunkin’ Donuts International

   $ 840        3,913         3,718   

Baskin-Robbins International

     14,461        13,912         10,583   
  

 

 

 

Total reportable segments

     15,301        17,825         14,301   

Other

     (18,776               
  

 

 

 

Total equity in net income (loss) of joint ventures

   $ (3,475     17,825         14,301   

 

 

Depreciation and amortization is not included in segment profit for each reportable segment. However, depreciation and amortization is included in the financial results regularly provided to the Company’s senior management. Depreciation and amortization by reportable segments was as follows (in thousands):

 

      Depreciation and amortization  
     Fiscal year ended  
     December 31,
2011
     December 25,
2010
     December 26,
2009
 

 

 

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

   $ 20,068         21,802         24,035   

Dunkin’ Donuts International

     130         129         143   

Baskin-Robbins U.S.

     522         760         1,079   

Baskin-Robbins International

     866         1,183         1,173   
  

 

 

 

Total reportable segments

     21,586         23,874         26,430   

Corporate and other

     30,936         33,952         36,481   
  

 

 

 

Total depreciation and amortization

   $ 52,522         57,826         62,911   

 

 

Property and equipment, net by geographic region as of December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010 are based on the physical locations within the indicated geographic regions and are as follows (in thousands):

 

      December 31,
2011
     December 25,
2010
 

 

 

United States

   $ 179,616         187,862   

International

     5,744         5,411   
  

 

 

 
   $ 185,360         193,273   

 

 

 

  F-31   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

(12) Stockholders’ equity

(a) Public Offerings

On August 1, 2011, the Company completed an initial public offering in which the Company sold 22,250,000 shares of common stock at an initial public offering price of $19.00 per share, less underwriter discounts and commissions, resulting in net proceeds to the Company of approximately $390.0 million after deducting underwriter discounts and commissions and expenses paid or payable by the Company. Additionally, the underwriters exercised, in full, their option to purchase 3,337,500 additional shares, which were sold by certain existing stockholders. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sales of shares by the existing stockholders. The Company used a portion of the net proceeds from the initial public offering to repay the remaining $375.0 million outstanding under the senior notes, with the remaining net proceeds being used for working capital and general corporate purposes.

On November 22, 2011, certain existing stockholders sold 22,000,000 shares of our common stock at a price of $25.62 per share, less underwriting discounts and commissions, in a secondary public offering. Additionally, the underwriters exercised their option to purchase an additional 1,937,986 shares, which were also sold by certain existing stockholders. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sales of shares by the existing stockholders. The Company incurred approximately $984 thousand of expenses in connection with the offering, which were paid by the Company in accordance with the registration rights and coordination agreement (see note 18(a)).

(b) Common Stock

Prior to the initial public offering, our charter authorized the Company to issue two classes of common stock, Class L and common. The rights of the holders of Class L and common shares were identical, except with respect to priority in the event of a distribution, as defined. The Class L common stock was entitled to a preference with respect to all distributions by the Company until the holders of Class L common stock had received an amount equal to the Class L base amount of approximately $41.75 per share, plus an amount sufficient to generate an internal rate of return of 9% per annum on the Class L base amount, compounded quarterly. Thereafter, the Class L and common stock shared ratably in all distributions by the Company. Class L common stock was classified outside of permanent equity in the consolidated balance sheets at its preferential distribution amount, as the Class L stockholders controlled the timing and amount of distributions. The Class L preferred return of 9% per annum, compounded quarterly, was added to the Class L preferential distribution amount each period and recorded as an increase to accumulated deficit. Dividends paid on the Class L common stock reduced the Class L preferential distribution amount.

Immediately prior to the initial public offering, each outstanding share of Class L common stock converted into approximately 0.2189 of a share of common stock plus 2.2149 shares of common stock, which was determined by dividing the Class L preference amount, $38.8274, by the initial public offering price net of the estimated underwriting discount and a pro rata portion, based upon the number of shares sold in the offering, of the estimated offering-related expenses. As such, the 22,866,379 shares of Class L common stock that were outstanding at the time of the offering converted into 55,652,782 shares of common stock.

 

  F-32   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

The changes in Class L common stock were as follows (in thousands):

 

      Fiscal year ended  
     December 31, 2011     December 25, 2010     December 26, 2009  
     Shares     Amount     Shares      Amount     Shares      Amount  

 

 

Common stock, Class L, beginning of year

     22,995      $ 840,582        22,981       $ 1,232,001        22,918       $ 1,127,863   

Issuance of Class L common stock

     65        2,270        14         754        63         2,648   

Repurchases of Class L common stock

            (113             (3,197             (3,070

Retirement of treasury stock

     (194                                     

Cash dividends paid

                           (500,002               

Accretion of Class L preferred return

            45,102                111,026                104,560   

Conversion of Class L shares to common shares

     (22,866     (887,841                              
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Common stock, Class L, end of year

          $        22,995       $ 840,582        22,981       $ 1,232,001   

 

 

On December 3, 2010, the board of directors declared an aggregate dividend in the amount of $500.0 million, or $21.93 per share, payable on that date in accordance with the Company’s charter to the holders of Class L common stock as of that date. The dividend was recorded as a reduction to Class L common stock.

Common shares issued and outstanding included in the consolidated balance sheets include vested and unvested restricted shares. Common stock in the consolidated statement of stockholders’ equity (deficit) excludes unvested restricted shares.

(c) Treasury stock

During fiscal years 2011, 2010, and 2009, the Company repurchased a total of 23,624 shares, 193,800 shares, and 201,372 shares, respectively, of common stock and 3,266 shares, 65,414 shares, and 72,859 shares, respectively, of Class L shares that were originally sold and granted to former employees of the Company. The Company accounts for treasury stock under the cost method, and as such recorded increases in common treasury stock of $173 thousand, $693 thousand, and $387 thousand during fiscal years 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively, based on the fair market value of the shares on the respective dates of repurchase. On April 26, 2011, the Company retired all of its treasury stock, resulting in a $2.0 million reduction in common treasury stock and additional paid-in-capital.

(d) Accumulated other comprehensive income

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income were as follows (in thousands):

 

      Effect of
foreign
currency
translation
     Other     Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income
 

 

 

Balances at December 25, 2010

   $ 14,350         (723     13,627   

Other comprehensive income

     6,560         (586     5,974   
  

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2011

   $ 20,910         (1,309     19,601   

 

 

 

  F-33   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

(13) Equity incentive plans

The Company’s 2006 Executive Incentive Plan, as amended, (the “2006 Plan”) provides for the grant of stock-based and other incentive awards. A maximum of 12,191,145 shares of common stock may be delivered in satisfaction of awards under the 2006 Plan, of which a maximum of 5,012,966 shares may be awarded as nonvested (restricted) shares and a maximum of 7,178,179 may be delivered in satisfaction of stock options.

The Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. 2011 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2011 Plan”) was adopted in July 2011, and is the only plan under which the Company currently grants awards. A maximum of 7,000,000 shares of common stock may be delivered in satisfaction of awards under the 2011 Plan.

Total share-based compensation expense, which is included in general and administrative expenses, net, consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

      Fiscal year ended  
     December 31,
2011
     December 25,
2010
     December 26,
2009
 

 

 

Restricted shares

   $ 2,739         639         1,684   

2006 Plan stock options—executive

     1,626         703           

2006 Plan stock options—nonexecutive

     202         119         61   

2011 Plan stock options

     32                   

Other

     33                   
  

 

 

 

Total share-based compensation

   $ 4,632         1,461         1,745   
  

 

 

 

Total related tax benefit

   $ 1,852         619         676   

 

 

Nonvested (restricted) shares

The Company historically issued restricted shares of common stock to certain executive officers of the Company. The restricted shares generally vest in three separate tranches with different vesting conditions. In addition to the vesting conditions described below, all three tranches of the restricted shares provide for partial or full accelerated vesting upon change in control. Restricted shares that do not vest are forfeited to the Company.

Tranche 1 shares generally vest in four or five equal annual installments based on a service condition. The weighted average requisite service period for the Tranche 1 shares is approximately 4.4 years, and compensation cost is recognized ratably over this requisite service period.

The Tranche 2 shares generally vest in five annual installments beginning on the last day of the fiscal year of grant based on a service condition and performance conditions linked to annual EBITDA targets, which were not achieved for fiscal years 2009, 2010, and 2011 and are not expected to be achieved in future years. As the Tranche 2 shares vest in installments and contain a performance condition, these shares are treated as five separate awards with five separate vesting dates and requisite service periods. The requisite service periods for these Tranche 2 shares are generally one year. Total compensation cost for the Tranche 2 shares is determined based on the most likely outcome of the performance conditions and the number of awards expected to vest based on those outcomes.

 

  F-34   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

Tranche 3 shares generally vest in four annual installments based on a service condition, a performance condition, and market conditions. The Tranche 3 shares did not become eligible to vest until achievement of the performance condition, which is defined as an initial public offering or change in control. These events were not considered probable of occurring until such events actually occurred. The market condition relates to the achievement of a minimum investor rate of return on the Sponsor’s shares ranging from 20% to 24% as of specified measurement dates, which occur on the six month anniversary of an initial public offering and every three months thereafter, or on the date of a change in control. As the Tranche 3 shares require the satisfaction of multiple vesting conditions, the requisite service period is the longest of the explicit, implicit, and derived service periods of the service, performance, and market conditions. As the performance condition could not be deemed probable of occurring until an initial public offering or change of control event was completed, no compensation cost was recognized related to the Tranche 3 shares prior to fiscal year 2011. Upon completion of the initial public offering in fiscal year 2011, $2.6 million of expense was recorded related to approximately 0.8 million Tranche 3 restricted shares that were outstanding at the date of the initial public offering. The entire value of the outstanding Tranche 3 shares was recorded upon completion of the initial public offering as the requisite service period, which was equivalent to the implicit service period of the performance condition, had been delivered.

A summary of the changes in the Company’s restricted shares during fiscal year 2011 is presented below:

 

      Number
of shares
    Weighted
average
grant-date
fair value
 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restricted shares at December 25, 2010

     1,085,827      $ 4.28   

Granted

     65,000        19.00   

Vested

     (104,779     4.62   

Forfeited

     (402,906     6.67   
  

 

 

   

Restricted shares at December 31, 2011

     643,142        4.21   

 

 

The fair value of each restricted share was estimated on the date of grant based on recent transactions and third-party valuations of the Company’s common stock. As of December 31, 2011, there was $26 thousand of total unrecognized compensation cost related to the Tranche 1 restricted shares. Unrecognized compensation cost related to the Tranche 1 shares is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 1.4 years. The total potential unrecognized compensation cost related to the Tranche 2 shares is $59 thousand. As the performance condition for Tranche 2 shares is not deemed probable of occurring, it is unlikely the compensation cost will be recognized. There is no unrecognized compensation cost related to the Tranche 3 shares. The total grant-date fair value of shares vested during fiscal years 2011, 2010, and 2009, was $484 thousand, $1.3 million, and $1.9 million, respectively.

2006 Plan stock options—executive

During fiscal years 2011 and 2010, the Company granted options to executives to purchase 828,040 and 4,750,437 shares of common stock, respectively, under the 2006 Plan. The executive options vest in two separate tranches, 30% allocated as Tranche 4 and 70% allocated as Tranche 5, each with different vesting conditions. In addition to the vesting conditions described below, both tranches provide for partial accelerated vesting upon change in control. The maximum contractual term of the executive options is ten years.

 

  F-35   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

The Tranche 4 executive options generally vest in equal annual amounts over a five-year period subsequent to the grant date, and as such are subject to a service condition. Certain options provide for accelerated vesting at the date of grant, with 20% of the Tranche 4 options vesting on each subsequent anniversary of the grant date over a three or four-year period. The requisite service periods over which compensation cost is being recognized ranges from three to five years.

The Tranche 5 executive options become eligible to vest based on continued service periods of three to five years that are aligned with the Tranche 4 executive options (“Eligibility Percentage”). Vesting does not actually occur until the achievement of a performance condition, which is the sale of shares by the Sponsors. Additionally, the options are subject to a market condition related to the achievement of specified investor returns to the Sponsors upon a sale of shares. Upon a sale of shares by the Sponsors and assuming the requisite service has been provided, Tranche 5 options vest in proportion to the percentage of the Sponsors’ shares sold by them (“Performance Percentage”), but only if the aggregate return on those shares sold is two times the Sponsors’ original purchase price. Actual vesting is determined by multiplying the Eligibility Percentage by the Performance Percentage. Additionally, 100% of the Tranche 5 options vest, assuming the requisite service has been provided, if the aggregate amount of cash received by the Sponsors through sales, distributions, or dividends is two times the original purchase price of all shares purchased by the Sponsors. As the Tranche 5 options require the satisfaction of multiple vesting conditions, the requisite service period is the longest of the explicit, implicit, and derived service periods of the service, performance, and market conditions. Based on the sale of shares by the Sponsors in connection with public offerings completed in 2011, the cumulative Performance Percentage as of December 31, 2011 was 28.5% resulting in compensation expense of $1.1 million being recorded in fiscal year 2011. No Tranche 5 shares vested prior to fiscal year 2011, and therefore no compensation expense related to Tranche 5 shares was recorded in fiscal years 2010 or 2009.

The fair value of the Tranche 4 options was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair value of the Tranche 5 options was estimated on the date of grant using a combination of lattice models and Monte Carlo simulations. These models are impacted by the Company’s stock price and certain assumptions related to the Company’s stock and employees’ exercise behavior. Additionally, the value of the Tranche 5 options is impacted by the probability of achievement of the market condition. The following weighted average assumptions were utilized in determining the fair value of executive options granted during fiscal years 2011 and 2010:

 

      Fiscal year ended
     December 31,
2011
   December 25,
2010

 

Weighted average grant-date fair value of share options granted

   $6.27    $1.51

Significant assumptions:

     

Tranche 4 options:

     

Risk-free interest rate

   2.1%–2.7%    2.0%–2.8%

Expected volatility

   47.0%–72.0%    58.0%

Dividend yield

     

Expected term (years)

   6.5    5.6–6.5

Tranche 5 options:

     

Risk-free interest rate

   2.3%–3.2%    2.3%–3.4%

Expected volatility

   47.0%–72.0%    43.1%–66.4%

Dividend yield

     

 

 

  F-36   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

The expected term of the Tranche 4 options was estimated utilizing the simplified method. We utilized the simplified method because the Company does not have sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate expected term. The simplified method was used for all stock options that require only a service vesting condition, including all Tranche 4 options, for all periods presented. The risk-free interest rate assumption was based on yields of U.S. Treasury securities in effect at the date of grant with terms similar to the expected term. Expected volatility was estimated based on historical volatility of peer companies over a period equivalent to the expected term. Additionally, the Company did not anticipate paying dividends on the underlying common stock at the date of grant.

As share-based compensation expense recognized is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for estimated forfeitures of generally 10% per year. Forfeitures are required to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Forfeitures were estimated based on historical and forecasted turnover, and actual forfeitures have not had a material impact on share-based compensation expense.

A summary of the status of the Company’s executive stock options as of December 31, 2011 and changes during fiscal year 2011 are presented below:

 

      Number of
shares
    Weighted
average
exercise
price
     Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term (years)
     Aggregate
intrinsic
value
(in millions)
 

 

 

Share options outstanding at December 25, 2010

     4,474,606      $ 3.09         9.2      

Granted

     828,040        10.01         

Exercised

     (22,986     3.64         

Forfeited or expired

     (440,930     8.92         
  

 

 

         

Share options outstanding at December 31, 2011

     4,838,730        3.74         8.3       $ 102.8   
  

 

 

         

Share options exercisable at December 31, 2011

     710,942        3.04         8.2         15.6   

 

 

Executive stock options granted during fiscal year 2011 consisted of the following:

 

Grant Date    Number of
awards
granted
     Option
exercise
price
     Fair value of
underlying
common stock
 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

3/9/2011

     637,040       $ 7.31       $ 7.31   

7/26/2011

     191,000       $ 19.00       $ 19.00   

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Prior to the initial public offering, the fair value of the common stock underlying the options granted was determined based on a contemporaneous valuation performed by an independent third-party valuation specialist in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation.

As of December 31, 2011, there was $1.6 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to Tranche 4 options, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 3.2 years. As of December 31, 2011, there was $590 thousand of total unrecognized compensation cost related to the 28.5% of

 

  F-37   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

Tranche 5 options for which the performance condition had been achieved but the requisite service had not yet been provided, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 3.5 years. The total unrecognized compensation cost related to the remaining 71.5% of Tranche 5 options is $4.7 million, and will not be recognized until the related performance condition is deemed probable of occurring.

2006 Plan stock options—nonexecutive and 2011 Plan stock options

During fiscal years 2011, 2010, and 2009, the Company granted options to nonexecutives to purchase 50,491 shares, 222,198 shares, and 14,908 shares, respectively, of common stock under the 2006 Plan. Additionally, during fiscal year 2011, the Company granted options to certain employees to purchase 292,700 shares of common stock under the 2011 Plan. The nonexecutive options and 2011 Plan options vest in equal annual amounts over either a four- or five-year period subsequent to the grant date, and as such are subject to a service condition, and also fully vest upon a change of control. The requisite service period over which compensation cost is being recognized is either four or five years. The maximum contractual term of the nonexecutive and 2011 Plan options is ten years.

The fair value of nonexecutive and 2011 Plan options was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. This model is impacted by the Company’s stock price and certain assumptions related to the Company’s stock and employees’ exercise behavior. The following weighted average assumptions were utilized in determining the fair value of nonexecutive and 2011 Plan options granted during fiscal years 2011, 2010, and 2009:

 

      Fiscal year ended  
     December 31,
2011
     December 25,
2010
     December 26,
2009
 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average grant-date fair value of share options granted

     $10.27         2.88         0.79   

Weighted average assumptions:

        

Risk-free interest rate

     1.2%-2.7%         2.1%         2.3%   

Expected volatility

     43.0%-72.0%         58.0%         37.0%   

Dividend yield

                       

Expected term (years)

     6.25-6.5         6.5         6.5   

The expected term was estimated utilizing the simplified method. We utilized the simplified method because the Company does not have sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate expected term. The risk-free interest rate assumption was based on yields of U.S. Treasury securities in effect at the date of grant with terms similar to the expected term. Expected volatility was estimated based on historical volatility of peer companies over a period equivalent to the expected term. Additionally, the Company did not anticipate paying dividends on the underlying common stock at the date of grant.

As share-based compensation expense recognized is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for annualized estimated forfeitures of 10-13%. Forfeitures are required to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Forfeitures were estimated based on historical and forecasted turnover, and actual forfeitures have not had a material impact on share-based compensation expense.

 

  F-38   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

A summary of the status of the Company’s nonexecutive and 2011 Plan options as of December 31, 2011 and changes during fiscal year 2011 is presented below:

 

      Number of
shares
    Weighted
average
exercise
price
     Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term (years)
     Aggregate
intrinsic
value
(in millions)
 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Share options outstanding at December 25, 2010

     360,107      $ 4.89         8.5      

Granted

     343,191        23.34         

Exercised

     (38,674     4.73         

Forfeited or expired

     (16,867     5.66         
  

 

 

         

Share options outstanding at December 31, 2011

     647,757        14.65         8.9       $ 6.7   
  

 

 

         

Share options exercisable at December 31, 2011

     105,885        4.86         6.7         2.1   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Nonexecutive and 2011 Plan options granted during fiscal year 2011 consisted of the following:

 

Grant Date    Number of
awards
granted
     Option
exercise
price
     Fair value of
underlying
common stock
 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

3/9/2011

     21,891       $ 7.31       $ 7.31   

7/26/2011

     28,600       $ 19.00       $ 19.00   

12/12/2011

     160,000       $ 25.18       $ 25.18   

12/21/2011

     132,700       $ 24.69       $ 24.69   

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Prior to the initial public offering, the fair value of the common stock underlying the options granted was determined based on a contemporaneous valuation performed by an independent third-party valuation specialist in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. Subsequent to July 27, 2011, the fair value of the common stock underlying the options granted was determined based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on the date of grant.

As of December 31, 2011, there was $3.4 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonexecutive and 2011 Plan options. Unrecognized compensation cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 3.9 years.

 

  F-39   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

(14) Earnings per Share

The computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share is as follows (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 

      Fiscal year ended  
     December 31,
2011
    December 25,
2010
    December 26,
2009
 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income—basic and diluted

   $ 34,442        26,861        35,008   

Allocation of net income (loss) to common stockholders—basic and diluted:

      

Class L

   $ 140,212        111,026        104,560   

Common

     (105,770     (84,165     (69,552

Weighted average number of common shares—basic and diluted:

      

Class L

     22,845,378        22,806,796        22,859,274   

Common

     74,835,697        41,295,866        41,096,393   

Earnings (loss) per common share—basic and diluted:

      

Class L

   $ 6.14        4.87        4.57   

Common

     (1.41     (2.04     (1.69

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As the Company had both Class L and common stock outstanding during each of the periods presented and Class L has preference with respect to all distributions, earnings per share is calculated using the two-class method, which requires the allocation of earnings to each class of common stock. The numerator in calculating Class L basic and diluted earnings per share is the Class L preference amount accrued at 9% per annum during the period presented plus, if positive, a pro rata share of an amount equal to consolidated net income less the Class L preference amount. The Class L preferential distribution amounts accrued were $45.1 million, $111.0 million, and $104.6 million during fiscal years 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. The Class L preferential distribution amounts for fiscal year 2011 declined from the prior years due to the conversion of the Class L shares into common stock immediately prior to the Company’s initial public offering that was completed on August 1, 2011, as well as the dividend paid to holders of Class L shares on December 3, 2010, which reduced the Class L per-share preference amount on which the 9% annual return is calculated. Additionally, the numerator in calculating the Class L basic and diluted earnings per share for fiscal year 2011 includes an amount representing the excess of the fair value of the consideration transferred to the Class L shareholders upon conversion to common stock over the carrying amount of the Class L shares at the date of conversion, which occurred immediately prior to the Company’s initial public offering. As the carrying amount of the Class L shares was equal to the Class L preference amount, the excess fair value of the consideration transferred to the Class L shareholders was equal to the fair value of the additional 0.2189 of a share of common stock into which each Class L share converted (“Class L base share”), which totaled $95.1 million, calculated as follows:

 

Class L shares outstanding immediately prior to the initial public offering    22,866,379  

Number of common shares received for each Class L share

     0.2189   
  

 

 

 

Common stock received by Class L shareholders, excluding preferential distribution

     5,005,775   

Common stock fair value per share (initial public offering price per share)

   $ 19.00   
  

 

 

 

Fair value of Class L base shares (in thousands)

   $ 95,110   

 

  

 

 

 

 

  F-40   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

The weighted average number of Class L shares in the Class L earnings per share calculation represents the weighted average from the beginning of the period up through the date of conversion of the Class L shares into common shares.

The weighted average number of common shares in the common diluted earnings per share calculation excludes all restricted stock and stock options outstanding during the respective periods, as they would be antidilutive. As of December 31, 2011, there were 643,142 unvested common restricted stock awards and 5,486,487 options to purchase common stock outstanding that may be dilutive in the future. Of those amounts, there were 636,752 common restricted stock awards and 2,422,628 options to purchase common stock that were performance-based and for which the performance criteria have not yet been met. There were no Class L common stock equivalents outstanding during fiscal years 2011, 2010, and 2009.

(15) Income taxes

Income before income taxes was attributed to domestic and foreign taxing jurisdictions as follows (in thousands):

 

      Fiscal year ended  
     December 31,
2011
    December 25,
2010
     December 26,
2009
 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Domestic operations

   $ 70,034        2,270         54,804   

Foreign operations

     (3,221     17,176         19,472   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

   $ 66,813        19,446         74,276   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes were as follows (in thousands):

 

      Fiscal year ended  
     December 31,
2011
    December 25,
2010
    December 26,
2009
 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current:

      

Federal

   $ 34,282        11,497        8,575   

State

     5,733        5,339        8,585   

Foreign

     3,719        4,138        3,807   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current tax provision

   $ 43,734        20,974        20,967   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred:

      

Federal

   $ (11,567     (16,916     15,773   

State

     892        (10,397     2,239   

Foreign

     (688     (1,076     289   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax provision (benefit)

     (11,363     (28,389     18,301   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

   $ 32,371        (7,415     39,268   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-41   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

The provision for income taxes from continuing operations differed from the expense computed using the statutory federal income tax rate of 35% due to the following:

 

      Fiscal year ended  
     December 31,
2011
     December 25,
2010
     December 26,
2009
 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Computed federal income tax expense, at statutory rate

     35.0%         35.0%         35.0%    

Permanent differences:

        

Impairment of investment in BR Korea

     9.8             —              —        

Other permanent differences

     0.9             1.7             0.5       

State income taxes

     6.9             1.8             4.8       

Benefits and taxes related to foreign operations

     (6.8)            (33.4)            (6.9)      

Changes in enacted tax rates

     3.0             (27.2)            —        

Change in valuation allowance

     —              —              7.8       

Uncertain tax positions

     1.9             (16.1)            12.3       

Other

     (2.2)            0.1             (0.6)      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     48.5%          (38.1)%         52.9%   

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During fiscal year 2011, the Company recognized deferred tax expense of $1.9 million due to enacted changes in future state income tax rates. During fiscal year 2010, the Company recognized a deferred tax benefit of $5.7 million, due to changes in the estimated apportionment of income among the states in which the Company earns income and enacted changes in future state income tax rates. These changes in estimates and enacted tax rates affect the tax rate expected to be in effect in future periods when the deferred tax assets and liabilities reverse.

The components of deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows (in thousands):

 

      December 31, 2011      December 25, 2010  
     Deferred tax
assets
    Deferred tax
liabilities
     Deferred tax
assets
    Deferred tax
liabilities
 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current:

         

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 1,114                1,774          

Deferred gift cards and certificates

     23,312                2,544          

Rent

     4,811                2,147          

Deferred revenue

     4,555                7,757          

Accrued expenses

     6,685                3,142          

Capital loss

     18,876                         

Other

     1,614                998          
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     60,967                18,362          

Valuation allowance

     (12,580             (5,792       
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current

     48,387                12,570          
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-42   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

      December 31, 2011      December 25, 2010  
     Deferred tax
assets
    Deferred tax
liabilities
     Deferred tax
assets
    Deferred tax
liabilities
 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncurrent:

         

Capital leases

     1,970                492          

Rent

     1,767                1,465          

Property and equipment

            14,106                11,992   

Deferred compensation and long-term incentive accrual

     4,048                1,825          

Deferred revenue

     5,417                7,833          

Real estate reserves

     1,495                1,669          

Franchise rights and other intangibles

            588,761                600,481   

Unused foreign tax credits

     8,459                         

Capital loss

                    18,876          

Other

     7,347                7,060          
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     30,503        602,867         39,220        612,473   

Valuation allowance

     (6,296             (13,084       
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noncurrent

     24,207        602,867         26,136        612,473   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 72,594        602,867         38,706        612,473   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income, and projections for future taxable income over the periods for which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes, as of December 31, 2011, it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefits of the deferred tax assets, except as discussed below.

As of December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets was $18.9 million. These valuation allowance amounts relate to deferred tax assets for capital loss carryforwards and are recorded because it is more likely than not that there will not be sufficient capital gain income in future periods to utilize the capital loss carryforwards. Any future reversal of the valuation allowance related to these capital loss carryforwards will be recorded to the provision for income taxes in the consolidated statements of operations. The capital loss carryforwards will expire in 2012.

The Company has not recognized a deferred tax liability of $6.1 million for the undistributed earnings of foreign operations, net of foreign tax credits, relating to our foreign joint ventures that arose in fiscal year 2011 and prior years because the Company currently does not expect those unremitted earnings to reverse and become taxable to the Company in the foreseeable future. A deferred tax liability will be recognized when the Company is no longer able to demonstrate that it plans to permanently reinvest undistributed earnings. As of December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, the undistributed earnings of these joint ventures were approximately $108.2 million and $97.9 million, respectively.

 

  F-43   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

At December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits related to uncertain tax positions was $41.4 million and $17.5 million, respectively. At December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, the Company had approximately $16.9 million and $12.1 million, respectively, of accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions. During fiscal years 2011, 2010, and 2009, the Company recorded $3.1 million, $0.6 million, and $6.2 million, respectively, in income tax expense to accrue for potential interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions. At December 31, 2011, December 25, 2010, and December 26, 2009, there were $17.4 million, $13.5 million, and $23.6 million, respectively, of unrecognized tax benefits that if recognized would impact the annual effective tax rate.

The Company’s major tax jurisdictions are the United States and Canada. For Canada, the Company has open tax years dating back to tax years ended August 2003. In the United States, the Company is currently under audits in certain state jurisdictions for tax periods after August 2003. The audits are in various stages as of December 31, 2011. It is uncertain that these audits will conclude in 2012 and quantification of an estimated impact on the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits cannot be made at this time. For U.S. federal taxes, the Company has open tax years dating back to 2006. In addition, the Internal Revenue Service ( “IRS”) is conducting an examination of certain tax positions related to the utilization of capital losses. During 2010, the Company made a payment of approximately $6.0 million to the IRS for this issue. The payment did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position.

The federal income tax returns of the Company for fiscal years 2006 through 2009 are currently under audit by the IRS, and the IRS has proposed adjustments for fiscal years 2006 and 2007 to increase our taxable income as it relates to our gift card program, specifically to record taxable income upon the activation of gift cards. We have filed a protest to the IRS’ proposed adjustments. If the IRS were to prevail in this matter the proposed adjustments would result in additional taxable income of approximately $58.9 million for fiscal years 2006 and 2007 and approximately $26.8 million of additional federal and state taxes and interest owed, net of federal and state benefits. If the IRS prevails, a cash payment would be required, and the additional taxable income would represent temporary differences that will be deductible in future years. Therefore, the potential tax expense attributable to the IRS adjustments for 2006 and 2007 would be limited to $3.1 million, consisting of federal and state interest, net of federal and state benefits. In addition, if the IRS were to prevail in respect of fiscal years 2006 and 2007, it is likely to make similar claims for years subsequent to fiscal 2007 and the potential additional federal and state taxes and interest owed, net of federal and state benefits, for fiscal years 2008 through 2010, computed on a similar basis to the IRS method used for fiscal years 2006 and 2007, and factoring in the timing of our gift card uses and activations, would be approximately $19.7 million. The corresponding potential tax expense impact attributable to these later fiscal years, 2008 through 2010, would be approximately $0.8 million. During the fourth quarter of 2011, representatives of the Company met with the IRS appeals officer. Based on that meeting, the Company proposed a settlement related to this issue and is awaiting a response from the IRS. If our settlement proposal is accepted as presented, we expect to make a cash tax payment in an amount that is less than the amounts proposed by the IRS to cumulatively adjust our tax method of accounting for our gift card program through the tax year ended December 25, 2010. No assurance can be made that a settlement can be reached, or that we will otherwise prevail in the final resolution of this matter. An unfavorable outcome from any tax audit could result in higher tax costs, penalties, and interests, thereby negatively and adversely impacting our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

  F-44   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

A summary of the changes in the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

 

      Fiscal year ended  
     December 31,
2011
    December 25,
2010
    December 26,
2009
 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 17,549        27,092        16,861   

Increases related to prior year tax positions

     23,922        792        8,580   

Increases related to current year tax positions

            1,373        1,823   

Decreases related to prior year tax positions

            (4,721       

Decreases related to settlements

            (6,622       

Lapses of statutes of limitations

     (43     (534     (828

Effect of foreign currency adjustments

     (49     169        656   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 41,379        17,549        27,092   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(16) Commitments and contingencies

(a) Lease commitments

The Company is party to various leases for property, including land and buildings, leased automobiles and office equipment under noncancelable operating and capital lease arrangements (see note 10).

(b) Guarantees

The Company has established agreements with certain financial institutions whereby the Company’s franchisees can obtain financing with terms of approximately five to ten years for various business purposes. Substantially all loan proceeds are used by the franchisees to finance store improvements, new store development, new central production locations, equipment purchases, related business acquisition costs, working capital, and other costs. In limited instances, the Company guarantees a portion of the payments and commitments of the franchisees, which is collateralized by the store equipment owned by the franchisee. Under the terms of the agreements, in the event that all outstanding borrowings come due simultaneously, the Company would be contingently liable for $6.9 million and $7.7 million at December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, respectively. At December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, there were no amounts under such guarantees that were due. The fair value of the guarantee liability and corresponding asset recorded on the consolidated balance sheets was $754 thousand and $874 thousand, respectively, at December 31, 2011 and $1.0 million and $1.5 million, respectively, at December 25, 2010. The Company assesses the risk of performing under these guarantees for each franchisee relationship on a quarterly basis. As of December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, the Company had recorded reserves for such guarantees of $390 thousand and $1.2 million, respectively.

The Company has entered into a third-party guarantee with a distribution facility of franchisee products that ensures franchisees will purchase a certain volume of product over a ten-year period. As product is purchased by the Company’s franchisees over the term of the agreement, the amount of the guarantee is reduced. As of December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, the Company was contingently liable for $7.8 million and $8.6 million, respectively, under this guarantee. Based on current internal forecasts, the Company believes the franchisees will achieve the required volume of purchases, and therefore, the Company would not be required

 

  F-45   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

to make payments under this agreement. Additionally, the Company has various supply chain contracts that provide for purchase commitments or exclusivity, the majority of which result in the Company being contingently liable upon early termination of the agreement or engaging with another supplier. Based on prior history and the Company’s ability to extend contract terms, we have not recorded any liabilities related to these commitments. As of December 31, 2011, we were contingently liable under such supply chain agreements for approximately $23.9 million.

As a result of assigning our interest in obligations under property leases as a condition of the refranchising of certain restaurants and the guarantee of certain other leases, we are contingently liable on certain lease agreements. These leases have varying terms, the latest of which expires in 2026. As of December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, the potential amount of undiscounted payments the Company could be required to make in the event of nonpayment by the primary lessee was $10.5 million and $7.2 million, respectively. Our franchisees are the primary lessees under the majority of these leases. The Company generally has cross-default provisions with these franchisees that would put them in default of their franchise agreement in the event of nonpayment under the lease. We believe these cross-default provisions significantly reduce the risk that we will be required to make payments under these leases. Accordingly, we do not believe it is probable that the Company will be required to make payments under such leases, and we have not recorded a liability for such contingent liabilities.

(c) Letters of credit

At December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, the Company had standby letters of credit outstanding for a total of $11.2 million. There were no amounts drawn down on these letters of credit.

(d) Legal matters

The Company is engaged in several matters of litigation arising in the ordinary course of its business as a franchisor. Such matters include disputes related to compliance with the terms of franchise and development agreements, including claims or threats of claims of breach of contract, negligence, and other alleged violations by the Company. At December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, contingent liabilities totaling $4.7 million and $4.2 million, respectively, were included in other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets to reflect the Company’s estimate of the potential loss which may be incurred in connection with these matters. While the Company intends to vigorously defend its positions against all claims in these lawsuits and disputes, it is reasonably possible that the losses in connection with these matters could increase by up to an additional $6.0 million based on the outcome of ongoing litigation or negotiations.

(17) Retirement plans

401(k) Plan

Employees of the Company, excluding employees of certain international subsidiaries, participate in a defined contribution retirement plan, the Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. 401(k) Retirement Plan (“401(k) Plan”), under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Under the 401(k) Plan, employees may contribute up to 80% of their pre-tax eligible compensation, not to exceed the annual limits set by the IRS. The 401(k) Plan allows the

 

  F-46   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

Company to match participants’ contributions in an amount determined in the sole discretion of the Company. The Company matched participants’ contributions during fiscal years 2011 and 2010 and January through February 2009, up to a maximum of 4% of the employee’s salary. The Company provided a 1% match for participants’ contributions that were made between March and December 2009. Employer contributions for fiscal years 2011, 2010, and 2009, amounted to $2.7 million, $2.1 million, and $1.1 million, respectively. The 401(k) Plan also provides for an additional discretionary contribution of up to 2% of eligible wages for eligible participants based on the achievement of specified performance targets. No such discretionary contributions were made during fiscal years 2011, 2010, and 2009.

NQDC Plan

The Company, excluding employees of certain international subsidiaries, also offers to a limited group of management and highly compensated employees, as defined by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”), the ability to participate in the NQDC Plan. The NQDC Plan allows for pre-tax contributions of up to 50% of a participant’s base annual salary and other forms of compensation, as defined. The Company credits the amounts deferred with earnings based on the investment options selected by the participants and holds investments to partially offset the Company’s liabilities under the NQDC Plan. The NQDC Plan liability, included in other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets, was $6.9 million and $7.4 million at December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, respectively. As of December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, total investments held for the NQDC Plan were $3.2 million and $4.3 million, respectively, and have been recorded in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

Canadian Pension Plan

The Company sponsors a contributory defined benefit pension plan in Canada, The Baskin-Robbins Employees’ Pension Plan (“Canadian Pension Plan”), which provides retirement benefits for the majority of its employees.

The components of net pension expense were as follows (in thousands):

 

      Fiscal year ended  
     December 31,
2011
    December 25,
2010
    December 26,
2009
 

 

 

Service cost

   $ 222        155        99   

Interest cost

     340        316        276   

Expected return on plan assets

     (306     (287     (242

Amortization of net actuarial loss

     54        26          
  

 

 

 

Net pension expense

   $ 310        210        133   

 

 

 

  F-47   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

The table below summarizes other balances for fiscal years 2011, 2010, and 2009 (in thousands):

 

      Fiscal year ended  
     December 31,
2011
    December 25,
2010
    December 26,
2009
 

 

 

Change in benefit obligation:

      

Benefit obligation, beginning of year

   $ 6,042        5,087        3,532   

Service cost

     222        155        99   

Interest cost

     340        316        276   

Employee contributions

     81        69        51   

Benefits paid

     (479     (218     (196

Actuarial (gain) loss

     (95     417        675   

Foreign currency (gain) loss, net

     (61     216        650   
  

 

 

 

Benefit obligation, end of year

   $ 6,050        6,042        5,087   
  

 

 

 

Change in plan assets:

      

Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year

   $ 4,797        4,247        3,162   

Expected return on plan assets

     306        287        395   

Employer contributions

     798        310        278   

Employee contributions

     81        69        51   

Benefits paid

     (479     (218     (196

Actuarial loss

     (505     (74       

Foreign currency gain (loss), net

     (53     176        557   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets, end of year

   $ 4,945        4,797        4,247   
  

 

 

 

Reconciliation of funded status:

      

Funded status

   $ (1,105     (1,245     (840
  

 

 

 

Net amount recognized at end of period

   $ (1,105     (1,245     (840
  

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in the balance sheet consist of:

      

Accrued benefit cost

   $ (1,105     (1,245     (840
  

 

 

 

Net amount recognized at end of period

   $ (1,105     (1,245     (840

 

 

The investments of the Canadian Pension Plan consisted of one pooled investment fund (“pooled fund”) at December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010. The pooled fund is comprised of numerous underlying investments and is valued at the unit fair values supplied by the fund’s administrator, which represents the fund’s proportionate share of underlying net assets at market value determined using closing market prices. The pooled fund is considered Level 2, as defined by U.S. GAAP, because the inputs used to calculate the fair value are derived principally from observable market data. The objective of the pooled fund is to generate both capital growth and income, while maintaining a relatively low level of risk. To achieve its objectives, the pooled fund invests in a number of underlying funds that have holdings in a number of different asset classes while also investing directly in equities and fixed instruments issued from around the world. The Canadian Pension

 

  F-48   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

Plan assumes a concentration of risk as it is invested in only one investment. The risk is mitigated as the pooled fund consists of a diverse range of underlying investments. The allocation of the assets within the pooled fund consisted of the following:

 

      December 31,
2011
     December 25,
2010
 

 

 

Equity securities

     58%         59%   

Debt securities

     39         40   

Other

     3         1   

 

 

The actuarial assumptions used in determining the present value of accrued pension benefits at December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010 were as follows:

 

      December 31,
2011
     December 25,
2010
 

 

 

Discount rate

     5.25%         5.50%   

Average salary increase for pensionable earnings

     3.25         3.25   

 

 

The actuarial assumptions used in determining the present value of our net periodic benefit cost were as follows:

 

      December 31,
2011
     December 25,
2010
     December 26,
2009
 

 

 

Discount rate

     5.50%         6.00%         7.25%   

Average salary increase for pensionable earnings

     3.25         3.25         3.25   

Expected return on plan assets

     6.00         6.50         7.00   

 

 

The expected return on plan assets was determined based on the Canadian Pension Plan’s target asset mix, expected long-term asset class returns based on a mean return over a 30-year period using a Monte Carlo simulation, the underlying long-term inflation rate, and expected investment expenses.

The accumulated benefit obligation was $5.1 million and $5.0 million at December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, respectively. We recognize a net liability or asset and an offsetting adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income to report the funded status of the Canadian Pension Plan.

We anticipate contributing approximately $600 thousand to this plan in 2012. Expected benefit payments for the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

Fiscal year:        

2012

   $ 242   

2013

     240   

2014

     237   

2015

     233   

2016

     229   

Thereafter

     1,478   
  

 

 

 
   $ 2,659   

 

 

 

  F-49   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

Baskin-Robbins SERP

In 1991, we established a supplemental executive retirement plan (“SERP”) for a select group of Baskin-Robbins executives who constituted a “top hat” group as defined by ERISA. Assets of the SERP are held in a Rabbi Trust (“Trust”). The SERP assets are invested primarily in money market funds and are included in our consolidated balance sheets within other assets since the Trust permits our creditors to access our SERP assets in the event of our insolvency. The SERP assets of $804 thousand and $909 thousand, and corresponding liabilities of $1.7 million and $1.6 million, at December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, respectively, are included in other assets, and other long-term liabilities, in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

(18) Related-party transactions

(a) Sponsors

Prior to the closing of the Company’s initial public offering on August 1, 2011, the Company was charged an annual management fee by the Sponsors of $1.0 million per Sponsor, payable in quarterly installments. In connection with the completion of the initial public offering in August 2011, the Company incurred an expense of approximately $14.7 million related to the termination of the Sponsor management agreement. Including this termination fee, the Company recognized $16.4 million, $3.0 million, and $3.0 million of expense during fiscal years 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively, related to Sponsor management fees, which is included in general and administrative expenses, net in the consolidated statements of operations. At December 25, 2010, the Company had $500 thousand of prepaid management fees to the Sponsors, which were recorded in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

At December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, certain affiliates of the Sponsors held $64.8 million and $70.6 million, respectively, of term loans, net of original issue discount, issued under the Company’s senior credit facility. The terms of these loans are identical to all other term loans issued to lenders in the senior credit facility.

Our Sponsors have a controlling interest in our Company as well as several other entities. The existence of such common ownership and management control could result in differences within our operating results or financial position than if the entities were autonomous. The Company made payments to entities under common control totaling approximately $979 thousand, $769 thousand, and $664 thousand during the fiscal years 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively, primarily for the purchase of training services and leasing of restaurant space. At December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, the company owed these entities $127 thousand and $48 thousand, respectively, which was recorded in accounts payable and other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

We have entered into an investor agreement with the Sponsors and also entered into a registration rights and coordination agreement with certain shareholders, including the Sponsors. Pursuant to these agreements, subject to certain exceptions and conditions, our Sponsors may require us to register their shares of common stock under the Securities Act of 1933, and they will have the right to participate in certain future registrations of securities by us.

 

  F-50   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

(b) Joint ventures

The Company received royalties from its joint ventures as follows (in thousands):

 

      Fiscal year ended  
     December 31,
2011
     December 25,
2010
     December 26,
2009
 

 

 

BR Japan

   $ 2,473         2,110         1,786   

BR Korea

     3,371         2,990         2,637   
  

 

 

 
   $ 5,844         5,100         4,423   

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010, the Company had $1.0 million of royalties receivable from its joint ventures which were recorded in accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts, in the consolidated balance sheets.

The Company made net payments to its joint ventures totaling approximately $2.8 million, $1.5 million, and $409 thousand, in fiscal years 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively, primarily for the purchase of ice cream products and incentive payments.

(c) Board of Directors

Certain family members of one of our directors hold an ownership interest in an entity that owns and operates Dunkin’ Donuts restaurants and holds the right to develop additional restaurants under store development agreements. During fiscal year 2011, the Company received $713 thousand in royalty, rental, and other payments from this entity. No amounts were received during fiscal years 2010 or 2009.

(19) Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts were as follows (in thousands):

 

      Accounts
receivable
    Notes and other
receivables
 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 27, 2008

   $ 5,377        254   

Provision for doubtful accounts, net

     3,792        3,571   

Write-offs and other

     (3,401     (2,480
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 26, 2009

     5,768        1,345   

Provision for doubtful accounts, net

     13        1,492   

Write-offs and other

     (263     (394
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 25, 2010

     5,518        2,443   

Provision for doubtful accounts, net

     745        1,274   

Write-offs and other

     (3,550     (1,396
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 2,713        2,321   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-51   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

(20) Quarterly financial data (unaudited)

 

      Three months ended  
     March 26,
2011
    June 25,
2011
    September 24,
2011
    December 31,
2011(1)
 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

Total revenues

   $ 139,213        156,972        163,508        168,505   

Operating income (2)(3)

     44,836        61,794        54,112        44,567   

Net income (loss) (2)(3)(4)

     (1,723     17,162        7,412        11,591   

Earnings (loss) per share:

        

Class L – basic and diluted

     0.85        0.83        4.46        n/a   

Common – basic and diluted

     (0.51     (0.04     (1.01     0.10   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

      Three months ended  
     March 27,
2010
    June 26,
2010
    September 25,
2010
    December 25,
2010
 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

Total revenues

   $ 127,412        150,416        149,531        149,776   

Operating income

     36,685        57,886        54,574        44,380   

Net income (loss) (5)

     5,938        17,337        18,842        (15,256

Earnings (loss) per share:

        

Class L – basic and diluted

     1.21        1.23        1.25        1.18   

Common – basic and diluted

     (0.53     (0.26     (0.24     (1.02

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)   

The fourth quarter of fiscal year 2011 reflects the results of operations for a 14-week period. All other quarterly periods reflect the results of operations for 13-week periods.

(2)   

The third quarter of fiscal year 2011 includes an expense of approximately $14.7 million related to the termination of the Sponsor management agreement incurred in connection with the completion of the initial public offering in August 2011 (see note 18).

(3)  

The fourth quarter of fiscal year 2011 includes an impairment of the investment in the Korea joint venture of $19.8 million, less a reduction in depreciation and amortization, net of tax, resulting from the impairment of the underlying intangible and long-lived assets of $1.0 million (see note 6).

(4)   

During fiscal year 2011, the Company made additional term loan borrowings of $250.0 million and repaid in full the $625.0 million of senior notes (see note 8). In connection with these additional term loan borrowings and repayments of senior notes, the Company recorded losses on debt extinguishment and refinancing transactions of $11.0 million, $5.2 million, and $18.1 million, in the first, second, and third quarters of fiscal year 2011, respectively.

(5)  

During fiscal year 2010, all outstanding ABS Notes were repaid in full with proceeds from the term loans and senior notes, as well as available cash (see note 8). As a result, losses on debt extinguishment of $3.7 million and $58.3 million were recorded in the second and fourth quarters of fiscal year 2010, respectively.

 

  F-52  


Table of Contents

Independent auditors’ report

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of

BR KOREA CO., LTD.:

We have audited the accompanying statements of financial position of BR KOREA CO., LTD. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the statements of income, statements of changes in shareholders’ equity, and statements of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of BR KOREA CO., LTD. as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with Accounting Standards for Non-Public Entities in the Republic of Korea (“KAS-NPEs”).

As explained in Note 2 to the accompanying financial statements, the Company has prepared the financial statements in accordance with KAS—NPEs for the reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2011. In accordance with the KAS—NPEs ‘Effective date and Transitional Provisions’ paragraph 4 on January 1, 2011, the prior periods’ financial position, results of operations, and cash flows under previous generally accepted accounting principles in the Republic of Korea (“previous K-GAAP”) have been carried over and presented as is, with no retrospective adjustments due to the application of KAS—NPEs. Effects due to the application of KAS—NPEs are further discussed in Note 2.

KAS-NPEs vary in certain significant respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Information relating to the nature and effect of such differences is presented in Note 26 to the financial statements.

March 16, 2012

/s/ Deloitte Anjin

 

F-53


Table of Contents

BR Korea Co., Ltd.

Statements of financial position

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010

 

     2011     2010  

 

 
    (In thousands)  
ASSETS    

CURRENT ASSETS:

   

Cash and cash equivalents (Notes 8 and 13)

  (Won) 10,187,008      (Won) 10,435,234   

Short-term financial instruments

    40,000,000        40,500,000   

Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of (Won)192,047 thousand for 2011 and (Won)170,149 thousand for 2010 (Note 14)

    19,012,616        16,844,763   

Inventories (Notes 3 and 8)

    34,568,962        28,308,117   

Securities (Notes 5,8 and 25)

    4,500        5,600   

Other current assets (Note 4)

    7,147,794        6,541,307   
 

 

 

 
    110,920,880        102,635,021   
 

 

 

 

NON CURRENT ASSETS:

   

Securities under the equity method (Note 6)

    677,340        677,340   

Securities (Notes 5 and 8)

    1,354,910        62,985   

Other investments

    138,855        184,085   

Tangible assets, net (Notes 7 and 8)

    65,962,903        62,200,625   

Intangible assets (Note 9)

    8,578,563        9,338,876   

Guarantee deposits paid (Note 10)

    123,590,176        112,647,141   

Membership certificates

    2,307,877        2,277,527   

Deferred income tax assets (Note 18)

    1,283,463        1,310,229   
 

 

 

 
    203,894,087        188,698,808   
 

 

 

 

Total Assets

  (Won) 314,814,967      (Won) 291,333,829   
 

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY    

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

   

Trade accounts payable (Note 14)

  (Won) 16,444,547      (Won) 15,308,691   

Accounts payable-other (Note 14)

    13,588,829        8,843,013   

Income tax payable (Note 18)

    3,532,886        5,912,523   

Advances from customers (Note 13)

    2,728,591        2,068,757   

Guarantee deposits received

    17,685,162        17,373,276   

Deferred income tax liabilities (Note 18)

    136,978        108,745   

Other current liabilities (Notes 11,13, and 14)

    6,864,380        6,964,772   
 

 

 

 
    60,981,373        56,579,777   
 

 

 

 

NON- CURRENT LIABILITIES:

   

Accrued severance indemnities, net of benefit plan assets of (Won)13,144,957 thousand for 2011 and (Won)11,572,261 thousand for 2010 (Note 12)

    4,250,472        3,995,292   

Allowance for unused points (Note 23)

    2,651,480        1,428,034   
 

 

 

 
    6,901,952        5,423,326   
 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

    67,883,325        62,003,103   
 

 

 

 

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

   

Common stock (Note 15)

    6,000,000        6,000,000   

Accumulated other comprehensive income (Notes 5 and 16)

    300,121          

Appropriated retained earnings (Note 15)

    24,234,977        24,234,977   

Retained earnings before appropriations

    216,396,544        199,095,749   
 

 

 

 

Total Shareholders’ Equity

    246,931,642        229,330,726   
 

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

  (Won) 314,814,967      (Won) 291,333,829   

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

BR Korea Co., Ltd.

Statements of income

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

 

      2011     2010     2009  

 

 
     (In thousands, except per share amounts)  

SALES (Notes 14 and 24)

   (Won) 452,359,842      (Won) 426,063,145      (Won) 406,214,174   

COST OF SALES (Note 14)

     223,625,882        205,865,736        206,622,944   
  

 

 

 

GROSS PROFIT

     228,733,960        220,197,409        199,591,230   

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES

      

(Notes 21 and 22)

     195,163,739        181,504,761        155,286,246   
  

 

 

 

OPERATING INCOME

     33,570,221        38,692,648        44,304,984   
  

 

 

 

NON OPERATING INCOME (EXPENSES):

      

Interest income

     2,150,932        2,112,109        1,353,475   

Foreign currency loss, net (Note 13)

     (2,852     (17,252     (74,007

Gain (Loss) on foreign currency transactions, net

     (35,493     4,310        (5,061

Commission income

     3,208,904        5,199,869        5,685,017   

Gain (Loss) on disposal of tangible assets, net

     (715,563     17,414        (598,839

Gain on disposal of intangible assets

     755,000        309,350        177,975   

Donations (Note 17)

     (2,426,487     (1,983,239     (2,261,554

Miscellaneous, net (Note 17)

     (677,804     (336,130     (1,168,736
  

 

 

 
     2,256,637        5,306,431        3,108,270   
  

 

 

 

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX

     35,826,858        43,999,079        47,413,254   

INCOME TAX EXPENSE (Note 18)

     8,494,063        10,586,975        12,050,772   
  

 

 

 

NET INCOME

   (Won) 27,332,795      (Won) 33,412,104      (Won) 35,362,482   
  

 

 

 

NET INCOME PER SHARE (Note 19)

   (Won) 45,555      (Won) 55,687      (Won) 58,937   

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

BR Korea Co., Ltd.

Statements of changes in shareholders’ equity

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

 

      Korean Won  
     (In thousands)  
     Common
stock
    

Accumulated
other
comprehensive

income

     Retained
earnings
    Total  

 

 

Balance at January 1, 2009

   (Won) 6,000,000       (Won)       (Won) 175,058,140      (Won) 181,058,140   

Annual dividends

           (9,888,000     (9,888,000
        

 

 

 

Balance after appropriations

           165,170,140        171,170,140   

Net income

           35,362,482        35,362,482   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

   (Won) 6,000,000       (Won)       (Won) 200,532,622      (Won) 206,532,622   
  

 

 

 

Balance at January 1, 2010

   (Won) 6,000,000       (Won)       (Won) 200,532,622      (Won) 206,532,622   

Annual dividends

           (10,614,000     (10,614,000
        

 

 

 

Balance after appropriations

           189,918,622        195,918,622   

Net income

           33,412,104        33,412,104   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

   (Won) 6,000,000       (Won)       (Won) 223,330,726      (Won) 229,330,726   
  

 

 

 

Balance at January 1, 2011

   (Won) 6,000,000       (Won)       (Won) 223,330,726      (Won) 229,330,726   

Annual dividends

           (10,032,000     (10,032,000
        

 

 

 

Balance after appropriations

           213,298,726        219,298,726   

Gains on valuation of available-for-sale securities, net of tax

        300,121           300,121   

Net income

           27,332,795        27,332,795   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   (Won) 6,000,000       (Won) 300,121       (Won) 240,631,521      (Won) 246,931,642   

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

BR Korea Co., Ltd

Statements of cash flows

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

 

      2011     2010     2009  

 

 
     (In thousands)  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

      

Net income

   (Won) 27,332,795      (Won) 33,412,104        (Won)35,362,482   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation

     20,215,617        18,899,166        19,914,400   

Provision for severance indemnities

     5,115,531        6,695,012        4,015,539   

Amortization of lease premium

     3,720,031        3,604,761        3,229,923   

Provision for doubtful accounts

     1,364,490        31,982        21,800   

Foreign currency translation loss

     3,415                 

Disposal of tangible assets, net

     715,563        (17,414     598,839   

Disposal of intangible assets, net

     (755,000     (309,350     (177,975

Payment of severance indemnities

     (3,333,628     (4,074,977     (2,299,625

Transfer of severance indemnities from related parties

     45,973        174,604        176,542   

Change in trade accounts receivable

     (2,189,751     (463,142     (137,154

Change in accounts receivable-other

     (970,223     537,197        (2,091,922

Change in accrued income

     (188,753     17,600        166,021   

Change in advanced payments

     642,527        (1,030,369     1,152,192   

Change in prepaid expenses

     (132,630     101,573        (69,533

Change in inventories

     (6,260,845     1,442,542        1,944,500   

Change in deferred income tax assets

     26,766        (215,534     (612,949

Change in trade accounts payable

     1,132,441        866,869        487,801   

Change in accounts payable-other

     4,745,816        1,660,450        (7,837,644

Change in withholdings

     (57,023     (752,033     2,638,929   

Change in accrued expenses

     (43,370     (2,982,152     3,563,367   

Change in income tax payable

     (2,379,638     (1,909,418     (140,325

Change in deferred income tax liabilities

     (67,584     1,675        (60,151

Change in advances from customers

     652,134        188,042        (983,082

Change in allowance for unused points

     1,223,446        (735,036     (69,893

Change in gift certificate discounts

     7,700        (12,156     (3,629

Change in the national pension fund

     3,198        7,208          

Change in benefit plan assets

     (1,575,894     (2,623,783     (3,269,803
  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     48,993,104        52,515,421        55,518,650   

 

 

 

F-57


Table of Contents

BR Korea Co., Ltd

Statements of cash flows—(continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

 

      2011     2010     2009  

 

 
     (In thousands)  

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

      

Withdrawal of short-term financial instruments

   (Won) 117,500,000      (Won) 157,000,000      (Won) 78,678,865   

Proceeds from disposal of securities

     5,600        4,390        16,945   

Disposal of tangible assets

     375,932        327,457        3,923,898   

Refund of guarantee deposits paid

     9,905,072        4,752,250        7,684,153   

Collection of long-term loans

     45,230        226,922        167,330   

Disposal of lease premium

     1,010,000        352,600        190,454   

Disposal of membership certificates

     70,150               362,810   

Acquisition of short-term financial instruments

     (117,000,000     (162,500,000     (96,678,865

Purchase of securities under the equity method

            (677,340       

Purchase of securities

     (900,486            (2,370

Payment of guarantee deposits paid

     (21,898,107     (19,845,301     (17,863,614

Acquisition of tangible assets

     (25,069,389     (17,149,920     (25,082,537

Purchase of membership certificates

     (100,500     (589,546     (157,081

Payment of lease premium

     (3,464,718     (1,955,074     (2,056,515
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (39,521,216     (40,053,562     (50,816,527
  

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

      

Refund of guarantee deposits received

     23,496,253        5,074,855        5,978,607   

Dividends paid

     (10,032,000     (10,614,000     (9,888,000

Payment of guarantee deposits received

     (23,184,367     (2,890,568     (4,340,270
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (9,720,114     (8,429,713     (8,249,663
  

 

 

 

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     (248,226     4,032,146        (3,547,540

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR

     10,435,234        6,403,088        9,950,628   
  

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR
(Note 25)

   (Won) 10,187,008      (Won) 10,435,234      (Won) 6,403,088   

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

BR Korea Co., Ltd.

Notes to financial statements

For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

1. General:

BR KOREA CO., LTD. (the “Company”) was incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Korea on June 10, 1985 in accordance with the joint venture agreement dated April 19, 1985 between three Korean shareholders represented by Mr. Young In Hur and Dunkin’ Brands Inc. Under such agreement, the Company engages in the production, distribution and sale of ice cream, ice cream treats, donuts and other related activities. Sales are made through the Company’s distribution network under its direct management and franchise stores under the brand names of Baskin-Robbins and Dunkin’ Donuts.

As of December 31, 2011, the Company’s common stock amounts to (Won)6,000 million, and the issued and outstanding shares of the Company are owned 66.67% by those Korean shareholders and 33.33% by Dunkin’ Brands Inc.

2. Summary of significant accounting policies:

Basis of financial statement presentation

The Company has prepared the accompanying financial statements in accordance with Accounting Standards for Non-Public Entities in the Republic of Korea (“KAS—NPEs”) for the reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2011. In accordance with the KAS—NPEs ‘Effective date and Transitional Provisions’ paragraph 4, on January 1, 2011, the prior periods’ financial position, results of operations, and cash flows under previous generally accepted accounting principles in the Republic of Korea (“previous K-GAAP”) have been carried over and presented as is, with no retrospective adjustments due to the application of KAS—NPEs.

The Company maintains its official accounting records in Korean won and prepares its statutory financial statements in the Korean language (Hangul) in conformity with Accounting Standards for Non-Public Entities in the Republic of Korea. Certain accounting principles applied by the Company that conform with the financial accounting standards and accounting principles in the Republic of Korea may not conform with generally accepted accounting principles in other countries. Accordingly, these financial statements are intended for use by those who are informed about KAS—NPEs and Korean practices.

The accompanying financial statements to be presented at the annual shareholders’ meeting were approved by the board of directors on March 8, 2012.

The Company’s significant accounting policies used for the preparation of the financial statements are as follow.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents includes cash, checks issued by others, checking accounts, ordinary deposits and financial instruments, which can be easily converted into cash and whose value changes due to changes in interest rates are not material, with maturities (or date of redemption) of three months or less from acquisition. Credit card sales are recognized as trade accounts receivable.

Revenue recognition

The Company’s revenue consists of sales of ice cream and donuts to franchisees and to customers (for its retail stores) and other.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

BR Korea Co., Ltd.

Notes to financial statements—(continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

 

The Company sells individual franchise agreements, under which a franchisee pays an initial nonrefundable fee (refer to Commission Income) and subsequently purchases ice cream and donuts from the Company. Once the franchise begins operations, the Company recognizes revenue from the sale of ice cream and donuts to a franchise as Sales during the period. Revenue generated from the sale of ice cream and donuts to franchisees is recognized upon delivery; however, revenue is recognized when the sales terms have been fully met if there are sales terms related with post-delivery. Retail store revenues at company-owned stores are recognized at the point of sale, net of sales tax and other sales-related taxes.

The Company offers customer loyalty programs—bonus points, under which customers can earn from 1.5% ~ 5% of any purchase amount above (Won)1,000, as points to use in the future. Such points expire within one year from the date the customer earns them. When a customer earns bonus points under the program, the Company recognizes selling, general and administrative expense in the same amount and a corresponding liability under Allowance for unused points. When points are used, the Company reduces Allowance for unused points and recognizes revenue. At the end of the period, 100% of the unused points are recognized as Allowance for unused points (Note 23), in the Company’s statements of financial position.

Commission income

The Company sells individual franchise agreements, under which a franchisee pays an initial nonrefundable fee. The initial franchise fee is recognized as Commission Income, upon substantial completion of the services required of the Company as stated in the franchise agreement, which is generally upon the opening of the respective franchise. The Company does not consider its Commission Income from such initial nonrefundable fees as part of its main business operations. Thus, presents the related income as part of non operating income.

Gift certificates

Gift certificates are stated at face value, net of any discounts given, at the time of issuance and accounted for as Advances from Customers. The gift certificates generally expire within 5 years of issuance. The redemption of gift certificates is reflected as sales at the time the certificates are redeemed at stores by the portion of advances, net of discounts for the relative amount of redemption. Any expired gift certificates are recognized as Non-operating income.

Allowance for doubtful accounts

The Company provides an allowance for doubtful accounts to cover estimated losses on receivables, based on collection experience and analysis of the collectability of individual outstanding receivables.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at cost which is determined by using the moving average method. The Company maintains perpetual inventory, which is adjusted to physical inventory counts performed at year end. When the market value of inventories (net realizable value for finished goods or merchandise and current replacement cost for raw materials) is less than the carrying value, carrying value is stated at the lower of cost or market.

 

  F-60   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR Korea Co., Ltd.

Notes to financial statements—(continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

 

The Company applies the lower of cost or market method by each group of inventories and loss on inventory valuation is presented as a deduction from inventories and charged to cost of sales.

Classification of securities

At acquisition, the Company classifies securities into one of the following categories: trading, available-for-sale, held-to-maturity and securities accounted for under the equity method, depending on marketability, purpose of acquisition and ability to hold. Debt and equity securities that are bought and held for the purpose of selling them in the near term and actively traded are classified as trading securities. Debt securities with fixed and determinable payments and fixed maturity that the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity securities. Investments in equity securities over which the Company exercises significant influence, are accounted for under the equity method. Securities accounted for under the equity method are presented as securities accounted for using the equity method in the statement of financial position. Debt and equity securities not classified as the above are categorized as available-for-sale securities.

Valuation of securities

For available-for-sale securities, the average method is used to determine the cost of debt and equity securities for the calculation of gain (loss) on disposal of those securities.

Debt securities that have fixed or determinable payments with a fixed maturity are classified as held-to-maturity securities only if the Company has both the positive intent and ability to hold those securities to maturity. However, debt securities, whose maturity dates are due within one year from the period end date, are classified as current assets.

After initial recognition, held-to-maturity securities are stated at amortized cost in the statements of financial position. When held-to-maturity securities are measured at amortized costs, the difference between their acquisition cost and face value is amortized using the effective interest rate method and the amortization is included in the cost and interest income.

When the possibility of not being able to collect the principal and interest of held-to-maturity securities according to the terms of the contracts is highly likely, the difference between the recoverable amount (the present value of expected cash flows using the effective interest rate upon acquisition of the securities) and book value is recorded as loss on impairment of held-to-maturity securities included in the non-operating expense and the held-to-maturity securities are stated at the recoverable amount after impairment loss. If the value of impaired securities subsequently recovers and the recovery can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognized, the reversal of impairment loss is recorded as reversal of impairment loss on held-to-maturity securities included in non-operating income. However, the resulting carrying amount after the reversal of impairment loss shall not exceed the amortized cost that would have been measured, at the date of the reversal, if no impairment loss was recognized.

Tangible assets

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost (acquisition cost or manufacturing cost plus expenditures directly related to preparing the assets ready for use). Assets acquired from investment-in-kind, received

 

  F-61   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR Korea Co., Ltd.

Notes to financial statements—(continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

 

through donations or acquired free of charge in other ways are stated at the market value of the item which is considered as the fair value.

Expenditures after acquisition or completion that increase future economic benefit in excess of the most recently assessed capability level of the asset are capitalized and other expenditures are charged to expense as incurred.

In accordance with the Company’s policy, borrowing costs in relation to the manufacture, purchase, construction or development of assets are capitalized as part of the cost of those assets.

When the expected future cash flow from use or disposal of the property, plant and equipment is lower than the carrying amount due to obsolescence, physical damage or other causes, the carrying amount is adjusted to the recoverable amount (the higher of net sales price or value in use) and the difference is recognized as an impairment loss. When the recoverable amount subsequently exceeds the carrying amount of the impaired asset, the excess is recorded as a reversal of impairment loss to the extent that the reversed asset does not exceed the carrying amount before previous impairment as adjusted by depreciation.

Depreciation is computed using the declining-balance method, except for buildings and structures using straight-line method, over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

 

Assets    Useful lives (Years)  

 

 

Buildings

     30   

Structures

     15   

Machinery and equipment

     8   

Vehicles

     4   

Others

     4   

 

 

Intangible assets

Intangible asset amount represents lease premiums paid, which is amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of 5 years. A lease premium is an amount a lessee pays to the previous lessee related to the property. A long-term lease contract with a contract period of 5 years or more is amortized over the actual contract years. When the leasing right is transferred to a sub-lessee before the end of the lease period, the gain or loss on disposal of the lease premium is recognized in the amount of the difference between the lease premium previously paid and the lease premium received from the sub-lessee.

Accrued severance indemnities

In accordance with the Company’s policy, all employees with more than one year of service are entitled to receive a lump-sum severance payment upon termination of their employment, based on their current salary rate and length of service. The accrual for severance indemnities is computed as if all employees were to terminate at the period end dates and amounted to (Won)17,395 million and (Won)15,568 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. In accordance with the National Pension Law of Korea, a portion of its severance indemnities which has been transferred in cash to the National Pension Fund through March 1999 is presented as a deduction from accrued severance indemnities. Additionally, the Company has insured a

 

  F-62   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR Korea Co., Ltd.

Notes to financial statements—(continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

 

portion of its obligations for severance indemnities by contributing to benefit plan assets that will be directly paid to employees with Shinhan Bank Co. and others, and records them as plan assets which are directly deducted from accrued severance indemnities. Actual payments for severance indemnities amounted to (Won)3,334 million, (Won)4,075 million and (Won)2,300 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Income tax expense

The Company recognizes deferred income tax assets or liabilities for the temporary differences between the carrying amount of an asset and liability and tax base. A deferred tax liability is generally recognized for all taxable temporary differences with some exceptions and a deferred tax asset is recognized to the extent when it is probable that taxable income will be available against which the deductible temporary difference can be utilized in the future. Deferred income tax asset (liability) is classified as current or non-current asset (liability) depending on the classification of related asset (liability) in the statements of financial position. Deferred income tax asset (liability), which does not relate to specific asset (liability) account in the statements of financial position such as deferred income tax asset recognized for tax loss carryforwards, is classified as current or non-current asset (liability) depending on the expected reversal period. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities in the same tax jurisdiction and in the same current or non-current classification are presented on a net basis. Current and deferred income tax expense are included in income tax expense in the statements of income and additional income tax or tax refunds for the prior periods are included in income tax expense for the current period when recognized. However, income tax resulting from transactions or events, which was directly recognized in shareholders’ equity in current or prior periods, or business combinations, is directly adjusted to equity account or goodwill (or negative goodwill).

Accounting for foreign currency translation

The Company maintains its accounts in Korean won. Monetary accounts with balances denominated in foreign currencies are recorded and reported in the accompanying financial statements at the exchange rates prevailing at the period end dates. The balances have been translated using the market exchange rate announced by Seoul Money Brokerage Services Ltd., which is (Won)1,153.30 and (Won)1,138.90 to US $1.00 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The translation gains or losses are reflected in non operating income (expense).

3. Inventories:

Inventories as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 consist of the following:

 

      Korean Won (In thousands)  
     2011      2010  

 

 

Merchandise

   (Won) 6,874,214       (Won) 8,116,884   

Finished goods

     4,412,773         4,941,342   

Semi finished goods

     224,481         219,911   

Raw materials

     16,712,431         10,693,639   

Materials in transit

     6,345,063         4,336,341   
  

 

 

 

Total

   (Won) 34,568,962       (Won) 28,308,117   

 

 

 

  F-63   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR Korea Co., Ltd.

Notes to financial statements—(continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

 

4. Other current assets:

Other current assets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 consist of the following:

 

      Korean Won (In thousands)  
     2011      2010  

 

 

Accounts receivable—other

   (Won) 4,431,259       (Won) 3,503,628   

Accrued income

     687,597         498,843   

Advanced payments

     1,624,706         2,267,233   

Prepaid expenses

     404,232         271,603   
  

 

 

 

Total

   (Won) 7,147,794       (Won) 6,541,307   

 

 

5. Securities:

(1) Securities as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 consist of following:

 

      Korean Won (In thousands)  
     2011      2010  

 

 

Available-for-sale Securities

     

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc

   (Won) 1,296,425       (Won)   

Held-to-maturity securities

     

Government & public bonds

     62,985         68,585   
  

 

 

 

Total

   (Won) 1,359,410       (Won) 68,585   

 

 

Held-to-maturity securities whose maturity are within one year from the period end date in the amount of (Won)4,500 thousand and (Won)5,600 thousand as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, are classified as securities in the current assets.

(2) Details of available-for-sale Securities as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 consist of following:

 

                      Korean Won (In thousands)  
     Number
of shares
     Ownership     

Acquisition

cost

     Fair value      Book value  

 

 

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc.

     45,000         0.2%       (Won) 900,486       (Won) 1,296,425       (Won) 1,296,425   

 

 

The fair value of available-for-sale Securities that are quoted in active markets is determined using the quoted prices and the accumulated unrealized gain on valuation of available-for-sale Securities before tax effect is (Won)395,939 thousand as of December 31, 2011.

In addition, during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, no impairment loss or reversal of any previously recognized impairment loss on securities occurred.

 

  F-64   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR Korea Co., Ltd.

Notes to financial statements—(continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

 

6. Securities under the equity method:

Details of securities accounted for under the equity method as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follow:

 

                      Korean Won (In thousands)  
     Number
of shares
     Ownership     

Acquisition

                cost

     Book value  

 

 

Nexgen Food Research (NFR)

     6,000         100%       (Won) 677,340       (Won) 677,340   

 

 

KAS-NPEs do not require the equity method to be applied when both condition are met; (a) the investee does not require to be audited in accordance with Korean External Audit Laws, and (b) the ownership of investor does not change significantly from previous periods.

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company does not reflect its proportionate share of operational results or equity adjustments of NFR as both conditions are met for NFR.

In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, no impairment loss or reversal of any previously recognized impairment loss on securities under the equity method occurred.

7. Tangible assets:

(1) Tangible assets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 consist of the following:

 

      Korean Won (In thousands)  
     2011      2010  

 

 

Land

   (Won) 11,103,689       (Won) 11,103,689   

Buildings

     21,867,337         21,571,820   

Structures

     996,666         752,500   

Machinery

     8,409,626         8,080,418   

Vehicles

     45,373         113,898   

Other

     23,540,212         20,578,300   
  

 

 

 

Total

   (Won) 65,962,903       (Won) 62,200,625   

 

 

(2) Disclosure of Land Price and Valuation of Land

The Korean government annually announces the public price of domestic land by address and type of purpose pursuant to the laws on Disclosure of Land Price and Valuation of Land. This is determined based on the comprehensive consideration including market price, surrounding road condition, possibility of future development and others. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the public price of Company-owned land is (Won)9,720,605 thousand and (Won)8,960,541 thousand, respectively.

 

  F-65   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR Korea Co., Ltd.

Notes to financial statements—(continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

 

(3) Changes in book values of tangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 consist of the following:

 

      Korean Won (In thousands)  
     2011  
    

January 1,

2011

     Acquisition      Disposal      Depreciation     

December 31,

2011

 

 

 

Land

   (Won) 11,103,689       (Won)       (Won)       (Won)       (Won) 11,103,689   

Buildings

     21,571,820         1,576,412         327,480         953,415         21,867,337   

Structures

     752,500         357,064                 112,898         996,666   

Machinery

     8,080,418         3,415,485         1         3,086,276         8,409,626   

Vehicles

     113,898                 8,330         60,195         45,373   

Others

     20,578,300         19,720,428         755,683         16,002,833         23,540,212   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   (Won) 62,200,625       (Won) 25,069,389       (Won) 1,091,494       (Won) 20,215,617       (Won) 65,962,903   

 

 

 

      Korean Won (In thousands)  
     2010  
    

January 1,

2010

     Acquisition      Disposal      Depreciation     

December 31,

2010

 

 

 

Land

   (Won) 11,103,689       (Won)       (Won)       (Won)       (Won) 11,103,689   

Buildings

     22,532,797                         960,977         21,571,820   

Structures

     748,657         101,200                 97,357         752,500   

Machinery

     11,214,919         529,247                 3,663,748         8,080,418   

Vehicles

     46,327         129,632         8         62,053         113,898   

Others

     18,613,526         16,389,840         310,035         14,115,031         20,578,300   
  

 

 

 

Total

   (Won) 64,259,915       (Won) 17,149,919       (Won) 310,043       (Won) 18,899,166       (Won) 62,200,625   

 

 

During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 no impairment loss or reversal of any previously recognized impairment loss on property, plant and equipment occurred.

8. Insured assets:

As of December 31, 2011, the Company’s buildings and structures, machinery, equipment and inventories are insured up to (Won)112,295,327 thousand for fire and (Won)1,900,000 thousand for gas casualty insurance, and (Won)200,000 thousand for the theft of securities and cash. In addition, the Company carries general insurance for vehicles, product liability insurance, business liability insurance and workers’ compensation and casualty insurance for employees.

 

  F-66   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR Korea Co., Ltd.

Notes to financial statements—(continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

 

9. Intangible assets:

Change in intangible asset which consists of lease premiums for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

 

      Korean Won (In thousands)  
     2011     2010  

 

 

Beginning balance

   (Won) 9,338,876      (Won) 11,031,813   

Increase

     3,464,718        1,955,074   

Amortization

     (3,720,031     (3,604,761

Disposal

     (255,000     (43,250

Reclassification

     (250,000       
  

 

 

 

Ending balance

   (Won) 8,578,563      (Won) 9,338,876   

 

 

Lease premium paid to the previous lessee, was reclassified as rental deposit, included in guarantee deposits, as the property owner rejected the right to transfer the lease premium and terminated the lease agreement the during the year ended December 31, 2011.

10. Guarantee deposits:

Guarantee deposits paid as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

 

      Korean Won (In thousands)  
     2011      2010  

 

 

Rental deposits

   (Won) 123,569,697       (Won) 112,622,634   

Other

     20,479         24,507   
  

 

 

 

Total

   (Won) 123,590,176       (Won) 112,647,141   

 

 

The Company obtained lien rights for the amount of (Won)80,312 million and (Won)77,975 million related to its guarantee deposits as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

11. Other current liabilities:

Other current liabilities as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 consist of the following:

 

      Korean Won (In thousands)  
     2011      2010  

 

 

Withholdings

   (Won) 3,222,248       (Won) 3,279,270   

Accrued expenses

     3,642,132         3,685,502   
  

 

 

 
   (Won) 6,864,380       (Won) 6,964,772   

 

 

12. Accrued severance indemnities:

(1) Employees with more than one year of service are entitled to receive severance indemnities, based on their length of service and salary rate upon termination of their employment. The severance indemnities that would

 

  F-67   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR Korea Co., Ltd.

Notes to financial statements—(continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

 

be payable assuming all eligible employees were to resign amount to (Won)17,395,428 thousand and (Won)15,567,553 thousand as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The changes in accrued severance indemnities for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

 

      Korean Won (In thousands)  
     2011     2010  

 

 

Beginning accrued severance indemnities

   (Won) 15,567,553      (Won) 12,772,914   

Provision for severance indemnities for the period

     5,115,531        6,695,012   

Transferred-in from affiliates

     45,973        174,604   

Actual payment

     (3,333,629     (4,074,977
  

 

 

 

Ending accrued severance indemnities

   (Won) 17,395,428      (Won) 15,567,553   
  

 

 

 

Deposits in National Pension Fund

   (Won) (23,612   (Won) (26,810

Deposits in financial institutions

     (13,121,345     (11,545,451
  

 

 

 

Total benefit plan assets

   (Won) (13,144,957   (Won) (11,572,261
  

 

 

 

Accrued severance indemnities, net of benefit plan assets

   (Won) 4,250,472      (Won) 3,995,292   

 

 

(2) The Company has insured a portion of its obligations for severance indemnities, in order to obtain the related tax benefits by joining retirement pension plan with Shinhan Bank Co. and others. Withdrawal of these retirement pension plan assets, in the amount of (Won)13,121,345 thousand and (Won)11,545,451 thousand as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, is restricted to the payment of severance indemnities. In addition, a part of severance liabilities has been transferred to the national pension fund under the relevant regulation, which is no longer effective. The amounts of the national pension fund benefit transferred are (Won)23,612 thousand and (Won)26,810 thousand as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The benefit plan assets and the national pension fund benefit transferred and outstanding are presented as a deduction from accrued severance indemnities.

13. Assets and liabilities in foreign currency:

Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

 

      Korean Won (In thousands) and US Dollars  
     2011      2010      2009  
  

 

 

 
     Foreign
currency
    

Korean
Won

equivalent

     Foreign
currency
    

Korean
Won

equivalent

     Foreign
currency
     Korean
Won
equivalent
 

 

 

Assets:

                 

Cash and cash equivalents

     USD 40,543       (Won) 46,758         USD 715,149       (Won) 814,483         USD 314,460       (Won) 367,163   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities:

                 

Accrued expense

     USD 60,274       (Won) 69,514                                   
  

 

 

 

Advance from customers

     USD 12,656       (Won) 14,597                                   

 

 

 

  F-68   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR Korea Co., Ltd.

Notes to financial statements—(continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

 

The Company recorded (Won)(2,852) thousand, (Won)(17,252) thousand and (Won)(74,007) thousand of Loss on foreign currency translation in Non-operating incomes (expenses) for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

14. Transactions with related parties:

Dunkin’ Brands, Inc is a significant shareholder of the Company. NEXGEN FOOD RESEARCH is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (Note 6). The entities listed below have investment relationships with the Korean shareholders of Company or the entities which the Korean shareholders invest in.

(1) Transactions with affiliated companies and other related parties in 2011, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

 

     Korean Won (In thousands)  
    2011     2010     2009  
 

 

 

 
    Revenues    

Purchases

and others

    Revenues    

Purchases

and others

    Revenues    

Purchases

and others

 

 

 

Shany Co., Ltd.

  (Won) 29,156      (Won) 1,320,572      (Won) 1,083,848      (Won) 11,853,327      (Won) 1,150,848      (Won) 8,382,872   

Honam Shany Co., Ltd.

           116,580               79,844               75,770   

Paris Croissant Co., Ltd.

    343,449        8,398,987        322,424        6,969,578        175,654        4,586,953   

Samlip General Food Co., Ltd.

    2,548,977        6,938,463        1,250,728        3,493,164        980,148        4,071,503   

SPC Co., Ltd.

    2,083,113        5,739,561        2,050,502        4,409,849               2,674,935   

SPC Networks Co., Ltd.

    1,570,524        3,243,939        2,110,253        948,483        15,426        29,568   

Mildawon Co., Ltd.

           53,480               309,236               66,620   

NEXGEN FOOD RESEARCH

           412,457                               

Dunkin’ Brands, Inc.

    2,639,430        3,755,019        1,191,083        3,448,705        352,442        3,193,370   

Paris Baguette Bon Doux, Inc.

           37,525,091               23,482,273               33,281,213   

SPC Euro

           7,000,897               3,048,417               4,156,874   

SPC Japan

           629,860               5,172,213               5,018,539   
 

 

 

 
  (Won) 9,214,649      (Won) 75,134,906      (Won) 8,008,838      (Won) 63,215,089      (Won) 2,674,518      (Won) 65,538,217   

 

 

 

  F-69   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR Korea Co., Ltd.

Notes to financial statements—(continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

 

(2) Related balances of receivables and payables with related parties as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 are summarized below.

 

      Korean Won (In thousands)  
     2011      2010  

 

 

Receivables

     

Shany Co., Ltd.

   (Won) 20,350       (Won) 786   

Paris Croissant Co., Ltd.

     38,847         27,215   

Samlip General Food Co., Ltd.

     208,959         209,348   

SPC Co., Ltd.

     147,500         154,120   

SPC Networks Co., Ltd.

     365,230           

Dunkin’ Brands, Inc.

     458,905           
  

 

 

 
   (Won) 1,239,791       (Won) 391,469   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     12,398         3,914   

Payables(*1)

     

Shany Co., Ltd.

   (Won)       (Won) 167,480   

Honam Shany Co., Ltd.

     12,181         14,529   

Paris Croissant Co., Ltd.

     472,507         478,588   

Samlip General Food Co., Ltd.

     917,851         271,371   

SPC Co., Ltd.

     476,318         497,234   

SPC Networks Co., Ltd.

     731,846         85,644   

Mildawon Co., Ltd.

             50,832   

Dunkin’ Brands Inc.

     1,222,819         1,126,000   
  

 

 

 
   (Won) 3,833,522       (Won) 2,690,678   

 

 

 

(*1)   Payables consists of trade accounts payable, accrued expenses and accounts payable—other.

15. Shareholders’ equity:

Capital Stock

As of December 31, 2011, the Company has 3,000,000 authorized shares of common stock with a (Won)10,000 par value, of which 600,000 shares were issued and outstanding as of December 30, 2011.

 

  F-70   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR Korea Co., Ltd.

Notes to financial statements—(continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

 

Appropriated Retained Earnings

Appropriated retained earnings as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, which are maintained by the Company in accordance with tax and other relevant regulations, consist of the following:

 

      Korean Won (In thousands)  
     2011      2010  

 

 

Legal reserve(*1)

   (Won) 3,000,000       (Won) 3,000,000   

Reserve for business rationalization(*2)

     3,493,977         3,493,977   

Reserve for business development(*3)

     17,741,000         17,741,000   
  

 

 

 
   (Won) 24,234,977       (Won) 24,234,977   

 

 

 

(*1)   The Korean Business Law requires the Company to appropriate at least 10 percent of the cash dividends paid as legal reserve until such reserve equals 50 percent of its common stock. This reserve is not available for cash dividends and can only be transferred to capital or can be used to reduce deficit.

 

(*2)   In accordance with the Tax Exemption and Reduction Control Law, the amount of tax benefit associated with certain tax credits are appropriated as a reserve for business rationalization.

 

(*3)   In order to obtain a tax credit on excess retained earnings’ tax, the Company previously accrued for a reserve for business development. However, as the relevant tax regulation concerning excess retained earnings’ tax was repealed in early 2002, the Company has not accrued for any additional reserve for business development since 2002. The remaining reserve can be used to offset deficit or transferred to paid-in capital. However, if this reserve is used for other purposes, the amount used is subject to additional corporate tax.

Statements of Appropriated Retained Earnings

 

      2011     2010      2009  
  

 

 

 
     (In thousands)  

 

 

RETAINED EARNINGS BEFORE APPROPRIATIONS:

       

Unappropriated retained earnings brought forward from prior year

   (Won) 189,063,749      (Won) 165,683,645       (Won) 140,935,163   

Net income

     27,332,795        33,412,104         35,362,482   
  

 

 

 
     216,396,544        199,095,749         176,297,645   
  

 

 

 

APPROPRIATIONS:

       

Dividends calculated (Note 20)

     8,202,000 (*1)      10,032,000         10,614,000   
  

 

 

 

UNAPPROPRIATED RETAINED EARNINGS TO BE CARRIED FORWARD TO SUBSEQUENT YEAR

   (Won) 208,194,544      (Won) 189,063,749       (Won) 165,683,645   

 

 

 

(*1)   Dividends calculated by the Company are pending approval.

 

  F-71   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR Korea Co., Ltd.

Notes to financial statements—(continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

 

16. Statements of comprehensive income:

Statements of comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 consist of the following:

 

      2011     2010      2009  
  

 

 

 
     (In thousands)  

 

 

Net income

   (Won) 27,332,795      (Won) 33,412,104       (Won) 35,362,482   

Other comprehensive income:

       
  

 

 

 

Gain on valuation of AFS financial assets

     359,939                  

Tax effects

     (95,818               
  

 

 

 
     300,121                  
  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   (Won) 27,632,916      (Won) 33,412,104       (Won) 35,362,482   

 

 

17. Donations and miscelleneous expense:

The Company donates donuts to the Food Bank on a daily basis as part of its Corporate social responsibility.

The Company recognized miscellaneous income and expense related to various types of other income offset by mainly inventory scrap expenses. Gross presentation of miscellaneous income and expense is as follows:

 

      Korean Won (In thousands)  
     2011     2010     2009  

 

 

Miscellaneous income

   (Won) 1,034,374      (Won) 864,534      (Won) 848,083   

Miscellaneous (expense)

     (1,712,178     (1,200,664     (2,016,819
  

 

 

 

Miscellaneous, net

   (Won) (677,804   (Won) (336,130   (Won) (1,168,736

 

 

18. Income tax expense and deferred taxes:

(1) Income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

 

      Korean Won (In thousands)  
     2011     2010     2009  

 

 

Income tax currently payable

   (Won) 8,534,882      (Won) 10,800,834      (Won) 12,723,873   

Changes in deferred income tax assets due to temporary differences:

      

End of year

     1,146,485        1,201,484        987,625   

Beginning of year

     1,201,484        987,625        314,526   
  

 

 

 
     54,999        (213,859     (673,101
  

 

 

 

Tax effect

     8,589,881        10,586,975        12,050,772   
  

 

 

 

Changes in deferred income tax liabilities reflected directly in shareholders’ equity:

      

End of year

                     

Beginning of year

     (95,818              
  

 

 

 
     (95,818              
  

 

 

 

Income tax expense

   (Won) 8,494,063      (Won) 10,586,975      (Won) 12,050,772   

 

 

 

  F-72   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR Korea Co., Ltd.

Notes to financial statements—(continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

 

If the amount in the actual tax return differs from the amount used for the calculation of tax expenses for financial reporting purposes above, the Company reflects such difference in the following fiscal period.

Income tax currently payable as of December 31, 2009 includes additional payment arising from a tax assessment for prior years’ corporate income taxes amounting to (Won)2,133,542 thousand.

(2) The reconciliations between income before income tax and income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

 

      Korean Won (In thousands)  
     2011     2010     2009  

 

 

Income before income tax

   (Won) 35,826,858      (Won) 43,999,079      (Won) 47,413,254   

Income tax payable by statutory income tax rate

     8,643,700        10,623,577        11,449,808   

Tax reconciliations:

      

Non-deductible expense

     75,203        55,479        193,957   

Special tax

     20,936        9,294        170,405   

Tax credit(a)

     (132,626     (152,850     (1,015,551

Additional payment from the tax assessment(b)

                   2,133,542   

Adjustment in beginning balance of deferred tax assets from the tax assessment (b)

                   (902,429

Other(c)

     (113,150     51,475        21,040   
  

 

 

 

Income tax expense

   (Won) 8,494,063      (Won) 10,586,975      (Won) 12,050,772   

 

 

Effective tax rate

     23.71%        24.06%        25.42%   

 

 

 

(a)   Tax credit consists of research and human resource development tax credit, temporarily investment tax credit, and other tax credits applicable under the special tax control laws of Korea.
(b)   Adjustment to the temporary differences arising from the prior period tax returns and the final tax assessment and the amount reported in the financial statements are included within the increase or decrease columns.
(c)   Other represents the effect from change in the applied corporate tax rate.

 

  F-73   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR Korea Co., Ltd.

Notes to financial statements—(continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

 

(3) Details of changes in accumulated temporary differences for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

 

      Korean Won (In thousands)  
     2011  
Descriptions   

Beginning

balance

    Decrease     Increase    

Ending

balance

 

 

 

Temporary differences to be deducted:

        

Accrued severance indemnities

   (Won) 13,686,988      (Won) 1,407,091      (Won) 3,345,137      (Won) 15,625,034   

Foreign currency translation

     17,252        17,252        2,852        2,852   

Amortization of lease premium

     425,559        170,455        128,661        383,765   

Advertising

     180,491        180,491                 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     32,232        32,232        118,721        118,721   

Accumulated depreciation—Structures

     3,984,050        962,961        530,840        3,551,929   

Accumulated depreciation

     69,026        4,120               64,906   
  

 

 

 

Total

     18,395,598        2,774,602        4,126,211        19,747,207   
  

 

 

 

Tax rate (*1)

     22.0%,24.2%            24.2%   
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Deferred income tax assets

     4,048,120            4,778,823   
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Temporary differences to be added:

        

Severance insurance deposits

     (11,545,452     (612,059     (2,187,953     (13,121,346

Accrued income

     (498,843     (498,843     (687,596     (687,596

Lease premium

     (425,559     (170,455     (128,661     (383,765

Special accumulated depreciation

     (419,517     (49,028     (50,529     (421,018
  

 

 

 

Total

     (12,889,371     (1,330,385     (3,450,678     (15,009,664
  

 

 

 

Tax rate (*1)

     22.0%,24.2%            24.2%   
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Deferred income tax liabilities

     (2,846,636         (3,632,338
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Deferred income tax assets, net

   (Won) 1,201,484          (Won) 1,146,485   

 

 

 

  F-74   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR Korea Co., Ltd.

Notes to financial statements—(continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

 

      Korean Won (In thousands)  
     2010  
Descriptions   

Beginning

balance

    Decrease     Increase    

Ending

balance

 

 

 

Temporary differences to be deducted:

        

Accrued severance indemnities

   (Won) 9,611,773      (Won) 1,177,583      (Won) 5,252,798      (Won) 13,686,988   

Foreign currency translation

     74,007        74,007        17,252        17,252   

Amortization of lease premium

     304,709        11,364        132,214        425,559   

Advertising

     614,883        434,392               180,491   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

                   32,232        32,232   

Accumulated depreciation—Structures

     3,985,468        511,419        510,001        3,984,050   

Accumulated depreciation

     81,032        12,006               69,026   
  

 

 

 

Total

     14,671,872        2,220,771        5,944,497        18,395,598   
  

 

 

 

Tax rate (*1)

     22.0%,24.2%            22.0%,24.2%   
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Deferred income tax assets

     3,229,440            4,048,120   
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Temporary differences to be added:

        

Severance insurance deposits

     (8,921,668     (1,177,583     (3,801,367     (11,545,452

Accrued income

     (516,444     (516,444     (498,843     (498,843

Lease premium

     (304,709     (11,364     (132,214     (425,559

Special accumulated depreciation

     (395,604     (26,435     (50,348     (419,517
  

 

 

 

Total

     (10,138,425     (1,731,826     (4,482,772     (12,889,371
  

 

 

 

Tax rate

     22.0%,24.2%            22.0%,24.2%   
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Deferred income tax liabilities

     (2,241,815         (2,846,636
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Deferred income tax assets, net

   (Won) 987,625          (Won) 1,201,484   

 

 
(*1)   Based on tax rates announced in 2010, the tax rates expected to be applicable to the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are 24.2 % in 2011 and 22% after 2012 and thereafter.

(4) Balances of income tax payable and prepaid income tax before offsetting as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

 

      Korean Won (In thousands)  
Description    2011      2010  

 

 

Before offsetting

     

Prepaid income tax

   (Won) 5,001,996       (Won) 4,888,309   

Income tax payable

     8,534,882         10,800,834   
  

 

 

 

Income tax payable after offsetting

   (Won) 3,532,886       (Won) 5,912,523   

 

 

 

  F-75   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR Korea Co., Ltd.

Notes to financial statements—(continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

 

19. Net income per share:

Net income per share for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are computed as follows (In thousands except per share amounts and number of shares):

 

      2011      2010      2009  

 

 

Net income

   (Won) 27,332,795       (Won) 33,412,104       (Won) 35,362,482   

Weighted average number of outstanding shares(*)

     600,000         600,000         600,000   
  

 

 

 

Net income per share

   (Won) 45,555       (Won) 55,687       (Won) 58,937   

 

 
(*)   The number of outstanding shares did not change for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

20. Dividends:

(1) Dividends for the years December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

 

      Korean Won  
     2011      2010      2009  

 

 

Dividend per share

   (Won) 13,670       (Won) 16,720       (Won) 17,690   

Number of shares

     600,000         600,000         600,000   
  

 

 

 

Dividends

   (Won) 8,202,000,000       (Won) 10,032,000,000       (Won) 10,614,000,000   

 

 

(2) The calculation of dividend to net income ratio for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

 

      Korean Won  
     2011      2010      2009  

 

 

Dividend

   (Won) 8,202,000,000       (Won) 10,032,000,000       (Won) 10,614,000,000   

Net income

     27,332,795,164         33,412,104,480         35,362,481,645   
  

 

 

 

Dividend ratio

     30.01%         30.03%         30.01%   

 

 

21. Summary of information for computation of value added:

The accounts and amounts needed for calculation of value added for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

 

      Korean won (In thousands)  
     2011  
    

SG & A

expenses

    

Manufacturing

cost

    

Total

expenses

 

 

 

Salaries

   (Won) 39,681,839       (Won) 4,009,394       (Won) 43,691,233   

Provision for severance indemnities

     4,507,179         608,352         5,115,531   

Employee benefits

     6,245,433         847,576         7,093,009   

Rent

     26,370,435         1,662,524         28,032,959   

Depreciation

     13,095,509         7,120,108         20,215,617   

Amortization of lease premium

     3,720,031                 3,720,031   

Taxes and dues

     1,909,169         204,744         2,113,913   
  

 

 

 

Total

   (Won) 95,529,595       (Won) 14,452,698       (Won) 109,982,293   

 

 

 

  F-76   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR Korea Co., Ltd.

Notes to financial statements—(continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

 

      Korean won (In thousands)  
     2010  
    

SG & A

expenses

    

Manufacturing

cost expenses

    

Total

expenses

 

 

 

Salaries

   (Won) 34,303,927       (Won) 3,543,584       (Won) 37,847,511   

Provision for severance indemnities

     6,209,530         485,482         6,695,012   

Employee benefits

     5,850,725         795,384         6,646,109   

Rent

     22,564,643         964,233         23,528,876   

Depreciation

     11,659,293         7,239,873         18,899,166   

Amortization of lease premium

     3,604,761                 3,604,761   

Taxes and dues

     1,736,351         194,801         1,931,152   
  

 

 

 

Total

   (Won) 85,929,230       (Won) 13,223,357       (Won) 99,152,587   

 

 

 

      Korean won (In thousands)  
     2009  
    

SG & A

expenses

    

Manufacturing

cost

    

Total.

expenses

 

 

 

Salaries

   (Won) 30,876,952       (Won) 3,380,604       (Won) 34,257,556   

Provision for severance indemnities

     3,514,136         501,403         4,015,539   

Employee benefits

     5,403,641         748,302         6,151,943   

Rent

     18,163,520         1,042,299         19,205,819   

Depreciation

     12,128,425         7,786,368         19,914,793   

Amortization of lease premium

     3,229,923                 3,229,923   

Taxes and dues

     1,542,840         180,437         1,723,277   
  

 

 

 

Total

   (Won) 74,859,437       (Won) 13,639,413       (Won) 88,498,850   

 

 

 

  F-77   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR Korea Co., Ltd.

Notes to financial statements—(continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

 

22. Selling, general and administrative expenses:

Selling, general and administrative expenses for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 consist of the following:

 

      Korean Won (In thousands)  
     2011      2010      2009  

 

 

Salaries (*1)

   (Won) 39,681,839       (Won) 34,303,927       (Won) 30,876,952   

Provision for severance indemnities (*1)

     4,507,179         6,209,531         3,514,136   

Other salaries

     3,921,219         3,847,903         3,867,808   

Employee benefits (*1)

     6,245,433         5,850,725         5,403,641   

Rent (*1)

     26,370,435         22,564,643         18,163,520   

Depreciation (*1)

     13,095,509         11,659,293         12,128,425   

Amortization of lease premium (*1)

     3,720,031         3,604,760         3,229,923   

Taxes and dues (*1)

     1,909,169         1,736,351         1,542,840   

Advertising

     27,250,600         30,235,596         26,201,518   

Research

     603,372         550,848         402,720   

Provision for doubtful accounts

     1,364,490         31,982         21,800   

Commission

     36,506,938         32,672,470         25,861,672   

Others

     29,987,525         28,236,732         24,071,291   
  

 

 

 
   (Won) 195,163,739       (Won) 181,504,761       (Won) 155,286,246   

 

 
(*1)   Other amounts of expenses under the same categorization are considered as manufacturing costs and recognized as Cost of Sales in the statements of income. See Note 21 for the breakout between selling, general and administrative expenses and manufacturing costs for the above categories of expenses.

23. Commitments and litigations:

(1) Commitments

The Company established an import documentary letter of credit up to US $3 million with two commercial banks of Korea as of December 31, 2011. In addition, as of December 31, 2011, the Company is provided with a line of credit of (Won)10 billion under a factoring agreement with Shinhan Bank.

(2) Litigations

As of December 31, 2011, the Company is a defendant in five litigations with total claims of (Won)1,772 million. However, the Company does not expect that the cost to resolve these matters will have a material effect on the financial statements. The Company does not believe a risk of loss resulting from litigation is probable or reasonably possible.

Seoul Metro filed two lawsuits against the Company in relation to sublease taken from Seoul Express Bus & Central City, amount of claims of (Won)362 million. Seoul Metro is a building owner and leased a property with a rent free period to Seoul Express Bus & Central City, which subsequently has been subleased to the Company. The lawsuit is about an eviction suit filed against all lessee and sub-lessee of Seoul Express Bus & Central, since

 

  F-78   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR Korea Co., Ltd.

Notes to financial statements—(continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

 

Seoul Metro intends to directly operate the property. The Company’s lease payments made to Seoul Express Bus & Central City to the present have been deposited with the courts. The litigations are currently pending the final round decision at the Supreme Courts. Thus, the Company believes that the likelihood of loss or need for additional payment to the courts is remote.

The lawsuit against the Company is filed by the owners of the building and buildings in the neighbor for a fire accident in Myungdong store. The case with the claims of (Won)41 million is currently pending the first round decision in the court. In addition, there is a lawsuit with Media and Convergence due to the change of the business partner for monitors for promotions (“Happy TV”). The case with the claim of (Won)1,368 million is currently pending in the first round.

(3) Allowance for unused points

Customer loyalty programs are operated by the Company to provide customers with incentives to buy their goods and services. Under the programs, customers can earn from 1.5% ~ 5% of any purchase amount above (Won)1,000, as points to use in the future. Such points expire within one year from the date the customer earns them. As the Company’s obligation to provide such awards are in the future, any unused program points as of the period end date, are recognized as Allowance for unused points and amounts to (Won)2,651,480 thousand and (Won)1,428,034 thousand as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 respectively.

24. Segment information:

The Company has two operating divisions, ice cream and donut, in which sales are made through the Company’s distribution network consisting of stores under the Company’s direct management and under the franchise agreement.

The divisions’ sales for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

 

      Korean Won (In millions)  
     2011      2010      2009  

 

 

Ice Cream

   (Won) 235,227       (Won) 209,367       (Won) 197,608   

Donut

     217,133         216,696         208,606   
  

 

 

 
   (Won) 452,360       (Won) 426,063       (Won) 406,214   

 

 

25. Cash flow statements:

Significant transactions not involving cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

 

      Korean Won (In thousands)  
     2011      2010      2009  

 

 

Transfer to current assets from held-to-maturity securities

   (Won) 4,500       (Won) 5,600       (Won) 4,390   

Transfer from construction in progress to buildings

     250,000                 11,211,800   

 

 

 

  F-79   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR Korea Co., Ltd.

Notes to financial statements—(continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

 

26. Reconciliation to united states generally accepted accounting principles:

The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Accounting Standards for Non-Public Entities in the Republic of Korea (“KAS-NPEs”), which differ in certain respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The classification of the cash flow items on the statements on the cash flow is same for the KAS-NPEs and U.S. GAAP. The significant differences are described in the reconciliation tables below. Other differences do not have a significant effect on either net income or shareholders’ equity. The effects of the significant adjustments to net income for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 which would be required if U.S. GAAP were to be applied instead of KAS-NPEs are summarized as follows :

 

              Korean Won  
            (In thousands except earnings per share)  
     Note
reference
     2011     2010     2009  

 

 

Net income based on Korean GAAP

      (Won) 27,332,795      (Won) 33,412,104      (Won) 35,362,482   

Adjustments:

         

Retirement and severance benefits

     26.a         127,471        3,003,808        1,063,693   

Compensated absences

     26.b         603,219        (116,766     (5,797

FIN 48 effect

     26.c         (10,457     (8,766     (10,099

Tax effect of the reconciling items

     26.e         (277,279     (632,580     (232,610
     

 

 

 

Net income based on U.S. GAAP

      (Won) 27,775,749      (Won) 35,657,800      (Won) 36,177,669   
     

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding

        600,000        600,000        600,000   

Basic and Diluted Earnings per share based on US GAAP

      (Won) 46,293      (Won) 59,430      (Won) 60,296   

 

 

The effects of the significant adjustments to shareholders’ equity for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 which would be required if U.S. GAAP were to be applied instead of KAS-NPEs are summarized as follows :

 

              Korean Won (In thousands)  
    

Note

reference

     2011     2010  

 

 

Shareholders’ equity based on Korean GAAP

      (Won) 246,931,642      (Won) 229,330,726   

Adjustments:

       

Retirement and severance benefits

     26.a         (2,747,769     (1,710,408

Compensated absences

     26.b         (40,126     (643,345

FIN 48 effect

     26.c         (29,322     (18,865

Tax effect of the reconciling items

     26.e         674,671        531,979   
     

 

 

 

Shareholder’s equity based on U.S. GAAP

      (Won) 244,789,096      (Won) 227,490,087   

 

 

 

  F-80   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR Korea Co., Ltd.

Notes to financial statements—(continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

 

a. Retirement and severance benefits

Under the Korean labor law, employees with more than one year of service are entitled to receive a lump sum payment upon voluntary or involuntary termination of their employment. The amount of the benefit is based on the terminated employee’s length of employment and rate of pay prior to termination. KAS-NPEs requires that a company record the vested benefit obligation at the end of reporting period assuming all employees were to terminate their employment as of that date. The change in the vested benefit obligation during the year is recorded as the current year’s severance expense.

U.S. GAAP generally requires the use of actuarial methods for measuring annual employee benefit costs including the use of assumptions as to the rate of salary progression and discount rate, the amortization of prior service costs over the remaining service period of active employees and the immediate recognition of a liability when the accumulated benefit obligation exceeds the fair value of plan assets. The Company recognizes the actuarial present value of the vested benefits to which the employee is currently entitled but based on the employee’s expected date of separation or retirement.

Under U.S. GAAP, actuarial gains or losses, which result from a change in the value of either the projected benefit obligation or the plan assets resulting from experience different from that assumed or from a change in an actuarial assumption, that are not recognized as a component of net income or loss are recognized as increases or decreases to other comprehensive income, net of tax, in the period they arise. At a minimum, amortization of a net actuarial gain or loss included in accumulated other comprehensive income is included as a component of net pension cost for a year if, as of the beginning of the year, that net actuarial gain or loss exceeds 10 percent of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the market-related value of plan assets. If amortization is required, the minimum amortization shall be that excess divided by the average remaining service period of active employees expected to receive benefits under the plan.

The effects of retirement and severance benefits to shareholders’ equity as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 consist of (Won)4,693,495 thousand recognized as retained earnings and (-) (Won)7,441,264 recognized as other comprehensive income, and (Won)4,566,024 thousand recognized as retained earnings and (-) (Won)6,276,432 thousand recognized as other comprehensive income, respectively. Under US GAAP due to the use of the actuarial method, the Company recognized accrued severance indemnities, net of benefit plan assets of (Won)6,998,240 thousand, and (Won)5,705,700 thousand as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

b. Compensated absences

Under U.S. GAAP, a liability for amounts to be paid as a result of employee’s rights to compensated absences shall be accrued in the year in which earned. Under KAS-NPEs, while there is no specific provision for the accounting treatment of accruing the compensated absences, the Company accrues such liability in the following year pursuant to industry practice.

c. Income taxes

Under U.S. GAAP, effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted accounting guidance which clarifies the accounting guidance for uncertainties in income taxes. The guidance requires that the tax effect(s) of a position be recognized only if it is “more-likely-than-not” to be sustained based solely on its technical merits as of the

 

  F-81   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR Korea Co., Ltd.

Notes to financial statements—(continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

 

reporting date. The more-likely-than-not threshold represents a positive assertion by management that a company is entitled to the economic benefits of a tax position. If a tax position is not considered more-likely-than-not to be sustained based solely on its technical merits, no benefits of the tax position are to be recognized. The more-likely-than-not threshold must continue to be met in each reporting period to support continued recognition of a benefit. With the adoption of the accounting guidance, companies are required to adjust their financial statements to reflect only those tax positions that are more-likely-than-not to be sustained. Any necessary adjustment would be recorded directly to retained earnings and reported as a change in accounting principle.

Under Korean corporation tax law, the tax deductibility of executive bonuses which are paid without an actual executive bonuses payment policy undergoes a qualitative assessment by the tax authorities. The Company paid such executive bonuses, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 in the amount of (Won)33,248 thousand, (Won)30,084 thousand, and (Won)37,939 thousand, respectively. As a result, under US GAAP, the Company recorded additional tax provision related to the uncertain tax position for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, in the amount of (Won)10,457 thousand, (Won)8,766 thousand, and (Won)10,099 thousand, respectively .

d. Scope of consolidation

Under KAS-NPEs, majority-owned subsidiaries with total assets below (Won)10 billion at prior year end are not consolidated. Under U.S. GAAP, a company is required to consolidate all majority-owned subsidiaries regardless of total asset size if it has control of the subsidiary. However, the reconciliation to US GAAP does not include the consolidation of a majority-owned subsidiary with total assets below (Won)10 billion as the Company believes such amounts are immaterial.

e. Tax effect of the reconciling items

The applicable statutory tax rate used to calculate the tax effect of the reconciling items on the net income reconciliation between KAS-NPEs and U.S. GAAP for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was 24.2%. Such tax rates are inclusive of resident surtax of 2.2%. The following is a reconciliation of the tax effect of the reconciling items on net income:

 

      Korean Won (In thousands)  
     2011      2010      2009  

 

 

Net income based on U.S.GAAP

   (Won) 27,775,749       (Won) 35,657,800       (Won) 36,177,669   

Net income based on Korean GAAP

     27,332,795         33,412,104         35,362,482   
  

 

 

 

Total GAAP adjustments on net income

     442,954         2,245,696         815,187   

Adjustments related to tax items:

        

FIN 48 effect

     10,457         8,766         10,099   

Tax effect of the reconciling items

     277,279         632,580         232,610   
  

 

 

 

Taxable GAAP adjustment

     730,689         2,887,042         1,057,896   

Applicable tax rate(*)

     24.2%         24.2%,22.0%         24.2%,22.0%   
  

 

 

 

Tax effect of the reconciling items

   (Won) 277,279       (Won) 632,580       (Won) 232,610   

 

 

 

  F-82   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR Korea Co., Ltd.

Notes to financial statements—(continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

 

(*)   The Company applied tax rates that are expected to apply in the period in which the liability is expected to be settled, based on tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period. Hence, since the adjustment in compensated absences for the year ended December 31, 2010 amounting to (Won)(116,766) thousand is expected to be settled in 2011, the Company applied 24.2% which is an enacted tax rate for fiscal year 2011. In addition, since the adjustment in retirement and severance benefits for the year ended December 31, 2010 amounting to (Won)3,003,808 thousand is expected to be settled in 2012 and thereafter, the Company applied 22.0% which is an enacted tax rate for fiscal year 2012 and thereafter.

The following is a reconciliation of the tax effect of the reconciling items on shareholders’ equity:

 

      Korean Won (In thousands)  
     2011     2010  

 

 

Shareholders’ equity based on U.S.GAAP

   (Won) 244,789,096      (Won) 227,490,087   

Shareholders’ equity based on Korean GAAP

     246,931,642        229,330,726   
  

 

 

 

Total GAAP adjustments on net income

     (2,142,546     (1,840,639

Adjustments related to tax items:

    

FIN 48 effect

     29,322        18,865   

Tax effect of the reconciling items

     (674,671     (531,979
  

 

 

 

Taxable GAAP adjustment

     (2,787,895     (2,353,753

Applicable tax rate (*)

     24.2%        24.2%, 22.0%   
  

 

 

 

Tax effect of the reconciling items

   (Won) (674,671   (Won) (531,979

 

 
(*)   The Company applied tax rates that are expected to apply in the period in which the liability is expected to be settled, based on tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period. Hence, since the adjustment in compensated absences as of December 31, 2010 amounting to (Won)(643,345) thousand is expected to be settled in 2011, the Company applied 24.2% which is an enacted tax rate for fiscal year 2011. In addition, since the adjustment in retirement and severance benefits as of December 31, 2010 amounting to (Won)(1,710,408) thousand is expected to be settled in 2012 and thereafter, the Company applied 22.0% which is an enacted tax rate for fiscal year 2012 and thereafter.

f. Subsequent event

ASC 855 (formerly, SFAS Statement No. 165), Subsequent Events, was issued in May 2009 and is effective for interim or annual financial periods ending after June 15, 2009. ASC 855 establishes principles and requirements for subsequent events by setting forth the period after the balance sheet date during which management of a reporting entity shall evaluate events or transactions that may occur for potential recognition or disclosure in the financial statements, the circumstances under which an entity shall recognize events or transactions occurring after the balance sheet date in its financial statements, and the disclosures that an entity shall make about events or transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date. The Company has adopted ASC 855 and management has performed its evaluation of subsequent events through March 16, 2012, the date these financial statements are issued or available to be issued, and has determined that there are no subsequent events requiring adjustment or disclosure in the financial statements.

 

  F-83  


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Auditors

To the board of Directors and Shareholders of

B-R 31 ICE CREAM CO., LTD.:

In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheet and the related statement of income, changes in net assets and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of B-R 31 ICE CREAM CO., LTD. at December 31, 2010, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in Japan. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these financial statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Accounting principles generally accepted in Japan vary in certain significant respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Information relating to the nature and effect of such differences is presented in Note 18 to the financial statements.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers Aarata

Tokyo, Japan

April 29, 2011

 

F-84


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Balance sheets

(In thousands)

 

      (Not covered by
auditors’ report)
        
     December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 

 

 
Assets     

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   ¥ 3,239,687      ¥ 3,912,939   

Accounts receivable-trade

     3,045,929        2,797,245   

Finished products

     640,354        528,830   

Raw materials

     335,519        254,757   

Supplies

     218,569        200,306   

Advance payments

     11,872        56,987   

Prepaid expenses

     134,708        82,720   

Deferred tax assets

     93,748        131,590   

Accounts receivable-other

     28,063        20,038   

Other current assets

     30,458        19,689   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (10,304     (23,873
  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     7,768,603        7,981,228   
  

 

 

 

Non-current assets:

    

Tangible fixed assets

    

Buildings

     1,522,471        1,495,756   

Accumulated depreciation

     (1,092,515     (1,057,432
  

 

 

 

Buildings, net

     429,956        438,324   

Structures

     195,248        195,248   

Accumulated depreciation

     (156,970     (154,183
  

 

 

 

Structures, net

     38,278        41,065   

Machinery and equipment

     2,052,109        2,042,838   

Accumulated depreciation

     (1,589,977     (1,578,672
  

 

 

 

Machinery and equipment, net

     462,132        464,166   

Store leasehold improvements

     2,881,850        2,612,281   

Accumulated depreciation

     (1,520,945     (1,397,189
  

 

 

 

Store leasehold improvements, net

     1,360,905        1,215,092   

Retail store equipment

     313,768        188,127   

Accumulated depreciation

     (97,065     (60,558
  

 

 

 

Retail store equipment, net

     216,703        127,569   

Vehicles and transportation equipment

     37,294        18,627   

Accumulated depreciation

     (18,751     (16,544
  

 

 

 

Vehicles and transportation equipment, net

     18,543        2,083   

Tools, furniture and fixtures

     655,795        582,697   

Accumulated depreciation

     (470,297     (388,598
  

 

 

 

Tools, furniture and fixtures, net

     185,498        194,099   

Land

     695,362        226,363   

Construction in progress

     268,230        117,682   
  

 

 

 

Total tangible fixed assets

     3,675,607        2,826,443   

Intangible assets

    

Software

     194,889        216,138   

Telephone subscription rights

     17,065        17,065   
  

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

     211,954        233,203   

Investments and other assets

    

Investment securities

     24,949        25,672   

Loans receivable

            11,206   

Loans receivable from employees

     12,013        20,000   

Other receivables

     236,616        117,449   

Prepaid expenses

     530,922        517,068   

Deferred tax assets

     132,962        116,808   

Lease deposits

     2,080,836        1,943,612   

Other non-current assets

     19,685        19,685   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (93,470     (83,933
  

 

 

 

Investments and other assets

     2,944,513        2,687,567   
  

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

     6,832,074        5,747,213   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   ¥ 14,600,677      ¥ 13,728,441   

 

 

 

F-85


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Balance sheets—(continued)

(In thousands)

 

      (Not covered by
auditors’ report)
        
     December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 

 

 
Liabilities and Net assets     

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable-trade

   ¥ 529,888      ¥ 494,760   

Accounts payable-other

     1,210,192        1,226,993   

Accrued expenses

     27,478        25,427   

Provision for income taxes

     566,660        812,790   

Accrued consumption taxes

     37,510        41,718   

Gift card liability

     540,768        295,528   

Deposits received

     106,009        139,794   

Employees’ bonuses

     32,572        34,352   

Directors’ bonuses

     17,000        17,000   

Other current liabilities

     59,490        83,404   
  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     3,127,567        3,171,766   
  

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities:

    

Employees’ retirement benefits

     143,012        132,108   

Directors’ retirement benefits

     65,401        54,000   

Asset retirement obligations

     73,261          

Long-term deposits received

     1,099,229        1,009,692   
  

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

     1,380,903        1,195,800   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     4,508,470        4,367,566   
  

 

 

 

Net Assets:

    

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Common stock

     735,286        735,286   

Capital surplus

    

Legal capital surplus

     241,079        241,079   
  

 

 

 

Total capital surplus

     241,079        241,079   
  

 

 

 

Retained earnings

    

Legal reserve

     168,677        168,677   

Other

    

Other reserves

     4,140,000        4,140,000   

Retained earnings

     4,836,010        4,122,041   
  

 

 

 

Total retained earnings

     9,144,687        8,430,718   
  

 

 

 

Treasury stock

     (16,893     (16,793
  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     10,104,159        9,390,290   

Valuation and translation adjustments:

    

Net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, net of tax

     (835     1,144   

Net gains (losses) on deferred hedges, net of tax

     (11,117     (30,559
  

 

 

 

Total valuation and translation adjustments

     (11,952     (29,415
  

 

 

 

Total net assets

     10,092,207        9,360,875   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and net assets

   ¥ 14,600,677      ¥ 13,728,441   

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

  F-86   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Statements of income

(In thousands)

 

      (Not covered by
auditors’ report)
           (Not covered by
auditors’ report)
 
     Year ended
December 31,
2011
    Year ended
December 31,
2010
    Year ended
December 31,
2009
 

 

 

Revenues:

      

Sales of finished products

   ¥ 15,729,348      ¥ 14,696,644      ¥ 12,939,121   

Royalty income

     3,349,178        3,150,990        2,826,902   

Rental income of store equipment

     980,414        930,737        893,773   
  

 

 

 

Total revenues

     20,058,940        18,778,371        16,659,796   
  

 

 

 

Cost of sales:

      

Finished products at the beginning of the year

     528,830        365,758        367,260   

Cost of products manufactured during the year

     7,693,295        7,006,948        6,135,411   
  

 

 

 

Total

     8,222,125        7,372,706        6,502,671   
  

 

 

 

Transfers to other accounts

     (78,595     (45,364     (32,440

Finished products at the end of the year

     (640,353     (528,830     (365,758
  

 

 

 

Cost of finished products sold

     7,503,177        6,798,512        6,104,473   
  

 

 

 

Cost of store equipment

     480,920        439,665        422,465   
  

 

 

 

Total cost of sales

     7,984,097        7,238,177        6,526,938   
  

 

 

 

Gross profit

     12,074,843        11,540,194        10,132,858   
  

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses:

      

Delivery and storage charges

     1,468,236        1,255,453        1,125,538   

Advertising expenses

     2,581,232        2,306,586        2,099,743   

Royalty

     198,961        184,387        163,255   

Rental expenses

     365,615        352,524        363,083   

Salaries, allowances and bonuses

     1,005,028        980,201        905,626   

Provision for bonuses

     27,077        28,966        25,418   

Employees’ retirement benefits

     72,645        59,880        55,094   

Directors’ retirement benefits

     11,400        10,100        10,100   

Other wages

     194,024        187,517        163,264   

Sales promotion expenses

     752,143        673,778        573,540   

Franchise general expenses

     322,149        490,461          

Depreciation

     578,064        562,282        586,890   

Inventory write-off

                   31,293   

Other

     1,587,503        1,551,556        1,692,952   
  

 

 

 

Total selling, general and administrative expenses

     9,164,077        8,643,691        7,795,796   
  

 

 

 

Operating income

     2,910,766        2,896,503        2,337,062   

 

 

 

F-87


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Statements of income—(continued)

(In thousands)

 

      (Not covered by
auditors’ report)
             (Not covered by
auditors’ report)
 
     Year ended
December 31,
2011
     Year ended
December 31,
2010
     Year ended
December 31,
2009
 

 

 

Non-operating income:

        

Interest income

     800         1,082         1,549   

Gain on sales of fixed assets

     51,983         45,342         33,897   

Gain on unused gift card

     22,356         15,208         15,595   

Royalty income

     11,542                   

Other

     5,839         6,339         8,493   
  

 

 

 

Total non-operating income

     92,520         67,971         59,534   
  

 

 

 

Non-operating expenses:

        

Inventory write-off

                       

Loss on disposals of fixed assets

     21,467         20,710         19,900   

Other

     1,835         2,654         803   
  

 

 

 

Total non-operating expenses

     23,302         23,364         20,703   
  

 

 

 

Ordinary income

     2,979,984         2,941,110         2,375,893   
  

 

 

 

Extraordinary gains:

        

Gain on reversal of allowance for doubtful accounts

     3,620         5,249           

Insurance income

     15,313                   

Compensation on lease termination

             20,029           

Refund of consumption taxes

             4,203           

Other

     1,846         1,154           
  

 

 

 

Total extraordinary income

     20,779         30,635           
  

 

 

 

Extraordinary losses :

        

Loss on disposals of other fixed assets

     21,086         24,137         34,720   

Loss on disaster

     223,948                   

Loss on adjustment for changes of accounting standard for asset retirement obligations

     26,010                   
  

 

 

 

Total extraordinary losses

     271,044         24,137         34,720   
  

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     2,729,719         2,947,608         2,341,173   
  

 

 

 

Income taxes-current

     1,186,988         1,294,000         1,048,000   

Income taxes-deferred

     9,701         1,758         (14,127

Total income taxes

     1,196,689         1,295,758         1,033,873   
  

 

 

 

Net income

   ¥ 1,533,030       ¥ 1,651,850       ¥ 1,307,300   

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

  F-88   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Statements of changes in net assets

(In thousands)

 

     (Not covered by
auditors’ report)
           (Not covered by
auditors’ report)
 
    December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
    December 31,
2009
 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

     

Common stock

     

Balance at the beginning of the year

  ¥ 735,286        735,286        735,286   

Changes during the year

     

Total changes during the year

                    
 

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the year

    735,286        735,286        735,286   
 

 

 

 

Capital surplus

     

Legal capital surplus

     

Balance at the beginning of the year

    241,079        241,079        241,079   

Changes during the year

     

Total changes during the year

                    
 

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the year

    241,079        241,079        241,079   
 

 

 

 

Total capital surplus

     

Balance at the beginning of the year

    241,079        241,079        241,079   

Changes during the year

     

Total changes during the year

                    
 

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the year

    241,079        241,079        241,079   
 

 

 

 

Retained earnings

     

Legal Reserve

     

Balance at the beginning of the year

    168,677        168,677        168,677   

Changes during the year

     

Total changes during the year

                    
 

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the year

    168,677        168,677        168,677   
 

 

 

 

Other reserves

     

Balance at the beginning of the year

    4,140,000        4,140,000        4,140,000   

Changes during the year

     

Total changes during the year

                    
 

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the year

    4,140,000        4,140,000        4,140,000   
 

 

 

 

Retained earnings brought forward

     

Balance at the beginning of the year

    4,122,041        3,192,893        2,463,754   

Changes during the year

     

Dividends

    (819,061     (722,702     (578,161

Net income

    1,533,030        1,651,850        1,307,300   
 

 

 

 

Total changes during the year

    713,969        929,148        729,139   
 

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the year

    4,836,010        4,122,041        3,192,893   
 

 

 

 

Total retained earnings

     

Balance at the beginning of the year

    8,430,718        7,501,570        6,772,431   

Changes during the year

     

Dividends

    (819,061     (722,702     (578,161

Net income

    1,533,030        1,651,850        1,307,300   
 

 

 

 

Total changes during the year

    713,969        929,148        729,139   
 

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the year

    9,144,687        8,430,718        7,501,570   

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-89


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Statements of changes in net assets—(continued)

(In thousands)

 

     (Not covered by
auditors’ report)
           (Not covered by
auditors’ report)
 
    December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
    December 31,
2009
 

 

 

Treasury stock

     

Balance at the beginning of the year

    (16,793     (16,793     (16,793

Changes during the year

     

Total changes during the year

    (100              
 

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the year

    (16,893     (16,793     (16,793
 

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     

Balance at the beginning of the year

    9,390,290        8,461,142        7,732,003   

Changes during the year

     

Dividends

    (819,061     (722,702     (578,161

Net income

    1,533,030        1,651,850        1,307,300   

Acquisiotion of treasury stock

    (100              
 

 

 

 

Total changes during the year

    713,869        929,148        729,139   
 

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the year

    10,104,159        9,390,290        8,461,142   
 

 

 

 

Valuation and translation adjustments

     

Net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, net of tax

     

Balance at the beginning of the year

    1,144        (229     834   

Changes during the year

     

Net changes of items other than shareholders’ equity

    (1,979     1,373        (1,063
 

 

 

 

Total changes during the year

    (1,979     1,373        (1,063
 

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the year

    (835     1,144        (229
 

 

 

 

Deferred gains or losses on hedges

     

Balance at the beginning of the year

    (30,559     (5,376     (34,949

Changes during the year

     

Net changes of items other than shareholders’ equity

    19,442        (25,183     29,573   
 

 

 

 

Total changes during the year

    19,442        (25,183     29,573   
 

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the year

    (11,117     (30,559     (5,376
 

 

 

 

Total valuation and translation adjustments

     

Balance at the beginning of the year

    (29,415     (5,605     (34,115

Changes during the year

     

Net changes of items other than shareholders’ equity

    17,463        (23,810     28,510   
 

 

 

 

Total changes during the year

    17,463        (23,810     28,510   
 

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the year

    (11,952     (29,415     (5,605
 

 

 

 

Total net asset

     

Balance at the beginning of the year

    9,360,875        8,455,537        7,697,888   

Changes during the year

     

Dividends

    (819,061     (722,702     (578,161

Net income

    1,533,030        1,651,850        1,307,300   

Acquisition of Treasury stock

    (100              

Net changes of items other than shareholders’ equity

    17,463        (23,810     28,510   
 

 

 

 

Total changes during the year

    731,332        905,338        757,649   
 

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the year

  ¥ 10,092,207        9,360,875        8,455,537   

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

  F-90   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Statements of cash flows

(In thousands)

 

      Fiscal year ended  
     (Not covered by
auditors’ report)
          (Not covered by
auditors’ report)
 
     December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
    December 31,
2009
 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities

      

Income before income taxes

   ¥ 2,729,719      ¥ 2,947,608      ¥ 2,341,173   

Adjustments to reconcile income before income taxes to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     997,717        953,594        942,221   

Insurance income

     (15,313              

Compensation on lease termination

            (20,029       

Refund of consumption taxes

            (4,203       

Loss on disposals of fixed assets

     21,467        20,710        19,900   

Loss on devaluation of supplies

                   31,293   

Loss on disposals of other fixed assets

     21,086        24,137        34,720   

Loss on adjustment for changes of accounting standard for asset retirement obligations

     26,010                 

Loss on disaster

     222,270                 

Increase (decrease) in allowance for doubtful accounts

     (4,031     (5,651     27,714   

Increase (decrease) in provision for bonuses

     (1,779     4,183        (43,356

Increase (decrease) in provision for retirement benefits

     10,904        12,508        19,723   

Increase (decrease) in provision for directors’ retirement benefits

     11,400        10,100        (67,400

Interest income

     (800     (1,081     (1,549

Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable-trade

     (298,184     (363,244     (27,226

Decrease (increase) in other receivables

     (119,166     11,537        (59,825

Decrease (increase) in inventories

     (238,074     (242,658     (5,198

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable-trade

     35,128        617        10,961   

Decrease (increase) in advance payments

     45,115        48,291          

Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses

     (51,987     (13,206       

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable

     47,540        132,622        97,468   

Increase (decrease) in gift card liability

     245,239        39,991          

Increase (decrease) in provision for directors’ bonuses

            3,000        4,000   

Increase (decrease) in deposits received

     (33,784     46,099          

Increase (decrease) in accrued consumption taxes

     (4,208     (38,366     50,124   

Other

     (38,542     (844     (20,869
  

 

 

 

Subtotal

     3,607,727        3,565,715        3,353,874   

Interest and dividends income

     1,032        1,289        1,731   

Proceeds from insurance

     15,313                 

Proceeds from compensation on lease termination

            20,029          

Payments relating to disaster

     (134,775              

Income taxes paid

     (1,428,885     (1,159,831     (871,402
  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     2,060,412        2,427,202        2,484,203   
  

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Payments for investments in securities

     (2,612     (2,590     (2,562

Payments for tangible fixed assets

     (1,413,831     (626,402     (431,877

Proceeds from sales of tangible fixed assets

     3,000        16,777          

Payments for intangible fixed assets

     (79,748     (29,269     (112,953

Payments for long-term prepaid expenses

     (384,231     (370,929     (306,154

Payments for lease deposits

     (167,866     (200,990     (113,025

Proceeds from lease deposits

     19,704        31,273        21,791   

Proceeds from loans receivable

     12,138        9,889        15,065   

Proceeds from long-term deposits

     111,821        135,713        110,012   

Other

     (13,381     (9,670     (33,849
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (1,915,006     (1,046,198     (853,552
  

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

      

Payments for acqusition of treasury stock

     (100              

Cash dividends paid

     (818,558     (701,264     (577,468
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (818,658     (701,264     (577,468
  

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (673,252     679,740        1,053,183   
  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     3,912,939        3,233,199        2,180,016   
  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   ¥ 3,239,687      ¥ 3,912,939      ¥ 3,233,199   

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-91


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the financial statements

Years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(Information as of December 31, 2011 and 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2009,

not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

(1) Organization and description of business

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd. (the “Company”) was incorporated in 1978 under the laws of Japan. The Company is engaged in the manufacture and sale of ice cream products mainly through franchise stores under the Baskin-Robins brand.

(2) Summary of significant accounting policies

(a) Financial statements basis and presentation

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in Japan (“Japanese GAAP”). Japanese GAAP vary in certain significant respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”). Information relating to the nature and effect of such differences is presented in Note 18 to the financial statements.

In preparing these financial statements, certain reclassifications and rearrangements, including additions of narrative footnote disclosures, have been made to the financial statements issued domestically in order to present them in a form which is more familiar to readers outside Japan. The financial statements are stated in Japanese yen.

The accompanying financial statements as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 have been prepared on the assumption that the Company is a going concern.

(b) Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents is comprised of cash on hand, bank deposits on demand, and highly liquid short-term investments, generally with original maturities of three months or less, that are readily convertible to cash for which risk of changes in value is insignificant.

(c) Inventories

Inventories consist of finished products, raw materials and supplies. Supplies consist of stand-by store equipment and advertising goods.

Inventories are stated at the lower of acquisition cost or net selling value. Cost is principally determined by the first-in, first-out method, except for stand-by store equipment which is determined by the specific identification method.

(d) Tangible fixed assets

Tangible fixed assets are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed by using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the corresponding asset. Estimated useful lives for major assets are as follows:

 

 

 

Buildings:

     15 - 35 years   

Machinery and equipment:

     9 years   

Store leasehold improvements:

     6 - 10 years   

 

 

 

F-92


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the financial statements—(continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(Information as of December 31, 2011 and 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2009, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

(e) Leased assets

In March 2007, the ASBJ issued ASBJ No.13 “Revised Accounting Standard for Lease Transactions” and ASBJ Guidance No.16 “Revised Implementation Guidance on Accounting Standard for Lease Transactions”. The new standard and related implementation guidance eliminated a transitional rule where companies were allowed to account for finance leases that do not transfer ownership of the leased property to the lessee as operating lease transactions and instead required that such transactions be recorded as finance leases on the balance sheet effective for fiscal years beginning on or after April 1, 2008. In accordance with this new standard, starting in fiscal year 2009 the Company capitalized all finance leases on its balance sheet and depreciates the leased assets using the straight-line method, assuming a residual value of zero, over the lease term. However, finance leases that do not transfer ownership which were entered into before December 31, 2008 are accounted for as operating leases with required disclosures in footnotes.

The effect of the change did not have a material impact on operating income, ordinary income, and income before income taxes for fiscal year 2009.

(f) Software for internal use

Software for internal use is stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over an estimated useful life of 5 years.

(g) Long-term prepaid expenses

Long-term prepaid expenses mainly consist of store signage used for advertising purposes. These assets are depreciated using the straight-line method.

(h) Investment securities

i) Marketable available-for-sale securities

Marketable available-for-sale securities are stated at fair value, primarily based on market prices at the balance sheet date. Unrealized gains or losses, net of applicable taxes, are recorded as a component in “Net Assets”. Cost of marketable securities sold is determined using the moving-average cost method.

ii) Non-marketable available-for-sale securities

Non-marketable available-for-sale securities are stated at cost. Cost of non-marketable securities sold is determined using the moving-average cost method.

(i) Derivatives and hedges

Derivatives are carried at fair value. The Company utilizes derivative instruments to reduce its exposures to the fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates associated with purchases denominated in foreign currencies. The Company enters into foreign exchange forward contracts on forecasted import transactions, mainly for the purchase of raw materials.

 

  F-93   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the financial statements—(continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(Information as of December 31, 2011 and 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2009, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

The Company applies hedge accounting to account for its foreign exchange forward contracts because of high correlation and effectiveness. The Company does not perform a detailed effectiveness test since all of foreign currency forward transactions are based on forecasted transactions which are probable, and variability of the hedged items and hedging instruments is perfectly matched during the period that the hedges are designated.

Gains and losses on hedging instruments are deferred until completion of the hedged transactions.

(j) Allowance for doubtful accounts

The Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts on accounts receivable to cover probable credit losses, based on specific cases and past write-off experience.

(k) Employees’ bonuses

Employees’ bonuses are accrued at the end of the year to which such bonuses are attributable.

During fiscal year 2009, the Company changed its bonus payment policy. The periods for which bonus payments relates were changed as follow:

 

      Summer bonus    Winter bonus

 

Until fiscal year 2008    Previous year October through March    April through September
Effective fiscal year 2009    January through June    July through December

 

Furthermore, under the new policy, approximately 80% of annual bonuses are paid in June and December and the remaining portion is paid in February in the following fiscal year. The change in policy did not have any impact to results of operations.

(l) Directors’ bonuses

Directors’ bonuses are accrued at the end of the year to which such bonuses are attributable.

(m) Employees’ retirement benefits

The Company accounts for a pension liability based on the pension obligations and the fair value of the plan assets at the balance sheet date. Pension benefit obligations are determined to be the total amount payable if all eligible employees voluntarily retired at the balance sheet date less the amounts that the Company would be entitled to under the “Gaishoku Sangyo JF Fund” to pay such obligations. See Note 7. Plan assets in the Company’s cash balance fund are stated at fair value.

(n) Directors’ retirement benefits

The Company records a liability for directors’ retirement benefits which is determined to be the total amount payable if all directors retired at the balance sheet date.

 

  F-94   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the financial statements—(continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(Information as of December 31, 2011 and 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2009, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

(o) Consumption taxes

Consumption tax and local consumption tax on goods and services paid or collected are not included in revenue or expense accounts subject to such taxes in the accompanying statements of income.

(p) Asset retirement obligations

Effective fiscal year 2011, the Company adopted the ASBJ Statement No. 18 “Accounting Standard for Assets Retirement Obligations” and the ASBJ Guidance No. 21 “Guidance on Accounting Standard for Assets Retirement Obligations” issued in March 2008. Prior to the adoption of these standards, the Company did not recognize any asset retirement obligations until the Company was required to settle such obligations.

Upon the application of the new standards, the Company recorded asset retirement obligations in relation to certain lease agreements under which the Company is committed to assume the cost to restore the leased properties to their original condition upon termination of the lease.

The effect of the adoption of this new accounting standards was a decrease of gross profit of ¥2,729 thousand, ordinary income of ¥6,320 thousand, and income before income taxes of ¥32,330 thousand.

(3) Changes in presentation

The Company made the following changes in presentation. Prior year financial statements are not reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.

(a) Statement of income

For the year ended December 31, 2009, franchise general expenses were included in “Other” within selling, general and administrative expenses. Due to materiality for the year ended December 31, 2010, franchise general expenses were presented as a separate line item within selling, general and administrative expenses. Such expense amounted to ¥237,370 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2009.

For the year ended December 31, 2009 inventory write-off was presented in a separate line item within selling, general and administrative expenses. For the year ended December 31, 2010 inventory write-off of ¥1,868 thousand was included in advertising expenses in selling, general and administrative expenses.

(b) Statements of cash flows

For the year ended December 31, 2009, inventory write-off was presented as a separate line item in “Cash flows from operating activities”. For the year ended December 31, 2010, inventory write-off of ¥1,868 thousand was included in “Other” of “Cash flows from operating activities”.

For the year ended December 31, 2009, increase or decrease in advance payments and advances received was included in “Other” of “Cash flows from operating activities”. For the year ended December 31, 2010, it was presented as a separate line item. Decrease in advance payments and advances received amounted to ¥910 thousand and ¥8,974 thousand, respectively for the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

  F-95   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the financial statements—(continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(Information as of December 31, 2011 and 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2009, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

For the year ended December 31, 2009, increase or decrease in prepaid expenses was included in “Other” within “Cash flows from operating activities”. Due to materiality, for the year ended December 31, 2010, it was presented as a separate line item. Decrease in prepaid expenses amounted to ¥697 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2009.

For the year ended December 31, 2009, increase or decrease in gift card liability was included in “Other” within “Cash flows from operating activities”. Due to materiality, for the year ended December 31, 2010, it was presented as a separate line item. Increase in gift card liability amounted to ¥8,644 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2009.

For the year ended December 31, 2009, proceeds from sales of tangible fixed assets were included in “Other” within “Cash flows from investing activities”. Due to materiality, for the year ended December 31, 2010, it was presented as a separate line item. Proceeds from sales of tangible fixed assets amounted to ¥772 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2009.

(4) Financial instruments

(a) Company’s policy for financial instruments

The Company invests in short-term deposits only and generates financing through operating cash flows. Derivatives are used for foreign exchange forward contracts with the purpose of hedging the exposure to exchange rate fluctuation risks in relation to the import of raw materials.

(b) Nature and extent of risks arising from financial instruments and risk management

Accounts receivable are subject to credit risks of customers. Their collection periods are generally one month. The Company manages these risks through periodic review of due dates and outstanding balances for each customer.

Investments in securities are subject to market volatility risks. These investments are related to capital and/or operating alliances with business partners, and are subject to market value volatility risk. The Company periodically monitors their fair values.

Lease deposits primarily relate to security deposits paid to the lessor for the lease of ice-cream stores. The Company periodically assesses the financial condition of the counterparties as appropriate.

“Long-term deposits received” are security deposit received from franchisees of ice-cream stores for the sublease of the property where the store is located.

Most trade payables such as accounts payable-trade, accounts payable-other and deposits received are settled within one month.

 

  F-96   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the financial statements—(continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(Information as of December 31, 2011 and 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2009, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

(c) Supplemental information on fair value of financial instruments

Fair values of financial instruments are based on quoted market prices. When quoted market prices are not available, other rational valuation techniques are used instead. Such rational valuation techniques contain certain assumptions. Results may differ if different assumptions were used in the valuation.

(d) Fair value of financial instruments

Effective fiscal 2010, the Company applied the ASBJ Statement No. 10 “Accounting Standard for Financial Instruments” which was issued on March 10, 2008 and the ASBJ Guidance No. 19 “Guidance on Accounting Standard for Financial Instruments and Related Disclosures” which was also issued on March 10, 2008.

The carrying amounts, fair values and unrealized gains (losses) of financial instruments whose fair value is readily determinable as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

 

      Thousands of Yen  
     December 31, 2011  
     Carrying
amount
    Fair value     Unrealized
gain (loss)
 

 

 

Assets:

      

(1) Cash and cash equivalent

   ¥ 3,239,687        3,239,687          

(2) Accounts receivable-trade

     3,045,929       

Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (10,304    
  

 

 

 
     3,035,625        3,035,625          

(3) Investment securities

     24,949        24,949          

(4) Lease deposits

     1,791,954        1,640,553        (151,401
  

 

 

 

Total

   ¥ 8,092,217        7,940,815        (151,401
  

 

 

 

Liabilities:

      

(1) Accounts payable-trade

   ¥ (529,888     (529,888       

(2) Accounts payable-other

     (1,210,192     (1,210,192       

(3) Provision for income taxes

     (566,660     (566,660       

(4) Deposits received

     (106,009     (106,009       

(5) Long-term deposits received

     (1,060,983     (985,838     75,145   
  

 

 

 

Total

   ¥ (3,473,733     (3,398,588     75,145   
  

 

 

 

Derivative instruments under hedge accounting

   ¥ (18,747     (18,747       

 

 

 

  F-97   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the financial statements—(continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(Information as of December 31, 2011 and 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2009, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

      Thousands of Yen  
     December 31, 2010  
     Carrying
amount
    Fair value     Unrealized
gain (loss)
 

 

 

Assets:

      

(1) Cash and cash equivalent

   ¥ 3,912,939        3,912,939          

(2) Accounts receivable-trade

     2,797,245       

Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (23,873    
  

 

 

 
     2,773,372        2,773,372          

(3) Investment securities

     25,672        25,672          

(4) Lease deposits

     1,698,903        1,532,000        (166,903
  

 

 

 

Total

   ¥ 8,410,886        8,243,983        (166,903
  

 

 

 

Liabilities:

      

(1) Accounts payable-trade

   ¥ (494,760     (494,760       

(2) Accounts payable-other

     (1,226,993     (1,226,993       

(3) Provision for income taxes

     (812,790     (812,790       

(4) Deposits received

     (139,794     (139,794       

(5) Long-term deposits received

     (983,362     (909,533     73,829   
  

 

 

 

Total

   ¥ (3,657,699     (3,583,870     73,829   
  

 

 

 

Derivative instruments under hedge accounting

   ¥ (51,533     (51,533       

 

 

The methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair value are as follows:

Assets:

(1) Cash and cash equivalent and (2) Accounts receivable-trade

Because of their short maturities, the fair value of these items approximates their carrying amounts, therefore, they are measured at their carrying amounts.

(3) Investment securities

The fair value of equity securities is based on quoted market prices.

(5) Lease deposits

The fair value of lease deposits is calculated by grouping the deposits by maturity and calculating their present value using the yield of government bonds adjusted for credit risk.

The carrying amounts in the tables above do not include the unamortized balance of lease deposits not required to be returned. Furthermore, lease deposits totaling ¥232,000 thousand and ¥274,000 thousand as of

 

  F-98   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the financial statements—(continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(Information as of December 31, 2011 and 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2009, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively, are not included in the table above since these lease deposits do not have quoted market prices and their fair value cannot be determined as their future cash flows cannot be estimated.

Liabilities:

(1) Accounts payable-trade, (2) Accounts payable-other, (3) Accrued income taxes, and (4) Deposits received

Because of their short maturities, the fair values of these items approximate their carrying amounts, therefore, they are measured at their carrying amounts.

(5) Long-term deposits received

The fair value of long-term deposits received is calculated by grouping the deposits by maturity and calculating their present value using the yield of government bonds adjusted for credit risk. The carrying amounts shown in the above table do not include unamortized balance of long-term lease deposits not required to be returned.

Derivative Transactions:

Fair value of derivatives is obtained from financial institutions. All of the derivative transactions are foreign exchange forward contracts entered into by the Company with the purpose of hedging the exposure to exchange rate fluctuation risks in relation to the import of raw materials.

The contract amount does not represent the Company’s exposure to market risk associated with the derivative transactions.

 

      Thousands of Yen  
     December 31, 2011  
     Contract
amount
     Contract
amount due
after one year
     Fair value  

 

 

Foreign exchange forward contracts—to buy U.S. dollars

   ¥ 483,264                 (18,747

 

 

 

      Thousands of Yen  
     December 31, 2010  
     Contract
amount
     Contract
amount due
after one year
     Fair value  

 

 

Foreign exchange forward contracts—to buy U.S. dollars

   ¥ 539,088                 (51,533

 

 

 

  F-99   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the financial statements—(continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(Information as of December 31, 2011 and 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2009, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

(5) Investment securities

Marketable available-for-sale securities are stated at fair value based on quoted market prices at the balance sheet date. Unrealized gains or losses, net of applicable taxes, are recorded as a component of “Net assets”. Investment securities are summarized as follow:

December 31, 2011

 

            Thousands of Yen  
         

Carrying

amount

     Acquisition
cost
     Unrealized
gain(loss)
 

 

 

Securities with carrying amounts in excess of acquisition costs

   Equity securities      15,419         13,438         1,981   
  

Other securities

                       
     

 

 

 
  

Subtotal

     15,419         13,438         1,981   
     

 

 

 

Securities with carrying amounts below acquisition costs

   Equity securities      9,530         12,917         (3,387
  

Other securities

                       
     

 

 

 
  

Subtotal

     9,530         12,917         (3,387
     

 

 

 
  

    Total

     24,949         26,355         (1,406

 

 

December 31, 2010

 

            Thousands of Yen  
         

Carrying

amount

     Acquisition
cost
     Unrealized
gain(loss)
 

 

 

Securities with carrying amounts in excess of acquisition costs

   Equity securities      15,140         12,721         2,419   
  

Other securities

                       
     

 

 

 
  

Subtotal

     15,140         12,721         2,419   
     

 

 

 

Securities with carrying amounts below acquisition costs

   Equity securities      10,532         11,021         (489
  

Other securities

                       
     

 

 

 
  

Subtotal

     10,532         11,021         (489
     

 

 

 
  

    Total

     25,672         23,742         1,930   

 

 

 

  F-100   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the financial statements—(continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(Information as of December 31, 2011 and 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2009, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

(6) Leases

Leases entered into on or before December 31, 2008 that do not transfer ownership of the leased property to the lessee are accounted for as operating lease transactions. Pro forma information on an “as if capitalized” basis for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

 

      Thousands of Yen  
     December 31, 2011      December 31, 2010  
     Acquisition
cost
     Accumulated
depreciation
    

Balance at

end of year

     Acquisition
cost
     Accumulated
depreciation
     Balance at end
of year
 

 

 

Vehicles, transportation equipment

   ¥ 14,858         13,509         1,348         37,719         30,708         7,011   

Tools, furniture and fixtures

     13,143         6,952         6,191         27,667         16,667         10,999   

Software

                             3,363         2,794         568   
  

 

 

 

Total

   ¥ 28,001         20,461         7,539         68,750         50,171         18,579   

 

 

Future minimum lease payments outstanding at the end of the year are as follow:

 

      Thousands of Yen  
     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 

 

 

Due within one year

   ¥ 3,465         11,143   

Due after one year

     4,596         8,520   
  

 

 

 

Total

   ¥ 8,061         19,664   

 

 

Lease payments, depreciation expense and interest expense are as follow:

 

      Thousands of Yen  
     Fiscal year ended  
     December 31,
2011
    

December 31,

2010

     December 31,
2009
 

 

 

Lease payments

   ¥ 11,646         25,865         30,080   

Depreciation expense (*1)

     10,849         23,824         27,992   

Interest expense (*2)

     475         1,154         1,575   

 

 

 

(*1)   

Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the lease term assuming a residual value of zero.

(*2)   

Interest expense is computed and allocated to each period using the interest method assuming interest expense to be the excess of total lease payments over the acquisition cost.

(7) Employees’ retirement benefits

The Company has a defined benefit plan under which the amount of pension benefit that an employee will receive upon retirement, is determined based on various factors such as age, years of service and individual performance.

 

  F-101   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the financial statements—(continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(Information as of December 31, 2011 and 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2009, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

The Company is responsible for the fulfillment of the pension obligations.

The pension benefits are payable at the option of the retiring employee either in a lump-sum amount or annuity payments.

The funded status of the Company’s benefit plan as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

 

      Thousands of Yen  
     December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 

 

 

Retirement benefit obligations

   ¥ (589,206     (565,309

Fair value of plan assets

     446,194        433,201   
  

 

 

 

Employees’ retirement benefits

   ¥ (143,012     (132,108

 

 

The Company accounts for a pension liability based on the pension obligations and the fair value of the plan assets at the balance sheet date. Pension obligations are determined to be the total amount payable if all eligible employees voluntarily retired at the balance sheet date less the amounts that the Company would be entitled to under the “Gaishoku Sangyo JF Pension Fund” to pay such obligations.

The Company’s retirement benefit expenses for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 amounted to ¥90,580 thousand, ¥76,897 thousand, and ¥70,832 thousand, respectively.

In October 2009 the Company transferred its Japanese tax-qualified pension plan to a cash balance plan, due to changes in the Japanese Corporate Tax law. This transfer was accounted for in accordance with ASBJ Guidance No.1, “Accounting for Transfer of Retirement Benefit Plans” and did not have a material impact in the Company’s results of operations.

In addition, the Company makes contributions to a “Gaishoku Sangyo JF Pension Fund” under which the assets contributed by the Company are not segregated in a separate account or restricted to provide benefits only to employees of the Company. For the 12 month period ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, contributions to such plan amounted to ¥35,422 thousand, ¥32,581 thousand and ¥29,070 thousand, respectively. Such contributions are recorded as net pension cost. The amounts that the Company would be entitled to under the “Gaishoku Sangyo JF Pension Fund” to pay retirement benefit obligations is the amount assuming all eligible employees voluntarily retired at the balance sheet date.

The proportionate amount of plan assets of the welfare pension fund corresponding to the number of participants was ¥447,873 thousand, ¥399,778 thousand and ¥298,139 thousand as of March 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

 

  F-102   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the financial statements—(continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(Information as of December 31, 2011 and 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2009, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

The estimated fund status of the total “Gaishoku Sangyo JF Pension Fund” is as follow:

 

      Millions of Yen  
     March 31,
2011
    March 31,
2010
   

March 31,

2009

 

 

 

Plan assets

   ¥ 114,044        112,959        92,971   

Estimated benefit obligations

     127,953        123,946        123,473   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fund status

     (13,909     (10,987     (30,501

 

 

As of March 31, 2011, and 2010, the “Gaishoku Sangyo JF Pension Fund” had ¥698 million and ¥842 million of unrecognized past service liability, respectively. As of March 31, 2009, the “Gaishoku Sangyo JF Pension Fund” had ¥990 million of unrecognized past service liability and ¥16,921 million of deficits.

The Company’s fund contribution ratio to the “Gaishoku Sangyo JF Pension Fund” for the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 was 0.62%, 0.57%, and 0.47%, respectively.

(8) Stock options

The Company did not grant any stock options for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 and there were no outstanding options as of December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009.

(9) Production cost

The breakdown of production cost is as follows:

 

      Thousands of Yen  
                   (Not covered
by auditors’
report)
 
     Fiscal 2011      Fiscal 2010      Fiscal 2009  

 

 

Cost of raw materials

   ¥ 6,725,618         6,212,453         5,507,902   

Labor cost

     396,959         418,249         337,772   

Other production costs

     570,718         376,245         289,736   
  

 

 

 

Total production cost during the year

     ¥7,693,295         7,006,948         6,135,411   

 

 

Production cost is determined through process costing based on actual costs.

 

  F-103   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the financial statements—(continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(Information as of December 31, 2011 and 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2009, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

The breakdown of other production cost is as follows:

Breakdown of other production cost

 

      Thousands of Yen  
     (Not covered
by auditors’
report)
            (Not covered
by auditors’
report)
 
     Fiscal 2011      Fiscal 2010      Fiscal 2009  

 

 

Depreciation

   ¥ 57,170         49,416         44,819   

Utilities

     30,636         28,880         28,219   

Factory supplies cost

     51,829         54,591         44,116   

Machinery maintenance and repair cost

     60,798         46,160         39,919   

Outsourcing cost(*1)

     170,429                   

Other

     199,856         197,195         132,661   
  

 

 

 

Total

   ¥ 570,718         376,245         289,736   

 

 
(*1)   In fiscal 2010, the outsourcing cost of \34,192 thousand was included in “other”.

(10) Transfer to other account

“Transfer to other account” include amounts initially charged to cost of sales but reclassified to selling, general and administrative expenses as they represent the cost of sample products for sales promotion and finish goods used for training of store employees.

(11) Cost of store equipment

Cost of store equipment is mainly comprised of the following:

 

      Thousands of Yen  
     Fiscal year ended  
     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2009
 

 

 

Depreciation

   ¥ 256,896         212,720         181,879   

Maintenance and repair cost of store equipment

     101,882         108,371         112,953   

Rental expense

     27,445         27,337         30,029   

Supplies

     35,881         31,646         31,724   

Transportation

     14,456         13,889         18,890   

Storage charges

     16,457         18,703         21,304   

 

 

(12) Extraordinary gain

“Other” included in extraordinary income represents gains on sales of fixed assets of ¥1,846 thousand and ¥1,154 thousand for fiscal 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

  F-104   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the financial statements—(continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(Information as of December 31, 2011 and 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2009, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

(13) Loss on disposal of fixed assets

Loss on disposal of fixed assets is comprised of the following:

 

      Thousands of Yen  
     For the year ended  
     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2009
 

 

 

Loss on disposals of store equipment arising from store closing and related restoration

   ¥ 18,067         23,814         30,512   

Loss on disposals of factory equipment

     3,019         323         4,208   
  

 

 

 

Total

   ¥ 21,086         24,137         34,720   

 

 

(14) Loss on natural disaster

The loss on natural disaster represents the loss related to the Great East Japan Earthquake on March 11, 2011. This loss is comprised of the following:

 

      (Thousands of Yen)  
     For the year ended
December 31, 2011
 

 

 

Donations

   ¥ 110,083   

Relief money to franchisees that suffered damages

     52,800   

Inventories write off

     37,504   

Provision for natural disasters

     1,677   

Plant and equipment repairment cost

     19,700   

Other

     2,182   
  

 

 

 

Total

   ¥ 223,948   

 

 

 

  F-105   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the financial statements—(continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(Information as of December 31, 2011 and 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2009, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

(15) Income taxes

The components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

 

      Thousands of Yen  
     December 31, 2011     December 31, 2010  
     Deferred tax
assets
     Deferred tax
liabilities
   

Deferred tax

assets

     Deferred tax
liabilities
 

 

 

Employees’ retirement benefits

   ¥ 52,215                53,768           

Accrued enterprise tax

     44,991                61,409           

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     30,731                37,338           

Asset retirement obligations

     26,657         (14,646               

Directors’ retirement benefits

     23,308                21,978           

Accrued employees’ bonuses

     13,256                13,981           

Inventory write-down

     10,080                11,253           

Impairment loss on investment property

     9,737                9,737           

Deferred loss on hedges

     7,630                20,973           

Amortization of long-term prepaid expenses

     3,712                3,806           

Other

     19,039                14,155           
  

 

 

 

Total

   ¥ 241,356         (14,646     248,398           

 

 

Reconciliations between the Japanese statutory income tax rate and the Company’s effective income tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

 

      Fiscal year ended  
     December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
    December 31,
2009
 

 

 

Japanese statutory income tax rate

     40.7     40.7     40.7

Permanent differences, including entertainment expenses

     3.2        3.2        3.4   

Effect of the decrease of statutory income tax rate

     0.5                 

Corporate inhabitant tax

     0.1        0.1        0.1   

Other

     (0.8     (0.1     (0.1
  

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

     43.8     44.0     44.2

 

 

 

  F-106   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the financial statements—(continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(Information as of December 31, 2011 and 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2009, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

Adjustment for deferred income tax assets and deferred income tax liabilities corresponding to the change of Japanese statutory income tax rate

According to the “Revision of corporate income tax law in order to meet the structural changes of economy” (Law No.2011-114), as well as “Act on Special Measures concerning financing of the restoration activities in relation to the Great East Japan Earthquake” (Law No.2011-117), issued in December 2011, the statutory income tax rate was decreased from fiscal years commencing on or after April 1, 2012.

As a result, the statutory income tax rate for the Company will change as follows:

 

Before December 31, 2012

     40.7%   

From January 1, 2013 to December 31, 2015

     38.0%   

On and after January 1, 2016

     35.6%   

 

 

The effect of the future change in the statutory income tax rate resulted in a decrease of “deferred tax assets (net)” of ¥14,372 thousand, and an increase of “income taxes-deferred” of the same amount for the fiscal 2011.

(16) Changes in net assets

Number of shares issued and treasury stock is as follow:

 

      Common stock  
     Shares
issued
     Treasury
stock
 

 

 

Number of shares at December 31, 2009

     9,644,554         8,524   

Increase in shares during the year

               

Decrease in shares during the year

               
  

 

 

 

Number of shares at December 31, 2010

     9,644,554         8,524   

Increase in shares during the year

             37   

Decrease in shares during the year

               
  

 

 

 

Number of shares at December 31, 2011

     9,644,554         8,561   

 

 

(17) Per share information

The Company has no outstanding potentially dilutive stock.

 

      December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2009
 

 

 

Net book value per share

     ¥1,047.34         971.45         877.49   

 

 

 

      Fiscal year ended  
     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2009
 

 

 

Net income per share

   ¥ 159.09         171.42         135.67   

 

 

 

  F-107   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the financial statements—(continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(Information as of December 31, 2011 and 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2009, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

The information to compute net income per share is as follow:

 

      Fiscal year ended  
     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2009
 

 

 

Net income per share

        

Net income (in thousands)

   ¥ 1,533,030         1,651,850         1,307,300   

Amount not attributable to common shareholders (in thousands)

                       
  

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common stock (in thousands)

     1,533,030         1,651,850         1,307,300   
  

 

 

 

Average number of shares

     9,636,005         9,636,030         9,636,030   

 

 

(18) Summary of certain significant differences between Japanese GAAP and U.S. GAAP

The Company maintains its books and records in conformity with Japanese GAAP, which differs in certain respects from generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). Reconciliations of net income and equity under Japanese GAAP with the corresponding amounts under U.S. GAAP, along with a description of those significant differences, statements of comprehensive income, related balance sheet and cash flow effects are summarized below.

Net income reconciliation

 

              Thousands of Yen  
     Note      December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 

 

 

Net income under Japanese GAAP

      ¥ 1,533,030        1,651,850   

U.S. GAAP adjustments:

       

Asset retirement obligations

     a         (42,653     (81,226

Capitalized lease assets

     c         564        (118

Compensated absence

     b         400        (2,400

Lease obligation

     c         (964     (2,449

Employees’ retirement benefit

     d         (4,966     (7,146

Hedge accounting

     e         19,442        (25,183

Tax effect on adjustments

     f         8,491        37,989   
     

 

 

 

Net income under U.S. GAAP

      ¥ 1,513,344        1,571,317   

 

 

 

  F-108   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the financial statements—(continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(Information as of December 31, 2011 and 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2009, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

Net income per share under U.S. GAAP

 

      December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 

 

 

Net income attributable to the Company’s common shareholders—basic undiluted

   ¥ 157.05         163.06   

Weighted average shares outstanding—basic undiluted

     9,636,005         9,636,030   

 

 

Statements of comprehensive income

 

      Thousands of Yen  
     December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 

 

 

Net income under U.S. GAAP

   ¥ 1,513,344        1,571,317   

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

    

Unrealized (loss) gain on available for sale securities, net of tax

     (1,977     1,372   
  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income under U.S. GAAP

   ¥ 1,511,367        1,572,689   

 

 

Equity reconciliation

 

            Thousands of Yen  
     Note    December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 

 

 

Equity under Japanese GAAP

      ¥ 10,092,207        9,360,875   

U.S. GAAP adjustments:

       

Asset retirement obligations

   a      (521,458     (478,805

Capitalized lease assets

   c      (521     (1,085

Compensated absence

   b      (23,800     (24,200

Lease obligation

   c      232,680        233,644   

Employees’ retirement benefit

   d      71,588        76,554   

Hedge accounting

   e               

Other

        (17,065     (17,065

Tax effect on adjustments

   f      94,351        85,859   
     

 

 

 

Equity under U.S. GAAP

      ¥ 9,927,982        9,235,777   

 

 

 

  F-109   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the financial statements—(continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(Information as of December 31, 2011 and 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2009, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

Balance sheet items according to J GAAP and US GAAP

 

      Thousands of Yen  
     JGAAP     US GAAP  
     2011     2010     2011     2010  

 

 

Current assets

     7,768,603        7,981,228        7,768,603        7,981,228   

Non-current assets

     6,832,074        5,747,213        8,820,532        7,775,685   
  

 

 

 

Total Assets

     14,600,677        13,728,441        16,589,135        15,756,913   
  

 

 

 

Current liabilities

     (3,127,567     (3,171,766     (3,151,367     (3,195,966

Non-current liabilities

     (1,380,903     (1,195,800     (3,509,786     (3,325,170

Total equity

     (10,092,207     (9,360,875     (9,927,982     (9,235,777
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

     (14,600,677     (13,728,441     (16,589,135     (15,756,913

 

 

(a) Asset retirement obligations

On March 31, 2008, the Accounting Standard Board of Japan (“ASBJ”) issued a new accounting standard for asset retirement obligations, ASBJ Statement No. 18 “Accounting Standard for Asset-Retirement Obligations” which is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after April 1, 2010. This new accounting standard requires all entities to recognize legal obligations associated with the retirement of a tangible fixed assets that result from the acquisition, construction or development and (or) the normal operation of a long-lived asset. A legal obligation is an obligation that an entity is required to settle as a result of an existing or enacted law, statute, ordinance, or written or oral contract or by legal construction of a contract.

The Company adopted this new accounting standard from the fiscal year beginning on January 1, 2011. Prior to the adoption of the standard, the Company did not recognize any asset retirement cost until the tangible fixed asset was retired and the Company was required to settle such cost.

Under U.S. GAAP, obligations associated with the retirement of tangible fixed assets and the associated asset retirement costs are accounted and reported under FASB ASC Subtopic 410-20, “Asset Retirement Obligations”. Generally, there are no material differences between the new Japanese Standard and current U.S. GAAP, except that under Japanese GAAP asset retirement obligations are not recognized in situations where the entity can provide assurance that another party will ultimately reimburse the entity for the asset retirement cost. Under U.S. GAAP an asset retirement obligation would need to be recognized as such assurance would not extinguish the entity’s legal obligation.

The Company leases several properties in which leasehold improvements, such as counters, partitions, telephone and air conditioning systems have been installed. Most lease agreements in Japan require the lessee to restore the lease property to its original condition, including removal of the leasehold improvements that the lessee has installed, when the lessee moves out of the leased property. As a result, the Company will incur certain future costs for the restoration that is required under the lease arrangements.

 

  F-110   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the financial statements—(continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(Information as of December 31, 2011 and 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2009, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

The following table summarizes the activities for asset retirement obligations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 under U.S. GAAP:

 

      Thousands of Yen  
     December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 

 

 

i) Asset retirement obligation

    

Balance under Japanese GAAP

   ¥ (73,261       

U.S. GAAP adjustments:

    

Beginning balance adjustments

     (836,339     (771,388

Changes for the year

     7,961        (64,951
  

 

 

 

Total U.S. GAAP adjustments

     (828,378     (836,339
  

 

 

 

Balance under U.S. GAAP

   ¥ (901,639     (836,339
  

 

 

 

ii) Asset retirement costs capitalized in tangible fixed assets

    

Balance under Japanese GAAP

   ¥ 40,849          

U.S. GAAP adjustments:

    

Beginning balance adjustments

     357,534        373,808   

Changes for the year

     (50,614     (16,274
  

 

 

 

Total U.S. GAAP adjustments

     306,920        357,534   
  

 

 

 

Balance under U.S. GAAP

   ¥ 347,769        357,534   

 

 

(b) Compensated absences

Under Japanese GAAP, there is no specific accounting standard that requires an entity to accrue a liability for future compensated absences. U.S. GAAP, FASB ASC Topic 710, “Compensation—General” requires the accrual of a liability for employees’ future compensated absences.

The following table summarizes the balance of accrued compensated absences and the changes during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 under U.S. GAAP:

 

      Thousands of Yen  
     December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 

 

 

Balance at under Japanese GAAP

   ¥          

U.S. GAAP adjustments:

    

Beginning balance adjustments

     (24,200     (21,800

Adjustments for the year

     400        (2,400
  

 

 

 

Total U.S. GAAP adjustments

     (23,800     (24,200
  

 

 

 

Balance at under U.S. GAAP

   ¥ (23,800     (24,200

 

 

 

  F-111   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the financial statements—(continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(Information as of December 31, 2011 and 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2009, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

(c) Leases

In March 2007, the ASBJ issued ASBJ Statement No.13, “Accounting Standard for Lease Transactions,” which replaced the previous accounting standard for lease transactions issued in June 1993. The revised accounting standard requires that all finance lease transactions be capitalized. It also permits leases which existed at the transition date and do not transfer ownership of the leased property to the lessee to continue to be accounted for as operating lease transactions. The Company adopted this revised accounting standard as of January 1, 2009, and capitalizes in the balance sheet all finance lease transactions in which the Company is the lessee, except for those that existed at the transition date and do not transfer ownership, which continue to be accounted for as operating leases with require disclosure in the notes to the financial statements. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, there were no leased assets to be capitalized under Japanese GAAP.

U.S. GAAP, FASB ASC Topic 840, “Leases” is applied in order to determine whether the lessee should account for a lease transaction as an operating or a capital lease and whether the lessor should account for a lease transaction as an operating lease, a direct financing lease, a sales type lease or a leverage lease. ASC Topic 840 requires the lessee to record a capital lease as an asset and an liability and the lessor to record a direct financing lease as a receivable representing the minimum lease payments along with the derecognition of the leased property from the balance sheet. The Company analyzed its leases in accordance with the criteria specified in ASC 840 and determined that certain leases in which the Company is the lessee should be capitalized, and certain leases in which the Company is the lessor should be classified as direct financing leases.

In addition, the statement of cash flows prepared under Japanese GAAP presents cash flows from capital lease and direct finance lease transactions, which are accounted for as operating lease transactions in accordance with Japanese GAAP, as operating cash flows. Such lease cash flows are included in operating activities whereas such transactions qualify as capital lease transactions or a direct financing lease transaction and deemed repayments of lease obligation or cash received from lease receivables are presented as financing activities under U.S. GAAP.

 

  F-112   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the financial statements—(continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(Information as of December 31, 2011 and 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2009, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

The following table summarizes the differences between Japanese GAAP and U.S. GAAP for capital leases and direct finance leases as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the changes for the years then ended:

Capital leases

 

      Thousands of Yen  
     December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 

 

 

i) Capitalized lease assets

    

Balance under Japanese GAAP

   ¥          

U.S. GAAP adjustments:

    

Beginning balance adjustments

     18,579        26,543   

Changes for the year

     (11,039     (7,964
  

 

 

 

Total U.S. GAAP adjustments

     7,540        18,579   
  

 

 

 

Balance under U.S. GAAP

   ¥ 7,540        18,579   
  

 

 

 

ii) Lease obligation

    

Balance under Japanese GAAP

   ¥          

U.S. GAAP adjustments:

    

Beginning balance adjustments

     (19,664     (27,510

Changes for the year

     11,603        7,846   
  

 

 

 

Total U.S. GAAP adjustments

     (8,061     (19,664
  

 

 

 

Balance under U.S. GAAP

   ¥ (8,061     (19,664

 

 

 

  F-113   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the financial statements—(continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(Information as of December 31, 2011 and 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2009, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

Direct finance leases

 

      Thousands of Yen  
     December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 

 

 

i) Lease accounts receivable

    

Balance under Japanese GAAP

   ¥          

U.S. GAAP adjustments:

    

Beginning balance adjustments

     2,089,797        2,025,729   

Changes for the year

     76,713        64,068   
  

 

 

 

Total U.S. GAAP adjustments

     2,166,510        2,089,797   
  

 

 

 

Balance under U.S. GAAP

   ¥ 2,166,510        2,089,797   
  

 

 

 

ii) Tangible fixed assets under direct finance leases

    

Balance under Japanese GAAP

   ¥ 569,798        506,233   

U.S. GAAP adjustments:

    

Beginning balance adjustments

     (506,233     (445,159

Changes for the year

     (63,565     (61,074
  

 

 

 

Total U.S. GAAP adjustments

     (569,798     (506,233
  

 

 

 

Balance under U.S. GAAP

   ¥          
  

 

 

 

iii) Unearned interest

    

Balance under Japanese GAAP

   ¥          

U.S. GAAP adjustments:

    

Beginning balance adjustments

     (1,349,921     (1,344,478

Changes for the year

     (14,111     (5,443
  

 

 

 

Total U.S. GAAP adjustments

     (1,364,032     (1,349,921
  

 

 

 

Balance under U.S. GAAP

   ¥ (1,364,032     (1,349,921

 

 

(d) Pension

Under Japanese GAAP, the Company accounts for a pension liability based on the pension obligations and the fair value of the plan assets at the balance sheet date. Pension obligations are determined to be the total amount payable if all eligible employees voluntarily retired at the balance sheet date, minus the amounts that the Company would be entitled to receive under the “Japanese Multiemployer plan” to pay such obligations. See Note 7.

Under U.S. GAAP, FASB ASC Topic 715, “Compensation-Retirement Benefits” is applied to employees retirement benefits. If the projected benefit obligation exceeds the fair value of plan assets, the employer shall recognize in its balance sheet a liability that equals the unfunded projected benefit obligation. If the fair value of plan assets exceeds the projected benefit obligation, the employer shall recognize in its statement of financial position an asset that equals the overfunded projected benefit obligation.

 

  F-114   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the financial statements—(continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(Information as of December 31, 2011 and 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2009, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

The projected benefit obligation as of a date is the actuarial present value of all benefits attributed by the plan’s benefit formula to employee service rendered before that date. Recognizing the funded status of an entity’s benefit plans as a net liability or asset requires an offsetting adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) in shareholders’ equity. The amounts to be recognized in AOCI representing unrecognized gains/losses, prior service costs/credits, and transition assets/obligations are amortized over certain period. Those amortized amounts are reported as net periodic pension cost in the income statement.

The following table summarizes the differences between Japanese GAAP and U.S. GAAP for accrued pension and severance liabilities as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the changes for the years then ended:

 

      Thousands of Yen  
     December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 

 

 

Accrued pension and severance liabilities

    

Balance under Japanese GAAP

     ¥ (143,012)      (132,108

U.S. GAAP adjustments:

    

Beginning balance adjustments

     76,554        83,700   

Changes for the year

     (4,966     (7,146
  

 

 

 

Total U.S. GAAP adjustments

     71,588        76,554   
  

 

 

 

Balance under U.S. GAAP

     ¥ (71,424)      (55,554

 

 

(e) Hedge accounting

The Company utilizes foreign exchange forward contracts in order to hedge foreign exchange risk for forecasted import transactions denominated in foreign currencies. Under Japanese GAAP, the Company records the foreign exchange forward contracts at fair value at the balance sheet date. The resulting foreign exchange forward contracts’ gain or loss is initially reported as a component of valuation and translation adjustments in net assets and subsequently reclassified into earnings when the forecasted transaction affects earnings. The accounting treatment is similar to the cash flow hedge of U.S. GAAP. However, U.S. GAAP requires an entity to meet specific criteria, such as formal documentation of the hedging relationship and assessment of hedging instrument’s effectiveness for derivative instruments to qualify for hedge accounting. The Company’s hedging relationship of the foreign exchange forward contracts and the forecasted import transactions denominated in foreign currencies did not meet the specific criteria for cash flow hedge accounting under U.S. GAAP. As such, forward contracts’ gain and losses reported as a component of net assets under Japanese GAAP have been reclassified to net income under U.S. GAAP.

 

  F-115   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the financial statements—(continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(Information as of December 31, 2011 and 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2009, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

The following table summarizes the differences between Japanese GAAP and U.S. GAAP for hedge accounting as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

      Thousands of Yen  
     December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    

Balance under Japanese GAAP

   ¥ (11,117     (30,559

U.S. GAAP adjustments:

    

Beginning balance adjustments

     30,559        5,376   

Changes for the year

     (19,442     25,183   
  

 

 

 

Total U.S. GAAP adjustments

     11,117        30,559   
  

 

 

 

Balance under U.S. GAAP

   ¥          

 

 

(f) Tax effect on adjustments

Accounting for income taxes in accordance with Japanese GAAP is substantially similar to accounting for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740. The following tables summarize the impact on the Japanese GAAP deferred tax assets and liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as a result of the U.S. GAAP adjustments as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

      Thousands of Yen  
     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 

 

 

Deferred tax assets, net of deferred tax liabilities

     

Balance under Japanese GAAP

   ¥ 226,710         248,398   

U.S. GAAP adjustments:

     

Beginning balance adjustments

     85,859         47,870   

Changes for the year

     8,491         37,989   
  

 

 

 

Total U.S. GAAP adjustments

     94,350         85,859   
  

 

 

 

Balance under U.S. GAAP

   ¥ 321,060         334,257   

 

 

 

  F-116   (Continued)


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

22,000,000 shares

 

LOGO

Common stock

Prospectus

 

J.P. Morgan   Barclays   Morgan Stanley
  BofA Merrill Lynch  
Baird   William Blair & Company   Raymond James
Stifel Nicolaus Weisel   Wells Fargo Securities   Moelis & Company
SMBC Nikko   Ramirez & Co., Inc.   The Williams Capital Group, L.P.

                     , 2012

You should rely on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, common shares only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common shares.

No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United States to permit a public offering of the common shares or possession or distribution of this prospectus in that jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of the prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth the estimated expenses payable by us in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities registered hereby, other than underwriting discounts or commissions. All amounts are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority filing fee.

 

 

 

SEC registration fee

     $90,722   

FINRA filing fee

     75,500   

Blue sky fees and expenses

     5,000   

Printing and engraving expenses

     150,000   

Accounting fees and expenses

     240,000   

Legal fees and expenses

     365,000   

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     10,000   

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

     13,778   
  

 

 

 

TOTAL

     $950,000   

 

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provides as follows:

A corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interest of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

A corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless

 

II-1


Table of Contents

and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, we have included in our restated certificate of incorporation a provision to eliminate the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, subject to certain exceptions. In addition, our restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that we are required to indemnify our officers and directors under certain circumstances, including those circumstances in which indemnification would otherwise be discretionary, and we are required to advance expenses to our officers and directors as incurred in connection with proceedings against them for which they may be indemnified.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and officers. These agreements provide broader indemnity rights than those provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law and our restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws. The indemnification agreements are not intended to deny or otherwise limit third party or derivative suits against us or our directors or officers, but to the extent a director or officer were entitled to indemnity or contribution under the indemnification agreement, the financial burden of a third party suit would be borne by us, and we would not benefit from derivative recoveries against the director or officer. Such recoveries would accrue to our benefit but would be offset by our obligations to the director or officer under the indemnification agreement.

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated, under certain circumstances, to indemnify our directors, officers and controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Reference is made to the form of underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto.

We maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance for the benefit of our directors and officers.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Equity Securities

During the year ended December 26, 2009, we issued and sold 565,316.79 shares of Class A Common Stock and 62,812.98 shares of Class L Common Stock for aggregate consideration of $2,885,000. These shares were issued without registration in reliance on the exemptions afforded by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as amended, and Rules 506 and 701 promulgated thereunder.

During the year ended December 25, 2010, we issued and sold 127,715.24 shares of Class A Common Stock and 14,190.58 shares of Class L Common Stock for aggregate consideration of $895,000. These shares were issued without registration in reliance on the exemptions afforded by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as amended, and Rules 506 and 701 promulgated thereunder.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, we issued and sold 589,342.89 shares of Class A Common Stock and 65,482.54 shares of Class L Common Stock in 2011 for aggregate consideration of $3,213,883. These shares were issued without registration in reliance on the exemptions afforded by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as amended, and Rules 506 and 701 promulgated thereunder.

The foregoing share numbers do not reflect the 1-for-4.568 reverse split and reclassification of our Class A common stock or the conversion of our Class L common stock.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Debt Securities

On November 23, 2010, Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., our wholly-owned subsidiary (“DBI”), issued $625.0 million aggregate principal amount of 9 5/8% senior notes due 2018 at a price of 98.5% of their face value resulting in approximately $615.6 million of gross proceeds. The proceeds were used, together with borrowings under DBI’s senior credit facility and cash on hand, to repay outstanding indebtedness, to distribute cash proceeds to us for payment of a dividend and to pay related fees and expenses. The initial purchasers for the senior notes were J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Citigroup Global Capital Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated. The aggregate amount of the initial purchasers’ discount on the senior notes was $21,875,000.

The senior notes were offered and sold to the initial purchasers in reliance on the exemption afforded by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Rule 506 promulgated thereunder and were offered and resold by the initial purchasers to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or to non-U.S. investors outside the United States in compliance with Regulation S of the Securities Act.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits

 

Exhibit

Number

   Exhibit Title

 

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1    Form of Second Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, as amended on July 11, 2011)
  3.2    Form of Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, as amended on July 11, 2011)
  4.1    Form of Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement among Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. (f/k/a Dunkin’ Brands Group Holdings, Inc.), Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. and certain Stockholders of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, as amended on July 11, 2011)
  4.2    Specimen Common Stock certificate of Dunkin’ Brands Group Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, as amended on July 11, 2011)
  5.1*    Opinion of Ropes & Gray LLP
10.1    Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. (f/k/a Dunkin’ Brands Group Holdings, Inc.) Amended and Restated 2006 Executive Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, filed with the SEC on May 4, 2011)
10.2    Form of Option Award under 2006 Executive Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, filed with the SEC on May 4, 2011)
10.3    Form of Restricted Stock Award under 2006 Executive Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, filed with the SEC on May 4, 2011)

 

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

   Exhibit Title

 

10.4    Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. 2011 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, as amended on July 11, 2011)
10.5    Form of Option Award under 2011 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, File No. 001-35258, filed with the SEC on February 24, 2012)
10.6    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award under 2011 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, File No. 001-35258, filed with the SEC on February 24, 2012)
10.7    Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, as amended on July 11, 2011)
10.8    Amended and Restated Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, filed with the SEC on May 4, 2011)
10.9    Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. Short Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, filed with the SEC on May 4, 2011)
10.10    Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement among Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. (f/k/a Dunkin’ Brands Group Holdings, Inc.), and Jon Luther, dated as of December 31, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, filed with the SEC on May 4, 2011)
10.11    Transition Agreement of Jon Luther, dated as of June 30, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, filed with the SEC on May 4, 2011)
10.12    First Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement between Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and Nigel Travis (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, filed with the SEC on May 4, 2011)
10.13    Offer Letter to Neil Moses dated September 27, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, filed with the SEC on May 4, 2011)
10.14    Offer Letter to William Mitchell dated August 2, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, File No. 001-35258, filed with the SEC on March 16, 2012)
10.15    Offer Letter to John Costello dated September 30, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, filed with the SEC on May 4, 2011)
10.16    Offer Letter to Paul Twohig dated September 10, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, filed with the SEC on May 4, 2011)
10.17    Form of amendment to Offer Letters (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16(a) to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, as amended on July 11, 2011)

 

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

   Exhibit Title

 

10.18    Offer Letter to Neal Yanofsky dated May 1, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, File No. 001-35258, filed with the SEC on February 24, 2012)
10.19    Separation Agreement with Neal Yanofsky, dated September 22, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, File No. 001-35258, filed with the SEC on March 16, 2012)
10.20    Form of Non-Competition/Non-Solicitation/Confidentiality Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, filed with the SEC on May 4, 2011)
10.21    Form of Amended and Restated Investor Agreement among Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. (f/k/a Dunkin’ Brands Group Holdings, Inc.), Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. and the Investors named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, as amended on July 11, 2011)
10.22    Form of Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement among Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. (f/k/a Dunkin’ Brands Group Holdings, Inc.), Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. and the Stockholders named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, as amended on July 11, 2011)
10.23    Credit Agreement among Dunkin’ Finance Corp, Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., Barclays Bank PLC and the other lenders party thereto, dated as of November 23, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, as amended on June 7, 2011)
10.24    Joinder to Credit Agreement dated as of December 3, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, filed with the SEC on May 4, 2011)
10.25    Amendment 1, dated as of February 18, 2011, to the Credit Agreement among Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., Barclays Bank PLC and the other lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, filed with the SEC on May 4, 2011)
10.26    Amendment 2, dated as of May 25, 2011, to the Credit Agreement among Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., Barclays Bank PLC and the other lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, as amended on June 7, 2011)
10.27    Security Agreement among the Grantors identified therein and Barclays Bank PLC, dated as of December 3, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, filed with the SEC on May 4, 2011)
10.28    Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, as amended on June 7, 2011)
10.29    Lease between LSF3 Royall Street, LLC and Dunkin’ Donuts Incorporated, dated as of October 29, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, filed with the SEC on May 4, 2011)

 

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

   Exhibit Title

 

10.30    Assignment of Lease between Dunkin’ Donuts Incorporated and Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., dated as of July 22, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, filed with the SEC on May 4, 2011)
10.31    Guaranty delivered with LSF3 Royall Street, LLC Lease dated as of October 29, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, filed with the SEC on May 4, 2011)
10.32    Form of Baskin-Robbins Franchise Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, as amended on June 23, 2011)
10.33    Form of Dunkin’ Donuts Franchise Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, as amended on June 23, 2011)
10.34    Form of Combined Baskin-Robbins and Dunkin’ Donuts Franchise Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, as amended on June 23, 2011)
10.35    Form of Dunkin’ Donuts Store Development Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, File No. 001-35258, filed with the SEC on February 24, 2012)
10.36    Form of Baskin-Robbins Store Development Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, File No. 001-35258, filed with the SEC on February 24, 2012)
21.1    Subsidiaries of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, File No. 001-35258, filed with the SEC on March 16, 2012)
23.1    Consent of KPMG LLP
23.2    Consent of Deloitte Anjin LLC
23.3    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers Aarata
23.4*    Consent of Ropes & Gray LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.5    Consent of The NPD Group, Inc.
24.1*    Powers of Attorney (included in signature page)
101    The following financial information from the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language, (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit), (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (vi) the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

*   Previously filed

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) That for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) That for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-7


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Canton, Commonwealth of Massachusetts on the 28th day of March, 2012.

 

DUNKIN’ BRANDS GROUP, INC.

(Registrant)

By:

 

/s/ Nigel Travis

Name:   Nigel Travis
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities held on the dates indicated.

 

Signature   Title   Date

*

Nigel Travis

  Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
  March 28, 2012

*

Neil Moses

  Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
  March 28, 2012

*

Jon Luther

  Director   March 28, 2012

*

Todd Abbrecht

  Director   March 28, 2012

*

Andrew Balson

  Director   March 28, 2012

*

Anita Balaji

  Director   March 28, 2012

*

Anthony DiNovi

  Director   March 28, 2012

*

Michael Hines

  Director   March 28, 2012

*

Sandra Horbach

  Director   March 28, 2012

*

Mark Nunnelly

  Director   March 28, 2012

*

Joseph Uva

  Director   March 28, 2012

 

*By:

 

/s/ Richard J. Emmett

  Richard J. Emmett
  Attorney-in-fact

 

II-8


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT LIST

Exhibits and Financial Statements Schedules.

 

Exhibit

Number

     Exhibit Title

 

 

    1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement
    3.1       Form of Second Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, as amended on July 11, 2011)
    3.2       Form of Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, as amended on July 11, 2011)
    4.1       Form of Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement among Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. (f/k/a Dunkin’ Brands Group Holdings, Inc.), Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. and certain Stockholders of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, as amended on July 11, 2011)
    4.2       Specimen Common Stock certificate of Dunkin’ Brands Group Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, as amended on July 11, 2011)
    5.1    Opinion of Ropes & Gray LLP
  10.1       Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. (f/k/a Dunkin’ Brands Group Holdings, Inc.) Amended and Restated 2006 Executive Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, filed with the SEC on May 4, 2011)
  10.2       Form of Option Award under 2006 Executive Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, filed with the SEC on May 4, 2011)
  10.3       Form of Restricted Stock Award under 2006 Executive Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, filed with the SEC on May 4, 2011)
  10.4       Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. 2011 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, as amended on July 11, 2011)
  10.5       Form of Option Award under 2011 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, File No. 001-35258, filed with the SEC on February 24, 2012)
  10.6       Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award under 2011 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, File No. 001-35258, filed with the SEC on February 24, 2012)
  10.7       Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, as amended on July 11, 2011)
  10.8       Amended and Restated Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, filed with the SEC on May 4, 2011)
  10.9       Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. Short Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, filed with the SEC on May 4, 2011)

 

 


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

     Exhibit Title

 

 

  10.10       Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement among Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. (f/k/a Dunkin’ Brands Group Holdings, Inc.), and Jon Luther, dated as of December 31, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, filed with the SEC on May 4, 2011)
  10.11       Transition Agreement of Jon Luther, dated as of June 30, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, filed with the SEC on May 4, 2011)
  10.12       First Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement between Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and Nigel Travis (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, filed with the SEC on May 4, 2011)
  10.13       Offer Letter to Neil Moses dated September 27, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, filed with the SEC on May 4, 2011)
  10.14       Offer Letter to William Mitchell dated August 2, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, File No. 001-35258, filed with the SEC on March 16, 2012)
  10.15       Offer Letter to John Costello dated September 30, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, filed with the SEC on May 4, 2011)
  10.16       Offer Letter to Paul Twohig dated September 10, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, filed with the SEC on May 4, 2011)
  10.17       Form of amendment to Offer Letters (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16(a) to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, as amended on July 11, 2011)
  10.18       Offer Letter to Neal Yanofsky dated May 1, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, File No. 001-35258, filed with the SEC on February 24, 2012)
  10.19       Separation Agreement with Neal Yanofsky, dated September 22, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, File No. 001-35258, filed with the SEC on March 16, 2012)
  10.20       Form of Non-Competition/Non-Solicitation/Confidentiality Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, filed with the SEC on May 4, 2011)
  10.21       Form of Amended and Restated Investor Agreement among Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. (f/k/a Dunkin’ Brands Group Holdings, Inc.), Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. and the Investors named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, as amended on July 11, 2011)
  10.22       Form of Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement among Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. (f/k/a Dunkin’ Brands Group Holdings, Inc.), Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. and the Stockholders named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, as amended on July 11, 2011)
  10.23       Credit Agreement among Dunkin’ Finance Corp, Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., Barclays Bank PLC and the other lenders party thereto, dated as of November 23, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, as amended on June 7, 2011)

 

 


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

     Exhibit Title

 

 

  10.24       Joinder to Credit Agreement dated as of December 3, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, filed with the SEC on May 4, 2011)
  10.25       Amendment 1, dated as of February 18, 2011, to the Credit Agreement among Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., Barclays Bank PLC and the other lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, filed with the SEC on May 4, 2011)
  10.26       Amendment 2, dated as of May 25, 2011, to the Credit Agreement among Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., Barclays Bank PLC and the other lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, as amended on June 7, 2011)
  10.27       Security Agreement among the Grantors identified therein and Barclays Bank PLC, dated as of December 3, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, filed with the SEC on May 4, 2011)
  10.28       Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, as amended on June 7, 2011)
  10.29       Lease between LSF3 Royall Street, LLC and Dunkin’ Donuts Incorporated, dated as of October 29, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, filed with the SEC on May 4, 2011)
  10.30       Assignment of Lease between Dunkin’ Donuts Incorporated and Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., dated as of July 22, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, filed with the SEC on May 4, 2011)
  10.31       Guaranty delivered with LSF3 Royall Street, LLC Lease dated as of October 29, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, filed with the SEC on May 4, 2011)
  10.32       Form of Baskin-Robbins Franchise Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, as amended on June 23, 2011)
  10.33       Form of Dunkin’ Donuts Franchise Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, as amended on June 23, 2011)
  10.34       Form of Combined Baskin-Robbins and Dunkin’ Donuts Franchise Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-173898, as amended on June 23, 2011)
  10.35       Form of Dunkin’ Donuts Store Development Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, File No. 001-35258, filed with the SEC on February 24, 2012)
  10.36       Form of Baskin-Robbins Store Development Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, File No. 001-35258, filed with the SEC on February 24, 2011)
  21.1         Subsidiaries of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, File No. 001-35258, filed with the SEC on March 16, 2012)
  23.1         Consent of KPMG LLP
  23.2         Consent of Deloitte Anjin LLC
  23.3         Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers Aarata

 

 


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

     Exhibit Title

 

 

  23.4    Consent of Ropes & Gray LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
  23.5       Consent of The NPD Group, Inc.
  24.1    Powers of Attorney (included in signature page)
  101         The following financial information from the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language, (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit), (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (vi) the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

*   Previously filed